Home

MES User Manual - Inductive Automation

1. Copy Ctrl C f oat y trl j i Paste r r 9 Delete ain Delete y g kS q a r Pea m a pe Age e Adding a Cell Group Cell Group General Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the desired cell group item contained in the ine folder in the project browser and then selecting the General tab Enabled By default added cell groups are enabled It can be disabled by un checking the Enabled setting and saving the project This will stop the OEE downtime and scheduling module from executing the cell group Description This is an optional description and is just for your reference Sub Recipe Mask This Sub Recipe Mask is required when using the sub recipe feature If the sub recipe feature is not being used for the production item leave it blank See Sub Recipes for more information above sub recipes and Sub Recipe Mask for how to use this setting Recipe Values Recipe values can be added to cell groups and can represent settings that are written to a PLC or other controller associated with the cell group or be used internally in Ignition The recipe values that are added to a cell group are propagated down to production cells beneath the cell group This provides a quick method to add recipe values that are common to all machines beneath a cell group It also allows for the ability to propagate a value of a recipe value down to all production items beneath the cell group See Production Model fo
2. Ignition MES Software Operator Line Charts Analysis Schedule Work Order _ HA Product Code Product Codes Lines Product Code Description Disable Add Line Name Enable St l h man PC_002 Product Code 2 E Line 2 O Brewing and Bottling PC_003 Product Code 3 Properties Property Value ji Default Value Line 1 z Line Outfeed Package Count 10 0 10 0 Line Outfeed Standard Rate 60 0 60 0 Schedule Rate 60 0 60 0 Filler CellEnabled A TRUE Outfeed Package Count 1 0 1 0 Outfeed Standard Rate 600 0 600 0 Capper CellEnabled w TRUE Outfeed Package Count 1 0 1 0 Outfeed Standard Rate 600 0 600 0 Labeler CellEnabled Mm TRUE Outfeed Package Count 1 0 1 0 Outfeed Standard Rate 600 0 600 0 Inspection CellEnabled A TRUE Outfeed Package Count 1 0 1 0 Outfeed Standard Rate 600 0 600 of Product Code Screen To assign a product code to one or more production lines select the product code then select the Enable box next to the appropriate line It is also possible to disable a product code altogether by selecting the box to the right of the product code To edit the properties select the product code and the line you wish to edit then double click the value to be changed Pressing Enter or clicking off of the value will save the change Product code descriptions can also be edited by double clicking The demo demonstrates adding product codes but the system also supports editing and removing produc
3. 3 6 3 2 1 3 addSampleDefinition system quality definition addSampleDefinition Description Adds the sample definition passed in the parameter to the SPC system After it has been added it will become available to record samples and for selection on the control charts Attributes locations control limits and signals must be added to the sample definition prior to calling this function See Sample Definition for more information Syntax Client system quality definition addSampleDefinition SampleDefinition sampleDefinition Gateway O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 415 system quality definition addSampleDefinition String projectName SampleDefinition sampleDefinition Parameters String sampleDefinition New sample definition that previously was created in script String projectName Name of the Ignition SPC project Returns none Scope client gateway 3 6 3 2 1 4 updateSampleDefinition system quality definition updateSampleDefinition Description Updates an existing sample definition passed in the parameter After it has been updated the changes will be reflected during recording samples and on the control charts Syntax Client system quality definition updateSampleDefinition SampleDefinition sampleDefinition Gateway system quality definition updateSampleDefinition String projectName SampleDefinition sampleDefinition Parameters String sampleDefinition Existing sample definition St
4. Child Folders Area One folder will exist for each area that has been configured in the Ignition Designer The folder can be opened to view all values within the area RecipeValue Any recipe values that are configured for the production site will appear in this folder Properties Description Optionally this property can be set to a description for the String site lt is not used by the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module other than for reference Enabled This reflects the site Enabled property in the Designer If the Boolean site Enabled is set to true then the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module will perform calculations for the site and all areas lines and cells within it If this property is set to false then none of the areas lines or cells will have calculations performed Name This reflects the name of the site that is set in the designer String Read Only 4 6 3 Area Description The area folder contains some properties associated with the production area and a folder for each production line within it The name is the same as the area name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Your Area of the OEEDemo project O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 506 Production 3 OEEDemo t 5 Your Enterprise amp Your Site 3 Workday Routine Your Area E Line 1 Gj Line 2 O Workday Routine gt Description gt Enabled Name Shift 1 Start Time gt Shi
5. Recipe Change Log Analysis Script functions can also be used to read the recipe change log history This is useful if the recipe change log history is needed for reasons other than displaying or reporting The recipe change log history is returned as a dataset from the script and the rows can be iterated through Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 443 See getChangelogHistory script function for more information 4 18 Recipe Security Recipe Value Security The recipe value security uses Ignition s authentication roles to limit who can change what recipe values by how much Each recipe value can be set to specific security settings or it can inherit from its parent Like other recipes value settings the security settings can propagate down multiple levels of inheritance Referring to the image below the Inherit Security check box determines if the recipe value should use its parent s security settings or break the inheritance By unselecting the Inherit Security check box the settings for each authentication role can be made Initially when doing so the inherited security settings will remain that of the parent until they are edited C Inherit Security A Select inherit to use the settings from the parent else enter the security settings for the currently selected recipe value l Authentication Role L Allow Edit ji Minimum Value Maximum Value Administrator 10 100 Operator 20 80 Cancel ok
6. Inductive Automation p Production 3 QualityDemo E New Enterprise 3 ControlLimits E 4 New Site E Gj Packaging Line 1 Line 1 Quality 3 Additional Factors s LTag Collectors Description gt Enabled gt Name Product Code Reference Number gt Sample Coming Due te SA gt Shift 2 Start Time SPC Quality pane 7 gt D D Shift 3 Enabled Shift 3 Start Time Signal Out Of Control Location 379 SPC Quality 380 Child Folders Additional Factors Contains all of the additional factor entries that have been configured for the production location Contains all of the tag collector entries that have been configured for the production ocation SQLTag Collectors Time property for the location in the designer is set Properties Description Optionally this property can be set to a description String for the location It is not used by the SPC Module other than for reference Enabled If Enabled is set to true then the SPC module will Boolean perform calculations and enable tag collectors for the location Name This reflects the name of the location that is set in String the designer Read Only Product Code This reflects the product code currently assigned to String this location Read Only Reference Number This reflects the reference number currently String assigned to this location The reference number is Read Only optional and can repr
7. Recipe Value Security Settings The recipe value security is verified when changing values using the recipe editor component importing recipes or changing values using script When changing a recipe value using the recipe editor component importing recipe values or from client script the authentication role applied comes from the roles the currently logged in user belongs to If the user belongs to multiple roles then the role with the least security will be applied For example if a user belongs to both the Operator and Maintenance authentication roles then the least secure one will be applied If the Operator role can change the Product Pressure recipe value from 10 to 15 and the Maintenance role can change it from 5 to 20 then the Maintenance role will apply When changing a recipe value from gateway script the Administrator authentication role is always applied The only place the recipe value security can be changed is by using the recipe editor component Also it can only be changed in the default values area and not in the actual recipes Wether or not the logged in user can change the security settings can be controlled with the Enable Security Editing property of the recipe editor component This property can be bound to an expression to determine if the currently logged in user belongs to authentication roles that are allow to edit security Another approach is to create a window that allows the recipe value security editing and r
8. 3 4 1 10 Location Sample List Description A component that displays samples for a location and optionally by sample ownership Through configuration properties it can show samples that are scheduled to be coming due due overdue or waiting approval or approved There is no need for SQL queries or scripting to display the samples O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 293 Sample Type Product Code Reference No Scheduled Start Taken Date Time A en ppan a ai ti Sample Definition Selector When an allowable location is added to a sample definition a tag value can be set This component can limit the samples that appear by entering in matching tag values It is typically used for defining who has ownership for collecting sample data For example the lab takes samples at packaging line 1 every 2 hours The operator also takes samples at packaging line 1 every 1 hour The lab does not want to see samples that the operator has ownership for and vice versa To accomplish this set the tag value to Lab for sample definitions that the lab has ownership for and to Operator for sample definitions that the operator has ownership for The Ignition table customizer is used to change the appearance of the table To access the customizer right click on the Location Sample List component and select the Cutomizers gt Table Customizer menu item Using the customizer you can hide columns change colors change formattin
9. Build the filters object filters system recipe filter changelog createNew filters setProjectName projectName filters addCategory Recipe filters setItemPathFilter itemPath filters setFromDate fromDate filters setToDate toDate Request the change log for the given filters ds system recipe getChangelogHistory filters event source parent getComponent Table data ds Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 529 4 7 1 15 getRecipeVariances system recipe getRecipeVariances projectName varianceFilters Based on the filters set in the varianceFilters parameter return recipe value variances See Variance Monitoring for more information This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type SEPING varianceFilters Change log filters See VarianceFilters object for more information Data Type VarianceFilters returns A Dataset object containing rows and columns of recipe value variances Dataset Example Collection values we want to filter by projectName system util getProjectName itemPath event source parent getComponent Production Line Selector selectedPathWithoutProject Build the filters object filters system recipe filter variance createN
10. Counts Include Target If this parameter value is true target production counts willbe Boolean Production included in the results Target production counts are based on Counts the scheduling rate Include Line If this parameter value is true line accumulation counts willbe Boolean Accumulation included in the results Accumulation counts reflect the Counts difference of the infeed and outfeed counts In other terms the amount of product that has accumulated on the production line Include If this parameter value is true the percentage of efficiency will be Boolean Efficiency included in the results Values Return Production History This binding function returns a Dataset with a variable Dataset number of columns based in the parameter settings 2 6 2 3 Scheduled vs Actual Description The Scheduled vs Actual binding function is used to return scheduled and actual data for the selected production run Primarily used as the Series Data for the Analysis Time Chart component Function Name Scheduled vs Actual Parameters Production Line Path The line path of the production line This is the full path name String of the line starting with the project name This parameter is commonly bound to a Production Line Selector component For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Inductive Automation Run ID Sequence No Normalize Start Times Include Scheduled Include Actual Include Cells
11. Location Line 1 Quality Attribute Viscosity Control Limits XBar LCL XBar UCL Signals add select Temperature Viscosity add Attribute Selection Similar to filters control limits and signals can be added to the SPC results Any selected control limits and signals that depend on them will not appear on the control chart until the control limit value has been set Selections can be removed by selecting the link to the left of the selection To display the SPC results of this component in a control charts bind the SPC Results property of the control chart to the SPC Results property of this component Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Start Date This property is the starting date for retrieving analysis data and determining available filter and compare by options Scripting name startDate Data Type Date End Date This property is the ending date for retrieving analysis data and determining available filter and compare by options Scripting name endDate Data Type Date Inductive Automation Definition Name Auto Refresh SPC Results SPC Data Suppress Warnings Suppress Errors Include Disabled Attributes Filter Selection Summary SPC Quality 304 The sample definition to used when building SPC results Scripting name definitionName Data Type String If true the SPC results will be updated e
12. RecipeValue Any recipe values that are configured for the production cell will appear in this folder Properties ActiveRecipeName If a recipe is active for this production cell String then this is the name of the recipe If a Read Only recipe is not active then this is blank RecipeLoading True if a recipe is currently being loaded Boolean for the production cell Read Only RecipeActive Indicates if a recipe is currently active Boolean Read Only RecipeScale Set this to the amount to scale a recipe Double prior to selecting a recipe for the production cell RecipeTrackingUUID This is a unique value used for tracking String initial recipe values and variances while a Read Only recipe is selected It can be used when looking up data directly from the database Inductive Automation RecipeVariancesExists RecipeWriteError Value MonitorEnabled EnableRecipe 4 6 6 Cell Group Description Recipe Changeover 510 If true then Ignition tags associated with at least one recipe value for this production item have changed If true then at least one recipe value did not write to the associated Ignition tags when the recipe was first selected If true recipe values are being monitored and recipe value variances will be logged Set to true to allow recipes to be selected for this production item This is useful when selecting a recipe for a production line and preventing selecting the same recipe for selected chil
13. The foreground color of the measurement data values Scripting name dataForeground Data Type Cada The font to display the measurement values Scripting name dataFont Data Type PONE The background color of the calculated data values Scripting name calcBackground Data Type Color SPC Quality 336 Calc Foreground The foreground color of the calculated data values Scripting name calcForeground Data Type Color Calc Font The font to display the calculated values Scripting name calcFont Data Type Font Chart Properties Show Primary Chart If true the primary chart will appear Scripting name showPrimaryChart Data Type boolean Show Secondary Chart If true the secondary chart will appear Scripting name showSecondaryChart Data Type boolean Right Axis Width The width of the right chart axis in pixels Scripting name rightAxisWidth Data Type nine Limit Dialog Horizontal Offset The horizontal or x position to display the set control limit dialog box Scripting name limitDialogHorizontalOffset Data Type INE Limit Dialog Vertical Offset The vertical or y position to display the set control limit dialog box Scripting name limitDialogVerticalOffset Data Type DE Vertical Grid Line Color The color of the chart vertical grid lines Scripting name verticalGridLineColor Data Type Color Show Vertical Grid Lines If true show the vertical grid lines in the charts Scripting name
14. There are different methods of selecting a recipe for production items Production items that support recipe selection are lines cells cell groups and locations When a production line recipe is selected it will also select the same recipe for all of the cells cell groups or locations that are children of the line This can be disabled by setting the EnableRecipe tag for the child production item to false This is a feature that makes day to day selection of line recipes easier and mistake free Recipes can also be canceled that simply turns off variance tracking This will keep recipe value variance reporting clean with only data from actual production runs Components After the Recipe Changeover Module is installed a Recipe tab will be added to component pallet in the Ignition designer There are two components that allow selection of recipes for a production item Below is what the Recipe Selection List component looks like My Recipe 1 Recipe C1 6Pk WA Recipe C2 12Pk Recipe Selection List Component Only final recipes for the production item that is specified by the Item Path property will be displayed See Master Recipes for more information about final recipes versus master recipes The list can be limited to only show a subset of recipes by using the Recipe Name Filter property End users can select and cancel recipes using this component by right clicking on a recipe and selecting the desired menu item If this function
15. This component has standard Ignition events Methods none 2 4 3 12 Line Schedule View E Description 153 A component that displays scheduled entries and status for a line adding editing and deleting of schedules and allows drag and drop rescheduling O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 154 Dec 9 11 2012 Sunday Monday Tuesday 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 Oe A 16 18 20 22 2 4 68 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 MILLI Line 3 Events Line Schedule View This control has the common ignition events with the addition of the following events userMenultemClicked Fired when a user menu item is selected by a right mouse click User menu items are added with calls to the method addUserMenultem lt menuName gt The are many event properties returned that can be used to drive analysis data or other type of funtions Example menultemName event menultemName if menultemName Display Click Data Date event date LinePath event linePath Schedld event schedulelD RunlD event runID RunName event runName StartDate event startDate EndDate event endDate message menultemName s n Date s n LinePath s n Schedid s n RunID s n RunName s n StartDate s n EndDate s menultemName Date LinePath Schedld RunID RunName StartDate EndDate system gui messageBox message User Menu Item Clicked if m
16. fecut Ctrl X E Pallet Copy Ctrl C a Line 2 f Paste ay a Line 3 al Line 4 el Line 5 4 Move Up P gt TA ee Le A ee Down Soe Deleting a Cell Location General Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the desired cell item contained in the line folder in the project browser and then selecting the General tab Enabled By default added cells are enabled It can be disabled by un checking the Enabled setting and saving the project This will stop the OEE downtime and scheduling module from executing the cell Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 470 Description This is an optional description and is just for your reference Sub Recipe Mask This Sub Recipe Mask is required when using the sub recipe feature If the sub recipe feature is not being used for the production item leave it blank See Sub Recipes for more information above sub recipes and Sub Recipe Mask for how to use this setting Recipe Values Recipe values can be added to locations and can represent settings that are written to a PLC or other controller associated with a machine or be used internally in Ignition See Recipe Types for more information about recipe values and Recipe Values for more information about configuring recipe values 4 3 3 Sub Recipe Mask This Sub Recipe Mask is required when using the sub recipe feature and only apply to line cell cell group or location type of produ
17. 25 4 E 20 0 4 gt 4 5 17 5 4 w 15 0 4 7 0 12 5 a 10 0 e 75 j 50 a a J i a Filler Labeler fe bonne nas Palletizer a AN m m Downtime Minutes Minutes El l 3110111 3 13 11 a 4 H VAT A q Feb11 Feb 16 Feb 21 Feb 26 Mar3 Mars Mar 13 Finished Example Window Go ahead and play with the selected line and date range 2 3 There are two areas to configure the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module The first area is in the Ignition Gateway and affects all MES Modules Configuration The second is in the Ignition Designer and is used to configure production models user screens and the Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 53 like These settings are saved in an Ignition project and can be backed up and restored using the built in project backup and restore features of Ignition 2 3 1 MES Module Configuration The OEE Downtime and Scheduling is just one of the MES Manufacturing Execution System modules that has settings which can be set 2 3 1 1 Datasource Settings OEE downtime and schedule data is stored in databases external to Ignition These database s are setup in the gateway configuration section by selecting the Databases gt Connections section from the left hand configuration menu in Ignition See the Ignition documentation for more information on setting up a database connection Below shows a typical database connection that is required for the OEE Downtime and Scheduling mod
18. Changeover 458 Ignition by inductive automation Developer Mode Home Status Configure Launch Designer C7 Logged in as admin og out System MES Module Settings Status Licensing Backup Restore Runtime Datasource Console Runtime ProductionDB User Manual Database The database connection to store runtime production data Data Retention 30 Configuration a Projects Duration Number of days to retain runtime production data Analysis Datasource E ProductionDB Database The database connection to store historical analysis production data to Multiple sites can be set to the Databases same analysis database to allow enterprise reporting Connections Dri Save Changes Store and Forward MES Module Settings Page 43 Configuration There are two areas to configure the Recipe module The first area is in the Ignition Gateway and affects all MES Modules The second is in the Ignition Designer and is used to configure production models user screens and the like These settings are saved in an Ignition project and can be backed up and restored using the built in project backup and restore features of Ignition 4 3 1 MES Module Configuration The Recipe module is just one of the MES Manufacturing Execution System modules that has settings which can be set 4 3 1 1 Datasource Settings Recipe data is stored in databases external to Ignition These database s are setup in the gateway confi
19. Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 538 4 7 1 24 importRecipe system recipe importRecipe projectName csvData note Set the recipe values to the current tag value s for the production item specified by the itemPath parameter See the Import Export section of Editing Recipes for CSV file format and other information Values that are outside of the range defined in the recipe values security will not be imported When this happens an exception is returned listing all of the values that were not imported See Recipe Security for more information This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type String csvData String in CSV format containing recipe values Must be the same format that is returned by the exportRecipe function Data Type String note Optional note to be stored in the recipe change log Data Type String returns none Example csv system file readFileAsString C Temp recipe_export csv itemPath event source parent getComponent Production Line Selector selectedLinePath system recipe importRecipe csv Values set during import 4 7 2 Recipe Value Scripts When recipe values are added to a production item there are properties that allow script t
20. Interval Type Everyxvalue Changes y d Interval 100 0 Control Limits Histogram LCL Histogram UCL Individual LCL Individual UCL Signals Individual Outside Out of Limits Outside Limits Bar 8 Above Control Line XBar 8 Below Control Line ox Add SQL Tag Sample Collector Enabled Tag Sample Collectors enabled property provides a method of stopping the automatic collection of measurements and creation of samples Additionally any tags associated with this property can be changed to start and stop automatic collection See Quality OPC Values for more information Inductive Automation SPC Quality 277 Name This is the required unique name of the Tag Sample Collector as it will appear with SQLTag pre pended to it in selection lists Behind the scenes a sample definition is created using this sample name Sample definitions created for the purpose of Tag Sample Collectors will not appear in the definition management and manual sample entry client screens SQLTag Path This is the SQLTag path from which measurement values will be read Interval Type The interval options that can be selected here match those defined in the Intervals list on the Enterprise quality tab Only intervals that have script will be included as options for Tag Sample Collectors The reason for this is that manual intervals which are the those without script will never be created and do not apply to a
21. OEE Downtime 183 Reason This reflects the Reason Name property of the downtime reason String Name entry that is configured in the designer Read Only Reason This reflects the Reason Code property of the downtime reason Int4 Code entry that is configured in the designer Read Only Record This reflects the Record Downtime property of the downtime reason Boolean Downtime entry that is configured in the designer If true downtime events with Read Only this reason code will count as unplanned downtime during the OEE calculation Planned This reflects the Planned Downtime property of the downtime Boolean Downtime reason entry that is configured in the designer If true downtime Read Only events with this reason code will count as planned downtime during the OEE calculation Operator This reflects the Operator Selectable property of the downtime Boolean Selectable reason entry that is configured in the designer If true the downtime Read Only reason will be shown in the Down Time Table See Down Time Table for more details 2 6 Binding Function Reference The OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module takes advantage of Ignition s built in binding functions in order to provide data to the standard components within Ignition To access the binding functions click on the D icon of a com ponent property as shown below Component Palette Input Buttons Display Tables Charts Calendar Shapes Misc Mb Schedule OEE DownTime producto
22. Object Scales and returns the value passed in the parameter in the same data type as the value parameter Example upperLimit lowerLimit system tag read Default UpperLimit system tag read Default LowerLimit recipeValue event getRecipeTag getCurrentValue rt event getRecipeTag u 1 Limit rt scaleValue upperLimit value event getScale Limit rt scaleValue lowerLimit value event getScale if recipeValue gt uLimit or recipeValue lt lLimit else event setLogVariance True event setLogVariance False Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module Part V inductive 800 266 7798 automation www inductiveautomation com Instrument Interface Module 548 5 Instrument Interface Module 5 1 Introduction The Instrument Interface module is used to define communication settings and data parsing templates to an instrument These settings and parsing templates are then used to read data from a instrument and parse the raw data to extract desired values The data from an instrument can come from a file serial communication port TCP or UDP connection OPC device such as a PLC external data or web service The image below show the typical flow of data when reading instrument values through a serial communications port Note that the Client Serial Support Module is required to read serial data on a client computer The Instrument Interface Module includes a component to make co
23. Previous and Current Shift 1 Selected Shift Sequence 2 Display Cutoff Duration Minutes 3 All 4 Selected Shift Sequence This is the shift sequence to start displaying downtime events if the Number Display Cutoff Duration Minutes Stop FilterType Rollup Interval Seconds Inductive Automation of shifts to display property is set to Selected Shift Sequence Shift sequence numbers are the consecutive numbers of shifts of a run Scripting name selectedShiftSequence Data Type Integer Displays downtime events where the end time is within this number of minutes from the current time Applicable when Display Filter Type is set to Display Cutoff Duration Minutes Scripting name dutoffMinutes Data Type Integer Determines if the table will display long short or both types of downtime events Scripting name selectedStopType Data Type Integer Values Both 0 Short Stops 1 Long Stops 2 Rolls up events that are consecutive identical and occured within this many seconds of each other If set to less than 1 then no rollup will occur Scripting name rollupInterval Data Type Integer OEE Downtime 124 Events This component has standard Ignition Table events and the following custom events reasonUpdated ls fired after a user has updated an existing reason Methods none Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 125 2 4 2 2 Performance Indicator Descri
24. Reason Tree Font Reason Tree Scroll Bar Width Reason Tree Button Size space is useful when touchscreen mode is being used Scripting name reasonTreeRowHeight Data Type Integer The font of the pop up reason tree panel Scripting name reasonTreeFont Data Type Integer The scroll bar width of the tree view Useful when touchscreen mode is being used Scripting name reasonTreeScrollBarWidth Data Type Integer The size of the buttons for the selection in the reason pop up panel Useful when touchscreen mode is being used Scripting name reasonTreeButtonSizePct Data Type Integer Inductive Automation Show the Reason Reset Button Selectable Reason Icon Path Folder Icon Path Display Filter Type OEE Downtime 123 When set to false the reset button will not be available in the reason pop up panel Scripting name showResetReasonButton Data Type Boolean The icon to use for reasons that are selectable Scripting name selectableReasoniconpath Data Type SEXOS The icon to use for items in the reason pop up panel that are not selectable such as a cell Scripting name foldericonpath Data Type String For long runs that span shifts and or days controls how many shifts will be shown If there are numerous downtime events settings other than Current Shift can cause delay in the downtime table Scripting name shiftDisplayType Data Type Integer Values Current Shift 0
25. Scripting name selectedLineName Data Type String The currently selected line ID This is internal system ID for this line Useful for user defined queries into the database For example event source parent getComponent Production Line Selector selectedLinelD will return the selected line id Scripting name selectedLineID Data Type String Line Filter Acomma separated list of lines to display Example When set to Line A Line B then only Line A and Line B will be displayed Scripting name lineFilter Data Type String Production Model Item Filter The production model path to filter upon Example When set to OEEDemo Your Enterprise Site 1 Packaging then all lines under Packaging will be displayed Scripting name itemPath Data Type tring v Events This component has standard Ignition events Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 91 Methods none 2 4 1 2 Production Cell Selector E Description A component that provides users to select a production cell from a drop down list Production cells are defined in the production model within the designer Fiter 4 Filler Capper Labeler Case Packer Palletizer Cell Drop Down List Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Line Path The ine path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the line starting wi
26. Scripting name timeResolution Data Type integer The starting date for display Scripting name startDate Data Type Date The ending date for display Scripting name endDate Data Type bate Acomma separated list of lines to display Example When set to Line A Line B then only Line A and Line B will be displayed Scripting name lineFilter Data Type SEring Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 158 Production Model Item Filter The production model path to filter upon Selected Event ID Selected Event Date Example When set to OEEDemo Your Enterprise Site 1 Packaging then all lines under Packaging will be displayed Scripting name itemPath Data Type String The selected schedule ID of any mouse click or 1 if no event item exists at the location Scripting name selectedEvent Data Type Integer Returns the date in the view where the mouse was right clicked last Scripting name selectedDate Data Type Date Selected Event Line Path The selected line path of any mouse click on an event Scripting name selectedLinePath Data Type SEring Selected Event Run ID The selected Run ID of any mouse click or 1 if no event item exists at the location Scripting name selectedRunID Data Type Integer Selected Event Run Name The selected Run Name of any mouse click or blank if no event item Selected Event Start Selected Event End Event Border exists at the location Scripting name sel
27. can also be included in the filter value Example Recipe C Scripting name recipeNameFilter Data Type String Value Name Filter To limit which recipe values to show in the recipe change log history this property can be set This provides a method to only show recipe values that are of interest to the end user The wildcard characters or can also be included in the filter value Scripting name valueNameFilter Data Type Bering Inductive Automation User Filter Sub Product Code Filter Show Recipe Changes Show Default Value Changes Start Date End Date Date Events none Methods none Recipe Changeover 488 To limit which users to show in the recipe change log history this property can be set This provides a method to only show changes made by a user The wildcard characters or can also be included in the filter value Scripting name userFilter Data Type Bering To limit which sub product codes to show in the recipe change log history this property can be set This provides a method to only show sub product codes that are of interest to the end user The wildcard characters or can also be included in the filter value Scripting name subProductCodeFilter Data Type SLELOS If true show recipe changes Scripting name showRecipeChanges Data Type Boolean If true show production item default value and sub recipe changes Scripting name showdefaultValueChanges Data Type
28. 2PM 3 PM ECON 4PM H Edit Entry 5PM Delete Entry 6 PM 7 PM 8 PM 9 PM 10 PM 11 PM NOON Schedule Day View Properties This component has the same properties as the Ignition Day View Component with the addition of the following properties Line Path The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the line starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Scripting name linePath Data Type SEring Current Date The date to show schedule entries for Scripting name currentDate Data Type Date Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 138 Event Display Format Allows acustom string with replaceable parameters to be used Leave blank to get the default event display string Scripting eventDisplayFormat name Data Type String parameters wo Work Order co Scheduled Change Over Start Date st Scheduled Production Start Date fn Scheduled Finish Time Date pc Product Code pcd Product Code description qty Scheduled Quantity nt Note eb Entered By line feed the pipe character Example If you set Event Display Format property to Product Code pc pcd Note nt The display string would look like Product Code PC243 240z 3 pack Note Short run requested by customer Events This control has the same events as the Ignit
29. Cell2 Cell Group Tree Location A location is the space where a sample is collected product is tracked through or recipes are selected for This can be placed under an area or a line Cell Group A cell group contains two or more cells Typically these cells occur at the same time in the sequence of the line instead of one after another causing the cell group to act as a single sub process or step within the production Cell The cell is a single machine sub process or step required in the manufacturing of a product Cells are used for tracking OEE and downtime but can also have recipe values added to them and can be used for track and trace The product may be a hard product such as used in packaging liquid powder etc Packaging machines are a common example but a cell applies to processes also Recipe Value Propagation Recipe values that are added to a production item are propagated down to the child production items For example if LineSpeed recipe value is added to a production line then all cells cell groups and locations that are children of the production line will also have the LineSpeed recipe value The Ignition tag associated with the recipe value is not propagated to the child recipe value Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 433 a x Project Browser F D Lg Configuration Es 1 po Instrument Interface Line Production Item uy Pro
30. DateTime Read Only Boolean Read Only Boolean Read Only Int4 Read Only Boolean Read Only Boolean Read Only Inductive Automation Can Start Run Changeover Overrun Reason Code Description Downtime Detection Method Downtime Reason Description Enable Run Enabled Infeed Count Name OEE OEE Availability OEE Performance OEE Quality Prerun Remaining Time Inductive Automation If true all conditions are good to start a production run Reference of the downtime reason code that will be triggered on a changeover overrun Optionally this property can be set toa description for the line It is not used by the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module other than for reference This reflects the current value of the Downtime Detection Method setting in the designer Indicates the reason description of the current line downtime active event Setting Enable Run to true will enable the production run for the line Setting it to false will end the production run Typically this is controlled by the functionality of the operator screen but it can also be handled programmatically This reflects the line Enabled property in the Designer If the line Enabled is set to true then the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module will perform calculations for the all cells within it If this property is set to false then none of the cells will have calculations performed The true unit count at
31. Description A component that is added to Ignition windows to display recipe change log history in a table This is just one method of viewing a recipe change log history and for more information on the other methods see the Recipe Change Log section The Recipe Change Log Viewer component is inherited from the Ignition Table component and many of the features are carried through to this component This component simplifies displaying a recipe changes log by handling all of the backend database queries based on the property settings of the component The appearance and columns to display are changed using the table customizer that is accessed by right clicking on the Recipe Change Log Viewer component and selecting Customizers gt Table Customizer Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Item Path Filter To limit which production items to show in the recipe change log history this property can be set This provides a method to only show production items that are of interest to the end user The wildcard characters or can also be included in the filter value Example Enterprise Site Area 1 Line 1 Scripting name itemPathFilter Data Type String Recipe Name Filter To limit which recipes to show in the recipe change log history this property can be set This provides a method to only show recipes that are of interest to the end user The wildcard characters or
32. For single production site installations this can be the set to the same database as the runtime database For multi production site installations all sites must set the analysis database to the same database to allow for enterprise analysis and reporting Analysis Database Auxiliary The MES Modules will mirror the hsitorical analysis data that is written to the local analysis database to this database For single site implementations set this to none For multi site implementations set this to the datasource for the common remote enterprise database Analysis Query Cache Duration This setting represents the number of seconds to cache analysis results 3 3 2 Production Model Configuration A production model defines your manufacturing or process in tree view form It provides an organized way to easily configure control and analyze your facility It starts with your enterprise which represents your company and continues down to the site physical location area location line and cells 3 3 2 1 Production Module The production model is configured within the Ignition designer and is accessed by selecting the Production folder in the project browser From here your enterprise site area s line s and cell s can be added renamed and deleted O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 253 Project Browser Eg Configuration 3 Production Fi j gt Your Enterprise gt Your Site gt Ek Your
33. If product in the warehouse is going bad over time then a process has to start to narrow in on the cause It will involve brainstorming and fishbone diagrams to determine the possible causes which may be the source of the problem In the case of an off color product it could be rust building up in pipes chemical formulation changes or different raw materials being used This part of the example refers to quality Unlike SPC quality requires more than installing software collecting samples and analyzing the results Once the most likely causes of the off color product have been determined SPC can be used to monitor the attributes and narrow down and isolate the cause It may be determined that when the pH of a sub ingredient falls out of a certain range the stability of the product color is degraded With this knowledge SPC can be used to monitor the pH so that if it falls out side of range it can be corrected quickly This prevents a bigger problem that may appear after the product sits in the warehouse for a period of time 3 1 Introduction The Ignition SPC module exceeds the capabilities of normal SPC software It performs many tasks beyond control charts and manual data entry Below is a list of some of the features that the SPC modules is capable of e Manual sample collections e Automatic sample collections e Scheduling samples based on realtime production conditions e Alerting of samples coming due due or overdue e Automatic
34. Inductive Automation SPC Quality 261 Line 1 Quality Location Production Item General OEE Downtime Schedule Quality Advanced Enabled 4 Description Shift 1 Initial Enabled State inherit From Parent y initial Start Time inherit From Parent y Shift 2 Initial Enabled State inherit From Parent x Initial Start Time inherit From Parent z Shift 3 Initial Enabled State inherit From Parent y Initial Start Time inherit From Parent y Additional Factors Factor Name Factor Description I Factor SOL Tag Lot Number Qualit Packaging Line 1 Lot Number b AS AA AAA ME E ate a Additional Factor List Adding an Additional Factor To add an additional factor right click anywhere on the additional factor table and select the New menu item A dialog box will appear to allow entry of a new additional factor as shown below F Y Add Additional Factors xs Factor Name Factor Description ox Additional Factor Settings Factor Name The required name of the additional factor is used to reference one additional factor from another You can have any number of additional factors but user usability will be hindered if too many are added This is because the additional factors are added to user menus and if too many are added the menus can become too long and confuse the end user The name given to an additional factor should be meaningful to the end user Ag
35. P New Line Line General Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the desired line item contained in the area folder in the project browser and then selecting the General tab Enabled By default added lines are enabled It can be disabled by un checking the Enabled setting and saving the project This will stop the OEE downtime and scheduling module from executing the line and cell s that are underneath it Description This is an optional description and is just for your reference Shift 1 Default Enabled If checked shift 1 will be included during scheduling If not checked shift 1 will be scheduled around To inherit the shift enabled from the from the area select the Inherit From Parent option Inductive Automation SPC Quality 259 Default Start The time of day that first shift starts The first shift ends at the start of second shift To Time inherit the time of day that first shift starts setting from the area select the Inherit From Parent option Shift 2 Default Enabled If checked shift 2 will be included during scheduling If not checked shift 2 will be scheduled around To inherit the shift enabled from the from the area select the Inherit From Parent option Default Start The time of day that second shift starts The second shift ends at the start of third Time shift To inherit the time of day that second shift starts setting from the area select the Inherit From Parent op
36. Recipe value reverted Jun 17 2013 11 21 AM Recipe value changed The image below shows the interactive Recipe Change Log Analysis Provider using the core analysis components but it can also be used to provide data to the Ignition Reporting Module Recipe Change Log Filter By add Category Recipe Value Item Path RecipeDemolEnterpriselSitelArea 1 Line 1 Recipe Name Recipe C1 6Pk Compare By add Data Points add Time Stamp Changed By From Value To Value Recipe Name Change Type Note Script Time Stamp Changed By FromVYalue ToValue RecipeName Change Type J Note 2013 06 19 1 admin 85 Recipe C1 6Pk Recipe value 2013 06 19 1 admin 99 Recipe C1 6Pk Recipe value 2013 06 17 1 admin 99 Recipe C1 6Pk Recipe value 2013 06 07 1 admin 85 Recipe C1 6Pk Recipe value 2013 06 07 1 admin 85 Recipe C1 6Pk Recipe value 2013 05 30 0 admin 125 Recipe C1 6Pk Recipe value 2013 05 30 0 admin 125 Recipe C1 6Pk Recipe value 2013 05 29 1 admin 110 Recipe C1 6Pk Recipe value 2013 05 29 1 admin 110 Recipe C1 6Pk Recipe value 2013 05 29 1 admin 103 Recipe C1 6Pk Recipe value 2013 05 28 1 admin 102 103 Recipe C1 6Pk Recipe value ok 2013 05 22 1 admin 100 102 Recipe C1 6Pk Recipe value Another testo 2013 05 20 0 admin 100 Recipe 01 6Pk Recipe value Import all test 2013 05 06 1 admin 1 Recipe C1 6Pk Recipe value
37. Returns true if this sample definition is new attribute properties e addAttribute SampleDefinitionAttribute attribute String Adds a new attribute defined in the attribute parameter Any error messages are returned otherwise an empty string is returned e removeAttribute SampleDefinitionAttribute attribute String Removes the attribute defined in the attribute parameter Instead of attributes being permanently removed thier enabled flag is set to false Any error messages are returned otherwise an empty string is returned removeAttribute int index String Removes the attribute defined in the index parameter Instead of attributes being permanently removed thier enabled flag is set to false Any error messages are returned otherwise an empty string is returned removeAttribute String name String Removes the attribute defined in the name parameter Instead of attributes being permanently removed thier enabled flag is set to false Any error messages are returned otherwise an empty string is returned clearAttributes All attributes contained in this sample definition are removed Instead of the attributes being permanently removed thier enabled flag is set to false getAttribute String name SampleDefinitionAttribute Returns the attribute with the same name as the name parameter getAllAttribute List lt SampleDefinitionAttribute gt Returns a list of all attributes associated with this sample definition This f
38. Scripting section in the Ignition manual is the best method to learn all the possibilities of calculating control limits 3 3 3 4 Edit Control Limits To edit a control limit right click the Control Limits table and select Edit from the drop down menu A window will appear identical to the window used to add control limits Once the desired fields have been edited select OK For more information see Add Control Limit section 3 3 3 5 Delete Control Limits To delete a control limit select the item to be deleted After selecting right click the item and select Delete from the drop down menu A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the control limit 3 3 3 6 Import Export To export control limit entries right click anywhere on the table containing control limit entries and select the Export menu item A dialog box will appear to allow selection of an existing file or the entry of a name for the new file to which the control limit entries are saved If a file extension is not entered then the default csv will be used The first line of the file must contain at least the property names separated by commas If additional names exist they will be ignored The property names can be in any order Below is a sample csv file showing multiple control limit entries The lines in the example shown below have been shortened Inductive Automation SPC Quality 268 Name Kind Script c LCL 23 c LCL Calcula
39. Site AA AAA aia Area ARAN AAA AAN AS AAA Na OA Gell OOOO Additional Factors Workday ROUND AA CA A eae oven vets cede oe rica Downtime IREas OMS ti neither Aan banat inthe Beedle 182 6 Binding Function Refere ne cm iii a a ntanesveccaveestetiees 183 Analysis Analysis Filter a oTa A S E E EA A o Downtime HIStory aaa a a aiK AE EE 186 Production m EICO A A EEE EEA tl 187 Sche duledvs ACtUal cionado nia dad acid sae e a a da bd Cavvencbava OIEA di di eE 188 E A PT E T A T A da 189 Lie Events a E A EE E E E A E S 190 Custom OEE Calculations ssccsscsccssssessersscocessssessarcssccesssssesserescatessnsransersnsccssbassensersuccsevsussensarssdeesessstensersveneeessis 191 ORE Factor Cap cciessccivsccccceteicssatesscycsessediesUicesccesnaveset scencseneessscadscenectbivveatevecedsesstduecesvasceveasetesesssactestscissccevsecsedyes 192 Gate Way Scripts civic iria NERD ATAR AAA 193 Client De signer Scripts incor ci da 203 9 Analysis Provider Scoene cet deere cseeg ea cetaaltet ogecag cat beresureneuseetavertsageteoecetrvecuenseduaetet Nee 211 Comment ia AAA AA AA E ASA 212 DOW MUU G LA ide 213 OEE Schedule TEEP 9 Miscellaneous ooo ii 221 Additional Factors sesviviionncinsniiacan ainia idas aaaea aa aa pma a a a RARA SRA aiaa a AAA AAA 221 Production Rate Calculation cccccccssecesseeeeseeeeseeeeseeeeesneeesaeeesaeeeeeneensaesesaeeeeseeeasaeseseaeeeseeeasaeeesaeeseeneenseeeeseees 221 Part Ill SPC Qua
40. String Read Only Int4 Read Only Float8 Read Only Float8 Read Only String Read Only Int4 Read Only Float8 Read Only Float8 Read Only Int4 Read Only Int4 Read Only Float8 Read Only Int4 Read Only Inductive Automation Run Standard Count Run Standard Variance Run Start Date Time Run Started Run Target Count Run Target Variance Run Time Minutes Run Waste Count Running Schedule Rate Schedule Rate Period Scheduled Finish Time Scheduled Quantity Scheduled Run Start Time Scheduled Start Time Sequence No Inductive Automation The ideal production count to the minute for the current production run based on the standard rate This is based on the time the line has been running not counting any downtime The variance between the Run Standard Count and the Run Production Count This will equal the time that the production run started or the beginning of the current shift whichever occurred last The value will be true if a production run has started Even if the production run has been ended but a new production run has not been selected this value will be true The ideal production count to the minute for the current production run based on the scheduling rate The variance between the Run Target Count and the Run Production Count The total minutes that the production line has run for the current production run This value excludes pla
41. String sampleUUID String approvedBy Gateway system quality sample data approveSample String projectName String sampleUUID String approvedBy Parameters String sampleUUID The UUID to an existing sample to approve String approvedBy The name of the person who is approving the sample String projectName Name of the Ignition SPC project Returns none Scope client gateway Example system quality sample data approveSample currentSample getSampleUUID system security getUsername 3 6 3 2 2 8 unapproveSample system quality sample data unapproveSample Description Unapprove a previously approved sample When a sample is unapproved it will not be shown in the control charts or included in the data during automatic signal evaluation Syntax Client system quality sample data unapproveSample String sampleUUID Gateway system quality sample data unapproveSample String projectName String sampleUUID Parameters O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 420 String sampleUUID The UUID to an existing sample to approve String projectName Name of the Ignition SPC project Returns none Scope client gateway Example system quality sample data unapproveSample currentSample getSampleUUID 3 6 3 2 2 9 removeSample system quality sample data removeSample Description Remove a single sample This function should be used with caution because it permanently removes the data from the database A sampl
42. Your Site gt Your Area gt a Line 1 Cell1 m Boll 94 Production Model Tree Inductive Automation Introduction 13 Enterprise The enterprise is the highest level of the production model and typically represents a manufacturing company A company may have one or more production facilities Site A site is a geographical production location and is part of an enterprise Separating your enterprise into multiple production sites allows for comparing OEE downtime and production information between them Area An area is a physical or logical grouping of production lines Line Aline is a collection of one or more cells and or cell groups that run a single product at any given time Typically the product flows from one cell or cell group to the next in sequence until the product or sub assembly being produced is complete H a Line 1 L i Cell 1 et E Cell1C CelllA L Cell1B Cell2 Cell Group Tree Location A location is the space where a sample is collected This can be placed under an area or a line and is used only in the SPC Quality Module Cell Group A cell group contains two or more cells Typically these cells occur at the same time in the sequence of the line instead of one after another causing the cell group to act as a single sub process or step within the production Cell The cell is a single machine sub process or step required in the manufacture a product The product may be a hard produ
43. are two basic editions to choose from to meet your situation Standard License The Standard edition provides OEE downtime and scheduling functionality for unlimited production areas lines and cells Includes the OEE downtime and schedule engine configuration software user interface screens enhanced analysis tools and reports There are no restrictions on the number of tags logged data items screens or clients users Line License The Standard edition provides OEE downtime and scheduling functionality for a single production lines Multiple Line Licenses can be installed on a single server There is no limit on the number of cells that a line can be configured for Includes the OEE downtime and schedule engine configuration software user interface screens enhanced analysis tools and reports There are no restrictions on the number of tags logged data items screens or clients users Enterprise Extension In addition to the above editions the Enterprise Extension allows analysis and reporting across multiple physical production sites from anywhere on your network Compare efficiency and downtime by Inductive Automation Introduction 15 production line operator user defined values and more Requirements Standard or Line License for the OEE Downtime Module and the Reporting module Activation Activation as mentioned above is the method by which a cd key is locked down to the install machine and the modules are notif
44. is determined by the Shift 1 Initial Enabled State property for the production line in the designer See Line Configuration for more details lt can be changed from the initial value The current Shift 1 Start Time time for the production line If the associated Shift 1 Start Time property for the ine in the designer is set to Inherit From Parent this be the time defined for the parent production area See Line Configuration for more details The current Shift 2 enabled state for the production line It reflects the Shift 2 Enabled property for the ine in the designer The initial value of this property is determined by the Shift 2 Initial Enabled State property for the production line in the designer See Line Configuration for more details lt can be changed from the initial value The current Shift 2 Start Time time for the production line If the associated Shift 2 Start Time property for the ine in the designer is set to Inherit From Parent this be the time defined for the parent production area See Line Configuration for more details The current Shift 3 enabled state for the production line It reflects the Shift 3 Enabled property for the ine in the designer The initial value of this property is determined by the Shift 3 Initial Enabled State property for the production line in the designer See Line Configuration for more details lt can be changed from the initial value The current Shift 3 Start Time time for the
45. itemPath subProductCode valueName value note returns none The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type String The item path to a production line cell cell group or location For example Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String Sub product code to set value for or else leave blank to set the default value for the production item Data Type SECAS User name for this comment Data Type String Set the recipe value to this value Data Type String Optional note to be stored in the recipe change log Data Type String Inductive Automation 4 7 1 3 revertPathDefaultValue Recipe Changeover 517 system recipe revertPathDefaultValue projectName itemPath subProductCode valueNames note Revert production item default values back to be inherited from the parent This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName itemPath subProductCode valueNames note returns none Inductive Automation The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type String The item path to a production line cell cell group or location For example Your Enterprise Y
46. master recipes sub recipes reporting capabilities etc that comes along with the Recipe Changeover Module that is covered in the following sections of this manual 4 1 2 Production Model To start out it is important to define what the production model is which is heavily referred to when dealing with recipe values Recipe values are defined by machine or in some cases a virtual location Once recipe values are defined for a machine they can be added to recipes After which the recipe can be selected for the machine A production model defines your manufacturing or process in tree view form It provides an organized way to easily configure control and analyze your facility gt 2 Production B gt Your Enterprise gt Your Site t Ele Your Area E a Line 1 gt AS Production Model Tree O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 431 Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 432 Enterprise The enterprise is the highest level of the production model and typically represents a manufacturing company A company may have one or more production facilities sites Site A site is a geographical production location and is part of an enterprise Area An area is a physical or logical grouping of production lines Line Aline is a collection of one or more cells and or cell groups and or locations that run a single product at any given time a Line 1 L i Cell 1 et Cell1C Cell 1A Cell1B
47. returns message If successful returns true Data Type SELLOS resumeRun Resume production run parameters none returns message If successful returns true Data Type SECAS Example Code The following script can be entered in a button s actionPerformed event It will end the current production run See the OEEDemo project s Operator_Control window for a full implementation example value 1 event source parent getComponent Schedule Controller end valu 2 4 3 11 Time Selector ems b d 2 Description A component that provides users he option to select a time from a drop down list The interval of time between each option is defined by the Time Interval property azooam 1 de 12 30 AM 1 00 AM 1 30 AM 3 00 AM 3 30 AM 4 00 AM 4 30 AM Time Selector Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties O Inductive Automation Time Interval Selected Date Time Date Part Selected Time Events OEE Downtime The time interval between each option in the drop down list Scripting linePath name Data Type String Options Hour 30 minutes 15 minutes 10 minutes 1 minute The currently selected date and time Scripting name selectedDateTim Data Type Date The currently selected date Scripting name datePart Data Type Date The currently selected time Scripting name selectedTim Data Type String
48. sec Property Binding Window Once the parameters have been set and the polling mode selected the server will return the results based on the provided parameter values Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 185 2 6 1 Analysis The following binding functions are provided by the Production Module which comes with the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module 2 6 1 1 Analysis Filter Description The Analysis Filter binding function is used to return available filter values for the Analysis Controller cc 2 Component ER Normally this is automatically handled by the Analysis Selector Component aM but for the Analysis Controller these filter values are not known This binding function can provide filter option data to a drop down list or other types of components Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 186 Function Name Filter Options Parameters Analysis This parameter is the provider name that will be used See Analysis String Type Providers for available options Filter Name This parameter is the name of the filter for which available options String will be returned See Analysis Providers for available options Start Date The starting date range To reduce the number of options only the Date options for the selected date range will be returned End Date The ending date range To reduce the number of options only the Date options for the selected date range will be returned Return Filter This binding function returns
49. str parseResults getValue Date event source parent getComponent LabelTime text str parseResults getValue Time event source parent getComponent LabelSampleNo text str parseResults getValue Sample No event source parent getComponent LabelAlcohol text str parseResults getValue Alcohol event source parent getComponent LabelDensity text str parseResults getValue Density event source parent getComponent LabelCalories text str parseResults getValue Calories 5 5 2 Serial Controller D WO Description An invisible component that handles serial communications and parsing functions to provide instrument device communications The term invisible component means that this component appears during design time but is not visible during runtime In design time the last raw data received from the communication port can be sent to the selected template defined by the Instrument Interface Name by right clicking on the component in the Ignition designer and selecting the Send to Template menu item This will also select and display the template and replace the existing textual data with the last raw data received In run time if the Instrument Interface Name property is set raw data received from the serial communications port will be sent to the parsing engine on the gateway to be parsed The template used to parse the raw data is named the same as the value of the Instrument Interface Name
50. text Parses the given text by using the template of templateName parameters templateName The template to use for parsing the text Data Type SEEING text The text to be parsed Data Type SECAS returns result Data Type ParsekResults Sample script to read and parse a CSV file then convert the parse results to a dataset and display in a table component fileStr system file readFileAsString C Temp Test csv parseResults system instrument parse parseText CSV Test Column fileStr if parseResults isValid dataset parseResults createDataset CSV Results event source parent getComponent Table data dataset Inductive Automation Index 579 Index A Adding a Workday Routine Entry 57 255 D Deleting a Workday Routine Entry 57 255 E Editing a Workday Routine Entry 57 255 Inductive Automation
51. to date values using the pattern defined in the File Name Date Format property and then processed in chronological order If File Timestamp is selected the files are processed in chronological order of the file modified date Priority Scripting name fileProcessingPriority Data Type Integer Values Alpha Numeric 0 Date 1 File Timestamp 2 File Name This property is only applicable if the File Processing Priority property is set to Date Date Format This property defines the parsing pattern to use when converting the file name to a date value when determining the processing order of the files The patterns can contain both date and time format designators Scripting name fileNameDateFormat Data Type SLE Example Pattern Example File Name yyyy MM dd 2012 08 15 13 10 00 csv HH mm ss yyyy MMMMM 2012 July 04 txt dd MM dd yy 10 31 12 log Letter Date or Time Component Example G Era designator AD y Year yyyy 1996 or yy 96 M Month in year MMMM July MMM Jul MM 07 orM 7 Ww Week in year 1 53 27 W Week in month 1 5 2 D Day in year 1 365 DDD 065 or D 65 d Day in month dd 050rd 5 F Day of week in month 2 E Day in week EEEE Tuesday or EEE Tue a AM PM marker AM H Hour in day 0 23 HH 00 or H 0 k Hour in day 1 24 kk 08 ork 8 K Hour in AM PM 0 11 KK 05 orK 5 h Hour in AM PM 1 12 hh 01 orh 1 m Minute in hour mm 09 orm 9 Ss Second in minute ss 010rs 1 S Millisecond SSS 890
52. used in expression and any of the other tasks that can be done with any other Ignition tags Most of the production OPC values are read only For example the RecipeVarianceExists value is determined by the live production values compared to the values in the recipe see Variance Monitoring for more details about the RecipeVarianceExists value Because it is reflecting a status it cannot be written to However others do allow writing a value to them Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 453 SQLTags Browser EPA OPS Browser EEE He Line 1 Ej OEE Performance E Capper OEE Quality EJ Casepacker ProductCodeMask D Checkweigher Production Package Count Er Y a Production Rate Hour EH S cijveRecipeName Recipe Production Rate Minute f gt Enaliilagipe r Production Units a Fill Weight RecipeActive RecipeLoading RecipeScale RecipeTrackingUUID S Line Speed Max Fill Level Min Fill Level a RecipeActive a RecipeLoading a RecipeTrackingUUID 6ce94 O O Labeler O Palletizer E La TE gt Welcome x Create Tag from Production OPC Value na RecipewriteError gt Run Down Time Minutes m ml Important Note It is extremely important to understand production OPC values have an OPC item path that matches the layout of the production model In the image below the RecipeVarianceExists tag is shown and includes the OPC Item Path of RecipeDemo Enterp
53. z Time zone general zzzz Pacific Standard Time or zzz PST Z Time zone RFC 822 0800 Escape for text hour h hour 9 Inductive Automation Enable Monitoring Monitor Rate Encoding Instrument Interface Module 562 If true automatically detects and processes file s contained with the File Path property Scripting name enableMonitoring Data Type Boolean The milliseconds between each check for new files Any files that are found during a check will be processed Processing of file will not overlap If the time it takes to process the files exceeds the value of this property then the next check will be at the next interval Scripting name monitorRate Data Type Integer Character encoding Scripting name encoding Data Type SEXTO NOTE The following properties are not visible in the property editor They are available for binding and in scripting and expressions Last File Processed Last File Read At Error Message Events This property contains the name of the last file processed Scripting name lastFileProcessed Data Type SEring The date time the contents of last file was read Scripting name lastFileReadAt Data Type DateTime The current error message or blank if there are no errors Scripting name errorMessage Data Type String parse onBeforeParse Is fired before raw data is sent to the parsing engine to be parsed This Event Properties event getData event setData dat
54. 1 17 getCurrentltemRecipe system recipe getCurrentItemRecipe projectName itemPath Return the current selected recipe name for a production item This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type String itemPath The item path to a production line cell cell group or location For example Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String returns Current selected recipe name of specified production item String Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 532 4 7 1 18 getRecipeValues system recipe getRecipeValues projectName itemPath recipeName category Return recipe values for a production item and recipe combination This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type String itemPath The item path to a production line cell cell group or location For example Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type SEEING recipeName The recipe name Data Type String category Category of recipe values to
55. 6 2 4 Sample Additional Factor The sample additional factor object holds all of the information associated with one sample properties e getName String O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 397 Returns the name of this additional factor e getDataType DataType Returns the data type of this additional factor See DataType in the Ignition documentation for more information e getValue Object Returns the value for this additional factor e updateValue Object value Date recordDateTime Updates the value and the required date and time that is being record for this additional factor e getRecordDateTime Date Returns the date and time the value was recorded for this additional factor e isModified boolean Returns true if this additional factor has been modified 3 6 2 5 Sample Definition The sample definition object holds all of the information defining a type of sample A sample definition specifies the attributes to collect the locations where sample data is collected from the control limits that apply and the signals that apply When samples are created they are based on a sample definition And when sample measurement values are recorded the sample definition is used to validate the measurement values Other operations also refer back to the sample definition such as automatic scheduling of samples auto evaluation of signals etc properties e getDefUUID String Returns the UUID assigned to this s
56. 7 3 2 VarianceFilters A VarianceFilters object is used when requesting variances with the getRecipeVariances script function to narrow down the results that are returned For example if you only want variances for a specific production item machine and specific date range the VarianceFilters object properties are set appropriately and are passed as parameters to the getRecipeVariances script function methods createNew VarianceFilters Returns a new instance of a VarianceFilters object After setting various filter properties it is used with the getRecipeVariances script function properties setProjectName String projectName Set the project name to read variances Variances are kept by project and the project name is required with the getRecipeVariances script function setVarianceEntryT ype String varianceType Set the variance types to include in the results Valid values are QU RECIPE to return variances that occurred while a production item was selected to a recipe 0 SUB_RECIPE to return variances that occurred while a sub product code was selected for a production item See Sub Recipes for more information setVarianceScopeT ypes String varianceScopeT ype Set the variance scope to include in the results Valid values are Q LAST to return variances that occurred for the current or last recipe that a production item was set This is useful for detecting any variances in real time for a production run If the production
57. Break 101 false true true Clear out product ja 22 true false true Machine Fault 3 true false false Meal 100 false true true Outfeed Backup 4 false false false Planned Shutdown 99 false true true Scale fault 8 true false false Scales maintenance 20 true false true Stop 0 true false false Waiting for product 6 true as false false A 7 e PA gt mn J 2 A A A AA AA sa ts A a T Cell Downtime List Downtime tracking can be done three different methods The first two methods focus on the primary reason the production line is not producing product The third method tracks all downtime for production cell regardless of whether it caused production loss for the line In cases where there is a single PLC controlling the production ine downtime events can be read from a single numeric value representing the line state The State SQLTag and downtime reasons are configured in the production line It is common that each cell of a production line has its own PLC To set up communication between the PLC and a master PLC and to add the logic to determine the cause of why production line is not producing product is a complex process however the OEE Downtime module eliminates this complexity with a feature called Use Key Reason Detection When this option is selected on the Downtime tab for a line the module will determine the primary cause as to why the line is not producing product This method uses the flow of the line to determine t
58. Changeover 428 4 Recipe Changeover 4 1 Introduction The Recipe module extends Ignition to manage and monitor recipes It is ideal for quickly and accurately changing machine process or system recipes Powerful master recipe and sub recipe management recipe security change log tracking variance tracking and more empower you to improve efficiency and quality and take more control of your manufacturing facility 4 1 1 Recipe Types Batch Recipes We commonly think of recipes as making a batch of product An analogy to this is a batch of cookies where many ingredients are added in sequence along with mixing It is important to understand that a batch system is different from a recipe It is true that batch systems use recipes but a batch system has equipment definitions that are combined with the recipe to control the machinery to make a batch of product Batch Management Systems handle many other functions including inventory checks before starting a batch alarm detection machine control and more The Recipe Changeover Module does not do the functions of a Batch Management System This being said you can add multiple steps as child recipes to a master recipe and then step or sequence through the steps The sequencing through the steps must be done in Ignition script or the PLC Equipment Batch Management Recipe System Ingredient 1 Ingredient 2 Ingredient 3 Add 10 gal of ingredient 1 Add 5 gal of ingredient 2 Agitate 5 mi
59. Code 1 10 000 32 488 Work Order Table The users can click on a checkbox in the Closed column to close out a work order After it is closed out it will no longer show in the Work Order Table component and it will not be available in any other work order selector components This feature is provided because some production runs may finish before the target number of units are produced due to lack of raw materials change in production priorities etc Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 133 The user can also click on a checkbox in the Hide column to hide the work order from being shown in the Work Order Component Implementations that integrate with other software systems such as an ERP system may show work orders that are not relevant to this system By hiding them this list can be kept clean of unrelated work orders Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties To Date From Date Show Closed Show Hidden Events This property is the starting date of when work orders were created Scripting name startDate Data Type Date This property is the ending date of when work orders were created Scripting name endDate Data Type Date If set to true will show the closed work orders Scripting name showClosed Data Type Boolean If set to true will show the hidden work orders Scripting name showHidden Data Type Boolean This com
60. Comments Panel To add a comment select the Add Note link A new window panel will appear and allow you to enter text If you select Sticky that will force the note s to appear at the top of the list The color of the background of a sticky note can be controlled with the Sticky Note Color property After a sticky note is entered it can be un stuck by selecting the unstick If note deletion is allowed the link delete can be selected to delete the note Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Line Path The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the line starting with the project name For example OEEDemolYour Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Scripting name linePath Data Type tring Run Reference ID The run ID of the production run to display comments for If its value is set to 1 then comments for the current production run will be displayed Note Setting of this property is only required when viewing comments for past production runs Scripting name refID Data Type int Delete Mode Determines how deleting of comments will be handled Scripting name deleteMode Data Type int Values No Deletes Owner Deletes Any Deletes Inductive Automation Entered By OEE Downtime 98 Allows a custom value to be used to indicate who entered the comment If left blan
61. Downtime Reason See the section on Editing a Downtime Reason for details on editing downtime reason entries Deleting a Downtime Reason See the section on Deleting a Downtime Reason for details on deleting downtime reason entries Line DT Bypass Reason Code When a cell is in bypass this is the reason code that will be recorded It will override the actual code that is returned in the State SQL Tag This allows any reports or displays to show the desired state while the cell is bypassed A cell may be placed in bypass at runtime by selecting the Line DT Bypass Production OPC tag for this cell 2 3 3 Workday Routines Workday routine activities can be breaks lunches safety meetings or anything that is scheduled non production times that occur every day Scheduling When production runs are scheduled by the production planner these workday routine items are scheduled around For example if you schedule a run and it would take 4 hours to produce the scheduled quantity a 30 minute workday routine will extend a schedule end time by 30 minutes if the schedule falls within the routines start and end times Line Running If no reason code is entered or it does not match a downtime reason code for the line then it will be ignored If a reason code is entered that matches a downtime reason for the line then that reason will be triggered at the start time and ended at the end time When the reason code is defined as a planned downtime then the
62. Edit Attribute Windows Inductive Automation SPC Quality 239 Next the locations or where the samples will be taken can be defined Again this can be done by right clicking on the Locations table and selecting Add from the drop down menu The ownership field declares who is responsible for the testing of the sample whether that be the lab or the operator at the testing station The interval type defines how the samples will automatically be scheduled Or as in the image below they will be manually created by the user If the interval is set to Timed Interval Hours then a sample will automatically scheduled as defined by the Interval setting When a new project is created the default Intervals options are also created but they can be modified added to or even removed See Sample Definition Location for more details of each of the settings General Information Location Line 1 Quality Enabled M Auto Approve Auto Schedule Information interval Type Interval 0 Duration Coming Due Min Overdue Min 10 Ownership Basic Lab close Add Add Location Window Any selected control limits will be available to include on the control charts and will also be included in the automatic evaluation of out of control conditions of the sample data When a new project is created the default control limit options are also created but they can be modified added to or even removed Keep in mind
63. Enabled If checked shift 3 will be included during scheduling If not checked shift 3 will be scheduled around To inherit the shift enabled from the from the site select the Inherit From Parent option Default Start The time of day that third shift starts The third shift ends at the start of first shift To Time inherit the time of day that third shift starts setting from the site select the Inherit From Parent option Note The shift start times are the default for your production site and can be overridden by the production area and or production line 3 3 2 1 4 Line Configuration Adding a Line To add a production ine right click on an area folder in the project browser and select the New Production Item gt New Production Line menu item A ine named New Line will be added to the area folder Multiple production lines can be added to a production area Renaming a Line To rename it to the name representing the production ine right click on it and select Rename then enter the new name Deleting a Line To remove an existing production line right click on the line item and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the production line Please note that the cell s underneath the ine will also be permanently removed Project Browser Eg Configuration aa Production 1 Your Enterprise 2 3 Your Site gt Ek Your Area a Line 1 ones 7 r TOT Ge r
64. Height Date Background control chart If more than the minimum visible measurements exist in the SPC results then a vertical scroll bar will appear and allow the user to through all measurements Scripting name minVisibleMeasurements Data Type E The width of the table column for each sample The charts will be expanded to match the column width Scripting name columnWidth Data Type int The height of the table rows Scripting name rowHeight Data Type int The background color of the sample date row Scripting name dateBackground Data Type Coley Inductive Automation Date Foreground Date Font Date Format Label Background Label Foreground Label Font Data Background Data Foreground Data Font Calc Background Inductive Automation SPC Quality 335 The foreground color of the sample date values Scripting name dateForeground Data Type Color The font to display the sample date values Scripting name dateFont Data Type Font The date formatting pattern to display the sample dates Scripting name dateFormat Data Type Serving The background color of the labels Scripting name labelBackground Data Type Coles The foreground color of the labels Scripting name labelForeground Data Type Coler The font to display the labels Scripting name labelFont Data Type Font The background color of the measurement data values Scripting name dataBackground Data Type Color
65. If true then at least one recipe value did Boolean not write to the associated Ignition tags Read Only when the recipe was first selected ValueMonitorEnabled If true recipe values are being monitored Boolean and recipe value variances will be logged Read Only EnableRecipe Set to true to allow recipes to be selected Boolean 4 7 Scripting for this production item This is useful when selecting a recipe for a production line and preventing selecting the same recipe for selected child production items This section is a reference for scripting functions provided by the Recipe Module It also has a reference for any objects that are used by or returned by the scripting functions 4 7 1 Client Gateway Scripts The Recipe Changeover Module exposes many script functions that support managing recipes In fact the internal functions used by the recipe editor and other recipe components are exposed as script functions that can be used on the client or the gateway Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 515 4 7 1 1 getDefaultValues system recipe getDefaultValues projectName itemPath category subProductCode Return values for a sub recipe based on a product code or default values for a production item This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the
66. OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module This method supports integration to ERP or other software systems The properties are provided so that after the Schedule ID property is set selection components can be bound to them to display their current values The methods are provided to perform adding editing and deleting of schedule entries Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Inductive Automation Schedule ID Line Path Work Order ID Work Order Product Code Product Code Description Schedule Type Start Date Time Run Start Date Time OEE Downtime 145 The currently selected ID of the schedule entry being edited This is the ID for the Schedule database table Scripting name scheduleID Data Type Integer The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the line starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Scripting name linePath Data Type String The current ID of the work order being scheduled This is the ID for the WorkOrder database table Scripting name Data Type workOrderID Integer The work order number being scheduled workOrder String Scripting name Data Type The product code number associated with the work order being scheduled Scripting name productCode Data Type SEEING The product cod
67. OTHER Used for the c control chart U_UCL Inductive Automation SPC Quality 410 U LCL U OTHER Used for the u control chart HISTOGRAM_UCL HISTOGRAM_LCL HISTOGRAM_OTHER Used for the Histogram chart MOVING_RANGE_UCL MOVING_RANGE_LCL MOVING_RANGE_OTHER Used for the MA moving average control chart properties e getText String Returns the user friendly localized text for the control limit kind e intToType int ordinal ControlLimitKindTypes Returns the control limit kind type object for the ordinal value specified e getTypeFromName String name ControlLimitKindTypes Returns the control limit kind type object for the name value specified e getCategory SPCCategoryTypes Returns the category of chart See SPC Category Types for more information 3 6 2 11 SPC Category Types The SPC category type defines the possible types of charts currently supported by the SPC module Available data types XBAR RANGE SBAR INDIVIDUAL MEDIAN P NP U C HISTOGRAM PARETO MR 3 6 2 12 Signal Kind Types The signal kind type object contains the available types that a signal can be Available data types XBAR RANGE SBAR INDIVIDUAL Inductive Automation SPC Quality 411 MEDIAN P NP U C HISTOGRAM PARETO MR properties e getText String Returns the user friendly localized text for the signal kind e intToType int ordinal SignalKind Types Returns the signal kind type object for the o
68. SPC Quality 361 Enable Point Deletion If true allow the user to temporarily remove samples from chart This is used to remove samples that are known to out of control before calculating control limits The sample that have been removed are not removed from the database and can be restored by selecting the Restore Points menu item Scripting name enablePointDeletion Data Type boolean Enable Control Limit Editing If true allow the user to calculate and set new control limit values Scripting name enableControlLimitEditing Data Type boolean Events This component has standard Ignition events none Methods showSetLimitPanel chartName Causes the calculate and set control limit dialog to be shown parameters chartName Which chart to show the control limit dialog for Available c Primary Data Type String returns nothing 3 4 2 13 C Chart a Coo Description The Number of Nonconformities c control chart is used to display SPC results that have nonconformities counts for each sample It does not retrieve SPC results from the SPC module so it must be used with either the SPC Selector or the SPC Controller components that do Only SPC results with c chart SPC Data Format specified will be displayed Inductive Automation Primary Chart gt SPC Quality 362 rack Nonconformities Total Inspected O ee UCL 9 Nonconformities dez 3 6 dect 1 C Control Chart Through the u
69. SPCResults This property holds the SPC data and includes columns for the calculated values based on the SPC Data Format and selected attribute control limits and signals Scripting name spcData Data Type Dataset This property represents the number of measurements for each sample in the SPC results Scripting name measurementCount Data Type int This property can optionally be set to override the current user logged in It is used when notes or assignable causes are added or modified Scripting name user Data Type String The background color Scripting name backgroundColor Data Type Color The sample definition to used when building SPC results Scripting name definitionName Data Type String Text to display if not data is available to show in the control chart Scripting name noDataMessage Data Type String No Data Foreground No Data Font Table Properties Show Table Min Visible Samples SPC Quality 322 The foreground color to display the no data message Scripting name noDataForeground Data Type COLE The font to display the no data message Scripting name noDataFont Data Type Font If true the table containing measurement and calculated values will be shown at the top of the control chart Scripting name showTable Data Type boolean The minimum number of sample to show on the control chart If more than the minimum visible samples exist in the SPC results then a horizontal scro
70. Scripting name headerTextColor Data Type Color The color of the header background Scripting name headerBackground Data Type Color Progress Bar Background The color of the progress bar background The progress bar shows the Progress Bar Fill the quantity produced versus the quantity scheduled Scripting name progressBackground Data Type Color The color of the progress bar fill The progress bar shows the the quantity produced versus the quantity scheduled Scripting name progressFill Data Type Color Inductive Automation Progress Bar Border Header Item Font Event Font Line Item Running Color Line Item Running Icon Line Item stopped Color Line Item stopped Icon Run Completed Color Run Running Color Run Scheduled Color OEE Downtime 160 The color of the progress bar border The progress bar shows the the quantity produced versus the quantity scheduled Scripting name progressBorder Data Type Color The font of the line row name header text Scripting name itemFont Data Type Font The font of the text displayed in an event item Scripting name eventFont Data Type Font The color of the line row header when the line is running Scripting name lineRunningColor Data Type Color The path of the icon to display in the line row header when the line is running Scripting name lineRunningIconPath Data Type String The color of the line row header when the line is stop
71. Scripting name labelForeground Data Type Coler The font to display the labels Scripting name labelFont Data Type Font The background color of the measurement data values Scripting name dataBackground Data Type Color The foreground color of the measurement data values Scripting name dataForeground Data Type Cada The font to display the measurement values Scripting name dataFont Data Type PONE The background color of the calculated data values Scripting name calcBackground Data Type Color SPC Quality 324 Calc Foreground The foreground color of the calculated data values Scripting name calcForeground Data Type Color Calc Font The font to display the calculated values Scripting name calcFont Data Type Font Chart Properties Show Primary Chart If true the primary chart will appear Scripting name showPrimaryChart Data Type boolean Show Secondary Chart If true the secondary chart will appear Scripting name showSecondaryChart Data Type boolean Right Axis Width The width of the right chart axis in pixels Scripting name rightAxisWidth Data Type nine Limit Dialog Horizontal Offset The horizontal or x position to display the set control limit dialog box Scripting name limitDialogHorizontalOffset Data Type INE Limit Dialog Vertical Offset The vertical or y position to display the set control limit dialog box Scripting name limitDialogVerticalOffset Data
72. Settings OEE downtime and schedule data is stored in databases external to Ignition These database s are setup in the gateway configuration section by selecting the Databases gt Connections section from the left hand configuration menu in Ignition See the Ignition documentation for more information on setting up a database connection Below shows a typical database connection that is required for the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module Database Connections Name Description JDBC Driver Translator Status ProductionDB Microsoft SQLServer JDBC Driver MSSQL VALID edit delete Create new Database Connection Note For details about a connection s status see the Database Connection Status page Sam ple Database Connection To change the MES module settings go to the configuration section in the gateway and select the MES Modules gt Settings section from the left hand side configuration menu Once a database connection is created and if only one database connection exists then it will be automatically selected to be used by the MES modules If more than one database connection exists then the desired database connection can be selected to be used by the MES modules as shown below MES Module Settings Runtime Datasource Runtine DEMODB bd Database The database connection to store runtime production data Stop all production runs before changing this setting Data Retention 30 Durati
73. Table Customizer pS Column Configuration Background Color Mapping By setting this table s Background Mode to Mapped you can choose a column to govern the background color of each row This column specified below must be a numeric column E E Mapping Column duration z Humber to Color Translation Value Color 29 30 45 Low Fallback Color OK Cancel Properties OEE Downtime 121 ate 0 0 Cases Hour tandard Rate 370 0 Cases Hour cheduled Rate 360 0 Cases Hour Down Time Reason 00 00 29 Label Feed Empty 00 00 15 Waiting For Product 00 00 14 00 00 15 Over Temperature 00 00 28 Machine Fault 00 00 15 Container Jam 00 00 20 Machine Fault 00 00 29 _ Case Infeed Jam This component has standard Ignition events with the addition of the following properties Line Path The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the line starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Scripting name linePath Data Type String Editable This controls if users can change reason codes and split downtime events Scripting name editable Data Type Boolean Enable Notes If true users can enter notes for each downtime entry in the table Scripting name enableNotes Data Type Boolean
74. Test Row E Digital GagePort NT E Digital GagePort NT Polled T iranat Toat General Enable File Monitoring Monitor File Settings Auto Monitor Files 4 Monitor Rate 1 000 File Processing Order Alpha Numeric File Name Date Format j Post Process Handling Move File y Character Encoding UTF 8 File Monitor Settings General Enable File If checked these file monitoring settings will be applied to File Monitor component when Monitoring this Instrument Interface is assigned to its Instrument Interface Name property File Monitor Settings Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 550 Auto Monitor If true automatically detects and processes file s contained with the File Path Monitoring File File Name property of the File Monitor component If false the read of the component must be called to process file s The milliseconds between each check for new files Any files that are found during a check will be processed Processing of file will not overlap If the time it takes to process the files exceeds the value of this property then the next check will be at the next interval This property defines the priority to process multiple file It is inapplicable when a single file is selected in the File Path property If Alpha Numeric is selected the files are processed in alphabetical order If Date is selected the file names are converted t
75. This reflects the name of the area that is set in the designer String Read Only Shift 1 The current Shift 1 Start Time time for the production area If the DateTime Start Time associated Shift 1 Start Time property for the area in the designer is Read Only set to Inherit From Parent this will be the time defined for the parent production site See Area Configuration for more details Shift 2 The current Shift 2 Start Time time for the production area If the DateTime Start Time associated Shift 2 Start Time property for the area in the designer is Read Only set to Inherit From Parent this will be the time defined for the parent production site See Area Configuration for more details Shift 3 The current Shift 3 Start Time time for the production area If the DateTime Start Time associated Shift 3 Start Time property for the area in the designer is Read Only set to Inherit From Parent this will be the time defined for the parent production site See Area Configuration for more details 3 5 2 5 Line Description The line folder contains some properties associated with the production line and a folder for each production location within it The name is the same as the line name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Line 1 of the QualityDemo project Inductive Automation Production 5 QualityDemo SPC Quality 376 5 New Enterprise Child Folders Location Fd nar Poar 9 ControlLimits E G New S
76. This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type Seri ng itemPath The item path to a production line cell cell group or location For example Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String returns none Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 536 4 7 1 22 readltemCurrentValues system recipe readItemCurrentValues projectName itemPath includeChildren recipeName subProductCode valueNames note Set the recipe values to the current tag value s for the production item specified by the itemPath parameter This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameter projectName The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type SECTAS itemPath The item path to a production line cell cell group or location For example Your EnterpriselYour SitelYour ArealLine 1 Data Type String includeChildren fftrue also set the recipe values for children of the items Data Type Boolean recipeName The name of the recipe only applies for recipes Data Type String subProductCode
77. This section contains additional information to be used for reference 2 9 1 Additional Factors The OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module collects and logs a number of downtime and production data values However what if other values outside of downtime and production values are of interest Additional factors are the solution Additional Factors are user defined data points that are logged along with the production and downtime information Once they are logged they can be shown in charts tables and reports Additionally other analyses can be done by filtering and or setting up comparisons by their values Any value that can be read from an Ignition SQLTag can be added as a additional factor This includes values derived from scripts or from barcode readers databases calculations PLCs etc Example An additional factory named cardboard manufacturer can be added The operator can select the manufacturer that provided the cardboard or it can be obtained from some other source Now OEE and downtime results can be shown for each cardboard manufacturer This can identify quality problems with raw material that directly affect efficiencies In the OEEDemo the operator is setup as an additional factor The operator s name will be logged along with the production and downtime data By doing so OEE and downtime information can be filtered and grouped by the operator name But this could just as well be the production crew supervisor maintenanc
78. a Dataset with one string column with Dataset Options the available filter options 2 6 2 History The following binding functions are provided by the OEE Downtime Module which comes with the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module 2 6 2 1 Downtime History Description The Down Time History binding function is used to return historical downtime data for a production run This data is gathered from the runtime database tables This binding function can provide downtime data to tables charts or other types of components If the current run is selected downtime data from the current production run will be returned Function Name Down Time History Parameters Production The line or cell path of the production item that this component is String Line or associated with This is the full path name of the line or cell starting Cell Path with the project name If the path ends with a line the line downtime will be returned If the path includes a cell then downtime for the specified cell will be returned For example OEEDemalYour Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line Te Include Total If this parameter value is true then total downtime for the production Boolean Downtime line will be included in the results O Inductive Automation Run ID Run Sequence No Include Entire Run Top Reasons to Show Return Downtime History OEE Downtime 187 The production run ID for which data will be returned This is the ID Integer for t
79. along the domain axis the range axis or both axes Can also be used with bar graphs Auto Range Automatically selects the best range of values for the domain axis the range axis or both axes to in order to see the entire graph for the date or time range selected at the bottom of the screen Can also be used with bar graphs Reset Axes Resets both axes to their original ranges 2 2 3 5 Site Summary The Dashboard Site Summary shows OEE Production Counts Downtime and Waste Count comparisons between different sites through bar or line graphs The slide at the bottom of the page causes the date to be changed allowing the user to select a specific day or time or a broad range of dates to view These graphs may also be saved or printed by right clicking on the desired graph Site Summary OEE by Site Production by Site 1000 6 000 4000 2000 aa a MAN wu au ewu GAM ow neu DU au ou sru A A ct 7 2018 Sie 1 Line Producton Count Site Line Peedecton Coura sa we En pa 2 100 S we ra m0 a mes a Mv au eM Mu MAM iyu SU au epu aru MPU IZAN o Out 7 208 m Gowrmas Minctes m Occusencas rte ries O Ste 1 Line Waste Court Site Huse Waste Cost 8823 SUUBEXAAB ME MA 353383 Site Sum mary Screen Line Graph Settings O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 42 There are many settings for lines graphs which can be adjusted by right clicking on a line graph The
80. an existing or new sample If the valuesRecorded parameter is true current shift product code and additional factor information will be recorded along with the measurement values Because sample are scheduled they can be created and updated with no measurement values This allow for coming due due and overdue functionality to be tracked Syntax Client system quality sample data updateSample String locationPath Sample sample Boolean valuesRecorded Gateway system quality sample data updateSample String projectName String locationPath Sample sample Boolean valuesRecorded Parameters String locationPath A valid path to a location to record this sample for Sample sample Sample to update Inductive Automation SPC Quality 419 Boolean valuesRecorded If true record the values along with the other sample information String projectName Name of the Ignition SPC project Returns none Scope client gateway Example system quality sample data updateSample QualityDemo New Enterprise New Site Packaging Line 1 Line 1 Quality currentSample Boolean 1 3 6 3 2 2 7 approveSample system quality sample data approveSample Description Approve an existing sample If the associated sample definition for the specified sample is not set for auto approval it will have to approved This can be done using various methods of which this is one of them Syntax Client system quality sample data approveSample
81. and Recipe C21 will be included but Recipe D1 will not setSubRecipe String subRecipeName Set an optional sub recipe filter The filter can contain and wild card characters See Sub Recipes for more information e setRecipeValueName String recipeValueName Set an optional recipe value name filter The filter can contain and wild card characters Example Collection values we want to filter by projectName system util getProjectName itemPath event source parent getComponent Production Line Selector selectedPathWithoutProject Build the filters object filters system recipe filter variance createNew filters setProjectName projectName filters setVarianceEntryType Recipe filters setVarianceScopeTypes Last filters setItemPath itemPath filters setIncludeChildren False Request the variances for the given filters ds system recipe getRecipeVariances filters event source parent getComponent Table data ds 4 7 3 3 ItemRecipeValue A ltemRecipeValue object is returned by many of the recipe script methods usually as a list of ItemRecipeValue Because a recipe value has several properties such as the name minimum value maximum value units etc the details are returned in this ItemRecipeValue object Recipe values also can have varying data types and an ItemRecipeValue object supports reading the value in its true data type For example if a recipe value if of type Float8 then getValue getMinV
82. associated with This is the full path name of the ine starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String returns lineID Returns the internal line id of the linepath or 1 if the line could not be found Data Type Integer system production utils isProductionModelRunning Returns true if the production model for this project is running parameters none returns running Returns true if the production model for this project is running Data Type Boolean Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 208 system production utils reset runUUID cellName shiftDate factorName Sets to O the Infeed count and the factor count for the cell or line The run must be complete for adjustment to be accurate parameters returns runUUID cellName shiftDate factorName none The unique run identifier of the run to reset This value can be accessed via the Analysis Controller datapoint called Run Identifier Data Type String Name of the cell to reset Leave blank to indicate the line Data Type String The shift date you want reset This value can be accessed via the Analysis Controller datapoint called Shift Date Data Type Date The run factor to adjust The possible values are InfeedCount ProductionCount or WasteCount Data Type SECAS system production utils resumeRun linePath Resume the current production run for a line This is on
83. at packaging line 1 every 2 hours The operator also takes samples at packaging line 1 every 1 hour When the lab takes a sample they don t want to see information that the operator has ownership for and visa versa To accomplish this set the tag value to Lab for sample definitions that the lab has ownership for and to Operator for sample definitions that the operator has ownership for Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties O Inductive Automation Location Path Tag Selected Sample Definition Name Selected Sample DefUUID Events SPC Quality 292 Set to a valid path of a production location item to show the sample definition for the location Scripting name locationPath Data Type Seeing Optionally set to a value to filter the sample definition by Scripting name locationPath Data Type String The currently selected sample definition name Scripting name selectedSampleDefinitionName Data Type String Return the UUID assigned to the currently selected sample definition A UUID is a universally unique identifier that once assigned to a sample definition will never change It is automatically generated when a sample definition is created and is unique in that no two samples definitions will have the same UUID Scripting name selectedSampleDefUUID Data Type String This component has standard Ignition events none Methods none
84. be accessed via the Analysis Controller datapoint called Shift Date Data Type Date The run factor to adjust The possible values are InfeedCount ProductionCount or WasteCount Data Type String The value to set the factor to NOTE PRODUCTION DATA WILL BE MODIFIED AND CANNOT BE UNDONE USE WITH EXTREME CAUTION Data Type Double If set to 1 True the InfeedCount will always be modified if O False the InfeedCount will not be modified if ProductionCount or WasteCount are being adjusted If this parameter is omitted the default is 1 True Data Type Boolean Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 197 system production cancelRun projectName linePath Cancel the current run for a line This is only valid if the production run is currently in the changeover period parameters projectName linePath returns successful The project name that contains the specified line path Data Type StrLng The line path of the production ine that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the ine starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String Returns true if the production run successfully has been canceled Data Type Boolean system production endRun projectName linePath End the current run for a line This is only valid if the line is currently in a production run After a production run has been ended it
85. be included during scheduling If not checked shift 3 will be scheduled around Default Start The time of day that third shift starts The third shift ends at the start of first shift Time Note The shift enabled and shift start times are the default for your production site and can be overridden by the production area and or production line O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 257 3 3 2 1 3 Area Configuration Adding an Area To add a production area right click on your site folder in the project browser and select the New Production Item gt New Production Area menu item An area named New Area will be added to the site folder Multiple production areas can be added to your production site Each area can represent a physical or logical production area within your production site Some examples of production areas are packaging cracking filtration fabrication etc Renaming an Area To rename it to the name representing the production area right click on it and select Rename then enter the new name Deleting an Area To remove an existing production area right click on the area item and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the production area Please note that the line s and cell s underneath the area will also be permanently removed Project Browser bE x Eg Configuration L S Production gt Your Enterprise gt Your Site _ ia New Area
86. been removed but not committed by saving the sample definition control limit properties e addControlLimit SampleDefinitionControlLimit controlLimit String Inductive Automation SPC Quality 401 Adds a new control limit defined in the controlLimit parameter By adding a control limit to this sample definition it will show as an option in the control charts and may also be used when evaluating signals The controlLimit parameter must be a valid control limit that appears in the enterprise production item Any error messages are returned otherwise an empty string is returned e removeControlLimit SampleDefinitionControlLimit controlLimit String Removes the control limit defined in the controlLimit parameter Any error messages are returned otherwise an empty string is returned e removeControlLimit int index String Removes the control limit defined in the index parameter Any error messages are returned otherwise an empty string is returned e removeControlLimit String controlLimitName String Removes the control limit defined in the controlLimitName parameter Any error messages are returned otherwise an empty string is returned clearControlLimits All control limits contained in this sample definition are removed getControlLimit String name SampleDefinitionControlLimit Returns the control limit that has the same name as the name parameter getAllControlLimits List lt SampleDefinitionControlLimit gt Ret
87. break time span background Scripting name breakColor Data Type Color The color of a disabled shift time span background Scripting name disabledShiftColor Data Type Color OEE Downtime 162 Event Display Format Allows a custom string with replaceable parameters to be used Leave blank to get the default event display string Scripting eventDisplayFormat name Data Type String parameters wo Work Order co Scheduled Change Over Start Date st Scheduled Production Start Date fn Scheduled Finish Time Date pc Product Code pcd Product Code description qty Scheduled Quantity nt Note eb Entered By line feed the pipe character Example If you set Event Display Format property to Product Code pc pcd Note nt The display string would look like Product Code PC243 240z 3 pack Note Short run requested by customer 2 5 Production OPC Values The production model is defined in the Ignition designer and contains your production areas lines and c ells Aruntime access into configuration and current state of the production model is available through the Production OPC Server It is added automatically when the OEE Downtime and Schedule Module is installed When the production items are added removed or modified the changes will be reflected in the Production OPC Server when the project is saved in the designer Below is a p
88. calculated value Trying to write to a read only property will result in an error message being shown 3 5 2 1 Project Description Each project within Ignition has its own production model The first node s under the main Production node represent the Ignition project s Their names are the same as the project name The image below represents the OEEDemo project ip Ignition OPC UA Server Sa Production 5 QualityDemo G New Enterprise Project O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 370 Child Folders Enterprise One folder will exist for each Enterprise that has been configured in the Ignition Designer The folder can be opened to view all values within the enterprise 3 5 2 2 Enterprise Description The enterprise folder contains some properties associated with the enterprise and a folder for each production Site within it The name is the same as the enterprise name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the New Enterprise of the QualityDemo project Ignition OPC UA Server sp Production 5 QualityDemo gt 5 New Enterprise ControlLimits O New Site 9 Qualityintervals 9 Signals gt Analysis DB Connection Name gt Description gt Enabled gt Name gt Runtime DB Connection Name Enterprise Child Folders Site One folder will exist for each Site that has been configured in the Ignition Designer The folder can be opened
89. can restarted using the resume script function parameters projectName linePath returns successful O Inductive Automation The project name that contains the specified line path Data Type SEFLAG The line path of the production ine that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the ine starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String Returns true if the production run successfully ended Data Type Boolean OEE Downtime 198 system production getlLinelD projectName linePath Returns the internal line id of the given line path Allows advanced usage of direct SQL queries in the database parameters projectName linePath returns linelD The project name that contains the specified line path Data Type Scene The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the ine starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String Returns the internal line id of the linepath or 1 if the line could not be found Data Type Integer system production isProductionModelRunning projectName Returns true if the production model for this project is running parameters projectName returns running The project name that contains the specified line path Data Type String Returns true if the pr
90. category and this property makes this association between the two e getEnabled boolean Returns true if this sample definition signal is enabled If disabled it will not show as an option on the control charts e setEnabled boolean enabled Sets this sample sample definition signal enabled state If disabled it will not show as an option on the control charts e isModified Returns true if this sample definition signal has been modified Inductive Automation SPC Quality 409 e isNew Returns true if this sample definition signal is new 3 6 2 10 Control Limit Kind Type The control limit kind type object contains the available types of control limits In all cases the ending of the name specifies how it is used in control charts and automatic signal evaluation An ending of _UCL is handled as a upper control limit for LCL it is handled as lower control limit and OTHER is a general control limit Available data types XBAR_UCL XBAR_LCL XBAR_OTHER Used for the XBar control chart RANGE_UCL RANGE_LCL RANGE _OTHER Used for the Range control chart STDDEV_UCL STDDEV_LCL STDDEV_OTHER Used for the s standard deviation control chart INDV_UCL INDV_LCL INDV_OTHER Used for the Individual control chart MEDIAN_UCL MEDIAN_LCL MEDIAN OTHER Used for the Median control chart P_UCL P LCL P_ OTHER Used for the p control chart NP_UCL NP_LCL NP_OTHER Used for the np control chart C_UCL C_LCL C
91. communication port is opened Is fired when the serial communication port is closed Is fired when data has been sent to the port Returns the data that was sent to the serial communication port Data Type char Is fired when data has been received from the serial communication port Returns the dat that was received from the serial communications port Data Type String if readString or readUntil initiated the read bytel if readBytes initiated the read Is fired when the serial communications port has been polled for data none Is fired when an error occurs on the the serial communication port The errorMessage property can be read to get the error message none Methods openPort Attempts to open the port If an error occurs the errorMessage property will be set and an exception will be thrown parameters none returns nothing closePort Attempts to close the port If an error occurs the errorMessage property will be set and an exception will be thrown parameters none returns nothing O Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 570 write String text Write value of the text parameter to the communication port If an error occurs the errorMessage property will be set and an exception will be thrown parameters text The text to write to the port Data Type String returns nothing write Bytes data Write value of the data parameter to the communication port If an error occurs the er
92. data and determining available filter and compare by options Scripting name startDate Data Type Date This property is the ending date for retrieving analysis data and determining available filter and compare by options Scripting name endDate Data Type Date This property holds the current filter item selections to filter the analysis results by If more than one item exists they are separated by commas Scripting name filterSummary Data Type String Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 109 Comparisons Selection Summary This property holds the current compare by item selections to group Data Points Selection Summary Data Format Events the analysis results by If more than one item exists they are separated by commas Scripting name comparisonsSummary Data Type String This property holds the currently selected data points to include in the results If more than one item exists they are separated by commas Scripting name dataPointsSummary Data Type SLE ing This property specifies the type of data to return from the server Options Table Only data optimized for tables will be included in the results Chart Only data optimized for charts will be included in the results Both Table and chart data will be included in the results Scripting name dataFormat Data Type AnalysisDataFormat values Table Chart Both This component has standard Ignition events Methods driliDown drillDownNam
93. data in the columns in a fashion similar to a CSV file Rows of data contain repeating items For example date time sample no 2011 10 27 11 24 50 23 2011 10 27 11 34 50 33 O Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 557 E Z CSV Box Properties 23 General ltern Name CSYOut Expand Horizontal C Expand Vertical O Delimiter O Tab O Space other Header Lines Auto Detect Column Names date time 2011 10 27 11 24 50 2011 10 27 11 34 50 Column Format Column Name sample no Required M Datatype Int4 z Translation OK Cancel Hesv Row Parsing Box Will parse all data in the rows in a fashion similar to a CSV file A group of rows will be repeated For example date 2011 10 27 time 11 24 50 sample no 31 date 2011 10 27 time 11 34 50 sample no 32 date 2011 10 27 time 11 44 50 sample no 33 Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 558 r J CSV Box Properties xs General item Name CSVRowBox Expand Horizontal L Delimiter O Tab O Space Other Header Columns 1 Auto Detect Raw Names 2011 10 27 AM EN Row Format Row Name sample no Required 4 Datatype Int4 Translation Key Translation OK Cancel P Eait Parsing Box Properties This will bring up the appropriate editor for the
94. dateBackground Data Type BOLGE The foreground color of the sample date values Scripting name dateForeground Data Type Calor Inductive Automation Date Font Date Format Label Background Label Foreground Label Font Data Background Data Foreground Data Font Calc Background Inductive Automation SPC Quality 329 The font to display the sample date values Scripting name dateFont Data Type FONT The date formatting pattern to display the sample dates Scripting name dateFormat Data Type SEring The background color of the labels Scripting name labelBackground Data Type Colee The foreground color of the labels Scripting name labelForeground Data Type COLOK The font to display the labels Scripting name labelFont Data Type Font The background color of the measurement data values Scripting name dataBackground Data Type Color The foreground color of the measurement data values Scripting name dataForeground Data Type BOLGE The font to display the measurement values Scripting name dataFont Data Type Fong The background color of the calculated data values Scripting name calcBackground Data Type Color SPC Quality 330 Calc Foreground The foreground color of the calculated data values Scripting name calcForeground Data Type COLer Calc Font The font to display the calculated values Scripting name calcFont Data Type Font Chart Properties Show P
95. designer The image below represents the Line 1 additional factors of the OEEDemo project In the OEEDemo there is one additional factor to track the operator during a production run See Line Configuration and Additional Factors for more details O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 181 Production Gj OEEDemo 1 5 Your Enterprise 5 Your Site 09 Workday Routine y Your Area amp Operator H gt Factor Description im Factor Name Factor SQLTag Additional Factors Properties Factor Optionally this property can be set to a description for the additional String Description factor It is not used by the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module other than for reference Factor This reflects the name of the additional factor that is configured in the String Name designer Read Only Factor This reflects the Factor SQLTag setting that the additional factor is String SQLTag configured for in the designer It is the name of the SQLTag to read the Read Only factor value from 2 5 2 8 Workday Routine Description The workday routine folder contains a folder for each workday routine entry within it The name of each folder is the same as the workday routine entry name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Site workday routine entries of the OEEDemo project See Workday Routines for more details gt dp Production 2 3 OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site 5 Workda
96. empty Data Type String Example Code The following script can be entered in a button s actionPerformed event It will add the product code and description to the database The return message will indicate if the there are any issues adding the product code such as if the product code already exists message event source parent getComponent Product Code Controller addProductCode event source parent getComponent ProductCode text event source parent getComponent ProductCodeDescription text if message system nav closeParentWindow event else system gui errorBox message 2 4 1 9 Analysis Controller Y lt 3 Description An invisible component that makes analysis data available for reports and other components The term invisible component means that the control appears during design time but is not visible during runtime In cases where the Production Analysis Selector offers too many options to the use this component can be used It has all of the same functionality as the Production Analysis Selector but without the user interface This means property bindings or script must be used to make the filter compare by and data point selections It also is used for providing data to canned reports and optionally allowing the user to make limited filter options This component also contains methods for deleting and restoring a run Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition o
97. exist and are valid e get parseValueType List Returns a list ParseValue objects of type specified by the parseValueType parameter Available parseValueType options A single discreet value system instrument parse types SingleValue A collections of ParseRow objects system instrument parse types RowCollection e getAll List Returns a list of all ParseValue objects O Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 574 e getValue name ParseValue Returns a ParseValue object for the parsed value specified by the name parameter The name must match one of the names assigned to a parsing box defined in the parsing template getRowCollection name ParseRowCollection Returns a ParseRowCollection object for the name specified by the name parameter The name must match one of the names assigned to a parsing box defined in the parsing template createDataset name Dataset Returns a Dataset object for the parsed value specified by the name parameter The name must match one of the names assigned to a parsing box defined in the parsing template This supports converting a ParseRowCollection that is a result of either a CSV Column Parsing Box or a CSV Row Parsing Box into a Dataset Dataset can be used to display the data in Table or other components in Ignition createValueMap Map of name value pairs Returns a Map object containing name value pairs for all parsed values The Map can be sent to the SPC module s Sam
98. f y Compare By and Data Points List Selections can be removed by selecting the Properties link to the left of the selection This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Inductive Automation Table Data Chart Data Line Chart Data Drill Down Options Previous Drill Down Enabled Provider Start Date End Date Filter Selection Summary OEE Downtime 108 This property holds data in a format that is optimized for binding to a table component Scripting name tableData Data Type Dataset This property holds data in a format that is optimized for binding to pie and bar chart components such as the Production Bar Chart and Production Pie Chart Scripting name chartData Data Type Dataset This property holds data in a format that is optimized for binding to a line chart component Scripting name lineChartData Data Type Dataset This property holds the drill down options appropriate for the current filter and compare by settings Scripting name drillDownOptions Data Type Dataset This property indicates if there are entries in the drill down cache maintained by this component Scripting name previousDrillDownEnabled Data Type Boolean This property holds the current provider of analysis data See Analysis Providers for available options Scripting name provider Data Type String This property is the starting date for retrieving analysis
99. fault ea Palletizes Wrapper teed empty Si El Hourly Efficiencye 75 gt 3 c 2 50 gt W 25 0 j O0 1 2 3 4 5 0 7 8 9 Hourly Accum Waste Bottles o Sample Line Charts Screen O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 33 2 2 2 6 Analysis Screen The analysis screen allows for ad hoc analysis of production data OEE TEEP downtime production and even user defined data can be viewed across a date range This data can also be filtered to only include specific criteria Additionally comparisons can be made between different factors For example downtime by operator can be analyzed or even downtime by operator by shift Ignition MES Software Operator Line Charts report Schedule Product Code Work Order Data Analysis Results se Stihlman E i noes E Y O ll Brewing and Bottling Saved Reports menu Downtime al Case Packer 60 467 16 Selections Filter By add Planned Downtime Exclude Compare By add Cell Name Data Points add Downtime Minutes e Labeler Capper Pallatizer e Filler Case Packer Inspection 41 SIA TIA Alp WELLT LLLA ANANN rr TA EET Jan 12 Jan 17 Jan 22 Jan 27 Feb 1 Feds Feb 11 Feb 16 Feb 21 Feb 26 Mar3 Mars Mar 4 Ad hoc Analysis Screen The date range selector at the bottom is used to define the data range to include in the analysis As you change the start or end dates only the production runs that are within
100. for the performance of other actions such as alerts when an out of control condition occurs event properties e getDefUUID String Returns the definition UUID associated with this out of control event See Sample Definition section more information e getEvaluationResults SignalEvaluationResults Returns a single evaluation result of the signal attribute combination that transitioned from in control to out of control Inductive Automation SPC Quality 390 3 6 1 12 Signal in Control Event When sample data changes all of the out of control signals associated with it will be evaluated If an out of control signal changes from Out of Control to In Control any script in this event is run It is provided to allow for the performance of other actions such as alerts when an out of control condition no longer exists event properties e getDefUUID String Returns the definition UUID associated with this in control event See Sample Definition section more information e getEvaluationResults SignalEvaluationResults Returns a single evaluation result of the signal attribute combination that transitioned from out of control to in control 3 6 1 13 Sample Due State Types UNKNOWN COMING_DUE DUE OVERDUE WAITING_APPROVAL 3 6 2 Object Reference 3 6 2 1 Sample The sample object holds all of the information associated with one sample properties e getDefUUID String Returns the definitio
101. holds all of the information defining a signal that will be applied to a sample definition Be sure not to confuse a signal defined in the Ignition designer with the sample definition signal object The sample definition signal object connects a signal defined in the Ignition designer with a sample definition Once a signal is associated with a sample definition it will appear as an option in the SPC Selector and can appear on control charts It will also be included during automatic signal evaluations properties e getID int Returns the database created ID for this sample definition signal e getParent SampleDefinition Returns the sample definition that this signal is a child of e getName String Returns the name of this signal as defined in the Ignition designer e setName String name Sets the name of this signal as defined in the Ignition designer e getKind SignalKindTypes Returns the the kind of signal There are different types of signals and calculations for each type of chart category and this property makes this association between the two e setKind SignalKindTypes kind Sets the the kind of signal There are different types of signals and calculations for each type of chart category and this property makes this association between the two e setKind int ordinal Sets the the kind of signal based on a SignalKindTypesordinal value There are different types of signals and calculations for each type of chart
102. ii a n es COmtrol AE E Sad cad Sats aeteccied es r E aa i a ani OV ORVIOW ii A A dt Default Control Limits Add Control Limits Edit Control iMac ta dd a a anI Delete Control mits vectra chee adh a aada det nested da oi Import Export Out of Control Signals OV CIVIEW Sten il AA eee ul EA Ae Ra aes Default IN S ini aa irhat nl dd evan Daiei dirda eA a Add Sia Siria rta A A ves cGuseuvauaeuezeuevvel EDO EIA ATAR aaa OACI ESOO a cia Delete MaS A AA A A it DOUE POP asis A tb tad ica Sam ple Intervals aii At ici Overview A OOO ceed Default Intervals Add Intervals Edit Intervals Delete Intervals Mpo Exporta cata al AA DA adi dain A a AA a nee aa SQL Tag Sam ple Colle C O S ionic oc a OVGIVIEW 4 rnat a ie a Ante ie hin RR ee inet Add Sample Collect Soi id Ab ADA ER caterer moneda Edit Sample Collectors Delete Sample Collectors IPOTVEX PO O LAIA O de AA A AEREAS E A Component Reference oiiiscctsscceeccseseecctasetesdecceeeecsisnceedcdeueetanse ctescecacntannescteccaasieeedecenestuasvees Quality Components Ditelo g i E S avis ee Ms 4k ook cack att edb eae Al ies tick dle tad o Ae cade tet Ald tal Definition Attribute Lis dt A A ee a 282 O Inductive Automation DA LSE A E AN 284 Def inition Control Limit List ui A A iia 286 Definition Signals Sia A Ai 287 Location Selector interval Selector accord aii nn iaa anita 289 Datatype Select iii did 290 Definition Selector toi rd tddi 291 Location Sample d
103. just one method of selecting a recipe for a production line cell cell group or location For more information on the other methods see the Selecting Recipes section The Recipe Selector List component is automatically updated when recipes are added removed etc The current recipe selected is also automatically updated if the recipe changes from a different source To select a recipe for a production item the user can right click on a recipe then select the Select Recipe menu item To cancel a recipe right click on the selected recipe then select the Cancel Recipe menu item This component also supports additional menu item to be added by using the User Menu Items property and the userMenultemClicked event Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Item Path Recipe Name Filter Selected Recipe Name Selected Icon Path This is a required property to specify a single production item to show recipes for Example Enterprise Site Area 1 Line 1 temPath tring H Scripting name Data Type v To limit which recipes to show this property can be set This provides a method to only show recipes that are of interest to the end user The wildcard characters or can also be included in the filter value Example Recipe C Scripting name recipeNameFilter Data Type String This will reflect the recipe that the user selected It can also be set using
104. limit of the QualityDemo project Production QualityDemo 5 New Enterprise gt Gj ControlLimits H gt Kind lt gt Name H 3 Histogram UCL 3 Individual LCL Control Limits Properties Kind The ordinal value of the kind of control chart that the control limit is int associated with See ControlLimitKindTypes for more information Read Only Name This reflects the name of the control limit that is configured in the String designer Read Only 3 5 2 2 2 Signals Description The signals folder contains a folder for each signal The name of each folder is the same as the signal name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Individual Outside signal of the QualityDemo project O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 372 Production 5 QualityDemo 2 5 New Enterprise 3 ControlLimits C New Site J Qualityintervals y Signals 3 Individual Outside 9 SignalAutoEvaluateDuration gt SignalAutoEvaluatePeriod gt SignalChartShape gt SignalKind gt SignalName Out of Limits Outside Limits Out of Control Signals Properties Kind The ordinal value of the kind of control int chart that the signal is associated with Read Only See SignalKindTypes for more information SignalName This reflects the name of the signal thatis String configured in the designer Read Only SignalAutoEvaluatePeriod This reflects the ordina
105. limitDialogVerticalOffset Data Type int The color of the chart vertical grid lines Scripting name verticalGridLineColor Data Type Color If true show the vertical grid lines in the charts Scripting name showVerticalGridLines Data Type boolean The color of the chart horizontal grid lines Scripting name horizontalGridLineColor Data Type Coler If true show the horizontal grid lines in the charts Scripting name showHorizontalGridLines Data Type boolean The background color of the primary chart Scripting name primaryChartBackground Data Type Cooler If true show the note icon next to the chart point for any samples that have notes or assignable causes Scripting name showNotes Data Type boolean Inductive Automation SPC Quality 355 Note Image The image to display next to the chart point for any samples that have notes or assignable causes Scripting name noteImage Data Type Image Enable Note Editing If true allow the user to add and edit notes and assignable causes Scripting name enableNoteEditing Data Type boolean Enable Point Deletion If true allow the user to temporarily remove samples from chart This is used to remove samples that are known to out of control before calculating control limits The sample that have been removed are not removed from the database and can be restored by selecting the Restore Points menu item Scripting name enablePointDeletion
106. line affecting events This reflects the name of the cell that is set in the designer The current OEE value for the current shift See OEE for more details The current OEE Availability value for the current shift See OEE for more details The current OEE Performance value for the current shift See OEE for more details The current OEE Quality value for the current shift See OEE for more details The current package count of the primary outfeed The current hourly production rate of the primary product outfeed See Production Rate Calculation for more details The current production rate per minute of the primary product outfeed See Production Rate Calculation for more details The units of the production rate This reflects the units defined in the primary product outfeed See Product Outfeed for more details The total amount of unplanned downtime in minutes for the current Time Minutes production run Inductive Automation 178 Int4 Read Only Boolean Int4 Read Only Boolean Read Only String Read Only Float8 Read Only Float8 Read Only Float8 Read Only Float8 Read Only Int4 Read Only Float8 Read Only Float8 Read Only String Read Only Float8 Read Only Run ID Run Ideal Standard Count Run Planned Down Time Minutes Run Production Count Run Standard Count Run Standard Variance Run Target Count Run Target Variance Run Time Minutes R
107. ly Analysis Controller a a i Production Bar Chart Ma Er F Production Line Selector Name Sting Selected Index in o Selected Line Name Only Current Pr hbooisan Selected Line Path String BD Styles Dataset B Data Quality fing Property Selector Now click the Production Bar Chart on the new window Next click the D for the Data property select Property binding type navigate to the Analysis Controller component and select the Chart Data property as shown below Click the OK button Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 52 Property Binding Window Root Container Production Bar Chart data O Indirect Tag f O opert Property O Expression A HH Date Range E Y Tay 4 Analysis Controller WA e Name String O Tag History HO Table Data Dataset m O Tag B Line Chart Dath Pataset B Drill Down Options Dataset B Previous Drill Down Enabled Bl Data Format int O Provider Name String B Filter String B Compare By String B Data Points p Property Selector To test click on the preview button gt This will allow use to use the screen as a user Select Line 1 in the Production Line Selector component and you should see result as shown below ee La AS A EE a EA a EREE E il a l 37 53 A 35 0 7 32 5 7 Line1 30 0 7 27 5 3 bal 25 0 4
108. name dataForeground Data Type Cada The font to display the measurement values Scripting name dataFont Data Type PONE The background color of the calculated data values Scripting name calcBackground Data Type Color SPC Quality 348 Calc Foreground The foreground color of the calculated data values Scripting name calcForeground Data Type Color Calc Font The font to display the calculated values Scripting name calcFont Data Type Font Chart Properties Show Primary Chart If true the primary chart will appear Scripting name showPrimaryChart Data Type boolean Right Axis Width The width of the right chart axis in pixels Scripting name rightAxisWidth Data Type LNE Limit Dialog Horizontal Offset The horizontal or x position to display the set control limit dialog box Scripting name limitDialogHorizontalOffset Data Type nah Limit Dialog Vertical Offset The vertical or y position to display the set control limit dialog box Scripting name limitDialogVerticalOffset Data Type Lice Vertical Grid Line Color The color of the chart vertical grid lines Scripting name verticalGridLineColor Data Type Color Show Vertical Grid Lines If true show the vertical grid lines in the charts Scripting name showVerticalGridLines Data Type boolean Horizontal Grid Line Color The color of the chart horizontal grid lines Scripting name horizontalGridLineColor Data Type Color O Inductive A
109. nc cnn n rra nn n nn nn naar rra a cnnnnnnas 110 Production Bar Chaise 111 Productions Chad rat AREA EE A E E 112 Analysis Table sin Ni o Td a a Et cars diia 114 Down Time COM PONE NUS vistevssdvcccseevcesiiacdecevccecsanchissesvsonesvectcnscedceusevdensvssiveveptesdessenscelvestiesescsestesvepnessisuensce eester 116 Down Time Table noni datada aid ita 116 Performance ndicatonsidicive wei sidind team annie a on ane atin eine 125 Line Run electo imita ETA E E A da asi Analysis Time Chart Schedule Components Work Order Selector Work Order Table coito A o ars donada Work Order Control iii a id dni did 133 Line Schedule Selecione AAA idad ad aaa 135 Schedule Day Vi Wii cnt AA ane Aaa AAA ni anne 137 Schedule Week Vi Winrar EN A CA A nanan at 139 O Inductive Automation Schedule Month V iGW yess e a a a a r e e r aa aT a a sie obiscdassacd songs aucah araa cate aaa Narra 141 Schedule Date Sele Ctons miii a a A A SA did 143 Schedule Entry Controller acc a a A dE A 144 Schedule Control icon A A din ias 149 Time Electra agebdensasdensdaacd class detadadydiccgndsesnalhsiacabetacceudlaanigdichenatantstsasdnsese4elaistvins A 152 Line Schedule ViWi dias 153 5 Production OPC Valles coccion 162 Using AA AN 163 OPC Val e Reference iecccceicsscscicaccesserescavenscctsvccccerscususctssuesu acenedaccecectetsseisuscesteresduveredactsvececersuesuacessvessescesecanereta 164 Projet ii A A Sonica nan aE a ee TGA Enterprise
110. of the OEEDemo project Inductive Automation Child Folders Workday Routine Line Properties Description Enabled Name Shift 1 Start Time Shift 2 Start Time Shift 3 Start Time OEE Downtime 168 Production 3 OEEDemo t 5 Your Enterprise amp Your Site 3 Workday Routine 3 Your Area E Line 1 Gj Line 2 O Workday Routine Description Enabled Name Shift 1 Start Time gt Shift 2 Start Time gt Shift 3 Start Time Area Contains all of the workday routine entries that are active for the production area One folder will exist for each Line that has been configured in the Ignition Designer The folder can be opened to view all values within the line Optionally this property can be set to a description for the area It is not used by the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module other than for reference This reflects the site Enabled property in the Designer If the area Enabled is set to true then the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module will perform calculations for the area and all lines and cell within it If this property is set to false then none of the ines or cells will have calculations performed This reflects the name of the area that is set in the designer The current Shift 1 Start Time time for the production area If the associated Shift 1 Start Time property for the area in the designer is set to Inherit From Parent this will be
111. on adding product outfeed entries Editing a Product Outfeed See the section on Editing a Product Outfeed for details on editing product outfeed entries Deleting a Product Outfeed See the section on Deleting a Product Outfeed for details on deleting product outfeed entries Product Waste For each waste entry the OEE module will start tracking true waste count values These values can be accessed through the Production OPC Server See the section on Production OPC Values and the section on Product Waste for more information Adding a Product Waste Entry See the section on Adding a Product Waste Counter for details on adding product waste entries Editing a Product Outfeed See the section on Editing a Product Waste Counter for details on editing product waste entries Deleting a Product Outfeed See the section on Deleting a Product Waste Counter for details on deleting product waste entries Waste Calculation Methods There are several ways to calculate the amount of waste coming from a production cell None No waste calculation methods will be used to determine waste counts Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 75 Run Waste Count Tag Waste will be calculated based on what is entered in the Run Waste Count tag This may be a unique formula used to calculate waste or a manual entry of the waste count Started vs Finished When this method is used outfeed will be compared to infeed to determine how many units were lost to was
112. overridden by the production line 2 3 2 1 4 Line Configuration Adding a Line To add a production ine right click on an area folder in the project browser and select the New Production Item gt New Production Line menu item A ine named New Line will be added to the area folder Multiple production lines can be added to a production area Renaming a Line To rename it to the name representing the production line right click on it and select Rename then enter the new name Deleting a Line To remove an existing production line right click on the line item and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the production line Please note that the cell s underneath the line will also be permanently removed Project Browser E x Eg Configuration 3 Production 1 Your Enterprise 2 8 Your Site gt Ek Your Area a Line 1 H aP Line 2 ga A a 3 bind New Line O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 62 Line General Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the desired line item contained in the area folder in the project browser and then selecting the General tab Enabled By default added lines are enabled It can be disabled by un checking the Enabled setting and saving the project This will stop the OEE downtime and scheduling module from executing the line and cell s that are underneath it Description This is an opti
113. parsing boxes can then be added to define areas to extract meaningful values from Project Browser ol _ Alcolyzer Plus Port Eg Configuration Instrument Configuration rey Instrument Interface ee Inst t Intert 1 E Configurations Serial Settings Parse Template El Alcolyzer Plus Port Si a LE Digital GagePort NT N Ed fed E E j LA hk i IA 3 Production B A a 11 24 50 sample no 22 a 0 92 m m alcohol E 6 67 aV V density 1 001764 g cm3 Er E 31 311 m m Calories 1714 74 kcal 12o0z Licohol ASBC 5 26 m m SG 20 20 1 100357 3 13 41 Palto 76 67 3 I ei Parse Template configuration screen Parse Template Tools The Parse Template configuration screen contains a toolbar palette with tools that allow interaction with the current parse template Instrument Configuration Serial Settings Parse Template X E bed ol HE al TAT Ed la Parse Template tool palette Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 555 Lo Parsing Box Selector Allows the user to select any existing parsing boxes in the template The selected parsing box will be displayed with sizing arrows on all corners Eg Edit Content Text Allows editing of the actual template text that the parsing operations will be apply to New templates are blank and the user will need to add text representing the output received from the instrument her
114. process For the p and u Charts the control limits can vary for each sample depending on the number of items inspected for each sample See the SPC Charts in the Introduction sections for more information In the SPC Quality Module these limits can be calculated automatically or entered manually In the SPC module control limits can be either calculated or can act as specification limits Specification limits are requirements made by the company not a reflection of the process itself There are different control limits types for each type of control chart For example the XBar only supports XBar UCL XBar LCL and XBar Other control limits types and cannot be calculated or shown for any other control chart besides the XBar control chart The control limits are defined by the enterprise and can be added edited or deleted on the Enterprise page in the designer under the Quality tab By default the standard control limits are added when a new Enterprise Production ltem is added 3 3 3 2 Default Control Limits When a new Enterprise Production Item is added the following control limits are added c LCL c UCL Histogram LCL Histogram UCL Individual LCL Individual UCL Median LCL Median UCL MR LCL MR UCL np LCL np UCL p LCL p UCL Range LCL Range UCL StdDev LCL StdDev UCL StdDev XBar LCL StdDev XBar UCL u LCL uUCL XBar LCL XBar LSL XBar UCL XBar USL 3 3 3 3 Add Control Limits To add a control limit right click t
115. production line If the associated Shift 3 Start Time property for the ine in the designer is set to Inherit From Parent this be the time defined for the parent production area See Line Configuration for more details OEE Downtime 174 Int4 Read Only Boolean DateTime Read Only Boolean DateTime Read Only Boolean DateTime Read Only Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 175 Shift Down The total minutes of unplanned downtime Float8 Time Minutes for the current shift Read Only Shift Elapsed The total minutes that have elapsed from Float8 Time Minutes the start of the shift Read Only Shift Infeed The true unit count at the primary product Int4 Count infeed for the current shift The true unit Read Only count reflects the start of shift count and raw count rollovers Shift The total production count that has been Int4 Production produced for the current shift It is in the Read Only Count primary product outfeed units Shift Run The total minutes that the production line Float8 Time Minutes has run for the current shift This value Read Only excludes planned and unplanned downtime Shift The total number of units that should be Int4 Scheduled produced for the current shift If a Read Only Count production run extends over multiple shifts this value is calculated for the current shift This value is adjusted for previous shift true production whether it did not achieve or exceeded its target Shift Th
116. property Inductive Automation Properties Instrument Interface Module 565 This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Instrument Interface Name Port Baud Rate Data Bits Inductive Automation The name of the Instrument Interface configuration to use The available configurations may be selected by clicking on the pencil icon and selecting from the list or typed in manually Scripting name Data Type instrumentInterfaceName String The name of the serial port The available com ports may be selected by clicking on the pencil icon and selecting from the list or typed in manually Scripting name Data Type Serial Communication baud rate Scripting name Data Type Values Serial communication data bits Scripting name Data Type Values portName Sting baudRate Integer Baud 110 0 Baud 150 1 Baud 300 2 Baud 600 3 Baud 1200 4 Baud 2400 5 Baud 4800 6 Baud 9600 7 Baud 19200 8 Baud 38400 9 Baud 57600 10 Baud 115200 11 Baud 230400 12 Baud 460800 13 Baud 921600 14 dataBits Integer DATA BITS 5 0 DATA BITS 6 1 DATA BITS 7 2 DATA BITS 8 3 Hand Shake Parity Stop Bits Auto Open Port Clear Buffer Before Send Correct CRLF Default Read Timeout Instrument Interface Module 566 Serial communication flow control methods Scripting name Data Type Values Serial co
117. queries or scripting to display intervals Properties Timed Interval Hours Timed Interval Days Once at Production Start Once at Production End Manual Timed Interval Seconds Every Value Change Interval Selector This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Selected Interval Events The name of the currently selected interval Scripting name selectedInterval String This component has standard Ignition events none O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 290 Methods none 3 4 1 8 Datatype Selector Description A component that allows selection of sample attribute data types The data types are built into the SPC module and cannot be added to or changed There is no need for SQL queries or scripting to display the data types Integer Real Boolean Nonconforming Count Nonconformity Count Data Type Selector The following table describes each data type Data Type Description Range Integer Positive and negative numbers without decimal points and 2 147 483 648 to fractional digits 2 147 483 647 Real Numbers including decimal points and fractional digits 1 40129846432481707e 45 to 3 40282346638528860e 38 positive or negative Boolean True or false True or false Inspected Count A count of inspected units in an integer format This is used up to 2 147 483 647 for attribute types of sample def
118. remove the product outfeed entry 2 3 6 4 Import Export To import product outfeed entries right click anywhere on the product outfeed table and select the Import menu item A dialog box will appear to allow selection of a comma separated values csv formatted file Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 87 The first line of the file must at least contain the property names separated by commas If additional names exist they will be ignored The property names can be in any order Below is a sample csv file showing a single product infeed entry Name Count SQLTag Max Raw Count Default Standard Rate Default Package Count Standard Rate Period Production Units Waste Transit Time Seconds Line Outfeed Line 1 PLC Palletizer Outfeed 32768 60 0 10 0 Hour Cases 120 To export product outfeed entries right click anywhere on the table containing product outfeeds and select the Export menu item A dialog box will appear to allow selection of an existing file or the typing in of aname of the new file to save the product outfeed entries to If a file extension is not entered then the default csv will be used 2 3 7 Product Waste Before OEE Quality calculations can be performed waste count information is required Because of the varied approaches of determining waste on a production line or process the OEE Downtime Module allows different methods of collecting waste information 1 Use the Run Waste Count OPC value for the line
119. removed Scripting name showRemovedSamples Data Type boolean Changes the order that the sample will appear in the list Options None Display samples in natural order Due State Display samples in order of the severity of due ste Taken Date Time Taken Date Time Descending Display samples in order by the date it is taken Display samples in reverse order by the date it is Scripting name sortType Data Type ME Numeric value used in scripting None 0 Due State 1 Taken Date Time 2 Taken Date Time Descending 3 When set to true allows users to enter a note tied to a sample Scripting name showEnableNoteEditing Data Type boolean Optionally set this property to only show samples that are scheduled after the specified Start Date Scripting name Data Type startDate Date Optionally set this property to only show samples that are scheduled before the specified End Date Scripting name Data Type endDate Date Optionally set this property to only show samples for specified product code Scripting name productCode Data Type String Optionally set this property to only show samples for specified reference number Reference numbers can represent anything such as lot number batch number raw material lot number raw material vendor etc Scripting name referenceNo Data Type SEFLAS This component has standard Ignition events with the addition of the following events O Inductive Automation add Ev
120. run it will have to be ended before setting a new product code The product code must exist in the production code table and the line must be enabled to run it parameters linePath productCode returns successful Inductive Automation The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the ine starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type Stiri tig The new product code for the line to run next Data Type SECTAS Returns true if the project name line path and product code are valid and the new product code has been set Data Type Boolean OEE Downtime 210 system production utils startRun linePath Start a new production run for the current product code This is only valid if the line is not currently in a production run parameters linePath returns successful The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the line starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type SEring Returns true if the production run successfully started Data Type Boolean system production utils updateProductCodeLineStatus productCode linePath enable Updates the line enabled status for this product code parameters linePath productCode enable The line path of the produc
121. s Sample Entry component results event getParseResults if results None and results isRequiredValid reading results getValue reading event source parent getComponent Numeric Text Field doubleValue reading getValue event source parent getComponent Sample Entry populateMeasurement Viscosity reading getValue else system gui messageBox Error reading value from instrument 5 6 Scripting This section is a reference for scripting functions provided by the Instrument Interface Module It also has a reference for any objects that are used by or returned by the scripting functions 5 6 1 Object Reference The Instrument Interface Module has a parsing engine that takes raw data received from an instrument and from it extract the desired values The extracted values can be used to set tags populate SPC sample measurement values populate tables written to database tables and more Because the extracted values come in various flavors and have various uses the paring engine returns the extracted values in a ParseResults object This section defines the ParseResults object and how to access the extracted values 5 6 1 1 Parse Results A ParseResult object is available from the call to getParseResults on the Serial Controller component properties e isValid Boolean If true indicates that all parse values exist and are valid e isRequiredValid Boolean If true indicates the all required parse values
122. sample dates Scripting name dateFormat Data Type Strg The background color of the labels Scripting name labelBackground Data Type Color The foreground color of the labels Scripting name labelForeground Data Type Color O Inductive Automation Label Font Data Background Data Foreground Data Font Calc Background Calc Foreground Calc Font Chart Properties Show Primary Chart Right Axis Width Inductive Automation SPC Quality 359 The font to display the labels Scripting name labelFont Data Type Font The background color of the measurement data values Scripting name dataBackground Data Type Corlor The foreground color of the measurement data values Scripting name dataForeground Data Type Color The font to display the measurement values Scripting name dataFont Data Type Font The background color of the calculated data values Scripting name calcBackground Data Type Color The foreground color of the calculated data values Scripting name calcForeground Data Type Color The font to display the calculated values Scripting name calcFont Data Type Font If true the primary chart will appear Scripting name showPrimaryChart Data Type boolean The width of the right chart axis in pixels Scripting name rightAxisWidth Data Type EEE Limit Dialog Horizontal Offset Limit Dialog Vertical Offset Vertical Grid Line Color Show Vertical Grid Li
123. sample is out of control The ds getColumnindex on lines 8 through 10 returns the column number of the XBar XDBar and signal result columns This is done for speed reasons because it is faster to reference the column by number instead of finding the column by name Starting with line 13 each sample row in the data set is cycled through Line 16 reads the calculated value that in this case is the xBar value Line 17 reads the average of the calculated values which in this case is the xDBar value In line 20 a test is done for the xBar value being greater than the xDBar If it is further checking is done in lines 22 through 38 If it is not then the consecutive count variable is reset and the signal state value is set to 0 for the sample in lines 42 and 43 Line 22 adds to the consecutive count variable before checking if the threshold of 8 has been exceeded Line 25 checks if the consecutive count threshold has been exceed If not the signal state value for the sample is set to O and the consecutive count variable is left at its current value Line 28 checks if the consecutive count just exceeded the threshold If it just did the signal state values for the previous 8 samples are set to 1 This flags the current sample and the previous 7 samples as out Inductive Automation of control SPC Quality 271 The else statement in line 35 is a check that occurs if more than 8 consecutive xBar values exceed the xBar value It sets
124. schedulel returns message D The ID of the schedule entry to modify This is the ID for Schedule database table Data Type Integer Contains a description of any error encountered otherw empty Data Type String O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 149 Example Code The following script can be entered in a button s actionPerformed event It will add the schedule entry to the database The return message will indicate if the there are any issues adding the schedule entry See the OEEDemo project s ScheduleNew window for a full implementation example esp event source parent gather parameters required to add a schedule entry linePath esp LinePath workOrderID esp getComponent WorkOrderContainer getComponent Work Order Selector sel scheduleType esp getComponent ScheduleType selectedValu startDate esp getComponent StartDateTime selectedDateTim coDuration esp getComponent WorkOrderContainer getComponent CODuration selectedValue finishDate esp getComponent FinishDateTime selectedDateTim quantity esp getComponent WorkOrderContainer getComponent Quantity intValue userName esp getComponent HiddenContainer getComponent UserName text note esp getComponent note text call the add schedule entry method of the schedule entry controller result esp getComponent Schedule Entry Controller addScheduleEnt
125. selecting the Databases gt Connections section from the left hand configuration menu See the Ignition documentation for more information on setting up a database connection Below shows a typical database connection that is required for the Recipe module Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 457 Database Connections Name Description JDBC Driver Translator Status ProductionDB Microsoft SQLServer JDBC Driver MSSQL VALID edit delete Note For details about a connection s status see the Database Connection Status page Sample Database Connection 4 2 4 MES Module Settings The OEE Downtime Scheduling SPC and Recipe modules store data in an SQL database Because Ignition can be configured to multiple databases the MES Module Settings configuration page is used to select which databases to store OEE downtime scheduling SPC and Recipe data If only one database has been configured in Ignition then it will be selected by default To change the MES module settings go to the configuration section in the gateway and select the MES Modules gt Settings section from the left hand side configuration menu Once a database connection is created and if only one database connection exists then it will be automatically selected to be used by the MES modules If more than one database connection exists then the desired database connection can be selected to be used by the MES modules as shown below O Inductive Automation Recipe
126. shift starts setting from the site select the Inherit From Parent option Shift 3 Default Enabled If checked shift 3 will be included during scheduling If not checked shift 3 will be scheduled around To inherit the shift enabled from the from the site select the Inherit From Parent option Default Start The time of day that third shift starts The third shift ends at the start of first shift To Time inherit the time of day that third shift starts setting from the site select the Inherit From Parent option Note The shift start times are the default for your production site and can be overridden by the production area and or production line Area Schedule Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the area item contained in the site folder in the project browser and then selecting the Schedule tab as shown below See the Site Schedule Settings section for more information on workday routines If no area workday routine entries are entered then they will be inherited from the production site as shown below O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 61 Your Area Area Production Item Save project to make production changes active Advanced Workday Routine Start Time General Down Time Schedule TE ee ee ee ee Area Workday Routine List Workday Routine Entry See the Workday Routines section for more information Note The workday routine entries are the default for your production area and can be
127. showVerticalGridLines Data Type boolean Inductive Automation SPC Quality 337 Horizontal Grid Line Color The color of the chart horizontal grid lines Scripting name horizontalGridLineColor Data Type Color Show Horizontal Grid Lines If true show the horizontal grid lines in the charts Scripting name showHorizontalGridLines Data Type boolean Primary Chart Background The background color of the primary chart Scripting name primaryChartBackground Data Type Color Secondary Chart Background The background color of the secondary chart Show Notes Note Image Enable Note Editing Scripting name secondaryChartBackground Data Type Color If true show the note icon next to the chart point for any samples that have notes or assignable causes Scripting name showNotes Data Type boolean The image to display next to the chart point for any samples that have notes or assignable causes Scripting name noteImage Data Type Image If true allow the user to add and edit notes and assignable causes Scripting name enableNoteEditing Data Type boolean Enable Point Deletion If true allow the user to temporarily remove samples from chart This is used to remove samples that are known to out of control before calculating control limits The sample that have been removed are not removed from the database and can be restored by selecting the Restore Points menu item Scripting name enablePointDelet
128. size is not consistent NP Chart Unlike the P Chart the NP chart requires that all the sample sizes are the same The number of nonconforming items is graphed instead of the proportion because the samples can be directly compared The types of nonconformities can also be displayed on the same chart This chart should be used when counting nonconforming items when the sample size does not change C Chart Also know as a count chart this type counts the total number of nonconformities not nonconforming items on all the items in a sample Often the types of nonconformities and their individual counts are noted as well This chart is best used when counting nonconformities when the sample size will not vary It is also important that each sample has equal opportunity for nonconformities U Chart A U Chart also graphs the number of nonconformities but does so through a proportion In this chart the types and counts of nonconformities are tracked as well This chart should be used when counting nonconformities when the sample size will vary Also if some samples have a greater opportunity for nonconformities than others this chart should be used over the C Chart Analysis Charts Histogram A histogram shows the distribution of the data provided from the samples A typical histogram has a normal distribution meaning that most data points will fall in the middle of the graph and fewer will fall towards the outside forming a bell curv
129. specifies the type of control chart to retrieve the SPC data for Options None No results will be returned XBarR XBar and range data will be returned XBarS XBar and standard deviation data will be returned Individual Individual and moving range data will be returned Median Median and moving range data will be returned P P chart data will be returned NP NP chart data will be returned C C chart data will be returned U Uchart data will be returned Histogram Histogram data will be returned Pareto Pareto data will be returned Scripting name spcDataFormat Data Type SPCDataFormat Numeric value used in scripting None XBarR XBarS Individual Median U Cc P NP Histogram Pareto CE p 2 OOAONDOABRWN OO 0 This property is the starting date for retrieving analysis data and determining available filter and compare by options Scripting name startDate Data Type Date Inductive Automation End Date Stored SPC Name Definition Name Attribute Name Filter Control Limits Signals SPC Results Inductive Automation SPC Quality 311 This property is the ending date for retrieving analysis data and determining available filter and compare by options Scripting name endDate Data Type Date This optional property can be used to populate the Definition Name Attribute Name Filter Control Limits Signals SPC Data Format properties with those in a store
130. that each control limit is associated with a particular control chart For example XBar UCL is associated and can only be used with the XBar chart This is because the calculation used to determine the XBar UCL value is specific to only the XBar chart Inductive Automation SPC Quality 240 Control Limits stdDev XBar LCL stdDev xBar UCL OO OOO O O OO 8 8 RA SO O O OO Control Limits Table Any selected signals will be available to include on the control charts and will also be included in the automatic evaluation of out of control conditions of the sample data When a new project is created the default signal options are also created but they can be modified added to or even removed Keep in mind that each signal is associated with a particular control chart For example Individual Outside is associated with and can only be used with the Individual chart This is because the calculation and control limits used to determine if a sequence of individual values are out of control is specific to the Individual chart Signals Individual Outside O Out of Limits M Outside Limits M doni A AAA A AA a O a A gt Signals Table After all the desired settings have been defined the user can select Save to commit all the changes or Cancel to undo any changes that have been made O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 241 After a sample definition has been created samples based on them may appear or be manual
131. the SPC results Scripting name measurementCount Data Type int This property can optionally be set to override the current user logged in It is used when notes or assignable causes are added or modified Scripting name user Data Type String The background color Scripting name backgroundColor Data Type Color The sample definition to used when building SPC results Scripting name definitionName Data Type String Text to display if not data is available to show in the control chart Scripting name noDataMessage Data Type String No Data Foreground No Data Font Table Properties Show Table Min Visible Samples SPC Quality 346 The foreground color to display the no data message Scripting name noDataForeground Data Type COLE The font to display the no data message Scripting name noDataFont Data Type Font If true the table containing measurement and calculated values will be shown at the top of the control chart Scripting name showTable Data Type boolean The minimum number of sample to show on the control chart If more than the minimum visible samples exist in the SPC results then a horizontal scroll bar will appear and allow the user to scroll back to earlier samples Scripting name minVisibleSamples Data Type int Min Visible Measurements The minimum number of measurements to show in the table of the Column Width Row Height Date Background control chart If more than the minimum
132. the name of this control limit as defined in the Ignition designer e setName String name Sets the name of this control limit as defined in the Ignition designer e getKind ControlLimitKindTypes Returns the the kind of control limit There are different types of control limits and calculations for each type of chart category and this property makes this association between the two e setKind ControlLimitKindTypes kind Sets the the kind of control limit There are different types of control limits and calculations for each type of chart category and this property makes this association between the two e setKind int ordinal Set the the kind of control limit based on a ControlLimitKindTypes ordinal value There are different types of control limits and calculations for each type of chart category and this property makes this association between the two e getEnabled boolean Returns true if this sample definition control limit is enabled If disabled it will not show as an option on the control charts e setEnabled boolean enabled Sets this sample sample definition control limit enabled state If disabled it will not show as an option on the control charts e isModified Inductive Automation SPC Quality 408 Returns true if this sample definition control limit has been modified e isNew Returns true if this sample definition control limit is new 3 6 2 9 Sample Definition Signal The sample definition signal object
133. the sample definition Additionally the number of measurements are defined by the measurement count setting in the sample definition The Up Down Traversal property can be used to change the field tab order between column and row When saving the measurement data is validated and if any validation errors exists a message is displayed to the user Depending on the measurement count defined in the sample definition the orientation of the edit fields will change If the measurement count is greater than 1 then there will be a row for each measurement with the attributes appearing horizontally If the measurement count is equal to 1 then the attributes appear vertically in separate rows This reduces the need for the user to have to scroll while entering sample data if the are a number of attributes Measurement Viscosity Temperature S 1 e 2 y 3 pr 4 F ee a e a Multiple Measurement Sample Entry Inductive Automation SPC Quality 299 Total Inspected 20 Speck Scratch Hole Discoloration Incorrect Size DUDUDO Attribute Value f Broken Mount Properties This component has standard lg Up Down Traversal Read Only Sample Taken Date Time Foreground Color Background Color Measurement Label O Inductive Automation Single Measurement Sample Entry nition properties with the addition of the following properties When set to true causes the f
134. the sample is created and is based on the sample definition e getMaxValue Object Returns the maximum value based on the attribute this sample data object is associated with This is automatically set when the sample is created and is based on the sample definition e getAttrValue Object Returns the data value for this sample data object e getAttrValueAsString String Returns the value for this sample data object as a string e setAttrValue Object attrValue Sets the value for this sample data object If the attrValue parameter is not the correct data type an attempt to convert it to the correct data type is performed before it is set e isValueValid boolean Returns true if the value of this sample data object has been set and is between minimum and maximum values e isModified boolean Returns true if the value of this sample data object has been modified 3 6 2 3 Attribute Data Type The attribute data type object contains the available data types of a sample attribute Available data types INTEGER O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 396 Attribute can contain positive or negative numeric values with no fractions It has a minimum value of 2 147 483 648 and a maximum value of 2 147 483 647 inclusive REAL Attribute can contain double precision 64 bit IEEE 754 floating point values BOOLEAN Attribute can contain a true or false value INSPECTED_COUNT Attribute can contain a counting number 1
135. the signal state value to 1 and leaves the consecutive count variable at its current value Default 8 consecutive points above control limit signal calculation script ANA BUNE 9 xDBarColNdx 10 resultColNdx xBarColNdx 8 Consecutive points above control line signal calculation consecutiveCount Get the SPC data that the signal will be calculated for ds event getData Get the columnn indexes within the SPC data ds getColumniIndex XBar ds getColumnIndex XDBar ds getColumnIndex XBar 8 Above Control Line 12 Cycle through each row and check signal 13 for row in range ds rowCount 14 15 Get the values to compare 16 xBar ds getValueAt row xBarColNdx 17 xDBar ds getValueAt row xDBarColNdx 18 19 Test if the x bar value is above x double bar value 20 if xBar gt xDBar 21 Add to the consecutive count 22 consecutiveCount consecutiveCount 1 23 24 Test if less than 8 consecutive x bar values are above x double bar 25 if consecutiveCount lt 8 26 Write a zero to the result column meaning we are in control 21 ds setValueAt row resultColNdx 0 28 elif consecutiveCount 8 29 Now 8 consecutive x bar values are above the x double bar 30 Write a 1 into the last 8 row because they are all out of control aL ndx row 32 while ndx gt 0 and ndx gt row 8 33 ds setValueAt ndx resultColNdx 1 34 ndx ndg 1 35 else 36 Over 8 consecutive x bar values are above x double bar 3
136. the table below For example the format string 0 will round to show one decimal place Search java DecimalFormat for more information Symbol Description 0 A digit absent digits show as zero A digit zero shows as absent Placeholder for decimal separator Placeholder for grouping separator E Separates mantissa and exponent for exponential formats Separates formats Default negative prefix Multiply by 100 and show as percentage Multiply by 1000 and show as per mille Currency sign replaced by currency symbol if doubled replaced by international currency symbol if present in a a pattern the monetary decimal separator is used instead of the decimal separator X Any other characters can be used in the prefix or suffix Used to quote special characters in a prefix or suffix Inductive Automation SPC Quality 404 Example format strings Value Pattern Output 123456 789 HHH HHH HHH 123 456 789 123456 789 HHH HH 123456 79 123 78 000000 000 000123 780 12345 67 HHH HHH HHH 12 345 67 12345 67 UOOAS HHE HHH HHH 12 345 67 getDefaultValue Object Returns the default value for this attribute If this optional default value exists the sample s measurement values associated with this attribute are automatically set to this value when a sample is created setDefaultValue Object defaultValue Sets the default value for this attribute If this optional default value exists the sample s measurement values ass
137. the upper and lower threshold values being calculated as a percentage of the recipe value but they can also be a fixed offset around the recipe value To configure a recipe value for a fixed offset around the recipe value a upper variance threshold setting of lt offset gt is used An example is a variance threshold offset of 7 5 were the upper threshold is calculated by adding 7 5 to the recipe value Using the recipe value from above of 50 2 and adding 7 5 to it will give us a upper threshold of 57 7 The lower variance threshold works the same way Instead of the thresholds being calculated as a percentage or fixed offset around the recipe value fixed values can also be used For example a recipe value can be configured with a upper variance threshold of 52 0 In this case the upper threshold will always be 52 0 irregardless of the recipe value Lastly the upper and or lower threshold can be calculated using Python script This is configured in the designer and a recipe value variance range can refer to other tag values values from databases and much more when calculating the upper or lower threshold values Example Evaluate Variance Script upperValue system tag read Default SomeOtherTag recipeValue event getRecipeTag getCurrentValue if recipeValue gt upperValue value event setLogVariance True else Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 448 event setLogVariance False The script is passed an Evalua
138. time will not count against the OEE of the production run NOTE Amatched reason code will override any other downtime events that occur on the line during the defined time Adding a Workday Routine To add a workday routine entry right click anywhere on the table containing workday routines and select the New menu item A dialog box will appear to allow entry of aname start time end time and optional reason code for the workday routine entry as shown below Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 77 E hZ Add Workday Routine Name Start Time End Time Reason Code New Entry 12 00 AM lid ll 12 30 AM 5000 ca Editing a Workday Routine Workday Routine Entry Settings To edit an existing workday routine entry right click on the desired entry in the workday routine table and select the Edit menu item A dialog box similar to the add dialog box will appear allowing editing of the entry Deleting a Workday Routine To remove an existing workday routine entry right click on the desired entry in the workday routine table and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you want to remove the workday routine entry Import Export To export workday routine entries right click anywhere on the table containing workday routines and select the Export menu item A dialog box will appear to allow selection of an existing file or the typing in of an
139. to appear as an option here it must first be added to the location list for the desired sample definition with the Ownership setting set to Lab for the lab entry screen or Test Station test station entry screen These ownership tags can be changed using the designer or additional ownership tags can be added The following screen shows the entering of measurements for a value based sample In this case Inductive Automation SPC Quality 242 viscosity and temperature values Users also have the ability to enter a product code and reference number located in the upper right hand corner These can be used when viewing the samples in the control charts or for analysis beyond control charts Because multiple measurements are being entered for each attribute the attributes appear horizontally and the measurements vertically If the sample definition only calls for one measurement then the attributes will appear vertically Location Product Code 3072953 Sample Type Reference No Soutn 9912 Measurement Viscosity Temperature 10000 81 5 9995 79 2 10005 82 0 Cancel Save Value Sample Entry Below represents entering data for a attribute based sample Inductive Automation SPC Quality 243 Sample Type Product Code Attribute Value Total Inspected Speck C Scratch C Hole C Discoloration C Incorrect Size E Broken Mount C Attribute Sample Entry 3 2 2 2 SPC Control Charts This is t
140. to only show recipe values that are of interest to the end user The wildcard characters or can also be included in the filter value Example Recipe C Scripting name recipeValueNameFilter Data Type String Category of recipe values to return Where 1 is recipe values created by the recipe module 2 is recipe values created by the OEE module and 3 is recipe values created by the SPC module Use blank to include all categories Scripting name recipeValueCategory Data Type String Set to the default row height of items in the recipe editor tree Scripting name defaultRowHeight Data Type fncveger Max Recipe Value Rows Popup Panel Font Value Table Font Value Table Header Font Recipes Icon Path Recipe Icon Path Recipe Descendants Icon Path Default Values Icon Path Sub Recipes Icon Path Recipe Changeover 482 Set to the maximum number of rows to display in the recipe value table before scrolling Scripting name maxRecipeValueRows Data Type Lnteger Set to the font to show text on the note security and production item selector popup panels Scripting name popupPanelFont Data Type Font Set to the font to show text in the recipe value table Scripting name valueTableFont Data Type Font Set to the font to show text in the recipe value table header Scripting name valueTableHeaderFont Data Type Font Set to the Ignition image path of the icon to use for the root Recipes no
141. user to scroll back to earlier samples Scripting name minVisibleSamples Data Type EEE Min Visible Measurements The minimum number of measurements to show in the table of the Column Width Row Height Date Background Date Foreground Date Font Date Format control chart If more than the minimum visible measurements exist in the SPC results then a vertical scroll bar will appear and allow the user to through all measurements Scripting name minVisibleMeasurements Data Type int The width of the table column for each sample The charts will be expanded to match the column width Scripting name columnWidth Data Type AE The height of the table rows Scripting name rowHeight Data Type int The background color of the sample date row Scripting name dateBackground Data Type Calor The foreground color of the sample date values Scripting name dateForeground Data Type Color The font to display the sample date values Scripting name dateFont Data Type FONT The date formatting pattern to display the sample dates Scripting name dateFormat Data Type SEring Inductive Automation Label Background Label Foreground Label Font Data Background Data Foreground Data Font Calc Background Calc Foreground Calc Font Chart Properties Inductive Automation SPC Quality 353 The background color of the labels Scripting name labelBackground Data Type COoLer The foreground co
142. visible measurements exist in the SPC results then a vertical scroll bar will appear and allow the user to through all measurements Scripting name minVisibleMeasurements Data Type E The width of the table column for each sample The charts will be expanded to match the column width Scripting name columnWidth Data Type int The height of the table rows Scripting name rowHeight Data Type int The background color of the sample date row Scripting name dateBackground Data Type Coley Inductive Automation Date Foreground Date Font Date Format Label Background Label Foreground Label Font Data Background Data Foreground Data Font Calc Background Inductive Automation SPC Quality 347 The foreground color of the sample date values Scripting name dateForeground Data Type Color The font to display the sample date values Scripting name dateFont Data Type Font The date formatting pattern to display the sample dates Scripting name dateFormat Data Type Serving The background color of the labels Scripting name labelBackground Data Type Coles The foreground color of the labels Scripting name labelForeground Data Type Coler The font to display the labels Scripting name labelFont Data Type Font The background color of the measurement data values Scripting name dataBackground Data Type Color The foreground color of the measurement data values Scripting
143. with it are shown The attributes define the data measurements to collect for each sample The locations define the virtual locations that are appropriate for this sample definition The Control Limits table defines which limits to apply to this sample definition And last the signals define which out of control signals to apply to the sample definition Inductive Automation SPC Quality 236 Definitions Attributes 1 Locations Control Limits Signals Individual Outside o Out of Limits w w Outside Limits O Show Disabled Definitions Cancel Save Sample Definitions Screen Adding a New Sample Definition A new sample definition can be added by right clicking the Definitions Table and selecting Add from the drop down menu A window will appear allowing the user to define multiple general information settings The auto approve will automatically approve a sample when the measurement data associated with it is recorded Once a sample is approved it will appear on the control charts and will included when automatically evaluating for out of control conditions behind the scenes If the auto approve is not selected then samples based on this sample definition will have to be manually or programmatically approved The other general information is straight forward and is described in more detail in the Sample Definition section of this manual The default auto schedule information defi
144. you read through the methods described below think of the effort required to manually implement them whether done in the PLC or in Ignition Initial Reason The concept of this method is the first cell that went down for a unplanned reason is the cause for the line not being able to produce product When a cell first goes down the date and time is recorded If multiple cell are down they will each have their own date and time that it went down The data and time for each down cell is looked at to determine the initial cell that went down and will be assigned as the cell causing the line downtime along with its reason If the initial cell restarts then the other down cells are looked the next cell in chronological order that went down If there are two or more cells that went down at the same time then it will use the order that they appear in the designer If there are no cells down for an unplanned reason then the ine will return to running state Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 80 This method should be used if all cells interact with one another If any cell is down then all other cells have to stop A continuous liquid mixing process where at each cell new ingredients are added or mixing or some other action is being performed fits into this category If one cell stops then all other upstream cells have to stop because there is no where to put the liquid and all downstream cells have to stop because there is not liquid to proce
145. 0 0 q gnitions by inductive automation Ignition MES Suite 2 inductive 800 266 7798 automation www inductiveautomation com MES User Manual Inductive Automation All rights reserved No parts of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means graphic electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording taping or information storage and retrieval systems without the written permission of the publisher All Inductive Automation products are trademarks or registered trademarks of Inductive Automation Other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders Every effort has been made to make this book as complete and as accurate as possible but no warranty or fitness is implied The information provided is on an as is basis Inductive Automation shall have neither liability nor responsibility to any person or entity with respect to anyloss or damages arising from the information contained in this book Printed November 2013 in the U S A Table of Contents Part Introduction 12 1 Production Mode biers a A cas ces A EEE EnSan aA 12 2 Getting A O 13 3 Licensing and Activations ui cti 14 Part Il OEE Downtime 18 1 troduction eoii Vaaia naaa a ageteaze 18 ME a a a E a a aa aa aa Ea A aa i 18 TEA AA A id 20 Production Count Tracking moi a 20 Down Time Tracking Production Scheduling 2 Getting Started A O OA A dad 21 Insta
146. 00 3270 Production Progress Indicator Target Below this the OEE information is displayed for the shift Here the total OEE for the shift is displayed as well as the Quality Performance and Availability individually Inductive Automation 2 2 2 5 Line Charts Shift OEE o p 100 75 I 50 25 3 7 100 0 100 0 a 0 OEE Indicator OEE Downtime 32 A 83 7 The line charts screen provides realtime information as the production runs progresses Completed production runs can be selected using the production run drop down list At the bottom of the screen a graph showing the top reasons for down time is displayed and the number of minutes of down time caused by each of the given reasons It is possible to zoom in on any of the graphs by clicking and dragging over the desired area or by right clicking and selecting Zoom In To restore the previous view you can right click and select Zoom Out or Reset Axes Auto Range can also be used to see more of the graph Ignition MES Software Stihlman Brewing and Bottling Line Line 1 ry Operator Analysis Report Line Charts Schedule Product Code Work Order Production Run lt Current Run gt Hourly Actua ys Target 0123 4 6 Actual e ys Standard Cases os8853 BPM 4PM OPM Mar 13 2011 Top Down Time Reasons o 5 10 15 Palletizer Machine Fault FillerMachine F att MS Inspection Setup Filler Scale
147. 1 Checkweigher tag collector of the QualityDemo project Inductive Automation Properties Name SQLTag Path Enabled Interval Type Interval Control Limits Signals Inductive Automation Production QualityDemo 5 New Enterprise ControlLimits 5 New Site 5 Packaging Line 1 Gj Line 1 Quality E Additional Factors gt 5 SQLTag Collectors Level 3 Line 1 Checkweigher Control Limits gt Enabled gt Interval gt Interval Type lt gt Name gt SQLTag Path gt Signals 3 Temp Tag Collectors This reflects the name of the tag collector that is configured in the designer This reflects the SQLTag path that is configured in the designer from which the sample measurement data is read If true the tag collector will automatically read the value from the associated tag and create samples based on the interval This reflects the sample interval to use with this tag collector as configured in the designer This reflects the sample interval value as configured in the designer The meaning depends on the interval type See Intervals for more information This reflects the control limits that will be calculated during signal evaluation as configured in the designer This reflects the out of control signal s to be evaluated automatically when a new sample is collected SPC Quality String Read Only S
148. 2 3 4 and represents a number of items inspected for a attribute samples This attribute data type is recognized and required by the p np c and u control charts NONCONFORMING_COUNT Attribute can contain a counting number 1 2 3 4 and represents a number of nonconforming items defective items for a attribute samples This attribute data type is recognized and required by the p and np control charts NONCONFORMITY_COUNT Attribute can contain a counting number 1 2 3 4 and represents the number of nonconformities items that have deformities for a attribute samples This attribute data type is recognized and required by the c and u control charts properties e getText String Returns the user friendly localized text for the attribute data type e intToType int ordinal AttributeDataType Returns the attribute data type object for the ordinal value specified e dataTypeToType DataType dataType AttributeDataType Returns the attribute data type object for the Ignition data type specified For more information about DataType see the Ignition documentation e getJavaType Class Returns the java data type e isNumeric boolean Returns true if the attribute data type handles numbers e isLogical boolean Returns true if the attribute data type is boolean e convert Object attrValue Object Returns value in the true java data type for the type of data this attribute data type represents 3
149. 26 AM Tue 10 36 28 AM Feeder3 1 00 4 1 00 0 Reset Cancel oK 1 Tue 10 35 58 AM Tue 10 36 25AM Feeder1 00 00 27 Motor Off E Tue 10 24 01 AM Tue 10 25 01 AM Cooker 1 00 01 00 Under Temperature E a Tue 10 06 01 AM Tue 10 18 01 AM Chopper 2 00 01 00 Motor Off E a Tue 10 05 01 AM Tue 10 06 01 AM Discharge 1 00 01 00 Machine Fault E a Chonner 1 OO 00 04 Matar Off te A Editing a reason for Any Cell Original Reason and Cell retention The original Reason Cell and Cell Group if applicable are never lost when a user edits a reason The reason selector pop up panel allows the user to reset to the original reason by selecting the Reset button on the left of the panel Also note that the analysis components have datapoints defined for accessing the original reason Using the Table Customizer A table customizer is available by right clicking the down time table in the designer and selecting Customizers gt Table Customizer It is similar to the table customizer in a standard Ignition table but the fields are pre defined for the downtime table component FieldName Description C begintime When the event started endtime Whentheeventended o O cellid Original Cell ID Oooo O cellname Original Cell Name o gt O id O OOOO operatorcellid Operator selected Cell ID operatorcellna Operator Selected Cell Name me count Ev ent Count Indicates the number of times this event has occured consecutivel O Indu
150. 5 Child Folders Enterprise One folder will exist for each Enterprise that has been configured in the Ignition Designer The folder can be opened to view all values within the enterprise 2 5 2 2 Enterprise Description The enterprise folder contains some properties associated with the enterprise and a folder for each production Site within it The name is the same as the enterprise name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Your Enterprise of the OEEDemo project Production Gj OEEDemo amp Your Enterprise Your Site iid Description gt Enabled gt Name Enterprise Child Folders Site One folder will exist for each Site that has been configured in the Ignition Designer The folder can be opened to view all values within the site Properties Inductive Automation Analysis Auxiliary DB Connection Name Analysis DB Connection Name Description Enabled Name Runtime DB Connection Name Save Control Limit by Product Code 2 5 2 3 Site Description The name of the auxiliary mirror analysis database connection Can be blank if no auxiliary DB connection is configured The name of the analysis database connection Optionally this property can be set to a description for the enterprise lt is not used by the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module other than for reference This reflects the enterprise Enabled property in the Designer If the enterprise Enab
151. 5 Copy Ctrl C a Line 2 a Line 3 a Line 4 Y Line 5 amp Move Up Line G ey aa me DON AS ll Paste Ctrl Deleting a Cell Cell General Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the desired cell item contained in the ine folder in the project browser and then selecting the General tab Enabled By default added cells are enabled It can be disabled by un checking the Enabled setting and saving the project This will stop the OEE downtime and scheduling module from executing the cell Description This is an optional description and is just for your reference Cell OEE Settings The Cell OEE settings are accessed by selecting the cell item contained in the line folder in the project Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 73 browser and then selecting the OEE tab as shown below For production cells the OEE settings are optional and are only needed if you want to track efficiencies waste or monitor production rate by individual production cells It is also important to note that the OEE information is not required to track downtime for the cell Before OEE calculations can be performed production count information is required At a minimum the outfeed production count for a production cell is needed if tracking OEE for it is desired Additional production count information can be configured which will result in more OEE calculations For example if the infeed pro
152. 7 Continue writing a 1 into the result because this row is still out of control 38 ds setValueAt row resultColNdx 1 39 else 40 tx bar value is below reset the consecutive count 41 tand write a zero to the result column meaning we are in control 42 consecutiveCount 0 43 ds setValueAt row resultColNdx 0 Look Back Period This property defines the time units of the Look Back Duration property No Auto Evaluation Seconds Minutes Hours Inductive Automation Disable automatic signal evaluation after new sample data is recorded SPC Quality 272 Days Months Look Back Duration When automatic signal evaluation is used this property along with the Look Back Period property defines the time range of samples to pass to the calculation script The calculation script can then cycle through the range of samples to find out of control conditions Chart Point Color For samples that are out of control this is the color to display the sample value on the control charts Chart Point Shape For samples that are out of control this is the shape to display for sample value on the control charts Looking at the default signal calculations along with the Scripting section of this manual and the Scripting section in the Ignition manual is the best method to learn all the possibilities of calculating signals View the section on Scripting for more information 3 3 4 4 Edit Signals To edit an out of control signal right click th
153. Activity Timeout Indicates the number of seconds the table will freeze after any user activity such as scrolling is performed on the table Keeps the table from immediately jumping to a new event until the timeout is reached Scripting name ac tivityTimeout Data Type Integer Inductive Automation Reason Selection Method Run ID OEE Downtime 122 Controls the ability to select reasons from other than the originating cell Scripting name cellSelectionType Data Type Integer Values Original Cell 0 Any Cell 1 Enter the run id when the downtime table is used to view previous runs 1 indicates the current run Normally is linked to the Line Run Selector component to get a previous run id Note When set to a value other than 1 the table will not be notified of new events even if the runid is set to the current run id Scripting name runid Data Type Integer Reason Tree Expand subWhen true sub reasons will be automatically expanded under the current reasons reason when displaying the selection panel Reason Tree Width Reason Tree Height Scripting name autoExpandSubReasons Data Type Boolean The width of the pop up reason tree panel Scripting name reasonTreeWidth Data Type Integer The height of the pop up reason tree panel Scripting name reasonTreeHeight Data Type Integer Reason Tree Row HeightControls the height of each row in the reason tree view The increased
154. Analysis Selector component Scripting name drillDownOptions Data Type Dataset Previous Drill This controls the visibility of the Back drill down menu option If it is set to true Down Back will appear at the top of the drill down options Enabled Scripting name previousDrillDownEnabled Data Type Boolean Events This control has the same events as the Ignition Table Component with the addition of the following events drillDown Is fired when drill down menu item is selected Excludes the Back menu Event Properties event get DrillDownName event get Category back Event Properties none Methods none Inductive Automation item Returns the text of selected drill down option menu item Data Type String Returns the value of first column for the selected row Data Type Object OEE Downtime 116 2 4 2 Down Time Components When the OEE Downtime Module which is part of the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module is opened a new component tab will appear On it are components that provide functionality specific to the downtime and efficiency Component Palette og x Input Buttons Display Tables Charts Calendar Shapes Misc amp Schedule OEE DownTime db Production db Reporting Down Time Components 2 4 2 1 Down Time Table Cs Description A component that displays automatic downtime events for an active production run and allows the operator to select more specific downti
155. Area gt a Line 1 Filler f a Capper j E Labeler E Inspection Case Packer Palletizer El Line 2 gf acti ma P Production Model Tree 3 3 2 1 1 Enterprise Configuration Adding an Enterprise To add your enterprise right click on the Production folder in the project browser and select the New Production Item gt New Production Enterprise menu item An enterprise named New Enterprise will be added to the Production folder Renaming an Enterprise To rename it to the name of your enterprise right click on it and select Rename then enter the new name Project Browser do g x Eg Configuration gt aS Production gt J H Transaction Groups 5 Windows Enterprise Name Deleting an Enterprise To remove an existing enterprise right click on the enterprise item and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the production enterprise Please note that the site area s line s and cell s underneath the enterprise will also be permanently removed O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 254 General Enterprise Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the enterprise item contained in the Production folder in the project browser and then selecting the General tab as shown below Your Enterprise f Enterprise Production Item Save project to make production changes active f General
156. Area 1 Default Line Speed EnterpriselSitelArea 1 Line 1 15 alue 1 EnterpriseiSite Default 3 alue 2 EnterpriselSitelArea 1 Default y O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 479 Sub Recipe Editor Based on the setting of the Require Note property notes are required any time changes are made to a recipe sub recipe or default values The note panels is shown below and the appearance is defined by several properties The Popup Panel Font property determines the font of the text the Note Panel Icon Path property determines the image on the upper left hand corner and the Note Background Color property determines the background color This is just an example of the many properties that change the appearance of the Recipe Editor component wy one a Assigned By Enter a note describing why this recipe change is being made Cancel Ok Recipe Editor Note The other properties that control what in shown and what operations are allowed are described below Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Show Recipes Set to true to show recipes in the editor This determines if the root Recipes node is shown in the recipe editor Scripting name showRecipes Data Type Boolean Show Master Recipes Set to true to show master recipes in the editor The Show Recipes property must also be set to true Scripting name showMas
157. Area General Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the desired area item contained in the site folder in the project browser and then selecting the General tab Enabled By default added areas are enabled It can be disabled by un checking the Enabled setting and saving the project This will stop the OEE downtime and scheduling module from executing the area and all line s and cell s that are underneath it Description This is an optional description and is just for your reference Shift 1 Default Enabled If checked shift 1 will be included during scheduling If not checked shift 1 will be scheduled around To inherit the shift enabled from the from the site select the Inherit From Parent option Default Start The time of day that first shift starts The first shift ends at the start of second shift To Time inherit the time of day that first shift starts setting from the site select the Inherit From Parent option Shift 2 Default Enabled If checked shift 2 will be included during scheduling If not checked shift 2 will be scheduled around To inherit the shift enabled from the from the site select the Inherit From Parent option Default Start The time of day that second shift starts The second shift ends at the start of third Time shift To inherit the time of day that second shift starts setting from the site select the Inherit From Parent option Inductive Automation SPC Quality 258 Shift 3 Default
158. Automation Recipe Changeover 461 4 3 2 1 1 Enterprise Configuration Adding an Enterprise To add your enterprise right click on the Production folder in the project browser and select the New Production Item gt New Production Enterprise menu item An enterprise named New Enterprise will be added to the Production folder Renaming an Enterprise To rename it to the name of your enterprise right click on it and select Rename then enter the new name Important Note It is extremely important to understand that production OPC values have an OPC item path that matches the layout of the production model and that renaming production items can cause Ignition tags associated with a production item to stop being updated See Production OPC Server for more information a 4 x Project Browser Eg Configuration gt ag Production gt VE rf SB Transactio Windows n Groups r 2 A A ae a eee al Enterprise Name Deleting an Enterprise To remove an existing enterprise right click on the enterprise item and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the production enterprise Please note that the site area s line s cell s cell group s and location s underneath the enterprise will also be permanently removed Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 462 General Enterprise Settings For the enterprise there are only general settings These
159. Boolean Starting date of any entries in the recipe change log to include Scripting name startDate Data Type Date Ending date of any entries in the recipe change log to include Scripting name endDate Data Type Date Change log historical data that can be bound to or used in script Scripting name date Data Type Dataset O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 489 4 4 3 Recipe Variance Viewer A te Description A component that is added to Ignition windows to display recipe variances in a table This is just one method of viewing a recipe variances and for more information on the other methods see the Variance Monitoring section The Recipe Variance Viewer is automatically updated when live recipe value variances are detected by the Recipe Changeover Module The Show Full Details property will cause the initial values when the recipe was selected to also be included The Recipe Variance Viewer component is inherited from the Ignition Table component and many of the features are carried through to this component This component simplifies displaying recipe variances by handling all of the backend database queries based on the property settings of the component The appearance and columns to display are changed using the table customizer that is accessed by right clicking on the Recipe Variance Viewer component and selecting Customizers gt Table Customizer Properties This component has standard Ignition propert
160. By section Within the popup Compare By selection window click on the desire item that you want to compare analysis results between Compare By add Cell Name Compare By Selections Compare By items can be removed by clicking on the located to the left of the name Data Points Data points are the individual pieces of information that will be present in the analysis For example downtime minutes or downtime occurrences are just two of the many available data points To add a data point click on the add icon on the right side of the Data Points section Within the popup Data Point selection window click on the data point item to include in the analysis Data Points add Occurrences Downtime Minutes Data Point Selections Data Points can be removed by clicking on the located to the left of the name Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 36 Drill Down The drill down feature simplifies the compare by and filter selections Click on a chart series to display the available drill down options As shown in Drill Down Example 1 below clicking on the Line 1 pie segment will show a popup menu of drill down options If the Cell Name option is selected then the analysis filters to show the information by Cell Name The Filter By and the Compare By sections add Cell Name The result is shown in Drill Down Example 2 Again by clicking on the Filler pie segment and selecting Operator Reason the Filter By and Compare By selections
161. C1B Start 3 3 10 Friday 4 e WO_PC1B Start 3 4 11 Saturday 5 eWwo_PC1B Start 3 5 12 eWO_PC1B Start 3 7 WO_PC1B Start3 7 WO_PC eWO_PC eWO_PC2 Start 3 10 1 e WO_PC eWO_PC eWO_PC2 Start 3 12 1 eWO_PC1B Start 3 8 eWO_PC eWO_PC eWO_PC2 Start 3 10 1 eWO_PC eWoO_PC eWO_PC WO_PC2 Start3 10 1 WO_PC 13 14 15 New Entry 17 18 19 e WO_PC2 Start 3 13 Esad my Edit Entry UN Delete Entry 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Schedule Month View Properties This component has the same properties as the Ignition Month View Component with the addition of the following properties Line Path The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the ine starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Scripting name linePath Data Type String Current Date The date to show schedule entries for The date can be any day within the month currentDate Date Scripting name Data Type Schedule ID The database ID of the selected schedule event 1 if no event is selected scheduleID Integer Scripting name Data Type Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 142 Event Display Format Allows acustom string with replaceable parameters to be used Leave blank to get the default event display string Scripting eventDisplayFor
162. CL p Other np np Chart np LCL np UCL np Other u u Chart u LCL u UCL u Other c c Chart c LCL c UCL c Other Histogram Histogram Histogram LCL Histogram UCL Histogram Other Calculation Script Because control limit calculations can vary the SPC module uses scripting This allows the user to override the default calculation of a control limit or add new control limits that the SPC module may not provide by default Additionally they can be removed cleaning up selection lists of control limits that may never be used When a user or script function is used to initiate a control limit to be calculated the script in the associated control limit is executed An event object is passed into the script that contains the information and data to calculate the new control limit value We will introduce this event here but see Control Limit Event object for more information In the example below any lines that start with the pound character are comments and are ignored when the script is executed The event getData on line 8 returns the samples that will be used to calculate the new control limit It is a data set see Ignition DataSet in scripting for more information and contains a row of data for each sample Each sample row includes measurement values calculated values Such as xBar standard deviation etc sample date and time For the p and u charts where the control limits can vary by sample this data set includes colum
163. Capper Case Packer 1 Filler Inspection Labeler O Palletizer O Product Infeed O Product Outfeed G Workday Routine gt Accumulation Count Actual Finish Time Actual Run Start Time Aca 9 ating BF So State State SOLTag Use Key Reason Detection Work Order Line RecipeValue Any recipe values that are configured for the production line will appear in this folder Cell One folder will exist for each Cell that has been configured in the Ignition Designer The folder can be opened to view all values within the cell O Inductive Automation Properties ActiveRecipeName RecipeLoading RecipeActive RecipeScale Recipe TrackingUUID RecipeVariancesExists RecipeWriteError Value MonitorEnabled EnableRecipe 46 5 Cell Description Recipe Changeover If a recipe is active for this production line then this is the name of the recipe If a recipe is not active then this is blank True if a recipe is currently being loaded for the production line Indicates if a recipe is currently active Set this to the amount to scale a recipe prior to selecting a recipe for the production line This is a unique value used for tracking initial recipe values and variances while a recipe is selected It can be used when looking up data directly from the database If true then Ignition tags associated with at least one recipe value for t
164. Data Type Font If true the table containing measurement and calculated values will be shown at the top of the control chart Scripting name showTable Data Type boolean The minimum number of sample to show on the control chart If more than the minimum visible samples exist in the SPC results then a horizontal scroll bar will appear and allow the user to scroll back to earlier samples Scripting name minVisibleSamples Data Type HE Min Visible Measurements Column Width Row Height Date Background Date Foreground Date Font Date Format Label Background Label Foreground SPC Quality 358 The minimum number of measurements to show in the table of the control chart If more than the minimum visible measurements exist in the SPC results then a vertical scroll bar will appear and allow the user to through all measurements Scripting name minVisibleMeasurements Data Type int The width of the table column for each sample The charts will be expanded to match the column width Scripting name columnWidth Data Type LNE The height of the table rows Scripting name rowHeight Data Type LNE The background color of the sample date row Scripting name dateBackground Data Type Color The foreground color of the sample date values Scripting name dateForeground Data Type Coaloe The font to display the sample date values Scripting name dateFont Data Type PONE The date formatting pattern to display the
165. Data Type boolean Enable Control Limit Editing If true allow the user to calculate and set new control limit values Scripting name enableControlLimitEditing Data Type boolean Events This component has standard Ignition events none Methods showSetLimitPanel chartName Causes the calculate and set control limit dialog to be shown parameters chartName Which chart to show the control limit dialog for Available c Primary Data Type String returns nothing 3 4 2 12 U Chart ad Description The Percentage of Nonconformities u control chart is used to display SPC results that have nonconformities counts for each sample It does not retrieve SPC results from the SPC module so it Inductive Automation SPC Quality 356 must be used with either the SPC Selector or the SPC Controller components that do Only SPC results with u chart SPC Data Format specified will be displayed ole rack 0 1 Nonconformities 1 Total Inspected 10 u 10 Primary Chart j gt s gt iq u UCL 42 d 35 6 1d u LCL 29 U Control Chart Through the use of the properties listed below the appearance and functionality of this component can modified as desired Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Data Properties SPC Results SPC Data Bind this property to the SPC Results property of the SPC Controller or SPC Selector compo
166. E Downtime 66 Line OEE Settings The Line OEE settings are accessed by selecting the line item contained in the area folder in the project browser and then selecting the OEE tab as shown below Before OEE calculations can be performed production count information is required Ata minimum the outfeed production count for a production line is needed Additional production count information can be configured which will result in more OEE calculations For example if the infeed production count is configured for a production then product accumulation and waste can also be calculated Also OEE Performance uses items started vs standard rate so that it is isolated from quality factors When the infeed production count is not used and quality is being used then quality will not be isolated from performance If a production line is configured for more than one infeed or outfeed then accumulation and waste calculations will be performed for each combination For example a production line can be configured to track container caps and product as infeeds and a single outfeed of full containers The independent waste calculations for containers caps and production will be performed See Production Count Tracking section for more information Below is an example showing a single infeed and outfeed configure for a production line Line 1 Line Production Item General OEE Downtime S
167. EE downtime and scheduling data 1 Download the OEEDT Installer modl module from the Inductive Automation download website It will be under the MES modules heading 2 Install the OEEDT Installer modl module Navigate to the Modules page of the Ignition gateway At the bottom of the list of already installed modules click the ist or Upgrade a Module link Next browse to the OEEDT Installer modl file and click the install button as shown below O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 22 Ignition by inductive automation Developer Mode Home Status Configure Launch Designer C7 Logged in as admin og out System Install or Upgrade Module Y Status Licensing Restore To install a module choose its modl file and press Install Co E To upgrade a module install the new version on top of the existing version User Manual Modules can be downloaded from our website Configuration Projects C Users Tom Desktop OEEDT Installer module modl Browse_ 5 A a A ee pe pa l ae A A dn pE Install Ignition Module Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 23 The OEEDT Installer module will install all required modules These are the Production OEE Downtime and Scheduling modules It is important to keep in mind not to install or update these module individually Instead it should be done by updating the OEEDT Installer module 2 2 1 2 Configure Database OEE downtime and schedule data is stored in databases external to Igni
168. Entry Delete Entry Schedule Week View Properties This component has the same properties as the Ignition Week Component with the addition of the following properties Line Path The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the ine starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Scripting name linePath Data Type String Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 140 Current Date The date to show schedule entries for The date can be any day from Sunday to Saturday Scripting name currentDate Data Type Date Event Display Format Allows a custom string with replaceable parameters to be used Leave blank to get the default event display string Scripting eventDisplayFormat name Data Type String parameters wo Work Order co Scheduled Change Over Start Date st Scheduled Production Start Date fn Scheduled Finish Time Date pc Product Code pcd Product Code description qty Scheduled Quantity nt Note eb Entered By line feed the pipe character Example If you set Event Display Format property to Product Code pc pcd Note nt The display string would look like Product Code PC243 240z 3 pack Note Short run requested by customer Events This control has the same events as the Ignition Table Component wit
169. Error message if the product code could not be added blank if successful Data Type String Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 194 system production utils addRunComment projectName linePath userName note isSticky Adds a comment note to the current run for the selected line parameters returns projectName linePath userName note isSticky none A valid project name Data Type String The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the line starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String User name for this comment Data Type String This comment Data Type String If set to 1 True the note will appear at the top of the list if O False the note will appear in order it was entered Data Type Boolean Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 195 system production adjustRunData runUUID cellName factorName factorValue system production adjustRunData runUUID cellName factorName factorValue adjustInfeed Recalculates production data for a line or a cell based on the factor name and the factor value The run must be complete for adjustment to be accurate parameters runUUID cellName factorName factorValue adjustInfeed returns none O Inductive Automation The unique run identifier of the run to adjust This value can be a
170. Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 491 Events none Methods none 44 4 Recipe Selector Combo E Description A component that is added to Ignition windows to select recipes in a drop down list This is just one method of selecting a recipe for a production line cell cell group or location For more information on the other methods see the Selecting Recipes section The Recipe Selector Combo component is automatically updated when recipes are added removed etc Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Item Path This is a required property to specify a single production item to show recipes for Example Enterprise Site Area 1 Line 1 Scripting name itemPath Data Type String Recipe Name Filter To limit which recipes to show this property can be set This provides a method to only show recipes that are of interest to the end user The wildcard characters or can also be included in the filter value Example Recipe C Scripting name recipeNameFilter Data Type String Selected Recipe Name This will reflect the recipe that the user selected It can also be set using script Scripting name selectedRecipeNam Data Type Bering Events none Methods none Inductive Automation 445 Recipe Selector List r Description Recipe Changeover 492 A component that is added to Ignition windows to select recipes in a scrollable list This is
171. O L Machine Fault 3 true false 0 1 Machine Fault Electrical 31 true false 1 3 Machine Fault Mechanical 32 true false 1 3 Outfeed Backup 4 false false 0 1 Waiting For Product 6 true false 0 1 O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 83 Scale Paulie ge true false 137 i Over Temperature 9 true false 0 1 Scale Maintenance 20 true false 2 1 Container Jam 22 true false 2 1 Planned Shutdown 99 false true 2 1 Meal 100 false true 2 1 Break LOL false Exue 2 i To export downtime entries right click anywhere on the table containing downtime entries and select the Export menu item A dialog box will appear to allow selection of an existing file or the typing in of a name of the new file to save the downtime entries to If a file extension is not entered then the default csv will be used 2 3 5 Product Infeed Product infeeds are used only to calculate waste or if infeed rate information is desired This applies to both production lines and production cells If a production ine or cell is configured for more than one infeed or outfeed then accumulation and waste calculations will be performed for each combination For example a production ine can be configured to track containers caps and product as infeeds and a single outfeed of full containers The indepen
172. OEE DownTime Schedule Advanced Pr i Enabled W po pr Description Ps pe ro gii gt pan OT y a EN y Enterprise General Settings Enabled By default added enterprises are enabled It can be disabled by un checking the Enabled setting and saving the project This will stop the OEE downtime and scheduling module from executing the enterprise the site and all area s line s and cell s that are underneath it Description This is an optional description and is just for your reference Enterprise Quality Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the enterprise item contained in the Production folder in the project browser and then selecting the Quality tab as shown below O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 255 New Enterprise Enterprise Production Item General OEE Downtime Schedule Quality Advanced Control Limits Histogram LCL Histogram LCL Histogram UCL Histogram UCL Individual LCL Individual LCL Individual UCL Individual UCL Range UCL Range UCL Std Dey LCL Standard Deviation ad Pics 1 TO AA TA Out of Control Signals Out of Limits XBar Defined Range Defined Sample Interval oe abProduction Start ae sieden a Enterprise Quality Settings From here the Control Limits Out of Control Signals and Sample Intervals can be defined This definition will determine what options will appear for every sample that is defined For example if
173. OEE Downtime 189 The production run ID for which data will be returned This is Integer the ID for the Run database table If this parameter is left blank or set to 1 data for the current production run for the specified production line will be returned This parameter is commonly bound to Line Run Selector component The sequence number starts at O when a production run starts Itinteger is incremented by one at the start of a new shift This provides a method to limit results for a single shift or production runs that span over multiple days May be left blank to display all shifts If this parameter value is true the actual start will be offset to be Boolean equal to the scheduled start time This is usefull for displaying run that were not started close to the scheduled time and allows comparison of scheduled and actual to be aligned If this parameter value is false the scheduled data will not be Boolean included If this parameter value is false the actual run data will not be Boolean included If this parameter value is true actual cell run data for each cell Boolean will be included in the results Include Other Downtime If this parameter value is true downtime events that are neither Boolean planned or unplanned will be returned in the results For instance a cell may have a downtime event for outfeed backup that is not set to be a recordable or a planned downtime Include User Comments ff this parameter value is
174. Post Execute Script Triggered every time after the line has written the lates values to the database Calculate Standard Counts Script The Calculate Standard Counts Script and allow the use a different method of OEE calculation See example below Example This script is used under Run Start Script in the demo project and will cause the PLC production O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 191 simulator to run when the operator clicks Start value true system tag writeToTag Default Line 1 PLC Run value The Calculate Standard Counts Script and allow the use a different method of OEE calculation Located in Line gt Advanced gt Calculate Standard Counts Script Calculations are performed every minute If you set a new value it takes affect until the next time the calculations are performed OEECounts event event getPath String vent getName String vent getInfeedCount Integer event getProductionCount Integer event getPackageCount Double event getStandardRate Double event getStandardRatePeriod String vent getTargetCount Integer vent setTargetCount Integer targetCount void vent getTargetVariance Integer vent setTargetVariance Integer targetVariance void event getStandardCount Integer event setStandardCount Integer standardCount void event getIdealStandardCount Integer event setIdealStandardCount Integer idealStandardCount void event getStan
175. Reason Detection For this reason the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module determines the downtime reason from a single numeric value Single numeric values are stable and can only represent one state Of course one could use Expressions or script in Ignition to evaluate multiple values from the PLC and calculate a single numeric value representing the downtime reason but this degrades the reliability of determining downtime reasons Another benefit is that it is typically faster and reduces network traffic to read one value as opposed to multiple scattered values from a PLC The reason code with the numeric value of O is reserved for idle and 1 is reserved to mean running All other reason codes are available for downtime reasons and is only limited by the maximum numeric value your PLC can handle When the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module detects a production line or cell state that changed from a value of 1 running it will lookup the downtime reason from the state value If communication to the PLC fails in the case when a electrical disconnect is shut off the production line or cell state is replaced with 0 If this happens during a production run it will count as downtime Important Some systems may accommodate boolean logic to determine the downtime cause However consider the various values from a PLC that are going to be used to determine the downtime reason These scattered values may come in from the PLC at different times and if the bo
176. Recipe Site Tee E Tag Change Test Value 1 a Line 1 Value 2 A a Line 2 L Line 3 h L a Line 4 p Ll Transaction Groups r e Windows a hp Templates ha oo Symbol Factory PDTT J SGLTags Browser of x t E O io a ASH dD VJM p A1 i At ActiveRecipeName Demo EnableRecipe Line Speed RecipeActive a y T f Status Events AAA State Running A a ion ate Ot 19 DN gt Adding a Recipe Value Using Drag and Drop Assigning Tags to Recipe Values In cases where recipe values propagated down from a parent production item or recipe values have been previously created with no tag assigned to them tags can be assigned to them using drag and drop This can only be done one tag to recipe value at a time Inductive Automation Project Browser on x CQ Configuration Instrument Interface 2 Production gt 1 Enterprise HE Site gt H Area 1 ES Timed Test ES Tag Change Test a Line 1 a Line 2 h e Line 3 a Line 4 L d Transaction Groups gt Windows Templates L ar Symbol Factory Line 1 Recipe Changeover 475 y Ud Line Production Item UNPUBLISHED Save project to make production changg pa General OEE Downtime Schedule Quality Recipe Advanced SQLTags Browser my ABH 8 SBaid d Ad Daa ActiveRecipeName Demo EnableRecipe Line Speed RecipeActive RecipeLoa
177. SPC settings Stored SPC settings are saved using the SPC Selector and Stored SPC Selector components Scripting name storedSPCName Data Type String The sample definition to used when building SPC results Scripting name definitionName Data Type SELLING This property holds the attribute from the sample definition to include in the results For each sample definition there may be multiple attributes that are collected This property selects which one to show get the SPC Results for Scripting name ttributeName Data Type String w This property holds the filter expression that the results will be filtered by If more than one item exists they are separated by commas Example Approved By John Doe Scripting name filter Data Type Serine This property holds the control limits to include in the results If more than one item exists they are separated by commas Example Individual LCL Individual UCL Scripting name controlLimits Data Type SCELGO This property holds the signals to include in the results If more than one item exists they are separated by commas Example Individual Outside Scripting name signals Data Type SCENO This bind only property holds the SPC results and includes a data set with the raw data sample definition information and calculated value information With all the information included in the SPC Results control charts can display the results which is not possible with the data set alon
178. Scripting name showFullDetails Data Type Boolean Set the variance types to include in the results Valid values are Q RECIPE to return variances that occurred while a production item was selected to a recipe U SUB_RECIPE to return variances that occurred while a sub product code was selected for a production item See Sub Recipes for more information Scripting name showdefaultValueChanges Data Type VarianceEntryTypes Set the variance scope to include in the results Valid values are QU LAST to return variances that occurred for the current or last recipe that a production item was set This is useful for detecting any variances in real time for a production run If the production run has stopped it will return the variances as long as a new recipe has not been selected for the production item U DATE_RANGE to return variances for the date range specified with the Start Date and End Date properties Scripting name displayVarianceScope Data Type VarianceScopeType Starting date of any entries in the recipe change log to include The Display Variance Scope property must be set to DATE_RANGE Scripting name startDate Data Type Date Ending date of any entries in the recipe change log to include The Display Variance Scope property must be set to DATE_RANGE Scripting name endDate Data Type Date Recipe value variances data that can be bound to or used in script Scripting name date Data Type Dataset
179. Shift 3 This reflects the site Default Shift 3 Start Time property in DateTime Start Time the Designer See Site Configuration for more details Read Only 3 5 2 4 Area Description The area folder contains some properties associated with the production area and a folder for each production ine within it The name is the same as the area name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Your Area of the QualityDemo project sf Production 3 OEEDemo 5 Your Enterprise 3 Your Site 3 Workday Routine 3 Your Area QQ Line 1 O Line 2 2 Workday Routine Description Enabled Name Shift 1 Start Time gt Shift 2 Start Time gt Shift 3 Start Time Area Child Folders Line One folder will exist for each Line that has been configured in the Ignition Designer The folder can be opened to view all values within the line Properties Inductive Automation SPC Quality 375 Description Optionally this property can be set to a description for the area It is String not used by the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module other than for reference Enabled This reflects the site Enabled property in the Designer If the area Boolean Enabled is set to true then the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module will perform calculations for the area and all lines and cell within it If this property is set to false then none of the lines or cells will have calculations performed Name
180. Signal in Control etica aa Sample Due State Ty DES isise e doincesuahvacetcusudavgancdeeceddensetacsseabeageasresdbenseuigessineeasassseans Object Rete Fen Ce musica a a aAa aa aa a aa a r a a Aeae raa aaa aa aaa aana aa aA aaia aaa Inductive Automation A ANO 390 Sample Data A A a E E 394 Attribute Data TYPE a dt ai 395 Sample Additional Factoria a dai SAO diia 396 Sample Definition titanio ninia n a p ra bain osshde ode a ae Ea A Ae ar E a R eaea Aanes areara ekia 397 Sample Definition ATITIDUTE ooo E a aE Eaa ATEA aA aea aie aE e a 402 Sample Definition HOCALOME e a e a a indio arer aa e ea a enas 405 Sample Definition Control Limit 0 cece cee eecneeeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeceaeeeeaeesceeeeseaeeseaeeseeeeesaeeseaeeeeeeessaeeseaeeeeeees 407 Sample Dekirnttions Signals lt c c ccssevaiscxassacadeaseazesusss sss detevessacstcheesntsucsdshaannesadeviseta daca senpdaanensaicssdatevassacktebcaveass Control Limit Kind Ty pe iii A E eE Ea AE AE A EEE aE ei R SPC Galegory Ti pS EE E A A AE Signal Kind Types Control Limit Calculated Value Scripting Functions wisicccscdscssssicsceccssccvessceesceuevssesssevsscccessttzceseiescavessusesusevShsceessnsvenseessdeeessuseessevsddcedensthseseieseavevtes sample production cta hea e a aaa eiaa a aaa cade s mple production Utica di eii cancelLocationProductCode setl ocationProductCode viii lp Samples QU ia sample quality HEfINION coincida iia id
181. TEEP click here For more information on OEE click here TEEP p p so ane 20 _ me a E p Ea TEEP Screen Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 43 2 2 4 Production Model A production model defines your manufacturing or process in tree view form It enables an organized manor to easily configure control and analysis your facility See Production Model for more detailed information 2 2 4 1 Production Item Settings General Settings When you click on the Your Site production item in the production model there are settings that are accessible in the open workspace By clicking the General tab the current general settings are visible and can be changed As shown below the Default Shift Start Time settings are visible and can be changed Your Site y Site Production Item pro yo General OEE Downtime Schedule Advanced r Enabled W A Description shift1 Default Enabled M Default Start Time 7 00 AM y y g Shift2 Default Enabled Y Default Start Time 3 00 PM y Shift3 DefaultEnabled M Default Start Time 11 00 PM y f A a a A S rai fa A ah ES EA ae rg A Default Shift Start Time Settings When configuring a production Area the Shift Start Times can be inherited from the production Site or overridden The same is true for production Lines Workday Routine Settings From the Schedule tab daily activities that are c
182. The sub product code only applies for sub recipes Data Type String valueNames The name s of the recipe values to set to current tag values Separate multiple recipe value names with commas For all recipe values of a production item leave blank Data Type String note Optional note to be stored in the recipe change log Data Type String returns none O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 537 4 7 1 23 exportRecipe system recipe exportRecipe projectName filters Adds a comment note to the current run for the selected line See the Import Export section of Editing Recipes for CSV file format and other information This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type SEring filters Filter statements separated by commas See the Recipe Analysis Provider for more information on the available filters Data Type String returns CSV formatted string containing the recipe values String Example itemPath event source parent getComponent Production Line Selector selectedLinePath filters Children Include Recipe Name Master C Item Path s itemPath csv system recipe exportRecipe filters system file writeFile C Temp recipe export csv csv False
183. To add a sample interval right click the Sample Intervals table and select New from the drop down menu A window will appear with several fields to be completed including the name of the sample interval as well as the scripting necessary to use the sample interval E Z Edit Qualityintervals xs Name Timed Interval Minutes Script Time Interval Minutes Name This is the required unique name of the interval as it will appear in selection lists Inductive Automation SPC Quality 274 Script Because the default intervals may not be exactly what you are looking for the SPC module uses scripting This allows the user to override the default calculation of an interval or adding new intervals that the SPC module may not provide by default Additionally they can be removed cleaning up selection lists of intervals that may never be used In the sample definition an interval can be selected and will define when new samples are scheduled These scheduled samples require manual entry of measurements In the Tag Sample Collector configuration an interval is used to define when to automatically add new samples In the example below any lines that start with the pound character are comments and are ignored when the script is executed Line 2 will allow us to use the Calendar object to do math with date values See the Ignition documentation for more information Line 5 returns t
184. Type Boolean Set to true to enable recipe value security editing Scripting name enableSecurityEditing Data Type Boolean Set to true to disable editing of everything The recipe editor will be in view only mode Scripting name readonly Data Type Boolean Inductive Automation Require Note Item Path Filter Recipe Name Filter Recipe Value Name Filter Recipe Value Category Default Row Height Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 481 Set to true to require a note for any changes If the user does not enter a note then the change they are requesting will be canceled Scripting name requireNote Data Type Boolean To limit which production items to show in the recipe editor this property can be set This provides a method to only show production items that are of interest to the end user The wildcard characters or can also be included in the filter value Example Enterprise Site Area 1 Line 1 H Scripting name temPathFilter Data Type String To limit which recipe to show in the recipe editor this property can be set This provides a method to only show recipes that are of interest to the end user The wildcard characters or can also be included in the filter value Example Recipe C Scripting name recipeNameFilter Data Type SLring To limit which recipe values for the recipe to show in the recipe editor this property can be set This provides a method
185. Type DE Vertical Grid Line Color The color of the chart vertical grid lines Scripting name verticalGridLineColor Data Type Color Show Vertical Grid Lines If true show the vertical grid lines in the charts Scripting name showVerticalGridLines Data Type boolean Inductive Automation Horizontal Grid Line Color Show Horizontal Grid Lines Primary Chart Background Secondary Chart Background Show Notes Note Image Enable Note Editing Enable Point Deletion Enable Control Limit Editing Events Inductive Automation SPC Quality 325 The color of the chart horizontal grid lines Scripting name horizontalGridLineColor Data Type Color If true show the horizontal grid lines in the charts Scripting name showHorizontalGridLines Data Type boolean The background color of the primary chart Scripting name primaryChartBackground Data Type Color The background color of the secondary chart Scripting name secondaryChartBackground Data Type Color If true show the note icon next to the chart point for any samples that have notes or assignable causes Scripting name showNotes Data Type boolean The image to display next to the chart point for any samples that have notes or assignable causes Scripting name noteImage Data Type Image If true allow the user to add and edit notes and assignable causes Scripting name enableNoteEditing Data Type boolean If true allow the use
186. With this method the OEE Downtime Module will simply use the current value of the Run Waste Count OPC value when calculating the OEE Quality values This provides for custom waste tracking or calculations if the methods built in to the OEE Downtime Module don t fit your requirements If OEE Quality is not being used then this method should be used and setting the Run Waste Count OPC value to zero 2 Automatically calculate the waste count using the built in algorithm based on the infeed count outfeed count and transit time defined in the Product Outfeed This method is an approximation and is less accurate especially in cases when product accumulation sections are used on the line 3 Use configured Product Waste counters This OEE Downtime Module will track waste count using the same method used for infeed and outfeed counts The waste counts will be totalized and used in the OEE Quality calculations Waste Calculation Methods There are several ways to calculate the amount of waste coming from a production line None No waste calculation methods will be used to determine waste counts Run Waste Count Tag Waste will be calculated based on what is entered in the Run Waste Count tag This may be a unique formula used to calculate waste or a manual entry of the waste count Started vs Finished When this method is used outfeed will be compared to infeed to determine how many units were lost to waste If 1000 units enter the production line
187. a provides an method for the raw data to be modified before being parsed It can be useful to remove unwanted characters or merging more data into the raw data before parsing Returns the raw data Data Type String parameters data Modified data to send to the parsing engin Data Type Data Type String returns Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 563 If data is modified in this event use this function to write it back to the serial controller component before it is send to the parsing engine Data Type String event hasData Returns true if raw data exists Data Type Boolean parse onAfterParse ls fired after the raw data has been parsed Event Properties event getParseResults Returns a ParseResults object containing all the values that were parsed from the raw data See ParseResults object reference for more information about reading values from the ParseResults object Data Type ParseResults The following script will get results and read a value results event getParseResults if results None if results isRequiredValid sampleNo results getValue sampleno event hasParseResults Returns true if a ParseResults object exists Data Type Boolean monitorFile onError Is fired when an error occurs during reading file contents The errorMessage property can be read to get the error message Event Properties none Methods read Check existence of and process one files If multiple files
188. a Type Boolean OEE Downtime 206 system production utils cancelRun linePath Cancel the current run for a line This is only valid if the production run is currently in the changeover period parameters linePath returns successful The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the line starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type SEring Returns true if the production run successfully has been canceled Data Type Boolean system production utils endRun linePath End the current run for a line This is only valid if the line is currently in a production run After a production run has been ended it can restarted using the resume scriptioning function parameters linePath returns successful The line path of the production ine that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the line starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type SEXrLng Returns true if the production run successfully ended Data Type Boolean O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 207 system production utils getLineID linePath Returns the internal line id of the given line path Allows advanced usage of direct SQL queries in the database parameters linePath The line path of the production line that this component is
189. a list of control limits to apply to a sample definition All control limits that are configured in the project will appear in the list and can be selected by the user Control limits that are selected by the user will be available to show on control charts and may be used during automatic signal evaluation There is no need for SQL queries or scripting to display control limits If the Definition List component is on the same screen the Definition Control Limit List will find the Definition List component and register as a listener Anytime the sample definition changes or the users selects a different sample definition the Definition Control Limit List will be updated automatically Name Enable Dio oso Sample Definition Control Limit List Properties This component has standard Ignition properties none Events This component has standard Ignition events none Methods none Inductive Automation SPC Quality 287 3 4 1 5 Definition Signals List E Description A component that provides a list of signals rules to apply to a sample definition All signals that are configured in the project will appear in the list and can be selected by the user Signals that are selected by the user will be available to show on control charts and will be automatically evaluated when new samples are added There is no need for SQL queries or scripting to display signals If the Definition List component is o
190. aUe r r a a a r r aee ae e aa aee rape ea ra era Ee pa eaae arera adop peake niaii 475 aa oln di aia 475 A Component Reference icc cics sccevicscceccetisncexcicscuacctevessvesscavecsuk sever es seveecsidavavsacesveusitasceyceceeve 476 Re Clipe EIN isi cseecescccascciedbecssnee souccassec veccecsstersesterssnnesosccecseceusetsussesdecbatsaneeiouscecuessfececcvdersuctinsansesbisctapessususustecseahtt 476 Recipe Changelog Viewer issiccccccscsssessscsnicsessersenseveccessonessessetsecesansevsansevsacesscnessesseusticsensevsensevecesedonersesseuseersense 487 Recipe Variance VIEWER siiiccssecesccissececessccsccsessevscsnecoacsesocsvssctscstessestatsenseceasstecessdscecustessectersetneseacsteseyersouceestvsestes Recipe Selector Combo Recipe Selector List airia ree asaan AA A A A AA A 5 Analysis Providers coi aa cd denelve seach anded scclass cucu se ddgevelsesadsenccstenedaedebestndaves Recipe Analysis Provider Recipe Variance Analysis Provider ccssccsssscesseeeeseeeeseeeseeeeeeneensaeeesaeeeesneeneaesesaeeeeeeeasaeeesaeeeeseaeneneeneeee 496 Sub Product Code Variance Analysis Provider ccs csssceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeneeseaeeesaeeeeaaeessaeeesaeeeeeeeensaeeeeas 498 Recipe Change Log Analysis Provider ccssscesseeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeneaeeesaeeeesneeeeaeeesaeeeeseeeaeaeeeeaeeeeseaeneneeeeeeee 500 6 Production OPC Value S cisc cocci eaa aa a aaea ci a 502 Ente rpris ii nia cada 503 nn o ten b
191. above of 3000 if 200 units were rejected at the quality inspection station then 2800 good units are produced The OEE Quality is 93 calculated from 2800 divided by 3000 The final calculation is OEE Availability x Performance x Quality Example Using all the numbers from above 89 x 80 x 93 66 This may seem like a low number but it is important to kept in mind that the OEE is not to be compared to 100 The OEE result from this production run is compared to other production runs however using Inductive Automation s OEE Downtime and Scheduling module allows much more than just comparing OEE results between production runs It allows you to compare OEE results between operators viscosity mechanics products raw material vendors and any user defined factor you can think of Inductive Automation 2 1 OEE Downtime 20 2 TEEP Where OEE represents the equipment efficiency during a production run Total Effective Equipment Performance TEEP represents the equipment utilization against a calendar period For example 365 days a year or 24 hours a day It can also be thought of as asset utilization and will help in the decision making process of purchasing new equipment There are two factors used to calculate TEEP Loading Loading is the ratio between the scheduled time for the production line or process and the calendar time Example If a production line is scheduled for 5 days 24 hours each day over a 7 day
192. acing Data Type float O Inductive Automation Gradient Shadows Tick Label Font Tick Label Color Category Axis Title Frequency Axis Title Axis Title Font Axis Title Color SPC Quality 319 If true show bars with gradient fill Scripting name gradient Data Type boolean If true show bars shadows for each bar Scripting name shadows Data Type boolean The font to show values on the value and count axis Scripting name tickLabelFont Data Type Font The color to show values on the value and count axis Scripting name tickLabelColor Data Type Color The title to display on the category axis Scripting name categoryAxisTitle Data Type String The title to display on the frequency axis Scripting name frequencyAxisTitle Data Type SLeiung The font to show the axis titles Scripting name axisTitleFont Data Type Font The color to show the axis titles Scripting name axisTitleColor Data Type Color Horizontal Grid Line Color The color of the chart horizontal grid lines Scripting name horizontalGridLineColor Data Type Cooler Show Horizontal Grid Lines If true show the horizontal grid lines in the charts Scripting name showHorizontalGridLines Data Type boolean Inductive Automation Show Accumulation Line Events SPC Quality 320 If true show the accumulation line in the chart Scripting name showAccumulationLine Data Type boolean This component has standard Igniti
193. actors array The A2 factors correspond to the sample size which starts at 2 This is why element 0 and 1 of the array are 0 Get the SPC data that the XBar UCL will be calculated for ds event getData OAANI HNTB WN HE Get the columnn indexes within the SPC data xBarColNdx ds getColumnIndex XBar rangeColNdx ds getColumnIndex Range xBarSum 0 0 rSum 0 0 ArAanA oF WNHER OO Cycle through each row and add to the sums for row in range ds rowCount xBarSum xBarSum ds getValueAt row xBarColNdx rSum rSum ds getValueAt row rangeColNdx N N NM ND t WN rFOW Calculate the average xBar and range xDBar xBarSum ds rowCount rBar rSum ds rowCount NN NN YON OB Get the sample size sampleSize event getSampleSize WN ND O oO Lookup the A2 value if sampleSize lt len a2 a2Value a2 sampleSize WW w WN RE else Ww wd a2Value a2 len a2 1 w w o ul Calculate the xBar UCL ucl xDBar a2Value rBar WW Ww wo N Return the new xBar UCL back to the SPC module event setControlLimitValue ucl A o a2 0 0 0 0 1 880 1 023 0 729 0 577 0 483 0 419 0 373 0 337 0 308 0 285 Initialize xBar and range sums that are need to calculate average xBar and range 0 266 Looking at the default control limit calculations along with the Scripting section of this manual and the O Inductive Automation 0 249 0 SPC Quality 267
194. ain this is because additional factors appear in menus allowing the end user to filter and group analysis and report data by them Factor Description Inductive Automation SPC Quality 262 The optional description is just for reference or to keep internal notes about the additional factor Factor SQLTag The required SQLTag is the source of the data value that will be logged It is an Ignition SQLTag and the values can come from a PLC a database query other device in the field such as a barcode reader expression user input or script This opens the door to mesh any type of outside data into the MES module analysis and reporting Any type format of data that can be stored in an SQLTag can be logged If SQLTag value is a string then the end user can filter and group by the additional factor If the SQLTag is a number the option to filter and group by the additional factor will not be shown to the end user The SQLTag can be manually typed or pasted into the Factor SQLTag edit box Optionally clicking on the is icon will display a browser where a SQLTag can be selected Editing an Additional Factor To edit an existing additional factor right click on the desired entry in the additional factor table and select the Edit menu item A dialog box similar to the add dialog box will appear allowing editing of the additional factor Deleting an Additional Factor To remove an existing additional factor entry right click on the desi
195. al control limit value use the setControlLimitValue function with the result from this function Syntax Client calcControlLimitValue String locationPath SampleDefinition definition String attributeName String limitName Dataset data Gateway calcControlLimitValue String projectName String locationPath SampleDefinition definition String attributeName String limitName Dataset data Parameters String locationPath The full path of the location to set the control limit Optionally it can be left blank to set the default control limit value that is not tied to any location SampleDefinition definition Sample definition to the control limit for String attributeName Name of the attribute within the definition to set the control limit for String limitName Name of the control limit to set Dataset data A dataset containing SPC results to calculate the control limit from String projectName Name of the Ignition SPC project Returns ControlLimitCalculatedValue A reference to the results containing the calculated control limit and any messages See Control Limit Calculated Value for more information Inductive Automation SPC Quality 422 Scope client gateway system quality spc controllimit calcC ontrolLimitValue Description Control limits normally are calculated using the control charts components and when the process is determined to be stable In cases where additional flexibility is require
196. al or adding new signals that the SPC module may not provide by default Additionally they can be removed cleaning up selection lists of signals that may never be used Signals are evaluated when viewing them on control charts or when new sample data is recorded When either of these trigger the signals to be calculated the script in the associated signal is executed An event object is passed into the script that contains the information and data to calculate the signal state values We will introduce this event here but see Signal Event object for more information In the example below any lines that start with the pound character are comments and are ignored when the script is executed Line 2 initializes a variable used to track how many consecutive calculated values like the x bar value are above the control line like the x double bar value The event getData on line 5 returns the samples that will be used to calculate the signal state values It is a data set see Ignition DataSet in scripting for more information and contains a row of data for each sample Each sample row includes measurement values calculated values such as xBar standard deviation etc sample date and time and control limits There is also a column named the sample as the signal to save the signal state value By setting the value of this column to a zero 0 the sample is in control for this signal and by setting the value of this column to a one 1 the
197. ality 327 Through the use of the properties listed below the appearance and functionality of this component can modified as desired Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Data Properties SPC Results SPC Data Measurement Count User Background Color Definition Name No Data Message Bind this property to the SPC Results property of the SPC Controller or SPC Selector components Ther SPC Results contain all the information so that the control charts can display the results which is not possible with the data set alone Scripting name spcResults Data Type SPCResults This property holds the SPC data and includes columns for the calculated values based on the SPC Data Format and selected attribute control limits and signals Scripting name spcData Data Type Dataset This property represents the number of measurements for each sample in the SPC results Scripting name measurementCount Data Type LME This property can optionally be set to override the current user logged in It is used when notes or assignable causes are added or modified Scripting name user Data Type String The background color Scripting name backgroundColor Data Type Color The sample definition to used when building SPC results Scripting name definitionName Data Type String Text to display if not data is available to show in the control chart Sc
198. ality is not desired then the Read Only property can be set to True to prevent the select popup menu from showing See Recipe Selection List for more information about the O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 449 component Starting an OEE Production Run When a production run is started for the OEE Downtime Module a product code is selected or a work order that is associated with a product code If a recipe that is named exactly the same as the product code exists and the production line that is being started for the OEE Downtime Module has been previously added to that recipe then the recipe will be selected at the same time In the image below the Mixed Nuts production run started at 12 00 and at the same time the Mixed Nuts recipe was selected This greatly simplifies setup of new production runs because only one selection of the product has to be made This also eliminates mistakes of selecting different products for the production run and the recipe OEE production runs can be started many different ways and using a production schedule as shown in the image is only one of them For more information see the MES OEE Downtime Module documentation O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 450 Production Schedule AC Mon 8 00AM 12 00 OEE production Current date and time run started at 12 00 At the same time the Mixed Nuts recipe was selected pe Recipes Fill Weight Max Fill Level Ignit
199. all production runs before changing this setting Analysis Q 300 Cache Duration Number of seconds to cache analysis results Increasing this setting will reduce the load on the database but will delay the propagation of current production information to the analysis results MES Module Settings Page Runtime Database The runtime database is where production and downtime data is stored during a production run During a production run data is logged every minute or partial minute if a downtime event occurs so a larger amount of data is stored in the runtime database Data Retention Duration This setting specifies the number of days to retain the data in the runtime database after a production run has completed The default setting is 30 days This allows for viewing current and past production run information down to the minute for the past 30 days Analysis Database The analysis database is where summarized production and downtime data is saved For single production site installations this can be the set to the same database as the runtime database For multi production site installations all sites must set the analysis database to the same database to allow for enterprise analysis and reporting Analysis Database Auxiliary The MES Modules will mirror the historical analysis data that is written to the local analysis database to this database For single site implementations set this to none For multi site implement
200. als List components There is no need for SQL queries or scripting to display sample definitions The SPC Module will send notifications to each client with a Definition List component being displayed when there is a change to any sample definitions made by another user This event based functionality optimizes updates reducing database updates and network bandwidth Mame Version Final Imperfections pH Product Moisture value Inspection Viscosity ZA IA E AR A O i T Sample Definition List The Ignition table customizer is used to change the appearance of the table To access the customizer right click on the Definition List component and select the Cutomizers gt Table Customizer menu item Using the customizer you can hide columns change colors and change formatting to make the Definition List appear as desired Inductive Automation SPC Quality 279 r Y Table Customizer Vert Align Bar Bar Color Bar Background Image Path List Column Configuration Header Vertalign Sui Translation List Background Color List Foreground Color Column Background Color Mapping DefWUID Center 3540 Ht FA EARO 5 500 Ht MMM dl yyy h mm a MMM d yyy himm a MMM dl yyyy h mm a O O 7 7 Min O w Background Color Column Properties Ignition Table Customizer Cancel This compone
201. alue and getMaxValue all return Float8 values This cannot be done by returning the recipe values in a Dataset where each column must be a single data type properties e getName String Returns the name of the recipe value This is the same name entered in the recipe value entry in the designer O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 544 e hasDescription Boolean Returns True if a description exists for the recipe value e getDescription String Returns the description of the recipe value This is the description entered in the recipe value entry in the designer hasDataType Boolean Returns True if the recipe value has a data type assigned Recipe values that do not have a tag assigned to them will not have a data type This is because the data type is obtained from the tag getDataType DataType Returns the Ignition DataType for the recipe value isValid Boolean Returns True if the value is valid for the data type of the recipe value getValue Object Returns the value of the recipe value The data type will be one defined by the Ignition DataType If a value has not been assigned to the recipe value then None will be returned and isValid will return false getMinValue Object Returns the minimum value that the value can be as defined in the Ignition tag This is different from the recipe value security that depends on the authenticated user See Recipe Security for more information g
202. alues to include Only one of the valid options are required Q Initial Values Include only the initial recipe values when the recipe was first selected QA Changed Values Include only recipe values that changed after the initial values were set Q Both Include both initial and changed values Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Values Both Recipe Changeover 498 Compare By The recipe variance analysis provider does not allow any comparison statements Data Points The recipe variance analysis provider can accept the following data points Description This is the description from the recipe value configuration that was entered in the designer From Value This is the value of the Ignition tag associated with the recipe value before it changed Item Path This is the item path of the production item for the recipe value Recipe Name This is the name of the recipe at the time when the recipe value changed Recipe Value The value that is defined in the recipe Time Stamp The date and time the recipe value changed To Value This is the value of the Ignition tag associated with the recipe value after it changed Units This is the units from the associated Ignition tag Value Name This is the name from the recipe value configuration that was entered in the designer 45 3 Sub Product Code Variance Analysis Provider The sub product code variance analysis provider is used to collect sub product code variance
203. ame of the new file to save the workday routine entries to If a file extension is not entered then the default csv will be used To import workday routine entries right click anywhere on the workday routine table and select the Import menu item A dialog box will appear to allow selection of a comma separated values csv formatted file The first line of the file must at least contain the property names separated by commas If additional names exist they will be ignored The property names can be in any order Below is a sample csv file showing multiple workday routine entries Name Start Graveyard Graveyard Graveyard Day shift Day shift Day shift Swing shift meal 7 00 PM 7 30 PM Swing shift break 2 9 00 PM 9 15 PM 7400 Inductive Automation Time End Time Reason Code shift break 1 1 00 AM 1 shift meal 3 00 AM 3 30 shift break 2 5 00 AM 5 e l AM break 2 1 00 PM 1 15 PM 64 Swing shift break 1 5 00 PM 5 15 PM 7200 730 L5 AM 5200 5300 L5 AM 5400 break 1 9 00 AU 9215 AM 62 meal 11 00 AM 11 30 AM 630 Ooo QO 00 pr OEE Downtime 78 2 3 4 Downtime Reasons Downtime reasons allow the tracking of specific causes preventing a line or cell from running Some reasons are considered causes of downtime where others are not For example if the production cell outfeed is backed up and there is no r
204. ame rowHeight Data Type int The background color of the sample date row Scripting name dateBackground Data Type Color The foreground color of the sample date values Scripting name dateForeground Data Type COLORE The font to display the sample date values Scripting name dateFont Data Type Font The date formatting pattern to display the sample dates Scripting name dateFormat Data Type String The background color of the labels Scripting name labelBackground Data Type Calor The foreground color of the labels Scripting name labelForeground Data Type Color Inductive Automation Label Font Data Background Data Foreground Data Font Calc Background Calc Foreground Calc Font Chart Properties Show Primary Chart Right Axis Width Inductive Automation SPC Quality 365 The font to display the labels Scripting name labelFont Data Type Font The background color of the measurement data values Scripting name dataBackground Data Type Color The foreground color of the measurement data values Scripting name dataForeground Data Type Color The font to display the measurement values Scripting name dataFont Data Type Font The background color of the calculated data values Scripting name calcBackground Data Type Calor The foreground color of the calculated data values Scripting name calcForeground Data Type VOLGE The font to display the cal
205. ame spcResults Data Type SPCResults This property holds the SPC data and includes columns for the calculated values based on the SPC Data Format and selected attribute control limits and signals Scripting name spcData Data Type Dataset This property represents the number of measurements for each sample in the SPC results Scripting name measurementCount Data Type Int This property can optionally be set to override the current user logged in It is used when notes or assignable causes are added or modified Scripting name user Data Type STEIN The background color Scripting name backgroundcolor Data Type Color The sample definition to used when building SPC results Scripting name definitionName Data Type String Text to display if not data is available to show in the control chart Scripting name noDataMessage Data Type SEriNG The foreground color to display the no data message Scripting name noDataForeground Data Type Color The font to display the no data message Scripting name noDataFont Data Type FONE Show Table Min Visible Samples SPC Quality 352 If true the table containing measurement and calculated values will be shown at the top of the control chart Scripting name showTable Data Type boolean The minimum number of sample to show on the control chart If more than the minimum visible samples exist in the SPC results then a horizontal scroll bar will appear and allow the
206. ample data getNewByDefName String defName String locationPath Gateway system quality sample data getNewByDefName String projectName String defName String locationPath Parameters String defName Existing sample definition name to base this sample on String locationPath A valid path to a location String projectName Name of the Ignition SPC project Returns Sample A reference to the newly created sample Scope client gateway Example locationPath event source parent LocationPath sampleDefName event newValu sample system quality sample data getNewByDefName sampleDefName locationPath 3 6 3 2 2 3 getCreateSampleBy Def UUID system quality sample data getCreateSampleByDefU UID Description Return a sample that matches the sampleUUID parameter If not found create and return a new sample based on the sample definition that matches the definitionUUID parameter The newly created sample will also be initialized for the location specified by the locationPath parameter Inductive Automation SPC Quality 417 Syntax Client system quality sample data getCreateSampleByDefUUID String sampleUUID String defUUID String locationPath Gateway system quality sample data getCreateSampleByDefUUID String projectName String sampleUUID String defUUID String locationPath Parameters String sampleUUID Sample UUID to lookup String defUUID Existing sample definition UUID to base the new sample on Stri
207. ample definition A UUID is a universally unique identifier that once assigned to a sample definition will never change It is automatically generated when a sample definition is created and is unique in that no two samples definitions will have the same UUID e getName String Returns the name of this sample definition e setName String name Sets the name used for this sample definition It is recommended that once samples have been created using this name it should not be changed e getDescription String Returns the description of this sample definition e setDescription String Sets the description of this sample definition e getEnabled boolean Returns true if sample definition is enabled e setEnabled boolean enabled Inductive Automation SPC Quality 398 Sets sample definition enabled state e getMeasurementCount int Returns the number of measurements that this sample definition is configured for setMeasurementCount int measurementCount Sets this number of measurement to be used when creating samples based on the sample definition getintervalType String Returns the default interval type for automatically scheduled samples based on this sample definition Allowed locations that belong to this sample definition are initialized with this default interval type The return value must match those configured on the Quality tab for the enterprise in the Sample Interval list setintervalType Str
208. amples SPC Quality 340 The foreground color to display the no data message Scripting name noDataForeground Data Type COLE The font to display the no data message Scripting name noDataFont Data Type Font If true the table containing measurement and calculated values will be shown at the top of the control chart Scripting name showTable Data Type boolean The minimum number of sample to show on the control chart If more than the minimum visible samples exist in the SPC results then a horizontal scroll bar will appear and allow the user to scroll back to earlier samples Scripting name minVisibleSamples Data Type int Min Visible Measurements The minimum number of measurements to show in the table of the Column Width Row Height Date Background control chart If more than the minimum visible measurements exist in the SPC results then a vertical scroll bar will appear and allow the user to through all measurements Scripting name minVisibleMeasurements Data Type E The width of the table column for each sample The charts will be expanded to match the column width Scripting name columnWidth Data Type int The height of the table rows Scripting name rowHeight Data Type int The background color of the sample date row Scripting name dateBackground Data Type Coley Inductive Automation Date Foreground Date Font Date Format Label Background Label Foreground Label Font Data Back
209. analysis provider as it pertains to a specific area shift etc For more information on filters see the Filter By paragraph in the Analysis Screen section Area Enterprise Line Package Count Product Code Production Units Run Shift Site Compare By These are the comparisons that are available in the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module However in addition to these comparisons additional factors may be available if they are string data type All additional factors start with Factor For example Factor Operator A comparison allows one data point to be compared between all areas days etc For more information on comparisons see the Compare By paragraph in the Analysis Screen section Area Day Enterprise Line Month Package Count Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 213 Product Code Production Units Run Shift Site Week Data Points These are the data points that are available in the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module However in addition to these comparisons additional factors may be available if they are string data type All additional factors start with Factor For example Factor Operator Data points are the different values that will be presented or compared on a graph or chart For more information on data points see the Data Point paragraph in the Analysis Screen section Area Comment Date Entered By Enterprise Line Package Count Product Code Product Code Description Produ
210. and 900 finished products exit the production line then it is assumed that 100 units were lost to waste A Waste Transit time other than O must be entered for the primary outfeed The Waste Transit time should be the normal amount of time a production unit takes to travel from infeed started to outfeed finished Product Waste Entries Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 88 In order to calculate waste by this method one or more entries must be in the Product Waste table The waste from each entry is added together to equal the total amount of waste For example there may be two cells on the line that inspect and discard faulty products If the first cell discarded 10 units and the second cell discarded 5 units the total waste count would be 15 units Sum Product Waste From Each Cell This method will sum up each of the cell s waste values Product Waste Entries will be ignored 2 3 7 1 Adding a Product Waste Counter To add a product waste entry right click anywhere on the product waste table of a production line or cell and select the New menu item A dialog box will appear to allow entry of aname count SQLTag and maximum as shown below hZ Add Product Waste x4 name Count SQLTag PC Y Max Raw Count 32768 Product Waste Settings Name The required product waste name is used to reference one waste entry from another and must be unique Count SQLTag The required SQLTag is the source of the r
211. and is unique in that no two samples definitions will have the same UUID Data Type String See SampleDefinition Object for more information returns Sample An instance of a new sample Data Type Sample See Sample Object for more information createByDefName defName Create a new sample based on the sample definition specified by the defName parameter parameters defName Sample definition name to base the new sample on Data Type String See SampleDefinition Object for more information returns Sample An instance of a new sample Data Type Sample See Sample Object for more information update sample Create a new sample based on the sample definition specified by the defName parameter parameters sample This is the sample to either update if it already exists or add if it does not already exist Data Type Sample See Sample Object for more information returns String Message of any errors that may have occurred during the update operation Data Type String approve sample Approve the sample specified by the sample parameter parameters sample This is the sample to approve Data Type Sample See Sample Object for more information returns String Message of any errors that may have occurred during the approve operation Data Type String Inductive Automation SPC Quality 297 unapprove sample Unapprove the sample specified by the sample parameter parameters sample This is th
212. ange the selections to zero in on the Inductive Automation SPC Quality 248 data that is desired The filter section allows you to limit the data that is included in the analysis Filters can be added by clicking on the add icon on the right side of the Filter By section Within the popup filter selection window scroll down to the Shift option and click the icon Notice the shifts can now be selected Clicking on 1 for first shift will add the Shift 1 causing the analysis results to included quality data for only for first shift Any combination on filters can be added and the corresponding results will be shown Analysis Settings Filter By add Area Compare By add Day Attribute Name Data Points add Definition Name Sample Count Enterprise Factor Crew Factor Lot Number Include Line Location Product Code Reference No Sample Note Shift Ce ee Menon x Filter By Options The list of available filters change based on the date range For example if no samples were taken during the second shift then a2 will not appear as an available option under shift Filter By items can be removed by clicking on the located to the left of the filter name Compare By Breaking up information into groups is more meaningful than just seeing a total for a given date range For example knowing the total sample count for a given data range does not provide actionable information that can be used
213. anually but history has shown that manually collected downtime information is not accurate In addition if it is manually collected on paper log sheets then someone has to further enter the details into a program or spreadsheet to be able to organize it into actionable information used to focus your efforts to make improvements Putting recording inaccuracies extra labor and typos aside by the time the information is available it is old Tracking downtime automatically or semi automatically solves the issues associated with manual Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 21 tracking In a perfect world monitoring all downtime reasons automatically is the ideal solution But in the real world this can be difficult pricey or just not practical For this reason it is important for downtime tracking software to support an automatic reason detection with a manual override For example if an operator presses the stop button because they see a bottle laying on its side feeding into a filler then the only automatic reason that can be detected is operator pressed stop button Now the operator should be able to override this reason with more specific information Once the period of time that production cells were not producing product and the associated reasons are recorded analyzing the summary of the reasons will identify where effort should be focused to improve efficiency 2 1 5 Production Scheduling A lot of coordination must be used whe
214. ariance Threshold High Variance Threshold Evaluate Variance Script oe i Adding a Recipe Value Name required The required name is used to reference the recipe value The name must be unique and must not exist in any of the child production items of the production item that the recipe value is being added to The reason for this is that recipe values are propagated down to all of the children and if the name is the same a conflict will occur Also some characters are not allowed in recipe value names Description The recipe value description is used to further describe the recipe value It appears in the recipe editor component analysis reports and etc Tag required This is the path to the Ignition tag that is associated with this recipe value If a recipe value is added but a tag is assigned it will not appear in the recipe editor and values will not be used when recipes are selected Request Value Script Optionally script can be added to calculate or obtain a value to return for a recipe value anytime a recipe is selected for a production item This provides flexibility to do just about anything in place of returning the value stored in the recipe management system See Request Value Script section for more information Enable Scaling If this option is checked the recipe value will be scaled The recipe value is retrieved out of the recipe management system and then scaled by the value of the recipe s
215. art of the values available to read and in some cases write to for the demo project Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 163 OPC Browser Oo x lt Default gt z 8 Ignition OPC UA Server dp Production 3 OEEDemo 2 3 Your Enterprise 3 Your Site H E Workday Routine Your Area E Line 1 9 Line 2 9 Workday Routine Description gt Enabled 5 Name gt Shift 1 Start Time Shift 2 Start Time Shift 3 Start Time ns EZ a Btn E RS Production OPC Server Demo OPC Values 2 5 1 Using OPC Values The OEE downtime and scheduling configuration settings and runtime values are available for use in Ignition windows transaction groups scripting etc Before values from the Production OPC Server can be used they must be added to the Ignition SQLTags This is done in the designer by selecting the SQLTags Browser and clicking on the icon This will cause the OPC Browser to appear Next drill down in the Production node within the OPC Browser Drag the desired Production OPC Values over to the SQLTags Browser as depicted below OPC Browser ox lt Default gt z Y 6 Ignition OPC UA Server p Production Gj OEEDemo Your Enterprise SQLTags Browser ga x ides Eon i 7 RBUH gt aD SSF de Tag gt Default Shift 1 Start Time Tags gt Default Shift 2 Start Time ee Q Line 1 5 Default Shift 3 Start Time a Lin
216. as the name for this sample definition location e getEnabled boolean Returns true if this sample definition location is enabled If disabled samples will not be automatically scheduled or appear in sample definition selection lists for the production location e setEnabled boolean enabled Sets sample definition location enabled state If disabled samples will not be automatically scheduled or appear in sample definition selection lists for the production location e getintervalType String Returns the interval type for automatically scheduling samples for this location The return value must match those configured on the Quality tab for the enterprise in the Sample Interval list e setintervalType String intervalType Sets the interval type for automatically scheduling samples for this location The intervalType value must match those configured on the Quality tab for the enterprise in the Sample Interval list Inductive Automation SPC Quality 406 e getinterval double Returns the interval for automatically scheduling samples for this location The units are defined by the Interval type defined for this sample definition e setinterval double interval Sets the interval for automatically scheduling samples for this location The units are defined by the Interval type defined for this sample definition e getAutoApprove boolean Returns the auto approve setting for this location If true samples will be automatica
217. at efficiency is lower than normal but not why or what actions to take to improve it Low efficiencies also result from ineffective procedures or a lack of communications between departments This is where the scheduling helps by providing current schedule information to all associated departments improving communication and reducing unnecessary delays The OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module allows you to see the whole picture resulting in the improvement of your production in every aspect 2 1 1 OEE OEE stands for Overall Equipment Effectiveness and is used to monitor manufacturing effectiveness The resulting OEE number represented as a percentage is generic and allows comparisons across differing industries Efficiency is not simply the ratio of machine run time to scheduled time Look at the situation of your manufacturing line or process running at half speed with O downtime This is truly only 50 efficient Or what if 10 of the product being produced does not meet your minimum quality and must be reworked This equates to 90 efficient which does not take into account the effort to rework or the losses of raw material Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 19 There are three factors all represented as a percentage taken into consideration for the final OEE result OEE Availability OEE Availability is the ratio between the actual run time and the scheduled run time The scheduled run time does not included breaks lunches and ot
218. atabase table Scripting name runID Data Type Integer From Date The beginning date to select runs from Scripting name fromDate Data Type Date To Date The ending date to select runs from Scripting name toDate Data Type Date Events This component has standard Ignition events Methods none O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 128 2 4 2 4 Analysis Time Chart Ed Description A component that displays the line and cell downtime events of a run in a visual time chart Scheduled Actual AAA AAA AA AA AA AA 444 A Feeder Sorter Choppers Chopper 1 Chopper 2 Chopper 3 Cooker Discharge 09 30 10 00 10 30 11 00 11 30 12 00 12 30 13 00 13 30 14 00 14 30 15 00 15 30 16 00 16 30 17 00 17 30 18 00 18 30 Date Nov 2 2012 E Unplanned Downtime Unplanned Short Downtime W Planned Downtime M Other Downtime Changeover M Running Analysis Time Chart Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Series Data Controls the data that is displayed in the analysis time chart and needs to be set to the Schedule vs Actual binding function Binding Function Alert History Alert Status 5 Analysis Filter Options OEE DT Runtime Data in Scheduled vs Actual m Down Time History Production History Production Schedule Work Order Security Audit Log El See Scheduled vs Actual in t
219. ate See Sample Due State Types for more information Example 3 6 1 9 Signals Evaluated Event When sample data changes all of the out of control signals associated with it will be evaluated After each attribute for each definition has been evaluated any script in this event is run It is provided to allow for special handling to override out of control conditions as described below A preferred alternative is to implement the desired results in a Interval See Intervals for more information event properties e getDefUUID String Returns the definition UUID that was evaluated See Sample Definition section more information e setlgnoreOutOfControl boolean ignoreOutOfControl Used to override and ignore an out of control condition e setForceOutOfControl boolean forceOutOfControl Used to force an out of control condition e getEvaluationResults List lt SignalEvaluationResults gt Returns a list of evaluation results When sample data is updated for a location sample definition combination all of the selected signals are evaluated This occurs for each attribute within the sample definition Inductive Automation SPC Quality 389 Example If sample definition viscosity has an allowable location processing has two attributes of cold viscosity and temperature and signal rule 1 and signal rule 2 are selected then when a sample is added or updated cold viscosity for signal rule 1 cold viscosity for signal rule 2 t
220. ate and time that taking this sample is scheduled to be complete For automatic samplings this value does not apply and will be equal to None setScheduledFinished Calendar scheduleFinish Sets the date and time that this sample is scheduled to be completed getSampleTakenDateTime Calendar Returns the date and time that this sample was taken setSampleTakenDateTime Calendar sampleTakenDateTime Sets the date and time that this sample was taken getEntryDateTime Calendar Returns the date and time that this sample was entered setEntryDateTime Calendar entryDateTime Sets the date and time that this sample was entered getShift int Returns the shift the sample was taken setShift int shift Sets the shift the sample was taken getSequenceDate Calendar Returns the date and time that the shift the sample was taken during started setSequenceDate Calendar sequenceDate Sets the date and time that the shift the sample was taken during started getApproved boolean Returns true if this sample has been approved Depending on the settings in the sample definition samples may be automatically or manually approved setApproved boolean approved Set to true to approve this sample getSampleTakenBy String Returns the person s name who was responsible for taking the sample By default this is the person who is logged in when the sample is entered For automatically recorded samples this will be Auto
221. ates if there are entries in the drill down cache maintained by this component Scripting name Data Type previousDrillDownEnabled Boolean This property holds the current provider of analysis data See Analysis Providers for available options Scripting name providerName Data Type String This property holds the current filter item selections to filter the analysis results by If more than one item exists they are separated by commas See Analysis Providers for available filters for each provider type Scripting name filter Data Type SEXI Compare By Data Points Start Date End Date Dynamic Properties Events OEE Downtime 102 This property holds the current compare by item selections to group the analysis results by If more than one item exists they are separated by commas See Analysis Providers for available compare by values for each provider type Scripting name compareBy Data Type SELLING This property holds the currently selected data points to include in the results If more than one item exists they are separated by commas See Analysis Providers for available data points for each provider type Scripting name dataPoints Data Type String This property is the starting date for retrieving analysis data and determining available filter and compare by options Scripting name startDate Data Type Date This property is the ending date for retrieving analysis data and determining availa
222. ations set this to the datasource for the common remote enterprise database Analysis Query Cache Duration This setting represents the number of seconds to cache analysis results 2 3 2 Production Model Configuration A production model defines your manufacturing or process in tree view form It provides an organized way to easily configure control and analyze your facility It starts with your enterprise which represents your company and continues down to the site physical location area line and cells Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 55 2 3 2 1 Production Model The production model is configured within the Ignition designer and is accessed by selecting the Production folder in the project browser From here your enterprise site area s line s and cell s can be added renamed and deleted Project Browser Eg Configuration S Production f gt Your Enterprise gt Your Site gt Ek Your Area j L a Line 1 4 Filler f Capper j Labeler Inspection Case Packer E Palletizer ff a Line 2 f acti x ra e Production Model Tree 2 3 2 1 1 Enterprise Configuration Adding an Enterprise To add your enterprise right click on the Production folder in the project browser and select the New Production Item gt New Production Enterprise menu item An enterprise named New Enterprise will be added to the Production folder Renaming an Enterprise To rename it to
223. averscteavcavsvecressnsrsesesvecaieseuterseavsvsctesbssrsssecsscnveveutenstereuversersssdesersventenest 540 CHANGEIOG FINCIS acaccaze O AN 540 Variances Filters O NO 542 EMRE CIPSV AlUSs hae ee ida 543 RECIPES AA da A died 545 Part V Instrument Interface Module 548 Te INTO UCA a diia 548 2 File Monitor Settings cirio 549 3 Seral SINO ii rizo 551 4 Pars Template A 554 5 Component Reference cs 559 AA A A O ON 559 Serial Controller iii did 564 AS A A A Aa ea a aaay 573 Object Reference iii ii 573 Pars o REUS A A ee de 573 A A O O TRA 574 Parse Row Colection iii ad 575 aS O ROW chatted thine ae ee dese cocer quo de cert ole od acelere de o cane dede cc rd tes are ra Le LA AL da 576 Gate Way Scripts ccviomoioninicndirnrin ainia AER A E a ia 577 Client Designer Scripts iccsicccescisicesccsssicscecvicscecentsssocusaccecseseuseccedsectevectycuveievaeededsetvuec icacevetnsceseusiceedsesctseceesaccveses 577 Index 579 Inductive Automation Introduction Part inductive 800 266 7798 automation www inductiveautomation com 1 1 1 Introduction 12 Introduction Production Model To start out it is important to define what the production model is which is heavily referred to when dealing with OEE and downtime A production model defines your manufacturing or process in tree view form It provides an organized way to easily configure control and analyze your facility Production gt Your Enterprise 1
224. aw waste counts This typically comes from a PLC but can come from other sources such as barcode readers database queries or derived by another means The data type format of the SQLTag containing the raw waste count must be a number Max Raw Count This is the maximum raw count value before it is reset to zero See note below Note The term raw count is used because it is a relative waste count It just starts at zero and counts up to a rollover value typically 32767 where it become zero again The OEE Downtime and Scheduling module calculates the actual waste count from raw count This eliminates having to reset the value in the PLC or other device at the beginning of a production run As a result the programming that is required in the PLC or other device is simplified It also eliminates problems typically associated wth reset handshaking and production runs that exceed the limits of PLC counters For an OEE tracking system to be accurate it must wthstand communication errors power outages etc By using rawcounts that rollover and let the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module handle the actual waste count the system is robust Besides that is just less PLC programming that has to be done and tested 2 3 7 2 Editing a Product Waste Counter To edit an existing product waste entry right click on the desired entry in the product waste table of a product line or cell and select the Edit menu item A dialog box similar to the add dialog box w
225. ble filter and compare by options Scripting name endDate Data Type Date Depending on the setting of the Provider Name property the dynamic properties will change A dynamic property to be created for each filter category that can be bound to by other components These dynamic properties can also be set through script See Analysis Providers for available filters for each provider type For example If the Provider Name property is set to Downtime then Shift will be created for one of the dynamic properties The Shift dynamic property can be bound to a Dropdown List Component populated with 1 2 and 3 Changing the selection of the drop down list will change the analysis results to be filtered by the select shift This component has standard Ignition events plus the following events progressStart Event Properties event source beforeUpdate Event Properties afterUpdate Event Properties progressEnd Event Properties Is fired when this component begins to process property changes Usefull for displaying an in progress message during processing The component source of the event this component Data Type Component none Is fired when this component completes property changes Usefull for displaying an in progress message during processing Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 103 Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 104 Methods drillDown drillDownName item Sets all the analysis selections to ne
226. bled 3 5 2 6 1 Additional Factors Description to Inherit From Parent this can be the time defined for the parent production area or line The current Shift 2 enabled state for the production location It reflects the Shift 2 Enabled property for the location in the designer The initial value of this property is determined by the Shift 2 Initial Enabled State property for the production location in the designer lt can be changed from the initial value The current Shift 2 Start Time time for the production location If the associated Shift 2 Start Time property for the location in the designer is set to Inherit From Parent this can be the time defined for the parent production area or line The current Shift 3 enabled state for the production location It reflects the Shift 3 Enabled property for the location in the designer The initial value of this property is determined by the Shift 3 Initial Enabled State property for the production location in the designer lt can be changed from the initial value The current Shift 3 Start Time time for the production location If the associated Shift 3 Start Time property for the location in the designer is set to Inherit From Parent this can be the time defined for the parent production area or line If true at least one signal associated with this location is out of control If true a product code has been assigned to this location and is considered as actively processing SPC Qualit
227. bles Charts Calendar Shapes Misc Schedule Mb OEE DownTime Production Reporting 215219229393 Schedule Components Component Palette on x Input Buttons Display Tables Charts Calendar Shapes Misc schedule db OEE DownTime db Production Reporting OEE and Downtime Components Component Palette oon x Input Buttons Display Tables Charts Calendar Shapes Misc amp schedule OEE DownTime db Production amp Reporting w m a a CSF ARBs AGA Production Components For example the Production Line Selector component a allows users to select a production line When a new production ine is added to the system it will automatically appear in the list as shown below No SQL statements script or configuration is needed ine 1 a Line 1 Production Line Selector Component If the functionality of the components that come with OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module does not meet the project requirements you can still use custom SQL statements customer script and the standard Ignition components 2 2 5 2 Creating a Screen To add a new window in Ignition right click on the Windows node in the Project Browser and select the New Window menu item Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 49 Eg Configuration a Production gt 3 Transaction Groups O amp Import Window s Export Window s Adding a New Window A new blank window will appear Here is an e
228. cale tag for the production item See Recipe Scaling for more information Enable Variance Logging Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 473 If this option is checked then the tag will be monitored for changes after a recipe is selected for a production item If the value changes more than the window defined in the Low Variance Threshold and High Variance Threshold it will be logged to the database and the recipe variances exists tag for the production item will be set to true This prevents values that are know to vary within an allowable range from being logged to the database and causing the recipe variances exists tag from being set If this option is not checked then the value can change and it will not be logged to the database Also the recipe variances exists tag will not be set as a result of this recipe value See Variance Tracking for more information Low Variance Threshold The Low Variance Threshold setting is used to define the lower limit before recipe variances are triggered for this recipe value The variance threshold can be defined as a percentage of the recipe value or a fixed amount See Variance Tracking for more information High Variance Threshold The High Variance Threshold setting is used to define the upper limit before recipe variances are triggered for this recipe value The variance threshold can be defined as a percentage of the recipe value or a fixed amount See Variance Tracking for more
229. cationPath Sets the enterprise site area line and location from the locationPath parameter getProductCode String Returns the product code associated with this sample This is optional and may not apply if tracking quality by product code is not being used for the associated sample definition setProductCode String productCode Sets the product code associated with this sample getRefNo String Returns the reference number associated with this sample This is optional and can be used to track information like batch number lot number etc Additional factors can also be used to track information setRefNo String refNo Sets the reference number associated with this sample getScheduledStart Calendar Returns the date and time that this sample is scheduled to be taken For automatic samplings this value does not apply and will be equal to None setScheduledStart Calendar scheduleStart Sets the date and time that this sample is scheduled to be taken calcScheduledFinish Based on the scheduled start date and time and the duration of time to take this sample calculates the date and time this sample is scheduled to be complete The getScheduledFinish value is updated after calling this function The duration of time required to take a sample is defined in the sample definition For automatic samplings this value does not apply Inductive Automation SPC Quality 392 getScheduledFinish Calendar Returns the d
230. ccessed via the Analysis Controller datapoint called Run Identifier Data Type String Name of the cell to adjust Leave blank to indicate the line Data Type String The run factor to adjust The possible values are InfeedCount ProductionCount or WasteCount Data Type String The value to set the factor to NOTE PRODUCTION DATA W BE MODIFIED AND CANNOT BE UNDONE USE WITH EXTREME CAUTION Data Type Double If set to 1 True the InfeedCount will always be modified if 0 False the InfeedCount will not be modified if ProductionCount or WasteCount are being adjusted If this parameter is omitted the default is 1 True Data Type Boolean OEE Downtime 196 system production adjustRunDataByShift runUUID cellName ShiftDate factorName factorValue system production adjustRunDataByShift runUUID cellName ShiftDate factorName factorValue adjustInfeed Recalculates production data for a line or a cell based on the shift factor name and the factor value The run must be complete for adjustment to be accurate parameters runUUID cellName shiftDate factorName factorValue adjustInfeed returns none The unique run identifier of the run to adjust This value can be accessed via the Analysis Controller datapoint called Run Identifier Data Type String Name of the cell to adjust Leave blank to indicate the line Data Type String The shift date you want adjusted This value can
231. ch Designer C7 Logged in as admin log out 4 Launch Projects OEE DT Schedule demonstration application Launch c7 Experience the features of the OEE DT Schedule module oi a et ir J cate rr a PP a mB T porn ous wen a a Launch OEE Demo Client Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 26 2 2 2 1 Work Orders Work orders track the progress of production of a given product They can span across multiple production runs of a given product As shown below the total number of products in the first work order is 10 000 We can also see that no cases have been scheduled no cases have been produced so far so all the cases are remaining As production runs are scheduled and product is manufactured against a work order these values will update Ignition MES Software Operator Line Charts Analysis Schedule Product Code Work Order Work Orders ada O Show Closed Work Orders O Show Hidden Work Orders soft Closed Hide Work Order _ ProductCode Description Quantity Produced Scheduled Remaining Stihlman ga po p 0 000 Brewing and Bottling o O wo_Pc18 PC_001 Product Code 1 42 000 o O wo_Pc2 PC_002 Product Code 2 67 000 0 0 67 000 O O wo_Pc3 PC_003 Product Code 3 623 852 0 0 623 852 qfa 2116 11 2118111 gt i 1 1 1 i 1 T F Jan 19 Jan 24 Jan 29 Feb3 Feb8 Feb 13 Fed 1 Work Order Screen It is possible to remove work orders that are closed or hide an open work o
232. change log Data Type SCELNG Recipe Changeover 524 4 7 1 10 renameRecipe system recipe renameRecipe projectName existingRecipeName newRecipeName note Rename specified recipe This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type SEXLAS existingRecipeName Name of the existing recipe Data Type String newRecipeName New recipe name Data Type Stelag note Optional note to be stored in the recipe change log Data Type SELING returns none Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 525 4 7 1 11 deleteRecipe system recipe deleteRecipe projectName recipeName note Delete specified recipe This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type String recipeName Name of the recipe to delete Data Type String note Optional note to be stored in the recipe change log Data Type String returns none Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 526 4 7 1 12 addltemToRecipe system recipe addItemToRecipe pro
233. chedule Quality Advanced l Primary Infeed Line Infeed x Product Infeed Name Count SQL Tag i Max Raw Count Production Units Line Infeed Line 1 PLC Filler Infeed 32768 Battles Primary Oufeed Line Outfeed x Production Outfeed Name Count Sal Tag Max Raw Count Default Standar Default Packao standard Rate Production Units Waste Transit Line Outfeed Line 1 PLC Pal 32768 370 0 10 0 Hour Cases 120 Product Waste Name Count SQL Tag Max Raw Count Inspection Rejects Line 1 PLC InspectionWaste 32768 Waste Calculation Method Product Waste Entries Line OEE Settings Primary Infeed The production ine OEE waste is derived from the primary infeed If a production ine has been configured for multiple infeeds select the infeed that is to be used for the waste calculation Product Infeeds For each infeed the OEE module will start calculating production rate per minute or production rate per Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 67 hour values These values can be accessed through the Production OPC Server See the section on Production OPC Values and the section on Product Infeed for more information Adding a Product Infeed See the section on Adding a Product Infeed for details on adding product infeed entries Editing a Product Infeed See the section on Editing a Product Infeed for details on editing product infeed entries Deleting a Product Infeed See the section on Deleting a Product I
234. chedule entry must be valid with a work order and product code appropriate for the line parameters linePath The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the ine starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String returns successful Returns true if the new schedule entry for the line has successfully been selected Data Type Boolean 2 8 Analysis Providers Analysis providers determine which information will be viewed on a graph or pie chart Based on which Analysis Provider is selected some filter compare by and data point options may or may not be visible For example the filter Recordable Downtime can be selected if the analysis provider is Downtime but not if the analysis provider is Comment Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 212 Name Type Downtime y Cancel OK Analysis Providers 2 8 1 Comment Description The Comment Analysis Provider is used to query production run comments entered by users Provider Name Comment Filters These are the filters that are available in the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module However in addition to these filters additional factors may be available if they are string data type All additional factors start with Factor For example Factor Operator A filter will allow the user to see all of the data points in the
235. cipe Changeover 484 Set to the Ignition image path of the icon to use for select production items menu items If this property is left blank the default icon will be used Scripting name menuSelectItemsIconPath Data Type String Set to the Ignition image path of the icon to use display on the note slide out panel If this property is left blank the default icon will be used Scripting name notePanellconPath Data Type String Set to the Ignition image path of the icon to use display on the recipe value security slide out panel If this property is left blank the default icon will be used Scripting name securityPanellconPath Data Type String Set to the Ignition image path of the icon to display on the select production item slide out panel If this property is left blank the default icon will be used temSelectPanellconPath tring H Scripting name Data Type n Set the background color to use on the note slide out panel Scripting name noteBackgroundColor Data Type Color Set the background color to use on the security slide out panel Scripting name securityBackgroundColor Data Type Color Item Selector Background Color Set the background color to use on the select production item slide out panel Scripting name itemSelectorBackgroundColo r Data Type Color Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 485 User Menu Items A dataset containing user menu item to s
236. cipe Changeover 513 e Production 5 OEEDemo Your Enterprise Sy Your Site 3 Workday Routine Your Area Ey Line 1 3 Additional Factors 3 Capper Y Case Packer Gy Filler 3 Downtime Reasons Accumulation Count Auto Calc Waste CellEnabled Default Cell Enabled Description gt Infeed Count gt Log Downtime Details JA a P De gt andar Kale SE gt Standard Rate Period State gt State SQLTag Cell Recipe Changeover 514 Child Folders RecipeValue Any recipe values that are configured for the production location will appear in this folder Properties ActiveRecipeName If a recipe is active for this production cell String then this is the name of the recipe If a Read Only recipe is not active then this is blank RecipeLoading True if a recipe is currently being loaded Boolean for the production location Read Only RecipeActive Indicates if a recipe is currently active Boolean Read Only RecipeScale Set this to the amount to scale a recipe Double prior to selecting a recipe for the production location Recipe TrackingUUID This is a unique value used for tracking String initial recipe values and variances while a Read Only recipe is selected It can be used when looking up data directly from the database RecipeVariancesExists If true then Ignition tags associated with at Boolean least one recipe value for this production Read Only item have changed RecipeWriteError
237. cipe_Name and Item_Path columns of the CSV file This supports bulk import operations instead of only being limited to one recipe at a time Recipe values can also be imported and exported using script either at the client or in the gateway See exportRecipe and importRecipe script functions for more information The following is an example statement that will import recipe values on the gateway The project name is required because recipe values are managed by project The csvData parameter is a string of csv data that can be read in from a file web service etc And last the note is what will show in the recipe change log system recipe importRecipe RecipeProject csvData note This functionality supports reading recipe values from ERP or other systems that are currently being used to manage recipes Once the recipe values are in Ignition they can be selected monitored for variances analysis etc Script In addition to importing and exporting recipe values there are scripts to add recipes rename recipes delete recipes and much more See Client Gateway Scripts for documentation of all script functions Because the built in functionality will not fit the requirements in every situation the scripting functions provide the built in functionality to be extended to accommodate the requirements 4 1 7 Recipe Change Log Keeping an audit log of when recipes are changed by who and why can be important Especially in some industries where reg
238. client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type String itemPath The item path to a production line cell cell group or location For example Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type SELLOS category Category of recipe values to return Where 1 is recipe values created by the recipe module 2 is recipe values created by the OEE module and 3 is recipe values created by the SPC module Use blank to include all categories Data Type erring subProductCode Sub product code to return values for or else leave blank to read the default values for the production item Data Type SEEING returns List lt ItemRecipeValue gt A list of ltemRecipeValue objects Data Type String Example itemPath event source parent getComponent Production Line Selector selectedPathWithoutProject Request the default values for the selected production item list system recipe getDefaultValues itemPath 1 system gui messageBox str list size for rv in list system gui messageBox s s rv getName str rv getValue O Inductive Automation 4 7 1 2 setPathDefaultValue Recipe Changeover 516 system recipe setPathDefaultValue projectName itemPath subProductCode valueName value note Set a production item sub recipe or default value This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName
239. cript function in the Before Sample Update Event The product code will not be updated until after the sample is updated Instead use get the sample from current event object and set the product code directly in the sample Syntax Client setLocationProductCode String locationPath String productCode String refNo Inductive Automation SPC Quality 413 Gateway setLocationProductCode String projectName String locationPath String productCode String refNo Parameters String locationPath The full path of the location to set the product code String productCode The new product code String refNo Optional reference number String projectName Name of the Ignition SPC project Returns none Scope client gateway Example This is a sample gateway script to change a location s product code based on a SQLTag value pe system tag getTagValue Default Quality Test ProductCodeTest if pe system production utils cancelLocationProductCode QualityDemo QualityDemo New Enterprise New Site Packaging Line 1 Line 1 Quality else system production utils setLocationProductCode QualityDemo QualityDemo New Enterprise New Site Packaging Line 1 Line 1 Quality pc 3 6 3 2 sample quality 3 6 3 2 1 sample quality definition 3 6 3 2 1 1 getNew system quality definition getNew Description Creates and returns a new instance of a SampleDefinition object Syntax Client system quality de
240. cripting name menuImage Data Type Image This component has standard Ignition events with the addition of the following events Inductive Automation selected Event Properties event getSettingsName event getSettings created Event Properties event getSettingsName event getSettings deleted Event Properties event getSettingsName renamed Event Properties event getSettingsName event getPrevName event getSettings Methods none 3 4 2 3 SPC Controller Description SPC Quality 309 Is fired when a different SPC Settings item is selected menu item is selected Returns the name of the newly selected SPC Settings item Returns a reference to the SPCSettings object that contains the filter attribute control limit and signal selections Is fired when a new SPC Settings item is created Returns the name of the newly created SPC Settings item Returns a reference to the SPCSettings object that contains the filter attribute control limit and signal selections Is fired when a SPC Settings item is deleted Returns the name of the deleted SPC Settings item Is fired when a SPC Settings item is renamed Returns the new name of the SPC Settings item Returns the previous name of the SPC Settings item Returns a reference to the SPCSettings object that contains the filter attribute control limit and signal selections An invisible component that makes SPC data available for reports and oth
241. ct such as used in packaging adding liquid or powder etc Packaging machines are a common example but a cell applies to processes also 1 2 Getting Help There are multiple methods of getting help with both Ignition and the MES modules Online Forum From www inductiveautomation com website the online support forum can be accessed to search for solutions and post questions It is actively patrolled by Inductive Automation staff and many knowledgeable users Email Support E mail support is available at support inductiveautomation com Phone Support You can reach us during business hours 8am 5pm Pacific time at 1 800 266 7798 Support charges may apply 24 hour support is also available for an addition fee Inductive Automation Introduction 14 Design Services Inductive Automation has design support staff skilled in working with IT maintenance production departments and integrating the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module to the plant floor and ERP systems For more information contact sales 13 Licensing and Activation Trial Mode The OEE Downtime and Scheduling module follows the same trial operation as Ignition The OEE Downtime and Scheduling module can be used for 2 hours at a time with no other restrictions At the end of the trial period the system will stop logging data to the database display expired trial overlays on live values and clients will see a demo screen By logging into the gateway you may re start the demo
242. ction OPC Server It is added automatically when the SPC Module is installed When the production items are added removed or modified the changes will be reflected in the Production OPC Server when the project is saved in the designer Below is a part of the values available to read and in some cases write to for the demo project Inductive Automation 3 5 1 SPC Quality 368 OPC Browser ao x De e Ignition OPC UA Server E A Production 5 QualityDemo 3 New Enterprise E3 ControlLimits 3 New Site 3 Packaging E Line 1 Ha Using OPC Values_2 Gj Line 1 Quality Additional Factors SGLTag Collectors Description Enabled Name Product Code Reference Number Sample Coming Due Sample Due Sample Overdue Sample Waiting Approval Sequence Date Sequence No shift Shift 1 Enabled Shift 1 Start Time Shift 2 Enabled Shift 2 Start Time Shift 3 Enabled Shift 3 Start Time Signal Out Of Control E gt Trace Enabled Demo OPC Values The SPC configuration settings and runtime values are available for use in Ignition windows transaction groups scripting etc Before values from the Production OPC Server can be used they must be added to the Ignition SQLTags This is done in the designer by selecting the SQLTags Browser and clicking on the E icon This will cause the OPC Browser to appear Next drill down in the Production node within the OPC Browser Dra
243. ction Units Run Shift Site 2 8 2 Downtime Description The Downtime Analysis Provider is used to analyze downtime data Provider Name Downtime Filters These are the filters that are available in the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module However in addition to these filters additional factors may be available if they are string data type All additional factors start with Factor For example Factor Operator A filter will allow the user to see all of the data points in the analysis provider as it pertains to a specific area shift etc For more information on filters see the Filter By paragraph in the Analysis Screen section Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 214 Area Automatic Reason Cell Name Enterprise Line Operator Reason Package Count Planned Downtime Product Code Production Units Recordable Downtime Run Shift Site Compare By These are the comparisons that are available in the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module However in addition to these comparisons additional factors may be available if they are string data type All additional factors start with Factor For example Factor Operator A comparison allows one data point to be compared between all areas days etc For more information on comparisons see the Compare By paragraph in the Analysis Screen section Area Automatic Reason Cell Name Enterprise Line Operator Reason Package Count Product Code Production Units Run Shif
244. ction items If the sub recipe feature is not being used for the production item leave it blank The sub recipe feature can be used on a production item by production item basis This means that standard recipe and sub recipe functionality can be mixed For example you may have a tape machine that recipe values only change based on the case size If there are only two different case sizes and there is a digit in the product code that specifies the case size then sub recipes can be used for the tape machine All other machines can use the normal recipe functionality 4 3 3 1 Sub Recipe Mask Setting In some situations a limited number of digits in the product code can specify the recipe to use for a machine This is accomplished in the Recipe Changeover Module by setting a sub recipe mask See Sub Recipes for more information To set the Sub Recipe Mask for a line cell cell group or location first select the desired production item Next select the Recipe tab and enter the new Sub Recipe Mask value Line 1 Line Production Item General OEE Downtime Schedule Quality Recipe Advanced Sub Recipe Mask Recipe Value Name Description Tag Request V Enable Sc Enable Var Low Varian j High Varia Evaluate Y Line Speed Descriptio Recipe Sit false true Value 1 false false Value 2 false false Sub Recipe Mask Setting 4 3 4 Recipe Values Recipe values are defined by production
245. ctive Automation OEE Downtime Field Name Description Commes _ _ totalseconds Down Time duration formatted as a string in hours minutes and e reasoncode Operator Selected Reason code descri potion Reason Description ie SE selected reason code description 120 Internal ID s Used by the system Original Reason Code CO Split and note icons Used by the system duration Duration Duration AS is the elapsed seconds of this event Since itis an integer it can be used for background mapping etc associated with it isshortstop on if this reason is short or Will indicate O for long stops and 1 for short Downtime table customizer fields Peas Example using Translation List In the isshortstop column configuration if you create a translation list and set 0O Long and 1 Short and set the field to not be hidden you will see a column with either Long or Short representing the type of downtime Hide Text Over P Bar P Bar Color vy W MI Use Translation Map P Bar Background vy v vy Translation L
246. culate and set control limit dialog to be shown O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 350 parameters chartName Which chart to show the control limit dialog for Available c Primary Data Type String returns nothing 3 4 2 11 NP Chart iad Description The Number of Nonconforming Items np control chart is used to display SPC results that have nonconforming counts for each sample It does not retrieve SPC results from the SPC module so it must be used with either the SPC Selector or the SPC Controller components that do Only SPC results with np chart SPC Data Format specified will be displayed mb A e J np UCL 15 9 dp 10 8 DA poo A m q np LCL 2 5 NP Control Chart Through the use of the properties listed below the appearance and functionality of this component can modified as desired Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Data Properties Inductive Automation SPC Results SPC Data Measurement Count User Background Color Definition Name No Data Message No Data Foreground No Data Font Table Properties Inductive Automation SPC Quality 351 Bind this property to the SPC Results property of the SPC Controller or SPC Selector components Ther SPC Results contain all the information so that the control charts can display the results which is not possible with the data set alone Scripting n
247. culated values Scripting name calcFont Data Type Fong If true the primary chart will appear Scripting name showPrimaryChart Data Type boolean The width of the right chart axis in pixels Scripting name rightAxisWidth Data Type LRE Limit Dialog Horizontal Offset Limit Dialog Vertical Offset Vertical Grid Line Color Show Vertical Grid Lines Horizontal Grid Line Color Show Horizontal Grid Lines Primary Chart Background Show Notes Note Image Enable Note Editing SPC Quality 366 The horizontal or x position to display the set control limit dialog box Scripting name limitDialogHorizontalOffset Data Type int The vertical or y position to display the set control limit dialog box Scripting name limitDialogVerticalOffset Data Type int The color of the chart vertical grid lines Scripting name verticalGridLineColor Data Type Color If true show the vertical grid lines in the charts Scripting name showVerticalGridLines Data Type boolean The color of the chart horizontal grid lines Scripting name horizontalGridLineColor Data Type Color If true show the horizontal grid lines in the charts Scripting name showHorizontalGridLines Data Type boolean The background color of the primary chart Scripting name primaryChartBackground Data Type Color If true show the note icon next to the chart point for any samples that have notes or assignabl
248. d Data Type Boolean Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 205 system production utils adjustRunDataByShift runUUID cellName ShiftDate factorName factorValue system production utils adjustRunDataByShift runUUID cellName ShiftDate factorName factorValue adjustInfeed Recalculates production data for a line or a cell based on the shift factor name and the factor value The run must be complete for adjustment to be accurate parameters runUUID cellName shiftDate factorName factorValue adjustInfeed returns none O Inductive Automation The unique run identifier of the run to adjust This value can be accessed via the Analysis Controller datapoint called Run Identifier Data Type String Name of the cell to adjust Leave blank to indicate the line Data Type SEI ng The shift date you want adjusted This value can be accessed via the Analysis Controller datapoint called Shift Date Data Type Date The run factor to adjust The possible values are InfeedCount ProductionCount or WasteCount Data Type SEring The value to set the factor to NOTE PRODUCTION DATA WILL BE MODIFIED AND CANNOT BE UNDONE USE WITH EXTREME CAUTION Data Type Double If set to 1 True the InfeedCount will always be modified if O False the InfeedCount will not be modified if ProductionCount or WasteCount are being adjusted If this parameter is omitted the default is 1 True Dat
249. d this scripting function is provided to calculate control limits from a date range provided in the parameters This function will collect data within the from and end dates specified in the parameters It calculates a control limit for the specified location sample definition test attribute and control limit The control limit will be calculated using the the control limit configured in the designer To set the actual control limit value use the setControlLimitValue function with the result from this function Syntax Client calcControlLimitValue String locationPath SampleDefinition definition String attributeName String limitName Date from Date to Gateway calcControlLimitValue String projectName String locationPath SampleDefinition definition String attributeName String limitName Date from Date to Parameters String locationPath The full path of the location to set the control limit Optionally it can be left blank to set the default control limit value that is not tied to any location SampleDefinition definition Sample definition to the control limit for String attributeName Name of the attribute within the definition to set the control limit for String limitName Name of the control limit to set Date from Calculate the control with data starting with this date Date to Calculate the control with data ending with this date String projectName Name of the Ignition SPC project Returns ControlLimitCalculatedVal
250. d SQLTag value val system tag getTagValue Default Quality Test Before Sample Updated val val 1 system tag writeToTag Default Quality Test Before Sample Updated val 1 Get the sample from the event sample event getSample Access the additional factors from the sample addlFactors sample getAllAddlFactors if len addlFactors gt 0 print Sd additional factors exist len addlFactors print val Sd sampleUUID s val sample getSampleUUID 3 6 1 2 After Sample Updated Event After a new sample is added or an existing sample is updated to the database any script in this event is run This includes samples that have been scheduled with no measurement data It is provided to allow for the performance of other actions when sample information changes event properties e getSample Sample O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 385 Returns the new or updated sample See Sample section more information Example Add 1 to an unrelated SOLTag value val system tag getTagValue Default Quality Test After Sample Updated val val 1 system tag writeToTag Default Quality Test After Sample Updated val 1 3 6 1 3 Sample Approval Updated Event After the sample approval state has been updated any script in this event is run This includes samples that are set for automatic approval It is provided to allow for the performance of other actions when sample approval state changes
251. d production items Boolean Read Only Boolean Read Only Boolean Read Only Boolean The cell folder contains some properties associated with the production cell The name is the same as the cell name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Filler of the OEEDemo project ips Production gt OEEDemo 3 Your Enterprise Your Site 3 Workday Routine Your Area Line 1 E Additional Factors Capper Case Packer Filler Downtime Reasons gt Accumulation Count gt Auto Calc Waste gt CellEnabled gt Default Cell Enabled gt Description Infeed Count gt Log Downtime Details mle ari Lua h D pihl ae e Ly Standard Rate Period gt State gt State SQLTag Cell e AAA AA ae O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 511 Inductive Automation Child Folders Cell RecipeValue Properties ActiveRecipeName RecipeLoading RecipeActive RecipeScale RecipeTrackingUUID RecipeVariancesExists RecipeWriteError Value MonitorEnabled EnableRecipe 4 6 7 Description Location Recipe Changeover 512 One folder will exist for each Cell that has been configured in the Ignition Designer The folder can be opened to view all values within the cell Any recipe values that are configured for the production cell group will appear in this folder If a recipe
252. d reducing capital expenditures It can make the difference competitively however it can also be very challenging because it requires more than just installing software Improving efficiency requires commitment from management maintenance production and IT departments as well as integration training actions to reduce downtime and new operational procedures The OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module helps you to diagnose the inefficiencies within your production allowing you to make improvements on the line and between employees The first step in improving efficiency is knowing where you are starting from Think of it like improving the gas mileage of your car You must start by determining your current gas mileage before you can begin making changes to improve your mileage Once you know your existing OEE and have tracked the causes of downtime then you can finish the process and start fixing the sources of your production inefficiencies But why combine OEE downtime and scheduling into one module The OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module does not require the use of all three functions but we packaged them together because the combination provides the best tools for the improvement of production efficiency If only downtime was tracked then you would not see the full picture Downtime only informs you as to whether or not a machine is running not if the machine is actually producing a quality product Or if only OEE was tracked you would know th
253. d time 120 seconds for instance Short events will not affect the OEE availability calculation If set to 0 then all downtime events are considered long and will always affect the OEE availability calculation This setting affects this Line and all Cells associated to this Line Short downtime events are always recorded and can be displayed via the analysis components Run Disabled Reason Code Anytime a production run is ended and then later resumed this reason code will be used as a downtime reason A downtime reason with the same reason code must exist in the downtime reason table The reason can be set to planned or unplanned downtime to produce the desired results during analysis and reporting Changeover Time Reason Code When changeover time is scheduled for a production run but production does not begin when the changeover ends this reason code will be used as a downtime reason A downtime reason with the same reason code must exist in the downtime reason table The reason can be set to planned or unplanned downtime to produce the desired results during analysis and reporting See the section on Downtime Reasons for more information 2 3 2 1 5 Cell Group Configuration Adding a Cell Group To add a production cell group right click on a line folder in the project browser and select the New Production Item gt New Production Cell Group menu item A cell group named New Cell Group will be added to the line folder Multiple production cel
254. d to select which databases to store OEE downtime scheduling and SPC data If only one database has been configured in Ignition then it will be selected by default To change the MES module settings go to the configuration section in the gateway and select the MES Modules gt Settings section from the left hand side configuration menu Once a database connection is created and if only one database connection exists then it will be automatically selected to be used by the MES modules If more than one database connection exists then the desired database connection can be selected to be used by the MES modules as shown below O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 231 Ignition by inductive automation Developer Mode Home Status System Status Licensing Databases Connections Drive Store and Forward Configure Launch Designer C7 Logged in as admin og out MES Module Settings Runtime Datasource Runtime ProductionDB Database The database connection to store runtime production data Data Retention 30 Duration Number of days to retain runtime production data Analysis Datasource Analysis ProductionDB Database The database connection to store historical analysis production data to Multiple sites can be set to the same analysis database to allow enterprise reporting Save Changes MES Module Settings Page 3 2 1 5 Demo Installation The QualityDemo project can be used to qu
255. dardVariance Integer event setStandardVariance Integer standardVariance void vent getWasteCount Integer vent setWasteCount Integer wasteCount void 2 7 2 Custom OEE Calculations Created in Project gt Events Script Gateway gt Startup If a custom script is added for any key then it is responsible for setting the value internal calculations will not be run Each key type will allow access to the component parts of the calculation see definition of each key for those parts Format system oee addCustomScript key script system oee removeCustomScript key Key system oee AVAILABILITY system oee PERFORMANCE system oee QUALITY system oee OEE Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 192 Event properties AVAILABILITY key event getElapsedTime Double event getRunTime Double event getPlannedDownTime Double event getAvailability Double event setAvailability Double availability void PERFORMANCE event event getInfeedCount Integer event getPackageCount Double event getStandardRatePeriod String event getStandardRate Double event getProductionCount Integer event getWasteCount Integer event getRunTimeMin Double event getElapsedTimeMin Double event getStandardCount Integer event getPerformance Double event setPerformance Double performance void QUALITY event event getInfeedCount Integer event getWasteCount Integer event getQuality Double event void setQuality Double
256. data to Multiple sites can be set to the same analysis database to allow enterprise Database reporting Stop all production runs before changing this setting OEEDBAUX v Database The auxiliary or mirror database connection to store historical analysis production data to Auxiliary Stop all production runs before changing this setting 300 Cache Duration Number of seconds to cache analysis results Increasing this setting will reduce the load on the database but will delay the propagation of current production information to the analysis results Save Changes MES Module Settings Page Runtime Database The runtime database is where recipe data is stored Data Retention Duration This setting specifies the number of days to retain the data in the runtime database after a production run has completed and does not apply to the recipe module Recipes are kept until they are manually removed by a user Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 460 Analysis Database The analysis database is where recipe change log and variances are kept Analysis Database Auxiliary The MES Modules will mirror the historical analysis data that is written to the local analysis database to this database For single site implementations set this to none For multi site implementations set this to the datasource for the common remote enterprise database Analysis Query Cache Duration This setting represents the number o
257. de If this property is left blank the default icon will be used Scripting name recipesIconPath Data Type String Set to the Ignition image path of the icon to use for recipe nodes If this property is left blank the default icon will be used Scripting name recipelconPath Data Type String Set to the Ignition image path of the icon to use for recipe descendant nodes If this property is left blank the default icon will be used Scripting name recipeDescendantsIconPath Data Type String Set to the Ignition image path of the icon to use for default values nodes If this property is left blank the default icon will be used Scripting name defaultValueslconPath Data Type String Set to the Ignition image path of the icon to use for root sub recipe nodes If this property is left blank the default icon will be used Scripting name subRecipesIconPath Data Type SEXI O Inductive Automation Sub Recipe Icon Path Default SubRecipe Icon Path Prod Item Icon Path Menu Add Icon Path Menu Rename Icon Path Menu Delete Icon Path Menu Revert Icon Path Menu Security Icon Path Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 483 Set to the Ignition image path of the icon to use for sub recipe nodes If this property is left blank the default icon will be used Scripting name subRecipelconPath Data Type Serr Set to the Ignition image path of the icon to use for default sub recipe nodes If this
258. definitionName Data Type String Text to display if not data is available to show in the control chart Scripting name noDataMessage Data Type String The foreground color to display the no data message Scripting name noDataForeground Data Type Color The font to display the no data message Scripting name noDataFont Data Type Font If true the table containing measurement and calculated values will be shown at the top of the control chart Scripting name showTable Data Type boolean The minimum number of sample to show on the control chart If more than the minimum visible samples exist in the SPC results then a horizontal scroll bar will appear and allow the user to scroll back to earlier samples Scripting name minVisibleSamples Data Type Baht Inductive Automation SPC Quality 364 Min Visible Measurements The minimum number of measurements to show in the table of the Column Width Row Height Date Background Date Foreground Date Font Date Format Label Background Label Foreground control chart If more than the minimum visible measurements exist in the SPC results then a vertical scroll bar will appear and allow the user to through all measurements Scripting name minVisibleMeasurements Data Type LRE The width of the table column for each sample The charts will be expanded to match the column width Scripting name columnWidth Data Type int The height of the table rows Scripting n
259. del functionality that is an object oriented hierarchy of production facilities It also provides analysis functionality that each specific MES module can extend The Recipe Changeover Module provides four analysis providers to analyze differences between recipes variances and change logs The image below shows the impromptu analysis screen where a Recipe C1 6Pk is being compared to its parent Master C Filters and data points can be selected using the Production Analysis Selector component but the Analysis Controller will allow requesting comparisons of recipes without the user interface The filters and data points are defined through the component properties and is how data for reports is collected O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 494 Provider Recipe FiRers Chidren inciude Category Recipe Recipe NamesMaster C Rem Path RecipeDemo Comparisons i Dela Poliz Recipe Value EE pe lila Line Speed EnterpriselSitelVArea fine 1 UCL EnterpriselSitelArea fMLine 1 Check 48 2 48 3 LSL EnterpriseiSitelArea MLine 1 Check 45 0 45 0 LCL Enterprise SiteArea MLine 1 Check 45 8 45 8 USL EnterpriseiSitelArea MLine 1 Check 48 0 48 0 Aitor By Line Speed EnterpriselSitelArea Line Sealer 0 0 Children High Temperature Alarm EnterpriselSitelArea Line 1 Sealer 125 0 125 4 Include Temperature EnterpriseiSitelArea Mine 1 Sealer 115 115 Low Temperature Alarm Enterprise Site Area fLine 1 Sealer 110 0 110 0 Category Leading Delay Enter
260. dent waste calculations for containers caps and production will be performed See Production Count Tracking section for more information For each infeed the OEE module will start calculating production rate per minute or production rate per hour values These values can be accessed through the Production OPC Server See the section on Production OPC Values for more information 2 3 5 1 Adding a Product Infeed To add a product infeed entry right click anywhere on the product infeed table of a production line or cell and select the New menu item A dialog box will appear to allow entry of a name count sql tag maximum raw count and production units as shown below Z Add Product Infeed ES Name Count SQLTag R Max Raw Count 32768 Productions Units Product Infeed Settings Name The required infeed name is used to reference one infeed from another and must be unique Count SQLTag O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 84 The required SQLTag is the source of the raw production counts This typically comes from a PLC but can come from other sources such as barcode readers database queries or derived by another means The data type format of the SQLTag containing the raw production count must be a number Max Raw Count This is the maximum raw count value before it is reset to zero See note below Production Units This can be anything you want that represents the unit
261. ding RecipeScale RecipeTra gUUID RecipeWwatianceExists O Line 2 Y Line Tian S HS Y HS SS HS S HS OS fal E Sub Recipe Mask I Status Events Recipe Value Name Description Tag Request Line Speed Description for Recipe Site Are of Value 1 Aa E Value 2 in fa L k el r L J hr wer 1 i b 5 i State Running Alert h Last Execution Time 02 53 32 PM f Last Execution Duration 189 mS rr 1617 mS i Maximum Execution Duration Assigning a Tag to Recipe Value Using Drag and Drop 4 3 4 2 Editing a Recipe Value To edit a Recipe Value select the existing Recipe Value you wish to edit then right click and select Edit from the menu The same window used to add recipe values will appear allowing the information to be edited 4 3 4 3 Deleting a Recipe Value To delete a Recipe Value select the existing Recipe Value you wish to remove then right click and select Delete from the menu A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the Recipe Value 4 3 4 4 Import Export To import recipe value configuration entries right click anywhere on the recipe values table and select the Import menu item A dialog box will appear to allow selection of a comma separated values csv formatted file The first line of the file must at least contain the property names separated by commas If ad
262. ditional names exist they will be ignored The property names can be in any order Below is a sample csv file Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 476 showing multiple recipe value configuration entries ValueName ValueDescription ValueSQLTag ValueCalcScript AllowScaling ValueMonitorEnabled ValueMonitorLow ValueMonitorHigh ValueMonitorScript Line Speed Description for Line Speed Recipe Site Area 1 Line 1 Line Speed false true Value 1 false false 0 Value Po false false RA To export recipe value configuration entries right click anywhere on the table containing recipe value configuration entries and select the Export menu item A dialog box will appear to allow selection of an existing file or the typing in of a name of the new file to save the recipe value configuration entries to If a file extension is not entered then the default csv will be used 44 Component Reference This section is a reference for all the components that come with the Recipe Module 4 4 1 Recipe Editor Description A component that is added to Ignition windows to manage recipes This is just one method of managing recipes and for more information on the other methods see the Editing Recipes section It has the capability for end users to do the following recipe related tasks e Manage recipe value security e Manage sub product code recipes e Manage default machine values e Manage master r
263. ds getColumnIndex XBar nuclColNdx ds getC Outside Limits 2 ds event getData nrangeColNdx ds getColumnIndex Range nuclColNdx ds ge XBar 8 Above Control Line 1 8 Consecutive points above control line signal calculation nconsecutive XBar 8 Below Control Line 1 8 Consecutive points below control line signal calculation nconsecutive Inductive Automation SPC Quality 273 3 3 5 Sample Intervals 3 3 5 1 Overview Samples can always be taken manually but the SPC module supports scheduling samples to be taken manually and automatically taking samples Sample Intervals are used to define the amount of time or number of readings that pass between samples For example the interval may be a timed interval that occurs every three minutes every 100 readings or samples can be taken continuously These options will be available when defining a sample on the Sample Definition page when adding or editing a location They also are used by Tag Sample Collectors Sample Intervals can be added edited or deleted on the Enterprise page of the designer under the Quality tab 3 3 5 2 Default Intervals When a new Enterprise Production Item is added the following intervals are added Every Value Change Every x Value Change Manual Once at Production End Once at Production Start Shift Change Timed Interval Days Timed Interval Hours Timed Interval Minutes Timed Interval Seconds 3 3 5 3 Add Intervals
264. duction gt _ L Enterprise General OEE Downtime Schedule Quality Recipe Advanced 1 A site Sub Recipe Mask e sh pe Recipe Values b z ES Timed Test Fa hkl Line Speed ES Tag Change Test IT P Line 1 Value a Filler E Sealer a I mai eee Lar _ o _ E A a J A ar AE Project Browser oA x p r Filler I CQ Configuration l jA Instrument Interface Cell Production Item a a3 Production B aa Enterprise General gt A Site Sub Recipe Mask iB Area 1 ech Valles ES Timed Test ae m PerinelSiteiAre j Tag Change Test Line Speed Recipe Site Al a Line 1 Recipe Site Are a Filler Min Fill Level Recipe Site Are L Sealer Value 1 Capper Value 2 p Labeler gr a n pr oP un Pd et zw Recipe Value Propagation Only the recipe values that have Ignition tags assigned to them will appear in the recipe editor So if a propagated recipe value is not relevant to the child production item the recipe value Tag property can be left blank 4 1 3 Default Values Default Values When a new recipe is created it is initialized with a default value If the recipe value is assigned to an Ignition tag that is tied to a PLC memory address then the default value should be what is normal and default for the machine However it can be any value you want as long as it is within the range of the data type for the tag the
265. duction count is configured for a production then product accumulation and waste is calculated If a production cell is configured for more than one infeed or outfeed then accumulation and waste calculations will be performed for each combination For example a production cell can be configured to track containers and caps as infeeds and a single outfeed of full containers The independent waste calculations for containers and caps will be performed See Production Count Tracking section for more information Below is an example showing a single infeed and outfeed configure for a production cell Capper Cell Production Item General OEE Downtime Schedule Quality Recipe Advanced Primary Infeed Capper Infeed Product Infeed Name Count SQL Tag Max Raw Count Production Units Capper Infeed Line 1 PLC Capperiinfeed 32768 Cans k _Drop Zone _ Primary Outfeed Capper Outfeed x Production Outfeed Name Count SQL Tag Max Raw Count_ Default Standard Default Package C Standard Rate Per Production Units Waste Transit Tim Capper Outfeed Line 1 PLC Capper 32768 360 0 1 0 Hour Cans 120 Drop Zone _ Ea Product Waste Name Count SQL Tag Max Raw Count Cap Rejector Line 1 PLC CapperWaste 32768 Drop Zone Waste Calculation Method ProductWaste Entries Cell OEE Settings Primary Infeed The production cell OEE wast
266. e item Sets all the analysis selections to new state dictated by the drill down definition parameters returns prevDrillDown parameters returns O Inductive Automation drilDownName A drill down definition name This is typically supplied by the drill down event of one of the display components Data Type String A drill down category This is typically supplied by the drill down event of one of the display components Data Type Object nothing OEE Downtime 110 Example Code This script would be entered into the drillDown event of a Production Bar Chart event source parent getComponent Production Analysis Selector drillDown event getDrillDownName event getCategory This script would be entered into the back event of a Production Bar Chart event source parent getComponent Production Analysis Selector prevDrillDown 2 4 1 11 Production Stored Analysis Selector Description A component that allows creating recalling and saving analysis data selections in the Production Analysis Selector This component will automatically use the available Production Analysis Selector in the container Saved Reports menu Stored Analysis Selector By clicking on the link a menu with the option to create new save delete and rename analysis will popup To add a new stored analysis click on New menu item enter a name select a type and click OK This will create an empty anal
267. e Scripting name spcResults Data Type SPCResults SPC Quality 312 SPC Data This property holds the SPC data and includes columns for the calculated values based on the SPC Data Format and selected attribute control limits and signals Scripting name spcData Data Type Dataset Include Disabled Attributes If true any attributes that have been disabled in the sample definition will appear in the attribute selection panel This provides a method to view old attribute data that has been disabled Scripting name includeDisabledAttributes Data Type Boolean Error Message If an error is encountered while retrieving SPC results it will be readable from this property Scripting name errorMessage Data Type String Warning Message If a warning is encountered while retrieving SPC results it will be readable from this property Scripting name warningMessage Data Type SEri ng Auto Bar Count If set to true the number of histogram bars will be automatically determined Scripting name autoBarCount Data Type boolean Data Bar Count If Auto Bar Count is set to false the value of this property will determine the number of histogram bars Scripting name dataBarCount Data Type int Padding Bar Count The value of this property determines how many empty bars will be included in histogram results Scripting name paddingBarCount Data Type iat Dynamic Depending on the setting of the Definition Name property the dynam
268. e A distribution that is normal is just the most common pattern There are other types of curves such as skewed distribution or double peaked distribution which may be typical for certain processes If a bell shaped curve is formed on the histogram then any variations in the data are most likely due to an assignable cause Assignable causes influence variations which can occur in materials environment machines peoples etc Ultimately the histogram shows the consistency of a process Histograms should be used when data is numerical and the shape of the distribution is to be observed Observing the shape of the graph can help to determine whether or not the data is distributed normally if a change has occurred in the process over time or if two or more processes are different This graph can also help to communicate with others about the data distribution or determine if a process will be able to meet the requirements of a customer Pareto The pareto chart is a bar chart that is used to show which factors are the biggest problems The bars are arranged so that the most significant factor that is the factor that occurs the most frequently or cost the most whether that be in time or money is on the left while the shortest bar or least significant Inductive Automation SPC Quality 227 is on the right Because of the organization of the pareto chart it is best used when looking at how often problems or causes occur and which of th
269. e 1 Capper Default Q Casepacker Checkweigher 0 Filler E Edit Recipe Values My Recipe will now appear in the Recipe Selection List component and can be selected for any of the production items that were added to the recipe But My Recipe can also be made into a master recipe simply be add descendant recipes to it See Master Recipes for more information This is done by right clicking on the Descendants item beneath the My Recipe recipe in the recipe editor and clicking on the Add Recipe menu item Type in the name of the new recipe which for this example it is My Recipe 1 There is no limit to the number of descendants recipes you can add to a master recipe There is also no limit to the number of levels deep of master recipes After My Recipe 1 is added to My Recipe My Recipe will no longer show as a option in the recipe selection list component but My Recipe 1 will In general if a recipe has descendants it becomes a master recipe and will no longer show in the recipe selection list component Only final recipes with no descendant will show in the recipe selection list component However master recipes can be selected for production items by using script functions Import Export Recipes values can be imported and exported into the recipe management system Note that only the actual value of the recipe value item can be imported and not the recipe value definition Recipe value definitions can be imported in the design
270. e 2 gt Description i amia gt Enabled Name Your Site D Name Client Description a E System Enabled G All Providers gt Name Add Production OPC Server Values to SQLTags Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 164 Important When writing to OPC values that are related to production model settings the new value is not retained upon restarting This is because production model settings are saved in the Ignition project and is only saved when done so in the designer 2 5 2 OPC Value Reference This references details the OPC values and child folders for node types that appear when browsing the Production OPC Server For each property the Ignition data type is listed and if it is read only The Ignition data types correspond to the data types that are available for SQLTags Within this reference the Read Only means that the OPC value cannot be written to through the OPC Production Server It can only be set in the designer or it is a calculated value Trying to write to a read only property will result in an error message being shown 2 5 2 1 Project Description Each project within Ignition has its own production model The first node s under the main Production node represent the Ignition project s Their names are the same as the project name The image below represents the OEEDemo project Production 3 OEEDemo 3 Your Enterprise Project O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 16
271. e Automation OEE Downtime 24 iti by inductive automation Developer Mode Home Status Configure Launch Designer C7 Logged in as admin og out System MES Module Settings Runtime Datasource Runtime ProductionDB User Manual Database The database connection to store runtime production data Configuration Data Retention 30 Duration Number of days to retain runtime production data Analysis Datasource Redundancy Aey ProductionDB Database The database connection to store historical analysis production data to Multiple sites can be set to the Databases same analysis database to allow enterprise reporting Connections Save Changes MES Module Settings Page Store and Forward For more information on the MES Module Settings see MES Module Configuration 2 2 1 4 Demo Installation The OEEDemo project can be used to quickly start using and evaluate the features of the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module By installing the OEEDemo SQLTags will be imported the Production Simulator will be installed the demo Ignition project will be installed and sample database data will be added To remove the demo each of these components will have to be manually removed To install the OEE Demo project go to the configuration section in the gateway and select the MES Modules gt Demo section from the left hand side configuration menu Next click on the s instal OEE Downtime and Scheduling demo link This will take a
272. e Gonzalez Melinda Proctor Neal Middleton Scott Perez Stephen McNeill Yolanda Evans test Line Operator Reason PackageCount Planned Downtime Product Code ProductionUnits Recordable Downtime Filter By Options The list of available filters change based on the date range For example if George Gonzalez was on vacation for the desired date range then his name will not show as an available options The filter selection shown below includes data for only Line 1 when George Gonzalez was the operator and excluding all planned downtime Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 35 Selections Filter By add Planned Downtime Exclude Line Line 1 Factor Operator George Gonzalez ee E f Filter By Selections Filter By items can be removed by clicking on the located to the left of the name Compare By Breaking up information into groups is more meaningful than just seeing a total for a given date range For example knowing the total downtime for Line 1 for a given data range really does not provide actionable information that can be used to improve efficiencies Now by comparing the total downtime for each machine on Line 1 it is possible to identify the machine s causing the most downtime Focusing efforts on these machines and solving sources of downtime will result in better efficiencies Additional Compare By items can be added by clicking on the add icon on the right side of the Compare
273. e Out of Control Limits table and select Edit from the drop down menu A window will appear identical to the window used to add out of control limits Once the desired fields have been edited select OK For more information see Add Signals section 3 3 4 5 Delete Signals To delete an out of control signal select the item to be deleted After selecting right click the item and select Delete from the drop down menu A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the out of control signal 3 3 4 6 Import Export To export signal entries right click anywhere on the table containing signal entries and select the Export menu item A dialog box will appear to allow for the selection of an existing file or the entry of a name for the new file to which the out of control signal entries are saved If a file extension is not entered then the default csv will be used The first line of the file must at least contain the property names separated by commas If additional names exist they will be ignored The property names can be in any order Below is a sample csv file showing multiple signal entries The lines in the example shown below have been shortened SignalName SignalKind SignalScript SignalAutoEvaluatePeriod SignalAutoEvaluateDuration SignalChartColor S5 Individual Outside 5 ds event getData nxBarColNdx ds getColumnindex XBar nuclColNdx ds Out of Limits 1 ds event getData nrangeColNdx
274. e a production location with the sample definition location object The sample definition location object defines a production location that samples for a sample definition can be taken from When using the term Location within the SPC module it refers to a virtual location where actual samples are taken For example if a sample bottle is taken from packaging line 1 and is tested in the lab for color then the location is packaging line 1 In addition the the lab taking samples from this location the operator can take samples to test labels The tag property is used to define the ownership of who is responsible to take a sample properties e getID int Returns the database created ID for this sample definition location Note this is not the same as the production location ID e getNew int locationID String name SampleDefinitionLocation Returns a new sample definition location instance for the production location specified by the locationID parameter The new instance name is specified by the name parameter e getLocationiD int Returns the database created ID for the production location that this sample definition location is associated with Note this is the same as the production location ID e getParent SampleDefinition Returns the sample definition that this location is a child of e getName String name Returns the name of the production location associated with this sample definition location This name also appears
275. e bytel readBytes count time out Reads and returns byte array data from the communication port If an error occurs the errorMessage property will be set and an exception will be thrown If the number of characters specified by the count parameter are not received within the value specified in the timeout parameter then any characters received will be returned parameters count The number of bytes to read from the port Data Type LAL eae 3 timeout The time in milliseconds to wait for a response from the port Data Type Integer returns The data read from the port Data Type bytel readUntil delimiter include Delimiter Reads and returns string data from the communication port up until the character specified by the delimiter parameter If an error occurs the errorMessage property will be set and an exception will be thrown If the delimiter character is not received within the default timeout setting then any characters received will be returned parameters delimiter The delimiter to read until Data Type Char includeDelimiter If true the delimiter will be included in the return value Data Type Boolean returns The data read from the port Data Type String Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 572 readUntil delimiter includeDelimiter timeout Reads and returns string data from the communication port up until the character specified by the delimiter parameter If an error occurs the errorMessage
276. e can be removed at any point in its life cycle Meaning it can be removed after it has been scheduled but before measurements are recorded and after measurements have been recorded Syntax Client system quality sample data removeSample String sampleUUID Gateway system quality sample data removeSample String projectName String sampleUUID Parameters String sampleUUID The UUID to an existing sample to approve String projectName Name of the Ignition SPC project Returns none Scope client gateway Example system quality sample data removeSample event getSampleUUID 3 6 3 2 3 sample quality spc controllimit Enter topic text here 3 6 3 2 3 1 setControlLimitV alue system quality spc controllimit setC ontrolLimitValue Description Control limits normally are set using the control charts components and when the process is determined to be stable In cases where additional flexibility is required this scripting function is provided New control limit values for a specified location sample definition test attribute and control limit can be set by calling this function Syntax Client setControlLimitValue String locationPath SampleDefinition definition String attributeName String limitName double value Inductive Automation SPC Quality 421 Gateway setControlLimitValue String projectName String locationPath SampleDefinition definition String attributeName String limitName double value Paramete
277. e causes Scripting name showNotes Data Type boolean The image to display next to the chart point for any samples that have notes or assignable causes Scripting name noteImage Data Type Image If true allow the user to add and edit notes and assignable causes Scripting name enableNoteEditing Data Type boolean Inductive Automation SPC Quality 367 Enable Point Deletion If true allow the user to temporarily remove samples from chart This is used to remove samples that are known to out of control before calculating control limits The sample that have been removed are not removed from the database and can be restored by selecting the Restore Points menu item Scripting name enablePointDeletion Data Type boolean Enable Control Limit Editing If true allow the user to calculate and set new control limit values Scripting name enableControlLimitEditing Data Type boolean Events This component has standard Ignition events none Methods showSetLimitPanel chartName Causes the calculate and set control limit dialog to be shown parameters chartName Which chart to show the control limit dialog for Available c Primary Data Type String returns nothing 3 5 Quality OPC Values The production model is defined in the Ignition designer and contains your production areas lines and locations Runtime access into configuration and current state of the production model is available through the Produ
278. e crew or any other user defined value that can be monitored or entered into the system 2 9 2 Production Rate Calculation Rate per Minute The production rate per minute is calculated from the change between the current production count and the production count from the prior minute Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 222 Rate per Hour The production rate per hour is calculated by recording the production count every minute Then the hourly rate is calculated from the change between the current production count and the production count from an hour ago When a production line first starts up and there are no production counts from one hour ago a project calculation is used Inductive Automation SPC Quality Part III inductive 800 266 7798 automation www inductiveautomation com SPC Quality 224 3 SPC Quality This section of the manual is intended for documenting the SPC Module and does not expand on SPC Statistical Process Control itself There are many books that go into great detail of both quality and SPC that should be referenced for information and procedures on determining how to improve quality Even though quality and SPC are sometimes used interchangeably they are different Quality is very broad and includes much more than just SPC while SPC is used as a tool in the quality process The Ignition SPC module focuses only on SPC A quick example may help with pointing out the difference between quality and SPC
279. e description associated with the work order being scheduled Scripting name productCodeDescription Data Type String The type of schedule entry Scripting name scheduleType Data Type Integer Options 0 Work Order Run 1 Maintenance 2 Other The start date and time of the schedule entry startDateTime Date Scripting name Data Type The run start date and time of the schedule entry The Run Start Date Time is the Start Date Time adjusted by the Change Over Duration This is the date and time after change over is complete and the actual production begins Scripting name runStartDateTime Data Type Dace Inductive Automation Change Over Duration Finish Date Time Override the Finish Date Time Quantity Note Events OEE Downtime 146 The duration in minutes allowed for changeover Scripting name changeOverDuration Data Type Integer The finish date and time for the schedule entry Scripting name finishDateTime Data Type Date If true a manual finish date and time will be used instead of the automatic calculation to forecast the finish time Scripting name finishDateTimeOverriden Data Type Boolean The quantity of units to produce for this schedule entry Scripting name quantity Data Type Integer An optional note to associate with the schedule entry Scripting name note Data Type String This component has standard Ignition events Methods addScheduleEnt
280. e downtime event started If Cell Enabled is set to true then the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module will perform calculations for the cell This value is determined by the product code and production line It can also be programmatically changed This reflects the site Default Cell Enabled property in the Designer Optionally this property can be set to a description for the cell It is not used by the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module other than for reference The description of the currently active downtime for the cell Int4 Read Only String Read Only Boolean Read Only DateTime Read Only Boolean Read Only Boolean Read Only String String Read Only Description Infeed Count OEE Downtime The true unit count at the primary product infeed for the production run The true unit count reflects the start of production run count and raw count rollovers Line DT Bypass When true checked indicates the cell will not be considered during line downtime determination This tag can be set at runtime Line DT Bypass Displays the selected reason code that will be used when the cell is Reason Code Log Downtime Name OEE OEE Availability OEE Performance OEE Quality Production Package Count Production Rate Hour Production Rate Minute Production Units Run Down bypassed Indicates if the cell will log all downtime events If false then you will not be able to see any non
281. e information setSampleDefinition SampleDefinition definition Sets the sample definition associated with this sample See Sample Definition object for more information isNew boolean Returns true if this is a newly created sample isModified boolean Returns true if any properties of this sample have been modified attribute properties e getAttributeDataType String attrName AttributeDataType Returns the attribute data type object for the specified attribute name The attribute data type information is contained in the sample definition and cannot be changed directly in the sample object e getAttributeDefaultValue String attrName Object Returns the default value for the specified attribute name The attribute default value is contained in the sample definition and cannot be changed directly in the sample object e getAttributeMinValue String attrName Object Inductive Automation SPC Quality 394 Returns the minimum value for the specified attribute name The attribute minimum value is contained in the sample definition and cannot be changed directly in the sample object e getAttributeMaxValue String attrName Object Returns the maximum value for the specified attribute name The attribute maximum value is contained in the sample definition and cannot be changed directly in the sample object measurement properties e getAllMeasurements List lt SampleData gt Returns the measurements associated with
282. e is derived from the primary infeed If a production cell has been configured for multiple infeeds select the infeed that is to be used for the waste calculation Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 74 Product Infeeds For each infeed the OEE module will start calculating production rate per minute production rate per hour values These values can be accessed through the Production OPC Server See the section on Production OPC Values for more information For the section on Product Infeed for more information Adding a Product Infeed See the section on Adding a Product Infeed for details on adding product infeed entries Editing a Product Infeed See the section on Editing a Product Infeed for details on editing product infeed entries Deleting a Product Infeed See the section on Deleting a Product Infeed for details on deleting product infeed entries Primary Outfeed The production ine OEE waste is derived from the primary outfeed If a production cell has been configured for multiple outfeeds select the outfeed that is to be used for the waste calculation Product Outfeeds For each outfeed the OEE module will start calculating production rate per minute or production rate per hour values These values can be accessed through the Production OPC Server See the section on Production OPC Values and the section on Product Outfeed for more information Adding a Product Outfeed See the section on Adding a Product Outfeed for details
283. e list of already installed modules click the Ist or Upgrade a Module link Next browse to the Quality Installer module modl file and click the install button as shown below i ti g by inductive automation Developer Mode Home Status Configure Launch Designer C7 Logged in as admin log out System Install or Upgrade Module Status Licensing Backup Restore To install a module choose its mod1 file and press Install Console To upgrade a module install the new version on top of the existing version User Manual Modules can be downloaded from our website Configuration Projects C Temp Quality Installer module modl Browse_ Gateway Settings Install 4 Redundancy on A A tE do JO pot T E AO rn oe al Install Ignition Module Inductive Automation SPC Quality 229 The SPC Installer module will install all required modules These are the Production and SPC modules It is important to keep in mind not to install or update these modules individually Instead it should be done by updating the SPC Installer module 3 2 1 2 New Ignition System 3 2 1 2 1 Selecting Install Options To install the SPC module at the same time as Ignition add the following steps to the normal Ignition installation 1 Select Custom Configuration on the setup step during the Ignition installation The following screen will appear Scroll down to SPC Module and select it This will cause the modules requir
284. e sample to unapprove Data Type Sample See Sample Object for more information returns String Message of any errors that may have occurred during the unapprove operation Data Type SEIS remove sample Remove the sample specified by the sample parameter Caution this will permanently remove the data from the database and it cannot be recovered parameters sample This is the sample to remove Data Type Sample See Sample Object for more information returns String Message of any errors that may have occurred during the remove operation Data Type String getSample sampleUUID Return the sample specified by the sampleUUID parameter parameters sampleUUID Sample UUID to return the sample for A UUID is a universally unique identifier that once assigned to a sample will never change It is automatically generated when a sample is created and is unique in that no two samples will have the same UUID Data Type SEring See Sample Object for more information returns Sample An instance of a sample Data Type Sample See Sample Object for more information showEditNotePopup Show the note popup to allow the user to add or edit the note tied to the currently selected sample parameters none returns nothing Inductive Automation SPC Quality 298 3 4 1 11 Sample Entry Description A component used to display and enter sample measurement data The entry fields are dynamically created based on attributes defined in
285. e selectedProductCode Data Type String Selected Product Code ID The currently selected product code ID This is the ID for the ProductCode database table Scripting name selectedProductCodeID Data Type String Hide Disabled Product Codes lf set to True then disabled Product Codes will be hidden from the table Scripting name hideDisabled Data Type Boolean Product Code Filter Filters the results in the table that begin with the given string If left blank all product codes are returned Scripting name productCodeFilter Data Type String Events This component has standard Ignition events Methods none 2 4 1 5 Product Code Line Table Description This component displays all the available lines and allows the linked product code to be enabled to be run on production lines All product code lines are automatically displayed from the ProductCodeLine database table without the need for custom SQL statements or script Line Name Enable Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 95 Product Code Line Table When a line is enabled for a product code it will show up it the list of available products when scheduling etc for that line This component usually works in conjunction with the Product Code Table and Product Code Properties Table components Refer to the OEEDemo project for a complete example Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following prope
286. e so that parsing boxes can be applied This can also be populated by using the Send to Template menu option of the Serial Controller and File Monitor Components Refer to the the documentation for these components for more information kel Find Label Parsing Box The parsed data will be linked to a label on the template so that the position of the label value pair can appear at any location Y Label Box Properties General Item Name Calories Required V Required Expand Horizontal Y Include Units 4 Label Name Calories Value Position RIGHT Format Datatype Float4 z Format Format Example 1 Example 2 RARO 3 602 42 a EO 3 602 42 4 Information Area Size 9 1 to 9 42 Character Count 42 Result 17 ok Cancel Find Label Parsing Box Properties rixed Position Parsing Box O Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 556 The parsed data will be read from the template at the exact position the box is placed Fixed Position Box Properties General Item Name alcohol Required Y Expand Horizontal Include Units J Format Datatype Float4 Format 3 602 42 3 602 42 4 3 602 0000 42 4000 Information Area Size 6 18 to 6 24 Character Count 7 OK Cancel Fixed Position Parsing Box Properties Hesv Column Parsing Box Will parse all
287. eAdditionalF actor object that can be used to change the value of the additional factor 3 6 2 2 Sample Data The sample object holds a sample data object for each attribute and measurement When a sample object is created it automatically creates a sample data object based on the sample definition For example If sample definition viscosity has two attributes of cold viscosity and temperature and is Inductive Automation SPC Quality 395 configured for 5 measurements then the sample will contain 10 sample data objects Five measurements for cold viscosity and five measurements for temperature properties e getSampleUUID String Returns the sample UUID that this sample data object belongs to e getAttributeName String Returns the attribute name this sample data object is associated with e getMeasNo int Returns the measurement number this sample data object is associated with e getAttrDataType AttributeDataType Returns attribute data type of this sample data object This is automatically set when the sample is created and is based on the sample definition e getDefaultValue Object Returns the default value based on the attribute this sample data object is associated with This is automatically set when the sample is created and is based on the sample definition e getMinValue Object Returns the minimum value based on the attribute this sample data object is associated with This is automatically set when
288. ecipes e Manage machines that a recipe can be run Based on the setting of the properties of the Recipe Editor component more or less detail can be shown This provides a method of displaying the correct amount of information depending on the logged in user s authentication roles For example the image below is very clean only showing limited recipes This mode allows changing of recipe values for final recipes not in master recipes See Master Recipes for more information Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 477 Recipes Recipe C a Recipe C1 6Pk E Recipe C2 12Pk E Recipe C3 24Pk Basic Recipe Editor Where as this image demonstrates a lot of recipe information with many more options providing much more configuration of recipes The Show Master Recipes property will determine if master recipes are shown See Master Recipes for more information New master recipes can be added by right clicking on the on the root Recipes node and selecting the Add Recipe menu item New descendant recipes can be added by right clicking on the Descendants node and selecting the Add Recipe menu item Existing descendant recipes can be renamed removed or etc by right clicking on the descendant recipe node and selecting the desired menu item f Recipes Master A MH Master C po Line 1 M2 Descendants Recipe C1 6Pk Line 1 A Line Speed 82 CPM Master 2 0Q Capper 0 Casepacker 0 C
289. ectedRunName Data Type String Returns the start date of any mouse click or blank if no event item exists at the location Scripting name selectedEventStart Data Type Date Returns the end date of any mouse click or blank if no event item exists at the location Scripting name selectedEventEnd Data Type Date Sets the border type for non selected event items displayed Scripting name eventBorder Data Type Border O Inductive Automation Selected Event Border Line Height Event Margin Schedule Background Current Time Color Line Color Header Font Header Text Color Header Background OEE Downtime 159 Sets the border type for the selected event item Scripting name selectedEventBorder Data Type Border Height in pixels of each line row Scripting name selectedEventBorder Data Type Integer The margin in pixels from the top and bottom of a line row and the event item displayed Scripting name scheduledEventMargin Data Type Integer The color of the background of the line rows Scripting name scheduleBackground Data Type Color The color of the vertical line that indicates the current time Scripting name nowColor Data Type Color The color of the general dividing lines in the component Scripting name lineColor Data Type Color The font of the header text Scripting name headerFont Data Type Font The color of the header text
290. ed If checked shift 1 will be included during scheduling If not checked shift 1 will be scheduled around Default Start The time of day that first shift starts The first shift ends at the start of second shift Time Shift 2 Default Enabled If checked shift 2 will be included during scheduling If not checked shift 2 will be scheduled around Default Start The time of day that second shift starts The second shift ends at the start of third Time shift Shift 3 Default Enabled If checked shift 3 will be included during scheduling If not checked shift 3 will be scheduled around Default Start The time of day that third shift starts The third shift ends at the start of first shift Time Note The shift enabled and shift start times are the default for your production site and can be overridden by the production area and or production line Schedule Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the site item contained in the enterprise folder in the project browser and then selecting the Schedule tab as shown below See Workday Routines for more information Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 59 Your Site Site Production Item Save project to make production changes active General Down Time Schedule Advanced Workday Routine Grave Shift Night Break 1 00 AM 1 15 AM Day Shift Meal Break 12 00 PM 12 30 PM Swing Shift Morning Break 6 00 AM 6 15 AM Swing Shift Meal Break 8 00 PM 8 30 PM Day Sh
291. ed for SPC functionality to be installed at the same time as Ignition r Setup Select Components q f Select the components you want to install clear the components you do not want to install Click Next when you are ready to continue 2 Click on a component to get a detailed description v Modbus Driver Module v2 Y UDP and TCP Drivers Module Y OPC COM Module E ActiveX Module HASP Ww lt Back Ji Next gt ji Cancel Ignition Installer 3 2 1 3 Configure Database SPC data is stored in databases external to Ignition These database s are setup in the gateway configuration section by selecting the Databases gt Connections section from the left hand configuration menu See the Ignition documentation for more information on setting up a database connection Below shows a typical database connection that is required for the SPC module Inductive Automation SPC Quality 230 Database Connections Name Description JDBC Driver Translator Status ProductionDB Microsoft SQLServer JDBC Driver MSSQL VALID edit delete Create new Database Connection Note For details about a connection s status see the Database Connection Status page Sample Database Connection 3 2 1 4 MES Module Settings The OEE Downtime Scheduling and SPC module stores data in a SQL database Because Ignition can be configured to multiple databases the MES Module Settings configuration page is use
292. eduleType start coDuration workOrderID scheduleType start coDuration note schedulelD The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the ine starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type SEring The ID of the work order to modify This is the ID for the WorkOr database table Data Type Integer The type of schedule entry Data Type Integer Options 0 Work Order Run 1 Maintenance 2 Other The starting date and time of the schedule entry Data Type Date The duration of the changeover in minutes Data Type Integer Inductive Automation finish Data Type quantity Data Type userName Data Type note An Data Type schedulelD Data Type returns message empty Data Type OEE Downtime 148 The ending date and time of the scheduled entry Date The quantity of units to produce for this schedule entry Integer The name of the user who is adding this scheduled entry tring optional note to be tied to this scheduled entry tring The ID of the schedule entry to modify This is the ID for the Schedule database table Integer Contains a description of any error encountered otherwise it will String deleteSchedul Entry workOrder I Delete an existing schedule entry parameters
293. eesneeeeseeesaesesaeeseaneeeeaeeesaeeseeneeeeaaeeseeees 54 Production Model cc A a aaa 55 Enterprise Configura A 55 O Inductive Automation Site COMPIGUMATIOM oso sees os csv AAA And 57 Area Configuration mss davies SARA a 59 IMS COMPIQGUEATIONS li A AA thes 61 Cell Group Configuration aa p an edad nd cd Dd did 70 CNM COMPIG UF ALO ss s5s cones A EEEE EA AETA E A E TE 72 Workday Routine Ss isisiisccccecssvsescecescsesssscscnsscscssosssvcouctccssstesnsesesevcessetesesrseuchvescecsenersecevisssssussarseusicentesestssveiavtessadesss 76 DOW NTIM G REASONS viii A RRA AAA AA ias arcaica 78 Adding a Dow ntime RE SONS ccccccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeceeeesaeeseaeeeeaaeeeaaeecaeessaaeesaeeseaeeesaaeseaeeeeaeessneeeseeeeeeaees 80 Editing a Downtime A T 82 Deleting a Dow ntime REASONS cccccccccccceeeeeeneeceeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaeesseaeeseaeeseaeeseeaeecaeeseaeesceeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeesee 82 IMPOR EA A AA decana 82 Product Infeed 83 Adding a Productintecd icici cecidenvescescdssceScencdesaiets iss cdeaseeansd A E las eee Taca 83 Editing a Product INfeed w 0oiiioni a di sai 84 Deleting a Product feed a a nono nnnnnnnnnnn e nn nan n nan Ee aa Aa ta nan nr naar E 84 A A AN 84 Product Outfeed 85 Adding a Product Due dmca AREAS ii 85 Editing a Product Quid A E 86 Deleting a Product OUtfeed ooooococcconociciocccooncconoccconccconnnnnnncnnnn coco nn none nn nnn
294. emove event script with a parameter of 1 Inductive Automation SPC Quality 281 boolean the confirmation message will not be shown before removing a sample definition Including the event RemoveDefinition 0 and setSuppressConfirmation 1 script lines in the remove event will prevent default handling of sample definitions This allows for custom handling of the removal of sample definitions Methods save Save changes to the currently selected sample definition parameters none returns nothing cancel Undo the changes to the currently selected sample definition parameters none returns nothing getSampleDefinition Return the currently selected sample definition returns Sample Definition An instance of the currently selected sample definition Data Type SampleDefinition See SampleDefinition Object for more information addSampleDefinition sampleDefinition Add the sample definition specified in the parameter parameters sampleDefinition Instance of the sample definition to add Data Type SampleDefinition See SampleDefinition Object for more information returns message Contains a description of any error encountered otherwise it will empty Data Type String updateSampleDefinition sampleDefinition Update the sample definition specified in the parameter parameters sampleDefinition Instance of the sample definition to update Data Type SampleDefinition See Sam
295. emperature for signal rule 1 and temperature for signal rule 2 are all evaluated The outcome for each combination is a item within the evaluation results returned from the getEvaluationResults function 3 6 1 10 Signal Evaluation Results This object holds the evaluation results for a attribute signal combination event properties e getSignalName String Returns the name of the signal associated with this result e getAttributeName String Returns the name of the attribute associated with this result e getViolatingSampleDate Date Returns the date of the most recent sample that is in violation of the signal e getLastSampleDate Date Returns the date of the last approved sample This can be used in combination to determine if the last approved sample caused the signal violation e isSignalViolation boolean Returns true if the signal attribute combination are in violation e isEvaluationError boolean Returns true if a error occurred during the signal evaluation e hasMessage boolean Returns true if a message exists e getMessage String Returns textual description of error encountered during the signal evaluation Example 3 6 1 11 Signal Out of Control Event When sample data changes all of the out of control signals associated with it will be evaluated If an out of control signal changes from In Control to Out of Control any script in this event is run It is provided to allow
296. ent Properties edit Event Properties event getSampleUUID remove Event Properties event getSampleUUID approve Event Properties event getSampleUUID unapprove Event Properties event getSampleUUID review Event Properties event getSampleUUID Methods Inductive Automation SPC Quality 295 Is fired when Add menu item is selected The Add menu item will only appear if script has been added to this event none Is fired when Edit menu item is selected The Edit menu item will only appear if script has been added to this event Return the sample UUID for the currently selected sample A UUID is a universally unique identifier that once assigned to a sample will never change It is automatically generated when a sample is created and is unique in that no two samples will have the same UUID Data Type String ls fired when Remove menu item is selected The Remove menu item will only appear if script has been added to this event Return the sample UUID for the currently selected sample A UUID is a universally unique identifier that once assigned to a sample will never change It is automatically generated when a sample is created and is unique in that no two samples will have the same UUID Data Type String Is fired when Approve menu item is selected The Approve menu item will only appear if script has been added to this event Return the sample UUID for the currently selected
297. enteducueshuestesueddenatearabevercevsevsaeabbencnahendeaaty 504 Ar a A s 505 Line Cell Gell Group miii A A S 510 LOCA data 512 DO ict cece cei ie i ee ei ce ne ee AA EEA 514 Client Gate Way Scripts iii Ai diri 514 E A 515 setPathDetaultV ale vic AAA AA Gee ee A CIA 516 revertPathDefaultV allen cito A A A oe ae 517 createSubProductEOdE iii a A A iia Gain 518 O Inductive Automation nenameSubProductGod es ccoo ose s sod cashed cedstbecn essed sh ecessalads bas ween Arae E Sra E aE 519 delete SUDPrOdUCICOAS ccoo A 520 setPathRecipeV ll cocida lid dai 521 revertPathRecipeV AlUeS cccccecccccesecceeeeeeeeeeeaeecesaeeceaeeeeaceceeaeeceaeeeeaceceeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeesaeseeeeseeessieeeeneeees 522 COALS REGIS Sis s O dotese tack eescatenee 523 PENAME RECIPE ii ais 524 delete REC IDG eve sn iii tidad 525 AO MENTOR EC iii asis 526 CMA NC 527 GetChangGelogHis tOL Yin A A A da RE GetRECipe UV AIMCES o iia E EEE dai getltemRecipeList getCurrentitemRecipe GetRecipev AMES ci A A dado isltemRecipeMonitoringEnabled ccccceeeccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeceeaeeeeaeeseaeeseeaeeseaeeseaaeseeeeeneessieeeesaeees 533 SEtSMRE NN cancelltemRecipe readitemCurrentV alues EXPORT IES IMPOR CIPS ic A a E dic Recipe Valle Scripts viii ii o A o sica Evaluate Variance Salina idas 538 Request Value SCriptin e r e a a late 539 Object Refe rene vvsseccccaiecscsessssvsvectessesvsssecvec
298. enultemName Show Run Actual vs Scheduled Inductive Automation Event Properties event menultemName event linePath event date event schedulelD event runiD event runName event startDate event endDate newEvent Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 155 RunName event runName system gui messageBox RunName User Menu Item Clicked Returns the menu name of selected user menu item Data Type String Returns the line path corresponding to where the user menu item was Clicked Data Type String Returns the date corresponding to where the user menu item was clicked Data Type Date Returns the schedule ID of the event where the user menu item was clicked If no event exists then it will return 1 Data Type Integer Returns the run ID of the event where the user menu item was clicked If no event exists then it will return 1 Data Type Integer Returns the run name of the event where the user menu item was clicked If no event exists then it will return blank Data Type String Returns the start date of the event where the user menu item was clicked If no event exists then it will return None Data Type Date Returns the end date of the event where the user menu item was clicked If no event exists then it will return None Data Type Date Fired when the new event menu item is selected by a right mouse click Use selected component properties to create and add a new schedule Example T
299. er See Recipe Value Import Export for more information This is because the recipe value definitions are tightly tied to production items equipment and tags both of which cannot be created in the client To export the recipe values in the client right click on a line cell cell group or location underneath the line and select the export menu item A file chooser dialog will appear to select or enter a file name to export to The file format is a comma separated values CSV and contains the following columns e Recipe Name Value_Name Item_Path Description Units Data_Type Format Recipe_Value Assigned_By Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 441 To import recipe values in the client right click on a line cell cell group or location underneath the line and select the import menu item A file chooser dialog will appear to select or enter a file name to import to The file format is a comma separated values CSV and must contain the following columns e Recipe Name e Value_Name e ltem_Path e Recipe Value All other columns will be ignored during the import Also all values must be surrounded with quotes including the recipe value During importing the recipe value will be converted to the appropriate data type that the recipe value is defined as which is based on the tag it is associated Recipe values can be imported for multiple recipes and production items combinations in one import operation as defined with the Re
300. er components The term invisible component means that this component appears during design time but is not visible during runtime In cases where the SPC Selector offers too many options to the use this component can be used It has all of the same functionality as the SPC Selector but without the user interface This means property bindings or script must be used to make the filter compare by and data point selections It also is used for providing data to canned reports and optionally allowing the user to make limited filter options To display the SPC results of this component in a control charts bind the SPC Results property of the control chart to the SPC Results property of this component Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Inductive Automation Automatic Update Auto Refresh Row Limit SPC Data Format Start Date SPC Quality 310 When true when any property that changes the results the results will automatically be updated Scripting name automaticUpdate Data Type Boolean If true the SPC results will be updated every time a new sample is added for the selected sample definition and location Scripting name autoRefresh Data Type Boolean The number of samples to return in the SPC Results This is done to unburden the database network bandwidth and memory Scripting name autoRefresh Data Type Boolean This property
301. erial communication number of stop bits Select from the following Stop Bits 1 Stop Bits 2 Serial communication flow control methods Select from the following NONE CTS DTR CTS RTS DSR DTR XON XOFF The default number of milliseconds to wait while reading data Character encoding of the data If checked clears the receive buffer before sending data If checked corrects any combination of end of line characters to carriage return CR and line feed LF If checked the port will be polled at the requested rate The rate in milliseconds to poll the port The script to run for each polled request When writing scripts you can use the event object to reference methods in the Serial Controller component that this Instrument Interface is assigned Example import time port event getSerialController port clearBuffer port writeString Ar time sleep 0 5 port writeString As time sleep 0 5 vent setReceivedData port readString Instrument Interface Module 554 Accept Unsolicited If checked the port will can accept requests without being solicited Request 5 4 Parse Template This page configures a parsing template of this instrument interface configuration It allows a visual way to define the individual data points to extract from the raw text returned from the instrument The text represents what is returned from a instrument and is displayed in a fixed character width Multiple
302. ers see the Filter By paragraph in the Analysis Screen section Area Enterprise Line Package Count Product Code Production Units Run Site Compare By These are the comparisons that are available in the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module However in addition to these comparisons additional factors may be available if they are string data type All additional factors start with Factor For example Factor Operator A comparison allows one data point to be compared between all areas days etc For more information on comparisons see the Compare By paragraph in the Analysis Screen section Area Enterprise Line Package Count Product Code Production Units Run Site Data Points These are the data points that are available in the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module However in addition to these comparisons additional factors may be available if they are string data type All additional factors start with Factor For example Factor Operator Data points are the different values that will be presented or compared on a graph or chart For more information on data points see the Data Point paragraph in the Analysis Screen section Area Enterprise Line Loading Actual Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 221 Loading Scheduled OEE OEE Availability OEE Performance OEE Quality Package Count Product Code Production Units Run Shift Site TEEP Actual TEEP Scheduled 2 9 Miscellaneous
303. esent anything that samples will be tracked by except for the product code Sample Coming Due If true a sample is coming due for this location Boolean Read Only Sample Due If true a sample is due for this location Boolean Read Only Sample Overdue If true a sample is overdue for this location Boolean Read Only Sample Waiting Approval If true an unapproved sample is waiting to be Boolean approved for this location Read Only Sequence Date The date and time that the current shift started Date This is used for retrieving results based on a Read Only production day and not days that are split at midnight Sequence No A number that is 0 at the beginning of a production Int4 run and increments at the beginning of every shift Read Only Shift The current shift based on the shift start times Int4 configured for the production location Read Only Shift 1 The current Shift 1 enabled state for the production Boolean Enabled location It reflects the Shift 1 Enabled property for the location in the designer The initial value of this property is determined by the Shift 1 Initial Enabled State property for the production location in the designer lt can be changed from the initial value Shift 1 The current Shift 1 Start Time time for the DateTime Start Time production location If the associated Shift 1 Start O Inductive Automation Shift 2 Enabled Shift 2 Start Time Shift 3 Enabled Shift 3 Start Time Signal Out Of Control Trace Ena
304. estrict opening the windows based on authentication roles the currently logged in user belongs to Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 444 4 1 9 Recipe Scaling Recipe Scaling When using recipes for batch or other processes that can change based on the amount that is produced recipe scaling will adjust recipe values based on a recipe scale value In the recipe value configuration there is an Enable Scaling setting that can be selected If the Enable Scaling setting is selected for a recipe value then whenever a recipe is selected for a production line cell cell group or location the value from the recipe will be scaled by the value in the RecipeScale tag as shown in the image below Enabling recipe scaling is done for each individual recipe value This supports scaling some of the recipe values while not scaling others as might be the case in the example shown below By default each production item s Enable Scaling setting is false and must be selected before the RecipeScale value will be applied Recipe Ignition Tags Ingredient 1 Ingredient 2 gt 15 15 Ingredient 3 50 2 1 5 Agitator Speed 8 2 15 Mix Time Recipe Scale Recipe Scaling The RecipeScale is a production OPC item that exists for each production line cell cell group or location By default the RecipeScale is 1 0 and recipe values will not change when recipes are selected When selecting a recipe for a line all of the cells cell
305. etMaxValue Object Returns the maximum value that the value can be as defined in the Ignition tag This is different from the recipe value security that depends on the authenticated user See Recipe Security for more information getUnits Object Returns the units as defined in the Ignition tag getFormat Object Returns the format as defined in the Ignition tag getAssignedBy Object Returns the recipe or production item default value where the recipe value is inherited from If the recipe value is not inherited it will be the name of the recipe where it was overridden getCategory Object Returns the MES module that created the recipe value Where 1 is recipe value created by the recipe module 2 is recipe value created by the OEE module and 3 is recipe value created by the SPC module Example itemPath event source parent getComponent Production Line Selector Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 545 selectedPathWithoutProject valueList system recipe getDefaultValueltems itemPath if valueList None system gui messageBox Count Sd valueList size for itemRecipeValue in valueList system gui messageBox Ss s itemRecipeValue getName itemRecipeValue getValue 4 7 3 4 RecipeTag A RecipeTag object contains details about a recipe value It reflects the properties that are configured in the designer when the recipe value was added plus some live
306. eu ru Pu ou u ou Aw Precomng aoti Dunia EER 8 y88333 3 ua we Pomo A Ama Date Oct 5 7 2091 Packaping Line Producten Court Processing Line Productos Court ST an w E i me ns e au iS Ss Date Oct 5 2051 1 f E Dorama Miren m Occwrencet arras B Occwwencer L mets o8 8 8 8 Packaging Line Waste Count Processing Line Waste Count Area Summary Screen Line Graph Settings There are many settings for lines graphs which can be adjusted by right clicking on a line graph These options can be used to improve graphs and select specific areas to save and print Mode Zoom Allows the user to click and drag over the specific area of the graph that he or she wants to enlarge Pan Allows the user to click and drag to move to a different area of the graph Mark Gives the domain and range values of a single line at 12 00 AM on the day selected by clicking on the graph X trace Gives the domain value of all lines on the graph at 12 00 AM on the day selected by clicking on the graph Background The background color of a line graph is white by default but may be changed to black to allow the user to see lighter colors Zoom Allows the user to zoom in or out along the domain axis the range axis or both axes Can also be used with bar graphs Auto Range Automatically selects the best range of values for the domain axi
307. evaluation of control limits and out of control signals without human intervention e Alerting of out of control conditions e Customizable screens e An much more The SPC module is very powerful but some implementations need more functionality or different functionality than what is originally included The SPC module sits on top of the Ignition platform which allows for configuring it to accommodate the desired functionality 3 1 1 SPC Charts Here is a brief overview of the control charts in the Quality modules The control charts can be separated into three groups value charts attribute charts and analysis charts On all charts it is possible to add assignable causes and notes to explain a data point A sample note can be entered on the Lab or Test Stations page when the sample is first entered This can be done by selecting a sample then clicking Add Note An attribute note is added directly from an SPC chart by right clicking on a data point and selecting Set Note from the drop down list In addition to attribute notes an assignable cause can also be added in this way Assignable causes can also be saved for future use O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 225 Out of Control Signals and Control Limits can also be added to the graphs Value Charts X Bar Range Chart The X Bar Range Chart is used when there are multiple measurements taken in one sample For example if the pH is taken for five different pieces of product the five dif
308. event properties e getSample Sample Returns the sample for which the approval state changed See Sample section more information e isApproval boolean Returns true if the sample has been approved e isUnapproval boolean Returns true if the sample has been unapproved Example Add 1 to an unrelated SQLTag value val system tag getTagValue Default Quality Test Sample Approval Updated val val 1 system tag writeToTag Default Quality Test Sample Approval Updated val 1 3 6 1 4 Sample Coming Due Event When a sample due state changes to COMING_DUE any script in this event is run It is provided to allow for the performance of other actions such as alerts when sample is coming due event properties e getSample Sample Returns the sample that just became due See Sample section more information e getState SampleDueStateTypes Returns the current sample due state See Sample Due State Types for more information Example 3 6 1 5 Sample Due Event When a sample due state changes to DUE any script in this event is run It is provided to allow for the performance of other actions such as alerts when sample is due event properties e getSample String Returns the sample that just became due See Sample section more information e getState SampleDueStateTypes Returns the current sample due state See Sample Due State Types for more information O Inductive Automation SPC Qual
309. ew filters setProjectName projectName filters setVarianceEntryType Recipe filters setVarianceScopeTypes Last filters setltemPath itemPath Request the variances for the given filters ds system recipe getRecipeVariances filters event source parent getComponent Table data ds Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 530 4 7 1 16 getltemRecipeList system recipe getItemRecipeList projectName itemPath recipeFilter Return the current recipes available for a production item This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type String itemPath The item path to a production line cell cell group or location For example Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type SEEING recipeFilter Optional recipe filter The filter can contain and wild card characters Data Type String returns List lt String gt Example itemPath event source parent getComponent Production Line Selector selectedPathWithoutProject Request the available recipes for the selected production item list system recipe getItemRecipeList itemPath Recipe C for recipeName in list system gui messageBox recipeName Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 531 4 7
310. exist only one file is processed because the ParseResults are returned parameters none returns Returns a ParseResults object containing all the values that were parsed from the raw data See ParseResults object reference for more information about reading values from the ParseResults object Data Type ParseResults read fileName Check existence of and process one files If multiple files exist only one file is processed because the ParseResults are returned parameters fileName File path to file to process if it exists Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 564 Data Type String returns Returns a ParseResults object containing all the values that were parsed from the raw data See ParseResults object reference for more information about reading values from the ParseResults object Data Type ParseResults parseText template text Parses the given text by using the template of templateName parameters templateName The template to use for parsing the text Data Type SECing text The text to be parsed Data Type SECLng returns A ParseResults object see ParseResults object for information about accessing parsed values contained in the parse results Data Type ParseResults Sample script for the onAfterParse event Is demonstrates displaying each parsed value in a label component parseResults event getParseResults if parseResults isValid event source parent getComponent LabelDate text
311. ey will be added to the filters as shown below To minimize the number of filter options reduce the date range defined by the Start Date and End Date properties and the associated filter values will be shown Because values collected from different locations being shown together does not make sense a location must be added to the Filter By section SPC Settings Filter By add Factor Lot Number Location Line 1 Quality Location Control Limits add Line 1 Quality p LEL Product Code ida Reference No hina 5 le A dB ample rove np UCL ple App y Signals add Sample Taken By A T a Fee Filter By List Inductive Automation SPC Quality 303 Sample definitions can have more than one attribute At the time sample data is recorded each attribute will have a value associated with it For example when collecting viscosity reading it may also be important to know the temperature But showing and making calculations on a viscosity value of 10000 with a temperature value of 75 2 does not make sense The SPC Selector allow selecting a single attribute as shown below If a attribute type of sample definition is selected then the Attribute section will not appear This is because with attribute charts all attributes are included and shown For example if a sample definition has an attribute for Torn Discolored Pitted etc then all will show in the table and included in the calculations SPC Settings Filter By add
312. f seconds to cache analysis results Analysis is used to compare recipes view recipe change logs or view recipe variance logs 4 3 2 Production Model Configuration A production model defines your manufacturing or process in tree view form It provides an organized way to easily configure control and analyze your facility lt starts with your enterprise which represents your company and continues down to the site physical location area line and cells Recipe values can be added to lines cell cell groups or locations If you are using the OEE Downtime module and have already purchased cells you can add recipe values to them Likewise if you are using the SPC module and have already purchased locations you can add recipe values to them If you are using only using the Recipe module then using locations is much more cost effective then using cells 4 3 2 1 Production Model The production model is configured within the Ignition designer and is accessed by selecting the Production folder in the project browser From here your enterprise site area s line s and cell s can be added renamed and deleted Project Browser o gt Eg Configuration F gt E Production f gt Your Enterprise k 1 B Your Site 1 g amp Your Area gt a Line 1 F m Filler f Capper j Labeler E Inspection Case Packer L w Palletizer f j el Line 2 r gf acti a Y a Production Model Tree Inductive
313. f the following properties Automatic When true when any property that changes the results will change the Update results will automatically be updated Scripting name automaticUpdate Data Type Boolean Table Data This property holds data in a format that is optimized for binding to a table component Scripting name tableData Data Type Dataset Inductive Automation Data Format Chart Data Line Chart Data Drill Down Options Previous Drill Down Enabled Provider Name Filter Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 101 This property specifies the type of data to return from the server Options Table Only data optimized for tables will be included in the results Chart Only data optimized for charts will be included in the results Both Table and chart data will be included in the results Scripting name dataFormat Data Type AnalysisDataFormat values Table Chart Both This property holds data in a format that is optimized for binding to pie and bar chart component such as the Production Bar Chart and Production Pie Chart Scripting name Data Type chartData Dataset This property holds data in a format that is optimized for binding to a line chart component Scripting name Data Type lineChartData Dataset This property holds the drill down options appropriate for the current filter and compare by settings Scripting name Data Type drillDownOptions Dataset This property indic
314. f the workday routine entries that are active for the production site One folder will exist for each area that has been configured in the Ignition Designer The folder can be opened to view all values within the area Optionally this property can be set to a description for the site lt is not used by the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module other than for reference This reflects the site Enabled property in the Designer If the site Enabled is set to true then the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module will perform calculations for the site and all areas lines and cells within it If this property is set to false then none of the areas lines or cells will have calculations performed This reflects the name of the site that is set in the designer This reflects the site Default Shift 1 Start Time property in the Designer See Site Configuration for more details This reflects the site Default Shift 2 Start Time property in the Designer See Site Configuration for more details This reflects the site Default Shift 3 Start Time property in the Designer See Site Configuration for more details String Boolean String Read Only DateTime Read Only DateTime Read Only DateTime Read Only The area folder contains some properties associated with the production area and a folder for each production ine within it The name is the same as the area name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Your Area
315. ferent measurements will show up in the X Bar Range table If all of these values are added together and then divided by the number of measurements taken it will equal the average value or x bar This is what is graphed on the X Bar chart When the lowest value is subtracted from the highest value this equals the range which is graphed on the Range chart The range shows the overall consistency of the attribute being measured The larger the range is the less consistent the measurements are If a point is not consistent with the rest of the data and is affecting other calculated values this data point can be deleted This will allow other calculated values such as the x double bar and control limits to reflect the data more accurately X double bar is the average of all the averages or the average of all the data points shown on the graph Control limits are calculated to show where most data points on the graph will fall provided the process is not out of control The X Bar Range chart should be used when data is generated frequently and is variable This chart is useful for detecting small changes in the process and when multiple measurements are taken to represent a larger group of product Individuals Chart The Individuals Chart is similar to the X Bar Range Chart However only one measurement is taken per sample instead of multiple This means that the X Bar will always be the same value as the measurement and a moving range will be calcu
316. few seconds as it is installing and making all of the configuration changes to run the OEE Demo If the OEE Demo has already been installed then there will be a note stating so If a database connection has not been installed a note will appear stating a database connection is needed before installing the demo Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 25 Logged in as admin log out OEE Downtime and Scheduling Demo Installer To install the OEE Downtime and Schedule Demo Project click the Install OEE Downtime and Scheduling demo link By installing the demo SQLTags OEEDemo project and Production Simulator will be installed To remove the demo they will have to be removed individually Install OEE Downtime and Scheduling demo Note Install the OEEDemo to experience the features of the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module Demo Installation Page 2 2 2 User Interface This section will walk through the user screens of the OEE Demo As you are going through this section it is important that you keep in mind that these screens are just provided for demo training and to reduce the time required to get up and running They can be modified deleted or add new screens using the Ignition designer But we will save that for the next section To start the OEE Demo go to the home section in the gateway and click on the launch button as shown below Ignition by inductive automation Developer Mode Home Status Configure Laun
317. figuration ag Production gt Your Enterprise 1 Your Site EA New Area O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 60 Area General Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the desired area item contained in the site folder in the project browser and then selecting the General tab Enabled By default added areas are enabled It can be disabled by un checking the Enabled setting and saving the project This will stop the OEE downtime and scheduling module from executing the area and all line s and cell s that are underneath it Description This is an optional description and is just for your reference Shift 1 Default Enabled If checked shift 1 will be included during scheduling If not checked shift 1 will be scheduled around To inherit the shift enabled from the from the site select the Inherit From Parent option Default Start The time of day that first shift starts The first shift ends at the start of second shift To Time inherit the time of day that first shift starts setting from the site select the Inherit From Parent option Shift 2 Default Enabled If checked shift 2 will be included during scheduling If not checked shift 2 will be scheduled around To inherit the shift enabled from the from the site select the Inherit From Parent option Default Start The time of day that second shift starts The second shift ends at the start of third Time shift To inherit the time of day that second
318. finition getNew Gateway system quality definition getNew Parameters none Returns SampleDefinition new sample definition instance Scope client gateway 3 6 3 2 1 2 getSampleDefinition system quality definition getSampleDefinition by definition ID Description Inductive Automation SPC Quality 414 Returns a reference to the sample definition with a matching ID The ID is generated by the database when the sample definition was first saved Syntax Client system quality definition getSampleDefinition int sampleDefID Gateway system quality definition getSampleDefinition String projectName int sampleDefID Parameters int sampleDefID Database created ID for the sample definition String projectName Name of the Ignition SPC project Returns SampleDefinition A reference to the matching sample definition Scope client gateway system quality definition getSampleDefinition by definition name Description Returns a reference to the sample definition with a matching name Syntax Client system quality definition getSampleDefinition String sampleDefName Gateway system quality definition getSampleDefinition String projectName String sampleDefName Parameters String sampleDefName The name given to the sample definition when it was created String projectName Name of the Ignition SPC project Returns SampleDefinition A reference to the matching sample definition Scope client gateway
319. ft 2 Start Time gt Shift 3 Start Time Area Child Folders Line One folder will exist for each Line that has been configured in the Ignition Designer The folder can be opened to view all values within the line RecipeValue Any recipe values that are configured for the production area will appear in this folder Properties Description Optionally this property can be set to a description for the area It is String not used by the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module other than for reference Enabled This reflects the site Enabled property in the Designer If the area Boolean Enabled is set to true then the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module will perform calculations for the area and all lines and cell within it If this property is set to false then none of the ines or cells will have calculations performed Name This reflects the name of the area that is set in the designer String Read Only 46 4 Line Description The line folder contains some properties associated with the production line and a folder for each production cell within it The name is the same as the ine name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Line 1 of the OEEDemo project Inductive Automation gt dp Production EA Child Folders Recipe Changeover 507 3 OEEDemo 2 5 Your Enterprise 2 3 Your Site E a 3 Workday Routine 5 Your Area 2 3 Line 1 E Additional Factors 9
320. full path name of the line starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type Seeing productCode The new product code for the line to run next Data Type Siring enable Set to 0 to disable 1 to enable Data Type Integer O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 202 system schedule selectRun projectName linePath schedulelID Select the schedule entry to run on the specified line The schedulelD can be obtained from the Schedule database table If the line is currently in a production run it will have to be ended before setting a new product code The schedule entry must be valid with a work order and product code appropriate for the line parameters projectName The project name that contains the specified line path Data Type String linePath The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the line starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String scheduleID The value from the ID column of the schedule database table Data Type Hs get os jes returns successful Returns true if the new schedule entry for the line has successfully been selected Data Type Boolean system schedule selectNextRun projectName linePath Select the next schedule entry to run on the specified line The next schedule entry is the row in the database Schedule
321. functionality of the operator screen but it can also be handled programmatically It should only be changed when Enable Run is false The description for the current Product Code The current package count of the primary outfeed The current hourly production rate of the primary product outfeed See Production Rate Calculation for more details The current production rate per minute of the primary product outfeed See Production Rate Calculation for more details The units of the production rate This reflects the units defined in the primary product outfeed See Product Outfeed for more details This reflects the value of the Run Disabled Reason Code setting in the designer The total amount of unplanned downtime in minutes for the current production run The total minutes that have elapsed from the start of the production run This is the unique identification number that was generated by the database when a row is inserted into the Run table It can be used to associate external data to a production run The ideal production count to the minute for the current production run based on the standard rate This is based on the time the line is scheduled to run The total amount of planned downtime in minutes for the current production run The total production count that has been produced for the current production run It is in the primary product outfeed units OEE Downtime 172 Int4 Read Only String
322. g then the end user can filter and group by the additional factor If the SQLTag is a number the option to filter and group by the additional factor will not be shown to the end user The SQLTag can be manually typed or pasted into the Factor SQLTag edit box Optionally clicking on the IS icon will display a browser where a SQLTag can be selected Editing an Additional Factor To edit an existing additional factor right click on the desired entry in the additional factor table and select the Edit menu item A dialog box similar to the add dialog box will appear allowing editing of the additional factor Deleting an Additional Factor To remove an existing additional factor entry right click on the desired entry in the additional factor table and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you want to remove the additional factor The additional factor will no longer be logged However any production runs that occurred before the additional factor was deleted will still show in the analysis and reporting Line Schedule Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the ine item contained in the area folder in the project browser and then selecting the Schedule tab as shown below See the Site Schedule Settings section for more information on workday routines If no area workday routine entries are entered then they will be inherited from the production area as shown below Inductive Automation OEE Downti
323. g the selected interval defines how often to create a new sample For example on every 100th value change of a checkweigher value create a new sample and record the current value Or every 10 minutes while a process is running create a sample and record the current temperature The measurement data can come from a variety of sources including any OPC connected device values from external databases manual entries etc Inductive Automation SPC Quality 276 Any samples that are automatically created and recorded by a Tag Sample Collector are automatically approved and will appear in the control charts By setting the Auto Refresh property of either the SPC Selector or SPC Controller components new samples will appear in the control charts in real time as they are created In addition the appropriate events found on the Advanced tab for the production location will be executed Tag Sample Collectors can be added edited or deleted on the Location page of the designer under the Quality tab 3 3 6 2 Add Sample Collectors To add a Tag Sample Collector right click the Tag Sample Collector table and select New from the drop down menu A window will appear with several fields to be completed including the name of the tag sample collector as well as the tag path and other properties required r Y Edit Tag Sample Collectors 2e Enabled Y Name Line 1 Checkweigher S Tag Path lQualityPackaging Line 1 Checkweigherweigt
324. g locationPath A valid path to a location to base the new sample for String projectName Name of the Ignition SPC project Returns Sample A reference to the existing sample or the newly created sample Scope client gateway Example Inductive Automation SPC Quality 418 sampleUUID system gui getParentWindow event getComponentForPath Root Container SampleUUID locationPath system gui getParentWindow event getComponentForPath Root Container LocationPath This will return a sample for the sampleUUID If the sampleUUID is blank it will return a new sample sample system quality sample data getCreateSampleByName sampleUUID Viscosity locationPath 3 6 3 2 2 5 getSample system quality sample data getSample Description Return a sample that matches the sampleUUID parameter Syntax Client system quality sample data getSample String sampleUUID Gateway system quality sample data getSample String projectName String sampleUUID Parameters String sampleUUID Sample UUID to lookup String projectName Name of the Ignition SPC project Returns Sample A reference to the existing sample Scope client gateway Example sampleUUID system gui getParentWindow event getComponentForPath Root Container SampleUUID sample system quality sample data getSample sampleUUID 3 6 3 2 2 6 updateSample system quality sample data updateSample Description Update
325. g the desired Production OPC Values over to the SQLTags Browser as depicted below Inductive Automation SPC Quality 369 OPC Browser x lt Default gt 8 lt i Ignition OPC UA Server Production OEEDemo amp Your Enterprise J E SQLTags Browser og x Y o n orkday Routine ABU gt m sd Your Area Tag Value Datatype H gt Default Shift 1 Start Time Tags lt gt Default Shift 2 Start Time A Line 1 Default Shift 3 Start Time os 3 Line 2 PS Description e aa Name Your Site String Name E 3 Client gt Description gt G System Enabled h All Providers gt Name Add Production OPC Server Values to SQLTags Important When writing to OPC values that are related to production model settings the new value is not retained upon restarting This is because production model settings are saved in the Ignition project and is only saved when done so in the designer 3 5 2 SPC OPC Value Reference This references details the OPC values and child folders for node types that appear when browsing the Production OPC Server For each property the Ignition data type is listed and if it is read only The Ignition data types correspond to the data types that are available for SQLTags Within this reference the Read Only means that the OPC value cannot be written to through the OPC Production Server It can only be set in the designer or it is a
326. g to make the Location Sample List appear as desired Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Location Path Set to a valid path of a production location item to show samples for that location Scripting name locationPath Data Type SECTAS Tag Optionally set to a value to filter the samples by Scripting name locationPath Data Type String Read Only When set to true prevents the popup menu from appearing when the user right clicks on the Location Sample List component Scripting name readOnly Data Type boolean Show Waiting Approval When set to true includes samples that are waiting approval Scripting name showWaitingApproval Data Type boolean Show Approved Samples When set to true includes samples that have been approved Scripting name showApprovedSamples Data Type boolean Show Due Samples When set to true includes samples that are due Scripting name showDueSamples Data Type boolean O Inductive Automation Show Coming Due Samples Show Overdue Samples Show Removed Samples Sort Type Enable Note Editing Start Date End Date Product Code Reference No Events SPC Quality 294 When set to true includes samples that are coming due Scripting name showDueSamples Data Type boolean When set to true includes samples that are overdue Scripting name showOverdueSamples Data Type boolean When set to true includes samples that have been previously
327. gged along with the Factors production and downtime information Once they are logged they can be shown in Charts tables and reports Additionally other analysis can be done by filtering and or setting up comparisons by their values Any value that can be read from an Ignition SQLTag can be added as a additional factor This includes values from barcode readers databases calculations PLCs or values derived from scripts etc Example An additional factor named cardboard manufacturer can be added The operator can select the manufacturer that provided the cardboard or it can be obtained from some other source Now OEE and downtime results can be shown for each cardboard manufacturer This can identify quality problems with raw material that directly affect efficiencies O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 63 Below is an example of an operator additional factor The operators name will be logged along with the production and downtime data By doing so OEE and downtime information can be filtered and grouped by the operator name Line 1 Line Production Item General Down Time Schedule Advanced Enabled M Description Line 1 Description Shift 1 Start Time Inherit From Parent z Shift 2 Start Time inherit From Parent x Shift 3 Start Time Additional Factors Lota O ss o mn ot Additional Factor List Adding an Additional Factor To add an additional factor right click anywhere o
328. ght click on it and select Rename then enter the new name Important Note It is extremely important to understand production OPC values have an OPC item path that matches the layout of the production model and that renaming production items can cause Ignition tags Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 464 associated with a production item to stop being updated See Production OPC Server for more information Deleting an Area To remove an existing production area right click on the area item and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the production area Please note that the line s cell s cell group s and location s underneath the area will also be permanently removed Project Browser E x Eg Configuration 4 aS Production gt gt Your Enterprise New Area Area General Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the desired area item contained in the site folder in the project browser and then selecting the General tab Enabled By default added areas are enabled It can be disabled by un checking the Enabled setting and saving the project This will stop the MES modules from executing the area and all line s cell s cell group s and location s that are underneath it Description This is an optional description and is just for your reference Recipe Values Recipe values can be added to areas but tags cannot be associated with them T
329. ground Data Foreground Data Font Calc Background Inductive Automation SPC Quality 341 The foreground color of the sample date values Scripting name dateForeground Data Type Color The font to display the sample date values Scripting name dateFont Data Type Font The date formatting pattern to display the sample dates Scripting name dateFormat Data Type Serving The background color of the labels Scripting name labelBackground Data Type Coles The foreground color of the labels Scripting name labelForeground Data Type Coler The font to display the labels Scripting name labelFont Data Type Font The background color of the measurement data values Scripting name dataBackground Data Type Color The foreground color of the measurement data values Scripting name dataForeground Data Type Cada The font to display the measurement values Scripting name dataFont Data Type PONE The background color of the calculated data values Scripting name calcBackground Data Type Color SPC Quality 342 Calc Foreground The foreground color of the calculated data values Scripting name calcForeground Data Type Color Calc Font The font to display the calculated values Scripting name calcFont Data Type Font Chart Properties Show Primary Chart If true the primary chart will appear Scripting name showPrimaryChart Data Type boolean Show Secondary Chart If true the seconda
330. groups and locations beneath the line will also be set to the same recipe provided they are enabled Also each cell cell group and location RecipeScale value will be set to match that of the line This enables simple recipe selection for a line without the tedious task of selecting each machine underneath the line 4 1 10 Variance Monitoring Variance Monitoring In most manufacturing systems it is important to know if the live production values match the recipe values There are two cases where this is important The first is when the recipe values are first written to verify that they match The second is during production in the event the live production values changed from an outside source Recipe values are written once when the recipe is first selected It is very important to confirm that the values were successfully set In the case of the Recipe Changeover Module when a recipe is selected the values are written to the Ignition tags This should happen successfully but there can be expressions scripts etc that prevent the value from being written correctly This is more of an issue when the Ignition tag is configured as a OPC item connecting it to the PLC or other device If a communication error occurs Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 445 when the new recipe value was being written to the PLC or device then it is very useful to know this before machinery is started It is very common to have operator interface term
331. guration section by selecting the Databases gt Connections section from the left hand configuration menu See the Ignition documentation for more information on setting up a database connection Below shows a typical database connection that is required for the Recipe module Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 459 Database Connections Name Description JDBC Driver Translator Status ProductionDB Microsoft SQLServer JDBC Driver MSSQL VALID edit Create new Database Connection Note For details about a connection s status see the Database Connection Status page Sample Database Connection To change the MES module settings go to the configuration section in the gateway and select the MES Modules gt Settings section from the left hand side configuration menu Once a database connection is created and if only one database connection exists then it will be automatically selected to be used by the MES modules If more than one database connection exists then the desired database connection can be selected to be used by the MES modules as shown below MES Module Settings REOR DEMODB Database The database connection to store runtime production data Stop all production runs before changing this setting Data Retention 30 Duration Number of days to retain runtime production data Analysis Datasource DEMODB Analysis The database connection to store historical analysis production
332. h sample It does not retrieve SPC results from the SPC module so it must be used with either the SPC Selector or the SPC Controller components that do Only SPC results with p chart SPC Data Format specified will be displayed gt 1 2 0 Nonconforming Items 16 11 16 7 Total Inspected 20 20 20 20 p 80 55 80 35 00 a 4 pUCL 079 4 60 p 539 50 dz Primary Chart gt a 0 o a d pLCL 0 1 P Control Chart O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 345 Through the use of the properties listed below the appearance and functionality of this component can modified as desired Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Data Properties SPC Results SPC Data Measurement Count User Background Color Definition Name No Data Message Inductive Automation Bind this property to the SPC Results property of the SPC Controller or SPC Selector components Ther SPC Results contain all the information so that the control charts can display the results which is not possible with the data set alone Scripting name spcResults Data Type SPCResults This property holds the SPC data and includes columns for the calculated values based on the SPC Data Format and selected attribute control limits and signals Scripting name spcData Data Type Dataset This property represents the number of measurements for each sample in
333. h the addition of the following events newEvent Is fired when the New Entry menu item is selected editEvent Is fired when the Edit Entry menu item is selected deleteEvent Is fired when the Delete Entry menu item is selected Methods none Example Code The following script can be entered into the newEvent event of this component It collects the selected time when the right click occurred and opens a new window with the collected values as parameters paraml event source parent getComponent Production Line Selector selectedLinePath param2 event source parent getComponent Schedule Week View hoveredTimeLatched system nav openWindow ScheduleNew LinePath paraml CurrentDate param2 system nav centerWindow ScheduleNew Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 141 2 4 3 7 Description A component that displays scheduled entries for a selected month This extends from the Month View Component that comes with Ignition to support adding editing and deleting schedule entries All schedule entries are automatically displayed from the Schedule and other database tables without the need for custom SQL statements or script Schedule Month View When the user right clicks on a time a popup menu will appear with options to add edit or delete a schedule entry March 2011 Sunday Monday Tuesday 1 eWO_PC1A Start 3 1 6 7 8 Wednesday a WO_PC1B Start 3 2 9 Thursday 3 WO_P
334. he Run database table If this parameter is set to 1 or left blank data for the current production run for the specified production line will be returned The sequence number starts at 0 when a production run starts It is Integer incremented by one at the start of a new shift This provides a method to limit results for a single shift or production runs that span over multiple days If this parameter value is true all shifts for the production run are Boolean returned If it is false then only the shift specified by the value in Run Sequence No parameter will be returned The number of top downtime reasons to return is determined by the Integer value of this parameter This binding function returns a Dataset with a variable number of Dataset columns based in the parameter settings 2 6 2 2 Production History Description The Production History binding function is used to return historical runtime data for a production run The data for this binding function is gathered from the runtime database tables The Production History binding function can provide production run data to tables charts or other types of components If the current run is selected production data from the current production run will be returned Function Name Production History Parameters Production Line Path The ine path of the production ine that this component is String Run ID associated with This is the full path name of the ine starti
335. he Binding Function Reference section Scripting name data Data Type Dataset Inductive Automation Duration Text Enable Info Popup Run Bar Color Run Legend Text Changeover Bar Color Changeover Legend Text Planned Downtime Bar Color Planned Downtime Legend Text OEE Downtime 129 The text to show for the duration values in the info popup panel Scripting name durationText Data Type String Show an info popup when you right click on the chart Scripting nam nableInfoPopup Data Type Boolean Selects the color of the running section of the chart Scripting name runColor Data Type Colgar Set the text that will appear in the legend that represents the running section of the chart Scripting name runLegend Data Type Strang Selects the color of the changeover section of the chart Scripting name changeoverColor Data Type Color Set the text that will appear in the legend that represents the changeover section of the chart Scripting name changeoverLegend Data Type Seer Selects the color of the planned downtime section of the chart Scripting name plannedDowntimeColor Data Type Color Set the text that will appear in the legend that represents the planned downtime section of the chart Scripting name plannedLegend Data Type String Unplanned Downtime Bar Color Selects the color of the unplanned downtime section of the chart Unplanned Downtime Legend Text Inductive Automa
336. he Control Limits table and select New from the drop down menu A window will appear with several fields to be completed including the name and kind of the control limit as well as the scripting necessary to use the control limit Inductive Automation SPC Quality 264 r Edit ControlLimits xs Name XBar UCL Kind xBar UCL y Calculation Script fexBar UCL Calculation 4 la Adding a Control Limit Name This is the required unique name of the control limit as it will appear in selection lists and control charts It is better to keep this short in length so that it will fit better on the control charts Kind Each type of control chart has control limit kinds that it works with If a control limit will be used with a Individual control chart then either the Individual LCL lower control limit Individual UCL upper control limit or Individual Other control limit kinds must be used Available control limits kinds grouped by control chart type XBar XBar Xbar S XBar UCL XBar LCL XBar Other XBar Range XBar Range LCL Range UCL Range Other Individual Individual Individual LCL Individual UCL Individual Other Moving Range Individual Median MR LCL MR UCL MR Other Standard Deviation XBar S Standard Deviation LCL Standard Deviation UCL Standard Deviation Other Median Median Median LCL Median UCL O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 265 Median Other p p Chart p LCL p U
337. he Downtime Reasons and the Reason Selection Method property of the table The selectable reasons will be displayed in a pop up panel tree view type control when the reason column is clicked on the desired row The reason tree view layout can be controlled by several properties see property description below such as height width font and icons for selectable and non selectable reasons When editing a reason with the Reason Selection Method set to Original Cell the user will presented with a tree view of the appropriate reasons for the original cell O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 118 FTUUUCUON RUN Suus raro Scheduled Entry WO 5000 units per hour 06 26 09 Line Status E Chopper Product Code PC_5000ph Rate O Motor off Targets 5000 units per hour for Standard Rat H O MCP Tripped Quantity 5000 Scheduled R H E3 Relay Faulted Units Lbs Overload Run Started 06 26 11 31 AM O stall Estimated Finish 07 17 10 07 AM mO Jam Operator Krystal Heede pO Underioad Comm Fault Start End Resume Hardware Fault Downtime Reasons Tue 09 58 01 AM Finisher 1 a Tue 09 55 01 AM Tue 09 55 02 AM Chopper 1 D0 Tue 09 54 01 AM Tue 09 55 01 AM Cooker 1 00 01 00 Machine Fault G a Tue 09 44 01 AM Tue 09 54 01 AM Chopper 2 00 01 01 Motor Off G a Tue 09 42 01 AM Tue 09 44 01 AM Cooker 1 00 02 00 Operator Stop CG a Tue 09 38 01 AM Tue 09 38 02 AM C
338. he Export menu item A dialog box will appear to allow selection of an existing file or the entry of a name for the new file to which the collector entries are saved If a file extension is not entered then the default csv will be used The first line of the file must at least contain the property names separated by commas If additional names exist they will be ignored The property names can be in any order Below is a sample csv file showing multiple tag sample collector entries The lines in the example shown below have been shortened Enabled Name SQLTag Path Interval Type Interval Control Limits Signals true Line 2 Checkweigher Quality Packaging Line 2 Checkweigher Weight Every x Vali Inductive Automation SPC Quality 278 3 4 Component Reference This section is a reference for all of the components that come with the SPC Module 3 4 1 Quality Components Component Palette a a x Buttons Display Tables Calendar Bb Quality spc Production Reporting EA Ca Ea Cg Ea a 6 F 2 Eg Quality Com ponents 3 4 1 1 Definition List EA Description A component that provides a list of sample definitions A sample definition defines the attributes measurements locations control limits and out of control signals to use for samples It allows for adding editing and deleting samples and works with the Definition Attribute List Definition Location List Definition Control Limit List and Definition Sign
339. he SPC Control Chart Menu Here the user can click on the menu item to select the corresponding control chart or click on the Back to Main to return back to the main demo menu Inductive Automation Puzzle Works Inc XBar Range Individual Median XBar S P NP c U Histogram Pareto impromptu Analysis Back to Main Control Chart Menu 3 2 2 2 1 Control Charts SPC Quality 244 When a sample definition is created it will appear as an option in the Stored SPC Settings selection box gt Stored SPC Settings SQLTag Line 2 Checkwei Final Final Imperfections SOLTag LTest SGOLTag Level SGOLTag Line 1 Checkweigh SOLTag Line 2 Checkweigh Stored SPC Settings Selection Box O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 245 Note When the demo is first installed there is no SPC data After it has run for 10 minutes or so the SQLTag Line 1 Checkweigher and SQLTag Line 2 Checkweigher options will have collected a sample amount of data If any samples have been entered on the sample entry screens they will appear as well After selecting one of the Stored SPC Settings options the appropriate control chart will be shown From here other options can be selected which will be discussed later on The image below labels the major parts of the control chart The Date Range Selector is used to select the date range of samples to view It defaults to the current period of time but can be used to select samp
340. he cause for the line not being able to product It also assumes there is a primary cell that if down will cause the ine to stop producing product If the first cell is down for a reason that is not configured as Record Downtime the next cell will be checked If it is down for a reason that is configured as Record Downtime then it will be assigned as line downtime cell and reason When the second cell that caused the line downtime restarts but the first cell has not started yet because its discharge is still backed up then the original cell and reason will still be the cause until the first cell restarts a Line 1 Fille Capper Labeler Inspection Case Packe 2 Palletizer e Gf GG SG Flow of Key Reason Detection Inductive Automation 2 2 4 2 Adding Production Items New production model items can be added by right clicking on the parent item A popup menu with the available options will appear For example right clicking on the Your Area production item then clicking on the New Production Item gt New Production Line menu item will add a new line below Your Area OEE Downtime After production items are added their OEE downtime and scheduling configuration settings and runtime values are available for use in Ignition windows transaction groups scripting etc Before values from the Production OPC Server can be used they must be added to the Ignition SQLTags This is done in the designer by selec
341. he graph Mark Gives the domain and range values of a single line at 12 00 AM on the day selected by clicking on the graph X trace Gives the domain value of all lines on the graph at 12 00 AM on the day selected by clicking on the graph Background The background color of a line graph is white by default but may be changed to black to allow the user to see lighter colors Zoom Allows the user to zoom in or out along the domain axis the range axis or both axes Can also be used with bar graphs Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 40 Auto Range Automatically selects the best range of values for the domain axis the range axis or both axes to in order to see the entire graph for the date or time range selected at the bottom of the screen Can also be used with bar graphs Reset Axes Resets both axes to their original ranges 2 2 3 3 Impromptu Analysis See Data Analysis 2 2 3 4 Line Summary The Dashboard Line Summary is also similar to the Dashboard Area Summary After selecting a line the OEE Production Counts and Run Time for that line can be viewed Downtime by Cell is also available on this screen showing which cells could by upgraded or changed to improve efficiency Another important element on this screen is the Top Downtime Reasons graph which displays downtime reasons such as a labeler running out of labels and the total amount of downtime that is caused each event This increases the amount of information
342. he recipe values that are added to an area are propagated down to production lines cells cell groups and location beneath the area This provides a quick method to add recipe values that are common to all machines beneath an area It also allows for the ability to propagate a value of a recipe value down to all production items beneath the area See Production Model for more information on propagating recipe values to child production items See Recipe Types for more information about recipe values and Recipe Values for more information about configuring recipe values 4 3 2 1 4 Line Configuration Adding a Line To add a production ine right click on an area folder in the project browser and select the New Production Item gt New Production Line menu item A ine named New Line will be added to the area folder Multiple production lines can be added to a production area Renaming a Line To rename it to the name representing the production ine right click on it and select Rename then enter the new name Important Note It is extremely important to understand production OPC values have an OPC item path that matches the layout of the production model and that renaming production items can cause Ignition tags Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 465 associated with a production item to stop being updated See Production OPC Server for more information Deleting a Line To remove an existing production line right click on the l
343. he seconds since the last time a sample was scheduled There is a wealth of information in the event object that can be used to determine if a sample should be scheduled or taken See Interval Line 8 returns the duration to use In this case it is in minutes Line 9 returns the coming due minutes It is going to be used to schedule a sample prior to the time it is due so that it will show in the sample list component prior to the time it is actually due For automatic Tag Sample Collectors the coming due will be 0 and the sample will be recorded and measurements collected when the sample is created Line 12 does the actual checks to determine if a new sample should be scheduled If secsinceLast Sample equals none then it means a sample has not been scheduled for the sample definition and location that is being checked In this case anew sample should be created Lines 15 through 17 calculate the scheduled start time for the sample This is the time that the sample will appear in the sample list component and set the Sample Coming Due tag associated with the production location Line 20 sets the create sample flag that tells the SPC module to create a new sample after executing this script This can be done through script functions specifically for creating samples but this simplifies the task of doing so down to one line of script Time Interval Minutes script Time Interval Minutes from java util import Calendar Get the last time a
344. heckweigher Full Recipe Editor In addition to editing recipes default values for machines production lines cells cell groups and locations can be managed as shown in the image below The Show Item Defaults property determines if the default values root item is shown in the recipe editor See Default Values for more information Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 478 Default Values Enterprise l Site ian Default Area 1 Default 2 Line 1 6 Default Line Speed EnterpriseiSitelArea 1 Line 1 Default alue 1 Enterprise Site Default E alue 2 EnterpriseiSitelArea 1 Default y Default Value Editor Sub recipes can also be managed by setting both the Show Item Defaults and Show Sub Recipes properties to true See Sub Recipes for more information New sub recipes can be added by right clicking on the Sub Recipes node and selecting Add Sub Recipe menu item Sub recipes can also be removed renamed or etc by right clicking on the node of a sub recipe and selecting the desired menu item The Default sub recipe is always shown and cannot be renamed or deleted It is reserved for holding the default values for a machine HOE Default Values 0 Enterprise i Site a F Sub Recipes 0 Area 1 F sub Recipes pM Line 1 F Sub Recipes 7 Default Line Speed EnterpriselSitelArea 1 Line 1 Default alue 1 Enterprise Site Default 3 alue 2 EnterpriselSitel
345. her pre arranged time a production line or process may be down Example If a line is scheduled for one 8 hour shift wth two 15 minute breaks and one 30 minute lunch then the scheduled time is 7 hours determined from 8 hours 15 minute break 15 minute break 30 minute lunch If during the production run there are 25 downtime events totaling to 45 minutes of downtime then the run time is 6 hours and 15 minutes derived from 7 hours of scheduled time 45 minutes The OEE Availability of 89 is calculated by actual run time divided by scheduled run time or 6 hours 15 minutes divided by 7 hours OEE Performance OEE Performance is the ratio between the actual number of units produced and the number of units that theoretically can be produced based on the standard rate The standard rate is rate the equipment is designed for Example If a work cell is designed to produce 10 units per minute we can calculate the theoretical amount of units it can produce in a given amount of time Using the 6 hours and 15 minutes of actual run time from the above example a total of 3750 units would be produced Calculated by taking 6 hours and 15 minutes 375 minutes times 10 units per minute If the actual number of units produced is 3000 then the OEE Performance is 80 calculated by 3000 3750 OEE Quality OEE Quality is the ratio between good units produced and the total units that were started Example Taking the number of units produced from
346. hift The four icons in the upper right corner are used to select between pie chart bar chart line chart or tabular format Stored Settings bo Samples By Day e Analysis Settings Filter By add r a Po sat May 12 00 00 00 PDT Compare By add Mon May 21 00 00 00 L 2012 240 9 la og POT 2012 470 aa ay Mon May 14 00 00 00 Data Points add PDT 2012 273 9 Sample Count Fri May 18 00 00 00 PDT 2012 686 20 Tue May 15 00 00 00 PDT 2012 587 20 Wed May 16 00 00 00 A POT 2012 140 5 Thu May 17 00 00 00 PDT 2012 590 21 4 5 12 12 5 21 12 a prono pr g Jun 6 Jun 10 Jun 15 Jun 20 peepee nn pe weer pee rege T a gee Apr 20 May 1 May 0 May 11 May 10 May 21 May 26 May 31 SPC Analysis Screen jeeetpeeuwpe Apri1 Apii Apr21 The date range selector at the bottom is used to define the data range that will be included in the analysis As you change the start or end dates only the production runs that are within that range will be included in the analysis Stored Analysis Start out by creating a new analysis by clicking on the menu of the Stored Settings panel and then selecting the New menu item Next type in a name select Quality for the type and click the OK button Stored Settings Name Sample Count 0 i i A Cancel New Quality Analysis Filter By Once an stored analysis has been created or selected you can ch
347. his production item have changed If true then at least one recipe value did not write to the associated Ignition tags when the recipe was first selected If true recipe values are being monitored and recipe value variances will be logged Set to true to allow recipes to be selected for this production item This is useful when selecting a recipe for a production line and preventing selecting the same recipe for selected child production items String Read Only Boolean Read Only Boolean Read Only Double String Read Only Boolean Read Only Boolean Read Only Boolean Read Only Boolean 508 The cell folder contains some properties associated with the production cell The name is the same as the cell name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Filler of the OEEDemo project Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 509 Production 5 OEEDemo 3 Your Enterprise Gj Your Site 3 Workday Routine G Your Area Line 1 E Additional Factors Capper Y Case Packer Filler Downtime Reasons gt Accumulation Count gt Auto Calc Waste h gt CellEnabled Default Cell Enabled gt Description gt Infeed Count gt Log Downtime Details f erre in Laa Site plo eT od I sa ee CES Stantarerrate a gt Standard Rate Period L ig gt State State SQLTag Cell Child Folders
348. his wil open the OEE Demo applications schedule new window to add a new schedule entry The new schedule window requires the line path and selected date Event Properties none editEvent Event Properties none deleteEvent Event Properties none Methods OEE Downtime 156 Ww Event handlers for Line Schedule View pS SIS C Navigation 6 SetTag Value E SQL Update A Set Property LJ Script Editor E Gj menu a gt _ userMenultemClicked No Action fe mouse z Iiia amp mouseMotion Open Swap im s P EDIR Open Pass Parameters amp newEvent 4 and Center Parameter Name Value EP it LinePath selectedLinePath ig editEvent and Close This Window mers A ner anh ae amp deleteEvent CurrentDate selectedDate Dd i Y scheduleDrop O Swap ReScheduleOthers True 7 Window ScheduleNew x O Forward Back Implement the newEvent with OEE Demo existing window Fired when the edit event menu item is selected by a right mouse click Use selectedEvent from the component to get the schedulelD of the schedule item to edit Fired when the delete event menu item is selected by a right mouse click Use selectedEvent from the component to get the schedulelD of the schedule item to delete addUserMenul tem menuName Adds user menu items to the component that will display on a right click of the mou
349. hod as the attribute with the exception that more than one control limit or signal can be selected The filter by section allows for the limiting of samples that will be shown and included in the calculated values At a minimum at least one location must be specified This is because data collected from one location could be completely unrelated or in a different range than another location If this is not the case then multiple locations can be added to the filter SPC Settings Filter By add Location Line 2 Quality Attribute select Weight Control Limits add Individual LCL Individual UCL Signals add Individual Outside SPC Settings The show options allow for the appearance of the control chart to be changed By removing the Table option the table will not appear leaving only the charts and allowing more samples to be viewed at once Show Option Y Table W Upper Chart V Lower Chart 4 Horizontal Grid Lines Y Vertical Grid Lines Y Notes O Disabled Definitions Auto Refresh Control Chart Show Options O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 247 3 2 2 2 2 Analysis The analysis screen allows for free form analysis of production and quality data This data can also be filtered to include only specific criteria Additionally comparisons can be made between different factors For example sample count by operator can be analyzed or even process out of control conditions by operator by s
350. hopper 1 00 00 01 Motor Off Ga Tue 09 37 02 AM Tue 09 38 01 AM Discharge 1 00 00 59 Operator Stop G a Tue 09 20 01 AM Tue 09 31 01 AM Chopper 3 00 03 01 Motor ofr GA Tue 09 19 01 AM Tue 09 20 01 AM Cooker 1 00 01 00 Under Temperature E a 00 01 00 Editing a reason for Original Cell Tue 08 52 01 AM Tue 08 53 01 AM Cooker When editing a reason with the Reason Selection Method set to Any Cell the user will presented with a tree view of all cells and reasons This allows the user to select a more appropriate cell and reason than what was originally detected by the system O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 119 Select new reason Tue 10 36 25 AM Tue 10 36 26 AM Feeder 2 Operator uno J Production Run Status eee ndo _ gt Sorters Scheduled Entry WO 5000 units per hour 06 26 09 Line Status 1 g Chopper Product Code PC_5000ph Rate uy Targets 5000 units per hour for Standard Rat MCP Tripped Quantity 5000 Scheduled R L E3 Relay Faulted Units Lbs LJ Overload Run Started 06 26 11 31 AM HU Stall Estimated Finish 07 17 10 07 AM TU Jam Operator Krystal Heede Pie Underioad Comm Fault Start End Resume SA Hardware Fault J Finisher Downtime Reasons G Cooker Tue 10 36 31 AM Tue 10 36 33 AM Feeder 6 1 00 Tue 10 36 30 AM Tue 10 36 31 AM Feeder5 1 00 0 Tue 10 36 28 AM Tue 10 36 30 AM Feeder 4 1 00 0 Tue 10 36
351. how in popup menus within the recipe editor component Scripting name userMenultems Data Type Dataset The Dataset must have the following columns that are reference by column number when building the user menus 0 Events meunu userMenulte mClicked Event Properties event getMenultem Name event getSelectedltemPath event getSelectedRecipe event getSelectedValueName event getSelectedSubRecipe event getUser event isShowRecipes event isShowltem Defaults Inductive Automation String Node type that determines which popup menu the user menu item will appear in Valid options are Root Recipe Recipe Descendants Production Item Root Sub Recipe Sub Recipe String Text to appear for the user menu item This is also used to identify the user menu item that was clicked in the userMenultemClicked event String Ignition image path of the icon to display in the user menu item Is fired whenever a user menu item is selected Returns the name of the user menu item that triggered the event Data Type String Returns the item path of the currently selected production item Data Type String Returns the name of the currently selected recipe Data Type String Returns the name of the currently selected recipe value Data Type String Returns the name of the currently selected sub recipe Data Type String Returns the name of the logged in user Data Type String Returns true if Show Reci
352. hreshold This is the minimum number of cells that must be running within the cell group in order for the cell group to be considered running If there are five cells within a cell group and the Minimum Cells Running Threshold is 3 then three cells must be running If two out of the five cells are down there are still three cells running so the cell group is running If three out of the five cells are down there are only two cells running meaning the cell group is down because the threshold has not been met Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 72 2 3 2 1 6 Cell Configuration Adding a Cell To add a production cell right click on a line folder in the project browser and select the New Production Item gt New Production Cell menu item A cell named New Cell will be added to the ine folder Multiple production cells can be added to a production line Renaming a Cell To rename it to the name representing the production cell right click on it and select Rename then enter the new name Deleting a Cell To remove an existing production cell right click on the cell item and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the production cell Project Browser g x Lg Configuration gt aa Production gt Your Enterprise gt B Your Site gt Ek Your Area gt a Line 1 Filler E Capper E m Inspec Rename F2 m Casel Yecut Ctrl X E Palleti
353. i iia 292 A SA castes cates csssecsacesnsscessdacedenssaseenssisds dehevestatatsdeasessuchaneanapeshdeshiscesscadabenpuansansaicis date vashacatehcetaane A Kai eraa aa aAa aaae anera eo aeaa aa HE aaa Eaa Faia a aaa SPE Select did T AE E a E E A AE Stored SPC Selector KOTRO EEA ATEA TTA A EA T E A A O A O A E AN Xbar and S Chart Median and Range Chart Individu al and Range ChAT e r e a tdt a ii 338 P Chart a E afol a AE O Staats 350 WE Cart RO NR ON 355 C Chart 5 Quality OPC ValS as 367 Using OPC Values Mii Roi 368 SPC OPC Value Rete ren Ce T arrer E e aae a a r Rea a a ap AID stzassessaacevantesvootessess E E AE 369 PROJOCU E T E EATA E E E A ih Goda Hea Ma E Enterpris ens titi A A ud oa a p Dar aeae Control Limits Signals Intervals Site Area Line LOCO a AA Ad Ghia E neta Additional Factors tanion Adi atra Tag ColleCtorss a AA iin anes ath E AA E AAA 6 ScriptiNg i oir Production Location Events sirrini ieaiao aa aaa iaaa Eaa E aaah ea aiii Before Sample Updated EVent cccccccccccceeecceeeceeeeeceeeeeseeceeaeeseaeeseaeeceeaeesaeeseaeeseeeeseaeeseaeesseeeeseeessieeeeeeeess After Sample Updated Event Sample Approval Updated Event Sample Coming Due Event ca adas Sample Due ventilada Sample Interval Eve dadas Sample Overdue Event Sample Waiting Approval Event Signals Evaluated Vedia A At OEA Signal Evaluation RESU ES iii id e a iii SONS SO A O AN
354. ic properties will Properties change A dynamic property to be created for each filter category that can be bound to by other components These dynamic properties can also be set through script Events This component has standard Ignition events with the addition of the following events beforeUpdate ls fired just before SPC results are requested from the SPC module Event Properties none afterUpdate Is fired just after SPC results are requested from the SPC module Event Properties none Inductive Automation SPC Quality 313 Methods refreshInfo Causes the sample definition information to be refreshed parameters none returns nothing update Causes the SPC results to be updated parameters none returns nothing 3 4 2 4 Histogram Chart m Description The Histogram chart is used to display frequency distribution of sample measurements It does not retrieve SPC results from the SPC module so it must be used with either the SPC Selector or the SPC Controller components that do Only SPC results with Histogram SPC Data Format specified will be displayed Count 9974 9980 9986 9991 9997 10003 10009 10014 10020 10026 Values Histogram Chart Inductive Automation SPC Quality 314 Through the use of the properties listed below the appearance and functionality of this component can modified as desired Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of
355. ickly start using and evaluating the features of the Quality module By installing the QualityDemo SQLTags will be imported and an SPC Simulator and the demo Ignition project will be installed To remove the demo each of these components will have to be manually removed To install the QualityDemo project go to the configuration section in the gateway and select the MES Modules gt Quality Demo section from the left hand side configuration menu Next click on the install Quality demo link If the Quality Demo has already been installed there will be a note stating so If a database connection has not been installed a note will appear stating a database connection is needed before installing the demo Inductive Automation SPC Quality 232 Logged in as admin og out Quality Demo Installer To install the Quality Demo Project click the Install Quality demo link By installing the demo SQLTags and QualityDemo project will be installed To remove the demo they will have to be removed individually Install Quality demo Note Install the QualityDemo project to experience the features of the SPC module Demo Installation Page 3 2 2 User Interface This section is a quick walk through of the demo project that is included with the SPC Module It is intended to provide a starting point for SPC implementation It can be modified added to or completely replaced to meet you specific requirements The functio
356. ides an method for the raw data to be modified before being parsed It can be useful to remove unwanted characters or merging more data into the raw data before parsing Returns the raw data Data Type String parameters data Modified data to send to the parsing engin Data Type Data Type String returns If data is modified in this event use this function to write it back to the serial controller component before it is send to the parsing engine Data Type String Returns true if raw data exists Data Type Boolean Is fired after the raw data has been parsed event getParseResults Returns a ParseResults object containing all the values that were parsed from the raw data See ParseResults object reference for more information about reading values from the ParseResults object Data Type ParseResults The following script will get results and read a value results event getParseResults if results None if results isRequiredValid sampleNo results getValue sampleno event hasParseResults Returns true if a ParseResults object exists Inductive Automation serialPort onOpen Event Properties serialPort onClose Event Properties serialPort onSend Event Properties event getData serialPort onReceive Event Properties event getData serialPort onPoll Event Properties serialPort onError Event Properties Instrument Interface Module 569 Data Type Boolean Is fired when the serial
357. ied Scripting name addMonth Data Type Integer Add Year Used to adjust the currently selected day by a specified number of years forward or backwards If the specified number of years is positive then the current date will be adjust forward by the number of years specified If the specified number of years is negative then the current date will be adjust back by the number of years specified Scripting name addYear Data Type Integer Events This component has standard Ignition events Methods none Example Code The following script can be entered into a button s actionPerformed to change the Schedule Date Selector s Current Date back 1 day event source parent getComponent Schedule Date Selector addDay 1 2 4 3 9 Schedule Entry Controller Be Description An invisible component that provides adding editing and deleting schedule entries The term invisible component means that the control appears during design time but is not visible during runtime Scheduled entries are stored in the Schedule database table and this control handles all SQL statements duplicate checking etc This component has built in functionality to calculate finish date and time of work order type schedule entries based on the start date and time product code change over time quantity and configured workday routine breaks Alternatively schedule entries can added directly into the Schedule database table directly bypassing the
358. ied of their license state It is a two step process that can be performed automatically over the internet or manually through email or the Inductive Automation website Step 1 Enter CD Key When the software is purchased you are provided with a six digit CD key After logging into the gateway configuration go to Licensing gt Purchase or Activate and select Activate Enter your CD key Step 2a Activate over Internet lf your computer has internet access activating over the internet is the easiest option A secure file will be created with your cd key and sent to our servers The response file will then be downloaded and installed completing the entire process in seconds OR Step 2b Activate Manually If you do not have internet access on the installation machine you must activate manually In this process an activation request file is generated activation_request txt You must then take this file to a machine with internet access and email it to support inductiveautomation com or visit our website to activate there Either way will result in a license file license ipl being generated which you then must take back to the Gateway machine and enter into the License and Activation page Inductive Automation OEE Downtime Part Il inductive 800 266 7798 automation www inductiveautomation com OEE Downtime 18 2 OEE Downtime 2 1 Introduction Improving production efficiency is the key to improving profit an
359. ies with the addition of the following properties Item Path Filter Recipe Name Filter Value Name Filter Inductive Automation This is a required property to limit the variances to a single production item Example Enterprise Site Area 1 Line 1 temPathFilter Ering H Scripting name Data Type n To limit which recipes to show in the variances this property can be set This provides a method to only show recipes that are of interest to the end user The wildcard characters or can also be included in the filter value Example Recipe C Scripting name recipeNameFilter Data Type String To limit which recipe values to show in the variances this property can be set This provides a method to only show recipe values that are of interest to the end user The wildcard characters or can also be included in the filter value Scripting name valueNameFilter Data Type SEEING Sub Recipe Name Filter Show Full Details Display Variance Type Display Variance Scope Start Date End Date Data Recipe Changeover 490 To limit which sub recipes to show in the variances this property can be set This provides a method to only show sub product codes that are of interest to the end user The wildcard characters or can also be included in the filter value Scripting name subRecipeNameFilter Data Type SEring If true show recipe values when the recipe was first selected
360. ift 3 Start Time Work Order 3 5 2 6 Location Description SPC Quality 378 The current Shift 2 Start Time time for the production line If the associated Shift 2 Start Time property for the line in the designer is set to Inherit From Parent this be the time defined for the parent production area See Line Configuration for more details The current Shift 3 enabled state for the production line It reflects the Shift 3 Enabled property for the line in the designer The initial value of this property is determined by the Shift 3 Initial Enabled State property for the production line in the designer See Line Configuration for more details It can be changed from the initial value The current Shift 3 Start Time time for the production line If the associated Shift 3 Start Time property for the line in the designer is set to Inherit From Parent this be the time defined for the parent production area See Line Configuration for more details The current work order number for the current production run DateTime Read Only Boolean DateTime Read Only String Read Only The location folder contains properties associated with the production location The production location can reside under a production line or directly under a production area The name is the same as the location name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Line 1 Quality location of the QualityDemo project Inductive Automation
361. ift Morning Break 9 00 AM 9 15 AM Grave Shift Meal Break 3 00 AM 3 30 AM Swing Shift Evening Break 5 00 PM 5 15 PM Day Shift Afternoon Break 2 00 PM 2 15 PM Swing Shift Night Break 10 00 PM 10 15 PM De ASA A AA A E n y ME po cert m Site Workday Routing List Workday Routine Entry See the Workday Routines section for more information Note The workday routine entries are the default for your production site and can be overridden by the production area and or production line 2 3 2 1 3 Area Configuration Adding an Area To add a production area right click on your site folder in the project browser and select the New Production Item gt New Production Area menu item An area named New Area will be added to the site folder Multiple production areas can be added to your production site Each area can represent a physical or logical production area within your production site Some examples of production areas are packaging cracking filtration fabrication etc Renaming an Area To rename it to the name representing the production area right click on it and select Rename then enter the new name Deleting an Area To remove an existing production area right click on the area item and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the production area Please note that the line s and cell s underneath the area will also be permanently removed Project Browser Oo x t Con
362. ill appear allowing editing of the entry Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 89 2 3 7 3 Deleting a Product Waste Counter To remove an existing product waste entry right click on the desired entry in the product waste table of a production line or cell and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you want to remove the product waste entry 2 3 7 4 Import Export To import product waste entries right click anywhere on the product waste table and select the Import menu item A dialog box will appear to allow selection of a comma separated values csv formatted file The first line of the file must at least contain the property names separated by commas If additional names exist they will be ignored The property names can be in any order Below is a sample csv file showing a single product waste entry Name Count SQLTag Max Raw Count Rejector Line 1 PLC Rejectorcount 32768 To export product waste entries right click anywhere on the table containing product waste entries and select the Export menu item A dialog box will appear to allow selection of an existing file or the typing in of a name of the new file to save the product waste entries to If a file extension is not entered then the default csv will be used 2 4 Component Reference This section will describe the components that are available with the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module Please note that only the properties methods and even
363. ime Emah O Aaa a l state a t State SQLTag i gt Use Key Reason Detection gt Work Order Line Child Folders Additional Contains all of the additional factor entries that have been configured for the Factors production line See Additional Factors for more details Downtime Contains all of the downtime reasons entries that have been configured for the Reasons production line See Downtime Reasons for more details Workday Contains all of the workday routine entries that are active for the production line See Routine Workday Routine for more details Cell One folder will exist for each Cell that has been configured in the Ignition Designer The folder can be opened to view all values within the cell Inductive Automation Properties Accumulation Count Active Downtime Duration Active Downtime Is a Short Stop Active Downtime Starttime Actual Changeover End Time Actual Finish Time Actual Run Start Time Actual Start Time Auto Run Schedule Auto Start Run Calculate Count Can Cancel Run Can Resume Run Accumulation Count Infeed Count Run Production Count This represents the amount of product accumulated on the production line and is adjusted for package count It will be the same units as the infeed Indicates the time in a formatted string that the current line downtime event has been active Indicates if the current active line downtime event is a short s
364. ime and Scheduling Module the need for scripting is virtually nonexistent However if the user would like to expand on the existing scripting or make adjustments to better fit his or her needs this can still be done within Ignition Scripting is also used with Lines and Cells under the Advanced tab In order to edit the script under this tab simply click the button and enter the desired script then click OK to save Line A Line Production Item General OEE Downtime Schedule Advanced Run Start Script value true E Reset Run Script value false EY Pre execute Script 5 Execute Script m Y g Postexecute Script Y Calculate Standard Counts Script AS E O A E Advanced Tab for a Line These scripts are executed in relation to the line events Run Start Script When a run is started Triggered once before the pre execute script Reset Run Script When a run reset is triggered This occurrs when a new schedule is selected or a new product code for a line is selected but before the line starts actually running Triggered once before the pre execute script Pre execute Script Triggered before each time the line is to perform the process of updating the line counts and calculating the OEE values Execute Script Triggered every time after the line has executed the updates and calculations but before the values have been written to the database
365. inals OIT or a standalone human machine interface HMI local to a machine that settings can be changed locally Settings can also be changed from other sources besides the local OIT and it is important to detect and log when any setting varies from the recipe value Recipe CAE las N pea es Y A Variance gt o Ignition Tags Detected A Line Speed j Fill Weight Variance Report N Max Fill Level Min Fill Level A Barcode 1 l I I Line Speed Fill Weight Max Fill Level Min Fill Level Recipe Variance Detection Recipe Value Variance Options There are cases where it is normal for a live production value to vary after the initial recipe value has been written to the Ignition tag In other cases it might be okay for the live production value to change within a range Recipe values in the Recipe Changeover Module can be configured to not monitor variances or to have a variance window that the live production value must fall outside of before the variance is logged By default the variance monitoring is enabled for each recipe value but it can be disabled by recipe value in the designer This allows for a mix of recipe values that variances will be monitored and other that will not to prevent irrelevant variances from being logged The configuration for the variance window is also done by recipe value in the designer Both the upper and Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 446 lower variance th
366. indias O TON GetSample Definition lt ccccccccccisavevescvevsvasteccceucecutausvaeveveceeevaces staves A dd addSample Def NOT 2 css sssceveiscdie e Eae aea an Eea a ae a i aaiae aean Update Sample DeFIMILION coo A dd Sample quality Sample data oc casssicenssacaacasstcacntaecolatacstsisigudiadsdecatideusiieen seeds getNew By Det UID wi csccccucceisavevesavevsava ASA a 415 OAN AAAA aA e AE EEE ETTE cochlea caduas tits 416 getCreateSampleByDefUUlD oooocociocccinccccooccconccconcconnccconnnnono ccoo nccnn nn cnn nn can nncnnn nn nan n rra nn carr crm nn cannncanns 416 getCreateSample A O 417 getSample updateSample approveSample iii a 419 EN O O 419 TOO OSAMA iii A AA AAA dd 420 sample quality SpC CONtFONMIM ooooooonnccnnncconncininacoconccnnnncconanc conc nc nnn crono cc nnn cnc n nan c cnc nr cn nc cana nn 420 SsetControlLimtV alueina da 420 Calc Control al A 421 T Analysis TOMOS A A N Aian S ENERE 423 Quality A ai 423 Part IV Recipe Changeover 428 1 INtroOdUCtON cixiooconicinnnni ce venuvescenni es caveeesedaeeusieaseens 428 RE CIPC A O IAN 428 Production Model is da 430 De fatilt Value Si 0 a E a a ae e a aae AeA a E E ie 433 Master Recipe S iii ii 435 A OE A E E A T T 436 Editing RECIPES znane sranane aeae E A AA Sai 438 Recipe Change LO ETTO A A A T A A TETN 441 Recipe Security I N Variance Monitor iii A A A A ASA 444 Selecting RECIPE S ar aa a NN tues enantcssestenscesnuscuenceesstasesntinieayasncessusaadiasi
367. ine Target Count Line Waste Count OEE OEE Availability OEE Performance OEE Quality Package Count Product Code Production Units Run Run Down Time Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 218 Run Elapsed Time Run Planned Down Time Run Time Shift Site 2 8 4 Schedule Description The Schedule Analysis Provider is used to analyze scheduled versus actual production run times Provider Name Schedule Filters These are the filters that are available in the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module However in addition to these filters additional factors may be available if they are string data type All additional factors start with Factor For example Factor Operator A filter will allow the user to see all of the data points in the analysis provider as it pertains to a specific area shift etc For more information on filters see the Filter By paragraph in the Analysis Screen section Area Enterprise Line Package Count Product Code Production Units Run Shift Site Compare By These are the comparisons that are available in the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module However in addition to these comparisons additional factors may be available if they are string data type All additional factors start with Factor For example Factor Operator A comparison allows one data point to be compared between all areas days etc For more information on comparisons see the Compare By paragraph in the Analysis Screen sect
368. ine item and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the production line Please note that the cell s cell group s and location s underneath the line will also be permanently removed Project Browser EJ x Eg Configuration a S Production gt Your Enterprise gt Your Site 2 Your Area a Line 1 y a Line 2 H New Line Line General Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the desired line item contained in the area folder in the project browser and then selecting the General tab Enabled By default added lines are enabled It can be disabled by un checking the Enabled setting and saving the project This will stop the MES modules from executing the line and cell s cell group s and location s that are underneath it Description This is an optional description and is just for your reference Sub Recipe Mask This Sub Recipe Mask is required when using the sub recipe feature If the sub recipe feature is not being used for the production item leave it blank See Sub Recipes for more information above sub recipes and Sub Recipe Mask for how to use this setting Recipe Values Recipe values can be added to lines and can represent settings that are written to a PLC or other controller associated with a machine or be used internally in Ignition The recipe values that are added to a line are propagated down to production cells cel
369. information Evaluate Variance Script Optionally script can be used instead of using the Low Variance Threshold and High Variance Threshold settings to determine if the recipe value is outside of an allowable range When an lgnition tag value change is detected the variance state is evaluated using the Low Variance Threshold and High Variance Threshold settings Then if an Evaluate Variance Script has been entered for the recipe value the script will be executed and the state can be changed See Variance Tracking and Evaluate Variance Script for more information Create Recipe Value by Drag and Drop Recipe values can be added to production items as described above but the easiest method is to drag one or more tags from the SQLTags Browser to the recipe value table Multiple tags can be selected by holding down the ctrl or shift keys while selecting tags in the SQLTags Browser and dragged to the Recipe Values table to create multiple recipe values at once When using this method to add a one or more recipe values drag the selected Ignition tags to the open area on the recipe value table O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 474 Project Browser of xX Li i a Eg Configuration Ine Production gt z E a Enterprise General OEE Downtime Schedule Quality Recipe Advanced k gt HE site Sub Recipe Mask Area 1 A El Timed Test Recipe Value Name Description Tay Re Line Speed Description for
370. information such as the current value See Adding a Recipe Value for more information properties e getRecipeValueName String Returns the name of the recipe value This is the same name entered in the recipe value entry in the designer e getTagPath String Returns the Ignition tag path assigned to the recipe value This is the tag path entered for the recipe value e hasHighVarianceThresholdStatement Boolean Returns True if a high variance threshold statement was entered for the recipe value e getHighVarianceThresholdStatement String Returns the high variance threshold statement that was entered for the recipe value entry e getHighVarianceThresholdValue String Returns the high variance threshold value This is calculated after the tag value change is detected and is used for default handling for the log variance state It is provided here as a convenience e hasLowVarianceThresholdStatement Boolean Returns True if a low variance threshold statement was entered for the recipe value e getLowVarianceThresholdStatement String Returns the low variance threshold statement that was entered for the recipe value entry e getLowVarianceThresholdValue String Returns the low variance threshold value This is calculated after the tag value change is detected and is used for default handling for the log variance state It is provided here as a convenience e hasPreviousValue Boolean Returns True if a previo
371. ing intervalType Sets the default interval type for automatically scheduled samples Allowed locations that belong to this sample definition are initialized with this default interval type The return value must match those configured on the Quality tab for the enterprise in the Sample Interval list e getinterval double Returns the default interval for automatically scheduled samples based on this sample definition Allowed locations that belong to this sample definition are initialized with this default interval The units are defined by the Interval type defined for this sample definition setinterval double interval Sets the default interval for automatically scheduled samples Allowed locations that belong to this sample definition are initialized with this default interval The units are defined by the Interval type defined for this sample definition getAutoApprove boolean Returns the default auto approve samples setting for this sample definition Allowed locations that belong to this sample definition are initialized with this default setting setAutoApprove boolean autoApprove Sets the default auto approve samples setting for this sample definition Allowed locations that belong to this sample definition are initialized with this default setting getComingDueMin double Returns the default coming due minutes setting for this sample definition Allowed locations that belong to this sample definition are initialized with
372. ing of a production run and increments at the beginning of every shift The total minutes of unplanned downtime for the current shift The total minutes that have elapsed from the start of the shift The true unit count at the primary product infeed for the current shift The true unit count reflects the start of shift count and raw count rollovers The total production count that has been produced for the current shift It is in the primary product outfeed units The total minutes that the production ine has run for the current shift This value excludes planned and unplanned downtime 179 Int4 Read Only Int4 Read Only Float8 Read Only Int4 Read Only Int4 Read Only Int4 Read Only Int4 Read Only Int4 Read Only Float8 Read Only Int4 Boolean Read Only Int4 Read Only Float8 Read Only Float8 Read Only Int4 Read Only Int4 Read Only Float8 Read Only OEE Downtime 180 Shift The total number of units that should be produced for the current Int4 Scheduled shift If a production run extends over multiple shifts this value is Read Only Count calculated for the current shift This value is adjusted for previous shift true production whether it did not achieve or exceeded its target Shift This value will equal whichever is less of the forecasted production DateTime Scheduled run completion time and the end of the current shift Read Only Finish Time Shift The ideal production coun
373. ing projectName String locationPath Parameters String locationPath The full path of the location to set the product code String productCode The new product code String refNo Optional reference number String projectName Name of the Ignition SPC project Returns none Scope client gateway Example This is a sample gateway script to change a location s product code based on a SQLTag value pc system tag getTagValue Default Quality Test ProductCodeTest if pe system production utils cancelLocationProductCode QualityDemo QualityDemo New Enterprise New Site Packaging Line 1 Line 1 Quality else system production utils setLocationProductCode QualityDemo QualityDemo New Enterprise New Site Packaging Line 1 Line 1 Quality pc 3 6 3 1 1 2 setLocationProductCode system production utils setLocationProductCode Set Product Code Description Set the product code and optional reference number for a production location If the production location is already assigned a product code then it will be canceled and the new product code will be set Note that this scripting function will not immediately change the product code This is because if a production location is already assigned a product code it requires two steps to change the current product code The current product code must be canceled before the new product code is made active This can be an issue if using this s
374. initions Nonconforming Count A count of nonconforming defective units in an integer up to 2 147 483 647 format This is used for attribute types of sample definitions Nonconformity Count A count of nonconformities defects in an integer format up to 2 147 483 647 This is used for attribute types of sample definitions Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Selected Data Type The currently selected data type Scripting name selectedDataType Data Type AttributeDataType Inductive Automation SPC Quality 291 Events This component has standard Ignition events none Methods none 3 4 1 9 Definition Selector mA MES 3 Description A component that allows selection of sample definitions One source of sample definitions is from the definition management screen that uses the Definition List component There is no need for SQL queries or scripting to display the data types Select One a Final Final Imperfections Produc Mo ire SGLTad Density SGLTag Level SGLTag Line 1 Checkweigher SGLTad Temp Sample Definition Selector When an allowable location is added to a sample definition a tag value can be set This component can limit the sample definitions that appear by entering in a matching tag values It is typically used for defining who has ownership for collecting sample data For example the lab takes samples
375. ints Ont his chart the median and the moving range are graphed The median is the middle value based on the measurements in the sample this is not the same as the average while the range is the highest value minus the lowest value for each sample Like an individual chart this chart should be used when the data is variable In addition data may also be costly or time consuming to gather or remain constant for a long periods of time This chart should also be used when the data will not be normally distributed or when detecting small process changes X Bar Standard Deviation Chart This chart is very similar to the X Bar Range Chart The major difference between the two is that the X Bar and S chart uses standard deviation to find the amount of variation within a sample instead of the range Inductive Automation SPC Quality 226 Data must be in variable form to use this chart It should also be used when data is plentiful enough that samples can have ten measurements or more or when there is a need to rapidly detect small changes Attribute Charts P Chart P charts are used to track the proportion of nonconforming items in a sample The number of nonconformities per item is irrelevant for this type of chart which only tracks the total number of items however it is possible to have the types of nonconformities displayed on the same chart P charts are used only when looking at the number of nonconforming items and when the sample
376. ion Area Enterprise Line Package Count Product Code Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 219 Production Units Site Data Points These are the data points that are available in the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module However in addition to these comparisons additional factors may be available if they are string data type All additional factors start with Factor For example Factor Operator Data points are the different values that will be presented or compared on a graph or chart For more information on data points see the Data Point paragraph in the Analysis Screen section Actual Finish Time Actual Run Start Time Actual Start Time Area Enterprise Line Package Count Product Code Product Code Description Production Units Run Scheduled Finish Time Scheduled Quantity Scheduled Run Start Time Scheduled Start Time Site 2 8 5 TEEP Description The TEEP Analysis Provider is used to analyze utilization data Provider Name TEEP Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 220 Filters These are the filters that are available in the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module However in addition to these filters additional factors may be available if they are string data type All additional factors start with Factor For example Factor Operator A filter will allow the user to see all of the data points in the analysis provider as it pertains to a specific area shift etc For more information on filt
377. ion Can be blank if no auxiliary DB connection is configured The name of the analysis database connection Optionally this property can be set to a description for the enterprise lt is not used by the MES modules other than for reference This reflects the enterprise Enabled property in the Designer If the enterprise Enabled is set to true then the MES production model will perform calculations for the enterprise and all sites areas lines cells cell groups and location within it If this property is set to false then none of the sites areas lines cells cell groups and locations will have calculations performed This reflects the name of the enterprise that is set in the designer The name of the runtime database connection String Read Only String Read Only String Boolean String Read Only String Read Only The site folder contains some properties associated with the production site and a folder for each production area within it The name is the same as the site name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Your Site of the OEEDemo project Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 505 sf Production Gj OEEDemo 5 Your Enterprise amp Your Site G Workday Routine Your Area gt Default Shift 1 Start Time gt Default Shift 2 Start Time gt Default Shift 3 Start Time gt Description gt Enabled gt Name Site t
378. ion Data Type boolean Enable Control Limit Editing If true allow the user to calculate and set new control limit values Scripting name enableControlLimitEditing Data Type boolean Events O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 338 This component has standard Ignition events none Methods showSetLimitPanel chartName Causes the calculate and set control limit dialog to be shown parameters chartName Which chart to show the control limit dialog for Available c Primary or Secondary Data Type String returns nothing 3 4 2 9 Individual and Range Chart aa Description The Individual Moving Range MR control chart is used to display SPC results that have a single measurement for each sample It does not retrieve SPC results from the SPC module so it must be used with either the SPC Selector or the SPC Controller components that do Only SPC results with Individual and MR SPC Data Format specified will be displayed Date and Time 05 06 2012 08 33PM 05 06 201208 35 PM 05 06 2012 08 37 PM 05 06 2012 08 39 PM Measurement 1 120 22 Table gt XBar 120 22 Moving Range An UN AN VEU 4 Individual UCL 120 120 00 E X 120 A A A A A RT Secondary a Individual Moving Range Control Chart GR 0 33 Inductive Automation SPC Quality 339 Through the use of the properties listed below the appearance and functionality of this component can modified as desired Properties Thi
379. ion Table Component with the addition of the following events newEvent Is fired when the New Entry menu item is selected editEvent Is fired when the Edit Entry menu item is selected deleteEvent Is fired when the Delete Entry menu item is selected Methods none Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 139 Example Code The following script can be entered into the newEvent event of this component It collects the selected time when the right click occurred and opens a new window with the collected values as parameters paraml event source parent getComponent Production Line Selector selectedLinePath param2 event source parent getComponent Schedule Day View hoveredTimeLatched system nav openWindow ScheduleNew LinePath paraml CurrentDate param2 system nav centerWindow ScheduleNew 2 4 3 6 Schedule Week View a Description A component that displays scheduled entries for a selected week This extends from the Week View Component that comes with Ignition to support adding editing and deleting schedule entries All schedule entries are automatically displayed from the Schedule and other database tables without the need for custom SQL statements or script When the user right clicks on a time a popup menu will appear with options to add edit or delete a schedule entry 2011 Sunday Mar 13 Monday Mar 14 Tuesday Mar 15 Wednesday Mar 16 Thursday Mar 17 Friday Mar 18 Saturday Mar 19 1 Al Edit
380. ion Tags Min Fill Level Barcode Line Speed Fill Weight PLC Max Fill Level Min Fill Level Recipe Selection when OEE Run Started Starting a Trace Production locations have the ability to trace product that is being process at them When a production location product code is set using the setLocationProductCode script function the recipe is also selected for the production location When this happens the recipe values are written to their associated tags The location trace can be turn off using the cancelLocationProductCode function Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 451 Currently scripting is the only method to select a production code for a location but this will be enhanced when the traceability module is released Example system production utils setLocationProductCode RecipeDemo Enterprise Site Area 1 Filler Location I Scripts Scripts can also be used to directly select and cancel recipes for production items These scripts supports selecting and cancelling recipes from external triggers such as when a button is clicked or when a product code changes See setltemRecipe script function to select a recipe for a production item and cancelltemRecipe script function to cancel the current recipe for a production item for more details 4 1 12 Production OPC Server Production OPC Values The production model is defined in the Ignition designer and contains your production lines cells cell grou
381. ion bar Color Scripting name targetSeriesColor Data Type Color Editable This controls if users can change reason codes and split downtime events Scripting name editable Data Type Boolean Events This component has standard Ignition events Methods none 2 4 2 3 Line Run Selector Description A component that provides users to select a production run from a drop down list of available runs on a production line The user can also select the current run by selecting lt Current Run gt lt CurrentRun gt CdS O_PC2 Run 03 06 08 33 AM WO _PC2 Run 03 03 05 43 PM WO_PC2 Run 03 03 05 39 PM WO_PC2 Run 03 03 05 32 PM WO_PC1B Run 03 03 04 56 PM WO_PC1B Run 03 03 04 48 PM WO_PC1B Run 03 03 04 40 PM Line Run Selector O Inductive Automation Properties OEE Downtime 127 This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Line Path The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the ine starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Scripting name linePath Data Type String Include Work Order When true displays the work order description in the drop down list if available Des cri pti on Scripting name includeDescription Data Type Boolean Run ID The currently selected production run ID This is the ID for the Run d
382. ion so that the control charts can display the results which is not possible with the data set alone Scripting name spcResults Data Type SPCResults This property holds the SPC data and includes columns for the calculated values based on the SPC Data Format and selected attribute control limits and signals Scripting name spcData Data Type Dataset Background Color No Data Message No Data Foreground No Data Font Chart Properties SPC Quality 318 The background color Scripting name backgroundColor Data Type Cooler Text to display if not data is available to show in the control chart Scripting name noDataMessage Data Type String The foreground color to display the no data message Scripting name noDataForeground Data Type Color The font to display the no data message Scripting name noDataFont Data Type Fone Vertical If true the bars will be shown vertically Scripting name vertical Data Type boolean Chart Background Color The background color of the chart Scripting name chartBackgroundColor Data Type Color Bar Color Color of the bars Scripting name barColor Data Type Color Accumulation Line Color Color of the total accumulation line Scripting name accumulationLineColor Data Type Colos Bar Spacing Specifies the spacing between the bars It is a fractional value from 0 0 to 1 0 and represents the percentage of the bar width to make as space between the bars Scripting name barSp
383. ions Click on a chart series to display the available drill down options As shown in Drill Down Example 1 below clicking on the Line 1 Quality pie segment will show a popup menu of drill down options If the Shift option is selected then the analysis filters will show the information by Shift and the Filter By and the Compare By sections add Shift The result is shown in Drill Down Example 2 Again by clicking on the pie segment and selecting another drill down option the Filter By and Compare By selections will change to show the appropriate information This can be continued any number of times Drill Down Example 1 poe 19 00 Goga oS Faer 02 Gas Paisan 05 O1 A Labeies 22 50 Cane Pashe 13 Awo lO Finee O Labeler Case Packer O Paletas Capper e imperton Drill Down Example 2 3 3 Configuration There are two areas to configure the SPC Quality module The first area is in the Ignition Gateway and affects all SPC Modules The second is in the Ignition Designer and is used to configure production models user screens and the like These settings are saved in an Ignition project and can be backed up and restored using the built in project backup and restore features of Ignition 3 3 1 MES Module Configuration The SPC Quality module is just one of the SPC Statistical Process Control modules that has settings which can be set Inductive Automation SPC Quality 251 3 3 1 1 Datasource
384. ipe Values for more information about configuring recipe values 4 3 2 1 6 Cell Group Configuration Adding a Cell Group To add a production cell group right click on a line folder in the project browser and select the New Production Item gt New Production Cell Group menu item A cell group named New Cell Group will be added to the line folder Multiple production cell groups can be added to a production ine Renaming a Cell Group To rename it to the name representing the production cell group right click on it and select Rename then enter the new name Important Note It is extremely important to understand production OPC values have an OPC item path that matches the layout of the production model and that renaming production items can cause Ignition tags associated with a production item to stop being updated See Production OPC Server for more information Deleting a Cell Group To remove an existing production cell group right click on the cell group item and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the production cell group Please note that the cell s underneath the cell group will also be permanently removed Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 468 Lg Configuration Production MM gt Your Enterprise 2 8 HE site 1 g 2 Processing i gt Packaging J 1 a CellGroupTest Poe Cell 5 Cell2 Lm Cell3 ye Rename fe Cut Ctrl x
385. iption A component that provides an easy method for users to select a day It synchronizes the Schedule Day View Schedule Week View and Schedule Month View components to all be selected to the same date Properties March 2011 S M T E fP 8 1 2 3 4 5 13 14 15 on N de N 7 oo ae O Lo 20 21 22 2 25 27 28 29 30 31 Schedule Date Selector This component has the same properties as the Ignition Month View Component with the addition of the following properties Current Date Selected Day Add Day The currently selected date Scripting name currentDate Data Type Date The currently selected date Scripting name currentDate Data Type SECTA Used to adjust the currently selected day by a specified number of days forward or backwards If the specified number of days is positive then the current date will be adjust forward by the number of days specified If the specified number of days is negative then the current date will be adjust back by the number of days specified Scripting name addDay Data Type integer Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 144 Add Month Used to adjust the currently selected day by a specified number of months forward or backwards If the specified number of months is positive then the current date will be adjust forward by the number of months specified If the specified number of months is negative then the current date will be adjust back by the number of months specif
386. is active for this production cell String then this is the name of the recipe If a Read Only recipe is not active then this is blank True if a recipe is currently being loaded Boolean for the production cell group Read Only Indicates if a recipe is currently active Boolean Read Only Set this to the amount to scale a recipe Double prior to selecting a recipe for the production cell group This is a unique value used for tracking String initial recipe values and variances while a Read Only recipe is selected It can be used when looking up data directly from the database If true then Ignition tags associated with at Boolean least one recipe value for this production Read Only item have changed If true then at least one recipe value did Boolean not write to the associated Ignition tags Read Only when the recipe was first selected If true recipe values are being monitored Boolean and recipe value variances will be logged Read Only Set to true to allow recipes to be selected Boolean for this production item This is useful when selecting a recipe for a production line and preventing selecting the same recipe for selected child production items The cell folder contains some properties associated with the production cell The name is the same as the cell name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Filler of the OEEDemo project Inductive Automation Inductive Automation Re
387. is parse value For example if the data type defined in the parse box options is a Float8 then a double will be retuned 5 6 1 3 Parse Row Collection The Parse Row Collection object contains one or more ParseRow objects Each ParseRow object contains one or more ParseValue objects When results contain values from a CSV source there are rows and columns As the image below depicts CSV data is transformed into a ParseResults object CSV Text Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 10 20 30 11 21 31 12 22 32 ParseResults ParseRowCollection ParseRow ParseValue 10 ParseValue 20 ParseValue 30 ParseRow ParseValue 11 ParseValue 21 ParseValue 31 ParseRow ParseValue 12 ParseValue 22 ParseValue 32 properties e isValid Boolean If true indicates that all parse values within all parse rows are valid e isRequiredValid Boolean If true indicates that all parse values within all parse rows are required and are valid e isRequired Boolean If true indicates that at least one parse values within all parse rows is required e getParseRows List of ParseRow objects Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 576 Returns a list of all parse rows contained in this collection Sample script to cycle though all parse value contained in parse rows from org apache log4j import Logger log Logger getLogger ParseResult fileStr system file readFileAsString C Temp Test csv parseResults s
388. is property represents the number of measurements for each sample in the SPC results Scripting name measurementCount Data Type int This property can optionally be set to override the current user logged in It is used when notes or assignable causes are added or modified Scripting name user Data Type String The background color Scripting name backgroundColor Data Type Color The sample definition to used when building SPC results Scripting name definitionName Data Type String Text to display if not data is available to show in the control chart Scripting name noDataMessage Data Type String No Data Foreground No Data Font Table Properties Show Table Min Visible Samples SPC Quality 334 The foreground color to display the no data message Scripting name noDataForeground Data Type COLer The font to display the no data message Scripting name noDataFont Data Type Font If true the table containing measurement and calculated values will be shown at the top of the control chart Scripting name showTable Data Type boolean The minimum number of sample to show on the control chart If more than the minimum visible samples exist in the SPC results then a horizontal scroll bar will appear and allow the user to scroll back to earlier samples Scripting name minVisibleSamples Data Type int Min Visible Measurements The minimum number of measurements to show in the table of the Column Width Row
389. is purposes This run and associated data will not appear in any analysis datasets Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 105 Must use Run Run Identifier as the Compare By for this method to work parameters runThe unique Run Identifier for the run to delete Data Type Strang returns nothing restoreRun runUUID Restores a previously deleted run Must use Run Run Identifier as the Compare By for this method to work Use Deleted Runs Show as the filter to show runs that have been deleted parameters runThe unique Run Identifier for the run to delete Data Type String returns nothing Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 106 Example Code This script would be entered into the drillDown event of a Production Bar Chart event source parent getComponent Production Analysis Selector drillDown event getDrillDownName event getCategory This script would be entered into the back event of a Production Bar Chart event source parent getComponent Production Analysis Selector prevDrillDown 2 4 1 10 Production Analysis Selector Sam UN Description A component that allows ad hoc selection of analysis data As the user makes selections this component will query the server for results These results can be accessed through the Table Data Chart Data and Line Chart Data properties to populate tables and charts Selections Filter By add Compare By add Data P
390. is value will equal whichever is less of DateTime Scheduled the forecasted production run completion Read Only Finish Time time and the end of the current shift Shift Standard The ideal production count to the minute Int4 Count for the current shift based on the standard Read Only rate Shift Standard The variance between the Shift Standard Int4 Variance Count and the Shift Production Count Read Only Shift Target The ideal production count to the minute Int4 Count for the current shift based on the Read Only scheduling rate Shift Target The variance between the Shift Target Int4 Variance Count and the Shift Production Count Read Only Shift Waste The amount that the Run Waste Count Int4 Count increased for the current shift Read Only Standard The current standard rate based on the Float8 Rate selected product code and line Read Only Standard The period of time used for the standard rate String Rate Period The options are Hour and Minute Read Only State SQL This reflects the State SQLTag setting that String Tag the production line is configured for in the Read Only designer It is the name of the SQLTag to read the current production line state from O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 176 Work Order The current work order number for the String current production run Read Only 2 5 2 6 Cell Description The cell folder contains some properties associated with the production cell The name is the same as the ce
391. ist 3 none SJ none K 2 mappings Image Path List E none E none S Y Background Color Column Background Color List Ka none EN none Foreground Color Column 0 Foreground Color List 3 none SJ none 1 Font Map Column a Eae a Long Short Translation LZ Table Customizer 23 Column Configuration Background Color Mapping utton i duration hasnote isshoristop Header Duration Note Stop Type Hide M Y Editable Y O Sortable O Horiz Align Auto Auto x Auto x Vert Align Center Center Center 2 Hdr Horiz Align Center gt Center Center 2 Prefix Suffix Number Format 9 ato D eos 9 toa 5 Date Format h mm a 73 MMM d yyyy h mm a 53 MMM d yyyy h mm a 53 MMM d yyyy h mm a E Boolean E 0 O FE 1 Progress Bar O O Stop Type Progress Bar Range Max 1100 Min o Max 1100 Min o Max 1100 Min lo Max 1100 E a Long AAA A A A A ASS 2222 Downtime table translation list Example using Background Mapping Select the duration column as the mapping column Set the translation for the seconds duration Any value up to 29 seconds will have a white background any value from 30 to 44 seconds will have a yellow background and any value greater than or equal to 45 will have a red background Make sure to set the Background Mode property of the downtime table to Mapped O Inductive Automation Y
392. ite 3 Packaging E Y Line 1 O Line 1 Quality G New Location Temperature Test gt Accumulation Count gt Active Downtime Starttime HES Actual Changeover End Time gt Actual Finish Time gt Actual Run Start Time F pe S iii E gt Downtime Reason Description gt Enable Run gt Enabled gt Infeed Count Line Inductive Automation One folder will exist for each Location that has been configured under the line in the Ignition Designer The folder can be opened to view all values within the location SPC Quality 377 Properties Only the properties that may be useful for the SPC module are shown below See OEE DT Line for more properties Enabled This reflects the line Enabled property in the Designer If the line Boolean Enabled is set to true then the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module will perform calculations for the all cells within it If this property is set to false then none of the cells will have calculations performed Name This reflects the name of the line that is set in the designer String Read Only Product Code The current product code being run on the line Typically this is String controlled by the functionality of the operator screen but it can also be handled programmatically It should only be changed when Enable Run is false Product Code The description for the current Product Code String Description Read Onl
393. ite of the QualityDemo project p Production E OEEDemo 5 Your Enterprise 5 Your Site 3 Workday Routine Your Area gt Default Shift 1 Start Time gt Default Shift 2 Start Time gt Default Shift 3 Start Time gt Description gt Enabled Name Site Child Folders Area One folder will exist for each area that has been configured in the Ignition Designer The folder can be opened to view all values within the area Properties O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 374 Description Optionally this property can be set to a description for the String site lt is not used by the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module other than for reference Enabled This reflects the site Enabled property in the Designer If the Boolean site Enabled is set to true then the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module will perform calculations for the site and all areas lines and cells within it If this property is set to false then none of the areas lines or cells will have calculations performed Name This reflects the name of the site that is set in the designer String Read Only Default Shift 1 This reflects the site Default Shift 1 Start Time property in DateTime Start Time the Designer See Site Configuration for more details Read Only Default Shift 2 This reflects the site Default Shift 2 Start Time property in DateTime Start Time the Designer See Site Configuration for more details Read Only Default
394. item Each machine process or other equipment will have settings that are unique For example a casepacker will not have the same settings as a mixer so this is why recipe values are defined by production line cell cell group or location Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 471 See Recipe Types for more information on how recipe values work The following sections detail how to add edit delete export and import recipe values for a production item 4 3 4 1 Adding a Recipe Value There is more than one method to add recipe values to a production line cell machine cell group or location Create Recipe Value To create a new recipe value for a production line cell cell group or location first select the production item Next select the Recipe tab and right click in the recipe value table A popup menu will appear as shown in the image below ee er a ger pr ee Oe tee Recipe J fA Paste Ctrl v Delete Delete j Delete All P 4 Import E Export f Port y Recipe Value Table Popup Menu Select the New menu item and the Add Recipe Value window will appear Configure the new recipe value based on the desired functionality that is described below O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 472 E z Add Recipe Value EJ Name New Recipe Value Description Tag N Request Value Script Enable Scaling Enable Yariance Logging O O Low V
395. ith the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type SEEING User name for this comment Data Type SEEING This comment Data Type SEEING If set to 1 True the note will appear at the top of the list if O False the note will appear in order it was entered Data Type Boolean OEE Downtime 204 system production utils adjustRunData runUUID cellName factorName factorValue system production utils adjustRunData runUUID cellName factorName factorValue adjustInfeed Recalculates production data for a line or a cell based on the factor name and the factor value The run must be complete for adjustment to be accurate parameters runUUID cellName factorName factorValue adjustInfeed returns none The unique run identifier of the run to adjust This value can be accessed via the Analysis Controller datapoint called Run Identifier Data Type String Name of the cell to adjust Leave blank to indicate the line Data Type SECAS The run factor to adjust The possible values are InfeedCount ProductionCount or WasteCount Data Type SEEING The value to set the factor to NOTE PRODUCTION DATA WILL BE MODIFIED AND CANNOT BE UNDONE USE WITH EXTREME CAUTION Data Type Double If set to 1 True the InfeedCount will always be modified if O False the InfeedCount will not be modified if ProductionCount or WasteCount are being adjuste
396. ition of the following properties Drill Down Options Previous Drill Down Enabled This is a Dataset that must have at least one column The first column must be a data type of string The values in the first column will be shown in the drill down options menu Typically this property binds to the drill down options property in a Production Analysis Selector component Scripting name drillDownOptions Data Type Dataset This controls the visibility of the Back drill down menu option If it is set to true Back will appear at the top of the drill down options Scripting name previousDrillDownEnabled Data Type Boolean Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 114 Events This component has the same events as the Ignition Pie Chart Component with the addition of the following events drillDown Is fired when drill down menu item is selected Excludes the Back menu item Event Properties event get Returns the text of selected drill down option menu item DrillDownName Data Type String event Returns the pie chart category that was clicked on to display the drill down getCategory menu This is typically the first column of the Data property dataset Data Type Object back Event Properties none Methods none 2 4 1 14 Analysis Table Description A component that displays tabular data with drill down capabilities This extends from the Table Component E that comes with Ignition When the user clicks on a r
397. ity 386 Example 3 6 1 6 Sample Interval Event Evaluates the sample interval and determines when to create a new sample event properties e getDefUUID String Returns the definition UUID for this sample e getinterval Double Returns the defined interval of this sample e getDuration Double Returns the number of minutes needed to take a sample e getTag String Returns the tag associated with this sample e getComingDueMin Double e getOverDueMin Double e getSecSinceLastSampleScheduled Integer Returns the seconds since the last sample was scheduled e getSecSinceLastSampleTaken Integer Returns the seconds since the last sample was taken e getProductCode String Returns the product code associated with this sample e getRefNo String Returns the reference number associated with this sample e getTraceEnabled Boolean e getTraceStartedAt Date e getElapsedSeconds Integer Returns the e getTraceEndedAt Date e getSequenceDate Date Inductive Automation SPC Quality 387 Returns the sequence date of the sample Sequence date is the date representing the start of the current shift e getSequenceNo Integer Returns the sequence number of the sample Sequence number is the sequential number of shifts from the start of the production run e getShift Integer Returns the shift number e getValueChangeCount Integer Returns the number of ti
398. jectName recipeName itemPath note Add a production item to a recipe Once a production item is added to a recipe the recipe values for the production item can be managed Also the recipe can be selected for the added production item This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type Seri ng recipeName Name of the recipe to add the specified production item Data Type SECAS itemPath The item path to the production line cell cell group or location to add to the recipe For example Your EnterpriselYour SitelYour ArealLine 1 Data Type String note Optional note to be stored in the recipe change log Data Type String returns none O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 527 4 7 1 13 removeltemFromRecipe system recipe removeltemFromRecipe projectName recipeName itemPath note Remove a production item from a recipe This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type String recipeName Name of the recipe to rem
399. k it will use the currently logged in user name Scripting name enteredByName Data Type String Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 99 Events This component has standard Ignition events Methods newNote New note parameters none returns nothing 2 4 1 8 Product Code Controller ail Description An invisible component that provides adding product codes The term invisible component means that the control appears during design time but is not visible during runtime Product codes are stored in the ProductCode database table and this control handles all SQL statements duplicate checking etc Alternatively product codes can added directly into the ProductCode database table directly bypassing the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module This method supports integration to ERP or other software systems Product codes can also be added via scripting Properties This component has standard Ignition properties Events This component has standard Ignition events Methods addProductCode productCode description Add new production code and description to database parameters productCode The product code to add to the database Data Type String description A descriptive label for the product code Data Type String returns message contains a description of any error encountered usually that the Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 100 product code already exists Otherwise it will be
400. kes To address this problem the Recipe Changeover Module uses master recipes The image below shows two recipes that are derived from or descendents of the Master Blend recipe When the descendant recipe is added all recipe values will be inherited from the master recipe When a value is changed in a descendant recipe it will override the value from the master recipe with the new value as shown in the image below for the Agitator Speed and Ingredient 2 recipe values The image below just shows one master recipe and two descendant recipes In actual fact there can be any number of levels of master recipes and any number of descendants of a master recipe Any recipe that has descendants is considered a master recipe Consider a master recipe called Master 1 that has a descendant that is called Master 1 A that has a descendant called Final 1 A A Then recipes Master 1 and Master 1 A are both master recipes and recipe Final 1 A A is a final recipe Only final recipes can be selected for a production line cell cell group or location See Selecting Recipes for more information One aspect that is not shown in the image below is that the master recipe can inherit its values from the default values of the associated production item So the production item has its defaults values which is added to a recipe so the recipe inherits from the default values then the descendant recipes inherit from the master recipe and so on That is until a recipe value is
401. l Hook New Stored SPC Settings To rename a stored SPC Settings item select an item and click on the Rename menu item enter a new name and click OK Name Cancel OK Rename Stored SPC Settings To delete a stored SPC Settings item select an item and click on Delete menu item and select Yes to Inductive Automation SPC Quality 308 the confirmation message If changes to a stored SPC settings values have been made and the user selects a different stored SPC Settings they will be prompted to save the changes Alternatively the changes can be saved by clicking on the Save menu item Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Show Disabled When true disabled attributes will be included in the attribute list Show Menu Menu Top Menu Left Menu Image Events Scripting name showDisabled Data Type Boolean When true the menu will be displayed By setting the property to false it will only allow users to select stored SPC settings items and prevent them from creating new renaming existing saving over existing or deleting stored SPC Settings items Scripting name showMenu Data Type Boolean The y coordinate to display the menu at Scripting name menuTopPosition Data Type int The x coordinate to display the menu at Scripting name menuLeftPosition Data Type Imt The image to show for the menu S
402. l appear confirming that you want to remove the product infeed entry 2 3 5 4 Import Export To import product infeed entries right click anywhere on the product infeed table and select the Import menu item A dialog box will appear to allow selection of a comma separated values csv formatted file The first line of the file must at least contain the property names separated by commas If additional names exist they will be ignored The property names can be in any order Below is a sample csv file showing a single product infeed entry Name Count SQLTag Max Raw Count Productions Units Line Infeed Line 1 PLC Filler Infeed 32768 Bottles To export product infeed entries right click anywhere on the table containing product infeeds and select the Export menu item A dialog box will appear to allow selection of an existing file or the typing in of a name of the new file to save the product infeed entries to If a file extension is not entered then the default csv will be used Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 85 2 3 6 Product Outfeed Before OEE calculations can be performed production count information is required Ata minimum the outfeed production count for a production line is needed Additional production count information can be configured that will result in more OEE calculations For example if the infeed production count is configured for a production then product accumulation and waste is calculated See Producti
403. l appear to allow selection of a comma separated values csv formatted file 3 3 4 Out of Control Signals 3 3 4 1 Overview Out of control signals occur in a variety of situations but all the signals indicate a change in the process where it is considered to be abnormal or out of control Some signals include six points in a row that are increasing or decreasing eight points in a row that are farther than one standard deviation away from the centerline or fourteen points in a row that are alternating up and down When used properly these signals can identify important changes that can help to improve or maintain the process Signals can be configured so that they are evaluated every time new sample data is recorded This allows for quick and automatic detection of out of control conditions Once an out of control condition is automatically detected Ignition provides a variety of actions that can be performed such as standard alerting communications logging and more Inductive Automation SPC Quality 269 For automatic signal evaluation to be enabled the Look Back Period must be set to something other than No Auto Evaluation a valid look back duration must be set and the signal must be selected for the desired sample definitions Out of Control Signals can be added edited or deleted on the Enterprise page in the designer under the Quality tab 3 3 4 2 Default Signals When a new Enterprise Production Item is added the fol
404. l end up in the PLC and the machine will be ready to run almonds Recipes Fill Weight Max Fill Level Ignition Tags Min Fill Level Barcode Line Speed Fill Weight PLC Max Fill Level Min Fill Level Single Machine Recipe Value Tag Mapping When a production line contains production cells cell groups or locations as children the recipes can be managed selected and reported on by the production line The image below depicts this where Line 1 has two machines as children These children can be production cells cell groups or locations If the machines are being tracked with the OEE Downtime Module then the existing production cells or cell groups should be reused However if the machines are not being tracked with the OEE Downtime Module then locations can be used See Production Model for more information Inductive Automation Line Speed 120 Barcode mni2_ Ignition Tags Line PLC Line Speed 120 Cleaning Mode Recipe Almond Recipe Mixed Nuts Recipe Fill Weight 52 Max Fill Level sz 775 Min Fill Level Machine 1 PLC Fill Weight Max Fill Level Min Fill Level Multiple Machine Recipe Value Tag Mapping Recipe Changeover 430 10 _ High Temp Alm 145 L Low Temp Alm Machine 2 PLC Temp SP 140 This is a brief overview of the types of recipes that are commonly used in manufacturing There is a lot more functionality such as scaling variance monitoring change logs
405. l groups and location beneath the line This provides a quick method to add recipe values that are common to all machines beneath a line It also allows for the ability to propagate a value of a recipe value down to all production items beneath the area See Production Model for more information on propagating recipe values to child production items See Recipe Types for more information about recipe values and Recipe Values for more information about configuring recipe values Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 466 4 3 2 1 5 Cell Configuration Adding a Cell To add a production cell right click on a line folder in the project browser and select the New Production Item gt New Production Cell menu item A cell named New Cell will be added to the ine folder Multiple production cells can be added to a production line Renaming a Cell To rename it to the name representing the production cell right click on it and select Rename then enter the new name Important Note It is extremely important to understand production OPC values have an OPC item path that matches the layout of the production model and that renaming production items can cause Ignition tags associated with a production item to stop being updated See Production OPC Server for more information Deleting a Cell To remove an existing production cell right click on the cell item and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you permane
406. l groups can be added to a production line Renaming a Cell Group To rename it to the name representing the production cell group right click on it and select Rename then enter the new name O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 71 Deleting a Cell Group To remove an existing production cell group right click on the cell group item and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the production cell group Lg Configuration Production MM gt Your Enterprise 5 A Site 1 g 2 Processing gt Packaging 4 a CellGroupTest am Cell L i Cena Lm Cell3 ye P _ Delete Sm y a Pa Aigye l a Adding a Cell Group Cell Group General Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the desired cell group item contained in the ine folder in the project browser and then selecting the General tab Enabled By default added cell groups are enabled It can be disabled by un checking the Enabled setting and saving the project This will stop the OEE downtime and scheduling module from executing the cell group Description This is an optional description and is just for your reference Cell Group OEE There are no additional settings for cell group OEE however the OEE of the cell group is calculated by averaging the OEE and Production Counts of all the cells within the group Cell Group Downtime Settings Minimum Cells Running T
407. l value of the int evaluation time period of the Read Only SignalAutoEvaluateDuration value See SignalAutoEvaluatePeriodTypes for more information SignalAutoEvaluateDuration This reflects the duration to use when int automatically evaluating sample data fora Read Only location for this signal SignalChartShape This reflects the ordinal value of the int shape to display in the control charts Read Only when a sample is out of control for this signal See SPCChartShapeTypes for more information 3 5 2 2 3 Intervals Description The quality intervals folder contains a folder for each interval The name of each folder is the same as the interval name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Every Value Change interval of the QualityDemo project Inductive Automation Properties QualityIntervalName 3 5 2 3 Site Description SPC Quality i Production 3 QualityDemo 1 5 New Enterprise QQ ControlLimits Oj New Site Qualityintervals 5 Every Value Change Y QGualityintervalName y q Every x Value Changes C Manual Sampling Intervals This reflects the name of the interval that String is configured in the designer Read Only 373 The site folder contains some properties associated with the production site and a folder for each production area within it The name is the same as the site name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Your S
408. lated instead of the basic range This means that instead of subtracting the lowest value from the highest value in one sample moving range will calculate the difference between one sample and the next showing the change from sample to sample If a single measurement is used on the X Bar Range Chart the range will always be zero which fails to show the consistency between measurements Individuals charts are useful in situations when testing of a product results in the destruction of the product or if the testing is time consuming It can also be used when a sample will yield the same result for a long period of time no matter how many measurements are made such as batch operations When using the Individuals Chart the variable data should fall into a normal distribution meaning the data points are equally likely to fall on either side of the average This would appear as a bell curve on a histogram Median Chart The Median Chart is also known as the MA MR Chart or Moving Average Moving Range Chart Because data is generated slowly the data on this chart is displayed differently The first sample will contain three new data points The second sample will contain the two most recent data points from sample one in addition to one new data point Sample three will contain the two most recent from sample two as well as one new data point and so on Even though there are three samples with three data points each there is only a total of five data po
409. le if they are string data type All additional factors start with Factor For example Factor Operator A comparison allows one data point to be compared between all areas days etc For more information on comparisons see the Compare By paragraph in the Analysis Screen section Approved By Area Attribute Name Day Definition Name Enterprise Line Location Month Note Entered By Product Code Reference Number Sample Entered At Sample Taken By Shift Site Tag Week Year Data Points These are the data points that are available in the SPC Module However in addition to these comparisons additional factors may be available if they are string data type All additional factors start with Factor For example Factor Operator Data points are the different values that will be presented or compared on a graph or chart For more information on data points see the Data Point paragraph in the Analysis Screen section Inductive Automation Approved At Approved By Approved Count Area Attribute Name Attribute Note Day Definition Name Enterprise Line Location Month Note Entered By Product Code Reference Number Sample Count Sample Entered At Sample Note Sample Taken At Sample Taken By Scheduled Finish Schedule Start Shift Site Tag Week Year Inductive Automation SPC Quality 425 Recipe Changeover Part IV inductive 800 266 7798 automation www inductiveautomation com Recipe
410. led into the Ignition server more or less production OPC values will appear when browsing For example if only the Recipe Changeover Module is installed then only production OPC values that the core MES or Recipe Changeover Module provide will appear 4 6 1 Enterprise Description The enterprise folder contains some properties associated with the enterprise and a folder for each production Site within it The name is the same as the enterprise name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Enterprise of the RecipeDemo project de Production 9 Recipe RecipeDemo amp Enterprise Calculations 3 ControlLimits O Qualityintervals O Signals Y Site gt Analysis Auxiliary DB Connection Name gt Analysis DB Connection Name Description gt Enabled gt Name gt Runtime DB Connection Name gt Save Control Limit by Product Code Save Control Limits in Recipe C WorkFlow Enterprise Child Folders Site One folder will exist for each Site that has been configured in the Ignition Designer The folder can be opened to view all values within the site Properties Inductive Automation Analysis Auxiliary DB Connection Name Analysis DB Connection Name Description Enabled Name Runtime DB Connection Name 4 6 2 Site Description Recipe Changeover 504 The name of the auxiliary mirror analysis database connect
411. led is set to true then the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module will perform calculations for the enterprise and all sites areas lines and cells within it If this property is set to false then none of the sites areas lines or cells will have calculations performed This reflects the name of the enterprise that is set in the designer The name of the runtime database connection Indicates if control limits are saved by product code Exists only if the SPC module is also installed OEE Downtime 166 String Read Only String Read Only String Boolean String Read Only String Read Only Boolean Read Only The site folder contains some properties associated with the production site and a folder for each production area within it The name is the same as the site name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Your Site of the OEEDemo project Inductive Automation Child Folders Workday Routine Area Properties Description Enabled Name Default Shift 1 Start Time Default Shift 2 Start Time Default Shift 3 Start Time 2 5 2 4 Area Description OEE Downtime 167 ape Production Gj OEEDemo 5 Your Enterprise amp Your Site G Workday Routine Your Area gt Default Shift 1 Start Time gt Default Shift 2 Start Time gt Default Shift 3 Start Time gt Description gt Enabled gt Name Site t Contains all o
412. les from the past The table shows the data collected and the calculated values The calculated values that are included depends on the kind of control chart being displayed When the scroll bar at the bottom of the table is moved to the left the table primary chart and secondary chart will all scroll in unison to previous samples within the selected date range For the attribute type of control charts the secondary table will not appear Date and Time 05 21 2012 01 37 PM 05 21 2012 01 38 PM 05 21 2012 01 40 PM 05 21 2012 01 42 PM Measurement 1 119 99 119 73 120 26 119 51 XBar 119 99 119 73 120 26 119 51 Moving Range 0 16 0 27 0 64 0 76 Table 121 00 y XBar 4X 120 01 Primary Chart Y d Individual LCL 119 am 0 32 Secondary Chart 42 411912 512112 a gt PAR Te a fea Pe paaa ap a A E a Apr 11 Apr 16 Apr21 Apr26 May 1 May 6 May 11 May 16 May 21 ay 26 May 31 Jun 5 Jun 10 Jun 15 Jun 20 Date Range Selector Control Chart Changing what attribute is currently being shown in the control chart is done using the SPC settings panel To O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 246 change the attribute click on the select to the right of the Attribute label This will show all of the attributes defined in the sample definition In the case of the SQLTag Line 1 Checkweigher only one attribute is available Control limits and signals can be selected or hidden using the same met
413. lick on it and select Rename then enter the new name Deleting a Site To remove an existing site right click on the site item and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the production site Please note that the area s line s and cell s underneath the site will also be permanently removed l a Production gt Your Enterprise New Site General Site Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the site item contained in the enterprise folder in the project browser and then selecting the General tab Enabled By default added sites are enabled It can be disabled by un checking the Enabled setting and saving the project This will stop the OEE downtime and scheduling module from executing the site and all area s line s and cell s that are underneath it Description This is an optional description and is just for your reference Shift 1 Default Enabled If checked shift 1 will be included during scheduling If not checked shift 1 will be scheduled around Default Start The time of day that first shift starts The first shift ends at the start of second shift Time Shift 2 Default Enabled If checked shift 2 will be included during scheduling If not checked shift 2 will be scheduled around Default Start The time of day that second shift starts The second shift ends at the start of third Time shift Shift 3 Default Enabled If checked shift 3 will
414. lity 224 TINTO UC ON 3 25 scares seed cows esis id 224 SPC Charts iii apaa aar aapear Ae raaa aaa aaea aa aa o Aaaa espa aaaea saraaa Ea adara aat 224 Sche luling Samples cion RA AAA EA AAA ARA 227 AE ERA II rarau aaa Saiak Ka dariana apeina 227 2 Getting SartOd iiooiiiiciiic A ERA ai aaia Kinnas Aea 227 TAS CAMACHO lt E E A TEA A E T E A A E T SS napa ca Rnd 227 Existing GNOME AAA Aa E ait eri aS 227 installing Modules cean A ens in A ALO ds ee 227 New Ignition y ste Ata 229 O Inductive Automation Selecting stall OPtlOMS s issi lt ecackc lt eian castes shee ce sseuascncavenssaacancascsesnteveutacskodcscuthacclavesnagsateobisetsvandibunssneiasasaces 229 Configure Databas Evian A A A da a asis 229 MES Module SStINdOS carita td tii 230 Demo Installation iii A A ae Bal A 231 US BEMOL 232 Quality US Erre vince cnet halen E EA E e a aa iaaii 233 OVERVICW ae aas aee aa le oc cl os a e cido ello E 234 Sample Definitions nes a ea ii 235 Sample Entry SPC Control Charts Control Charts Analysis 3 COnNgur alo Mena it a EEA N E N E MES Module ConfiguratiO re a r e aaa a aa aa eap rar E AAE na raap SAREA iO a Aa E rA Datas olirce SONS iaa Ail a ce Ad AAA AAA Production Model Configuration Production Mola A AA eee aa Enterprise Configuration iii AAA AI tee Site Config ratioM nesre inie e eirean a lada ies Area ConfiguratiON tsrs a AAA E a maderehdrtnls Line Configuration eA AAA AAA AAA E AAA Location Conti Mii
415. ll bar will appear and allow the user to scroll back to earlier samples Scripting name minVisibleSamples Data Type int Min Visible Measurements The minimum number of measurements to show in the table of the Column Width Row Height Date Background control chart If more than the minimum visible measurements exist in the SPC results then a vertical scroll bar will appear and allow the user to through all measurements Scripting name minVisibleMeasurements Data Type E The width of the table column for each sample The charts will be expanded to match the column width Scripting name columnWidth Data Type int The height of the table rows Scripting name rowHeight Data Type int The background color of the sample date row Scripting name dateBackground Data Type Coley Inductive Automation Date Foreground Date Font Date Format Label Background Label Foreground Label Font Data Background Data Foreground Data Font Calc Background Inductive Automation SPC Quality 323 The foreground color of the sample date values Scripting name dateForeground Data Type Color The font to display the sample date values Scripting name dateFont Data Type Font The date formatting pattern to display the sample dates Scripting name dateFormat Data Type Serving The background color of the labels Scripting name labelBackground Data Type Coles The foreground color of the labels
416. ll name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Filler of the OEEDemo project Production 5 OEEDemo amp Your Enterprise amp Your Site Workday Routine 5 Your Area Y Line 1 E Additional Factors O Capper Y Case Packer 5 Filler 3 Downtime Reasons gt Accumulation Count gt Auto Calc Waste gt CellEnabled gt Default Cell Enabled 5 Description gt Infeed Count Log Downtime Details 5 ene PO tel in da PS o dde y Pe e A on F lt BrantarerRate ae Standard Rate Period State State SQ LTag Cell Inductive Automation Child Folders Downtime Reasons Properties Accumulation Count Active Duration Active Is a Short Stop Active Starttime Cell Enabled Default Cell Enabled Description Downtime Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 177 Contains all of the downtime reasons entries that have been configured for the production cell See Downtime Reasons for more details Accumulation Count Infeed Count Run Production Count This represents the amount of product accumulated on the production line and is adjusted for package count It will be the same units as the infeed Indicates the time in a formatted string that the current line downtime event has been active Indicates if the current active line downtime event is a short stop Indicates the start time that the current lin
417. lling Modules A On aaa 21 Configure Database aiii a A A tai aaa A ae ales 23 MES Module Settings sacs RS 23 Demo Installation ed ds 24 US Of IMG rf aCe iii a 25 Work Orders iranan ee Sede R enti hinadiinen oe ch kein ahead a ARRS 26 POCOS iiss sccd hian Maya eho i id De ita 27 Production Schedule trinn eayilevese cele ects entere tebe tes ese dev Meese eave deities DAA db nari dite gla EA ere 27 Operator MN A A A A 29 Line Cha ado a ri ate ehh Seven Gite ain eee 32 Analy Sis SChEGN cit A AAA ie tendency 33 Report Screen es ak Dashboard ni exseesceasaeestecntcducexcessencsucesta AEE a eE a a Ea e ar E Eae a eaae aA Area SUMMARY erene o e a a a a a e a A a a 37 Enterprise SUMMARY iii AA AA AAA A A e AAA AA 39 IMPFOMPtU ANS iii A dav cea a el seas vrata e E AE E Aedes aes 40 Line SUMMARY A facia edd oie ea eee Od A teenage Site SUMMARY aia ie hi e A oni alt ont Reed tah Seis a Ai laos TERR e nudes Production Model Production tem SENOS iii A E E R Adding Production OS mia dida CONFIG UF ATION 5 fcc cssccsacecexeszesscensacec esseesaaciesaeconctttssodstuaceeseusneseesateceveniessceusvdee eoseesuaciavabcouseassastsduaevesceen saaeisateredeates COMPONEN Sarna Na DEAD TACA wna aetna oa ev ree Creating A NN ti Aa ele ets A Es eae LE A tE 3 Configuratori inane A A A a MES Module Configuration Datasource SENOS cnica dal diia Production Model Configuration cccsccccseceeseseesseeeeeeeeeseeeesaeeeeeneesene
418. lly approved when they are recorded If false they have to be manually approved e setAutoApprove boolean autoApprove Sets the auto approve setting for this location If true samples will be automatically approved when they are recorded If false they have to be manually approved e getComingDueMin double Returns the coming due minutes setting for this location The value represents the number of minutes required before a sample is due until the sample is considered coming due For automatically scheduled samples they are created prior to actual due time by the number of minutes of this setting e setComingDueMin double comingDueMin Sets the coming due minutes setting for this location The value represents the number of minutes required before a sample is due until the sample is considered coming due For automatically scheduled samples they are created prior to actual due time by the number of minutes of this setting e getOverdueMin double Returns the overdue minutes setting for this location The value represents the number of minutes required before a sample is due until the sample is considered overdue e setOverdueMin double overdueMinutes Sets the overdue minutes setting for this location The value represents the number of minutes required before a sample is due until the sample is considered overdue e getDuration double Returns the number of minutes needed to take a sample for this location e setDuration do
419. log Data Type String O Inductive Automation 4 7 1 7 setPathRecipeValue Recipe Changeover 521 system recipe setPathRecipeValue projectName itemPath recipeName valueName value note Set production item recipe value This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type String itemPath The item path to a production line cell cell group or location For example Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type SEEING recipeName Name of recipe Data Type String valueName Recipe value name to set Data Type SL value New value to assign to recipe value Data Type String note Optional note to be stored in the recipe change log Data Type String returns none Example itemPath event source parent getComponent Production Line Selector selectedPathWithoutProject recipe Recipe Cl 6Pk valueName Line Speed value 99 system recipe setPathRecipeValue itemPath recipe valueName value Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 522 4 7 1 8 revertPathRecipeValues system recipe revertPathRecipeValues projectName itemPath recipeName valueNames note Revert production item recipe values back to the parent production item This script functio
420. lor of the labels Scripting name labelForeground Data Type Calor The font to display the labels Scripting name labelFont Data Type Font The background color of the measurement data values Scripting name dataBackground Data Type Color The foreground color of the measurement data values Scripting name dataForeground Data Type Colon The font to display the measurement values Scripting name dataFont Data Type Font The background color of the calculated data values Scripting name calcBackground Data Type Color The foreground color of the calculated data values Scripting name calcForeground Data Type Color The font to display the calculated values Scripting name calcFont Data Type Pong Show Primary Chart Right Axis Width Limit Dialog Horizontal Offset Limit Dialog Vertical Offset Vertical Grid Line Color Show Vertical Grid Lines Horizontal Grid Line Color Show Horizontal Grid Lines Primary Chart Background Show Notes SPC Quality 354 If true the primary chart will appear Scripting name showPrimaryChart Data Type boolean The width of the right chart axis in pixels Scripting name rightAxisWidth Data Type EE The horizontal or x position to display the set control limit dialog box Scripting name limitDialogHorizontalOffset Data Type LOG The vertical or y position to display the set control limit dialog box Scripting name
421. lowing control limits are added Individual Outside Out of Limits Outside Limits 3 3 4 3 Add Signals To add an out of control signal right click the Out of Control Signals table and select New from the drop down menu A window will appear with several fields to be completed including the signal name kind calculation script lookback period lookback duration chart point color and chart point shape E Z Edit Signals 2S Signal Name xBar 8 Above Control Line Kind Bar Calculation Script 8 Consecutive points abo Lookback Period Hours KI 5 Lookback Duration Chart Point Color PM O Chart Point Shape Dot Filled KI ox Adding a Signal Signal Name This is the required unique name of the signal as it will appear in selection lists and control charts It is better to keep this short in length so that it will fit better on the control charts Kind Each type of control chart has signal kinds that it works with If a signal will be used with a Individual control chart then the Individual signal kind must be used Available control limits kinds grouped by control chart type XBar Range O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 270 Individual MR Standard Deviation Median p np u c Calculation Script Because signal calculations can vary the SPC module uses scripting This allows the user to override the default calculation of a sign
422. ly added depending on the Interval setting 3 2 2 1 3 Sample Entry Although it is not required the sample list is used to view samples coming due due overdue waiting for approval and approved Based on the color users can easily see the current state of samples From this list users can select a sample to enter measurements for or create new samples See the sample definition section for more information about how to schedule samples or define them to be taken manually By selecting a sample and clicking on the Edit Sample button the sample data can be entered Likewise by clicking on the Add Sample button a new sample can be added Depending on the sample definition samples can be automatically or manually approved Once a sample has been approved it will appear in the control charts and will be automatically evaluated for an out of control condition In this demo the Unapprove Sample button has been added to demonstrate the ability to correct previously approved sample data This can be removed from the screen or allowed based on the user s security role User admin le T Product Code Location Reference No Taken Date Time Taken Ml Overdue o Due I coming Due B Waiting Approval E Approved Add Sample Edit Sample Add Note Sample List Once the user has clicked on the Edit Sample or Add Sample button the sample entry form appears If a new sample has been added the location can be selected For a location
423. ly valid if the production run has been ended parameters returns linePath successful The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the line starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String Returns true if the production run successfully has been resumed Data Type Boolean Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 209 system production utils setLineProductCode linePath productCode Set the current product code for a line If the line is currently in a production run it will have to be ended before setting a new product code The product code must exist in the production code table and the line must be enabled to run it parameters linePath productCode returns successful The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the ine starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String The new product code for the line to run next Data Type String Returns true if the project name line path and product code are valid and the new product code has been set Data Type Boolean system production utils startLineProductCode linePath productcode Set the current product code for a line and immediately starts it running If the line is currently in a production
424. m General Downtime Schedule Quality Advanced Primary Infeed Line Infeed y Product Infeed Name Count SQL Ta Max Raw Count Production Units Line Infeed Line 1 PLC Filler Infeed 32768 Bottles Primary Oufeed Line Outfeed x Production Outfeed Name Max Raw Count Default Standar Default Packag Standard Rate Production Units Vaste Transit Line Outfeed Line 1 PLC Pal 32768 370 0 10 0 Hour Cases 120 Product Waste Name Count SQL Ta Max Raw Count Inspection Rejects Line 1 PLC Inspectionaste 32768 Waste Calculation Method Product Waste Entries 7 O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 45 Line OEE Settings Optionally each cell can be configured with product outfeed and infeeds This will enable OEE data to be calculated for each cell as well as the production line Edit Product Infeed xs Name Line Infeed Count SQLTag Line V PLC Filler Infeed Max Raw Count 32768 Productions Units Bottles Product Infeed Settings The Count SQL Tag property is set to the lgnition SQLTag that will provide infeed production counts This is typically from a PLC but can be from a barcode scanner database or other source The programming required in the PLC is simplified greatly because no handshaking or start of resets are required In the PLC the counter can simply rollover from the maximu
425. m path for the desired item path s Because analysis is independent of projects the project name is required in the item path Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Item Path RecipeDemo Enterprise Site Area 1 Line 1 Item Path RecipeDemo Enterprise Site Area 1 Line 2 This is a filter to specify if children of the production item s specified in the Item Path filter should be included Only one of the valid options are required QA Include O Exclude Default Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Children Include This is a filter to limit the recipe s to include in the results Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Recipe Name Recipe A Recipe Name Recipe B This is a filter to limit the recipe value s to include in the results Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Recipe Value Name Line Speed Recipe Value Name Force This is a filter to limit the sub recipe s to include in the results Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Recipe Name 1A Recipe Name 1B The recipe analysis provider does not allow any comparison statements Data Points O Inductive Automation 4 6 Recipe Changeover 502 The recipe analysis provider can accept the following data points Change Type Changed By Description From Value Info Item Path Note Recipe Name Sub Product Code Time Stamp To Value Units Value Name This is a descripti
426. m value of a counter back to O and continue counting The OEE module tracks the production count at the start of the run and all rollovers This tracking is even maintained during power outages Downtime Settings The OEE Downtime and Scheduling module uses a single numeric value typically read from a PLC to determine the current state This applies to both a production line or production cells of a line If the state value is O it is considered that the line or cell is idle and if it is 1 it is considered the line or cell is running State values 2 on up typically to 32767 are user defined and can be automatically detected or can tied to a operator selectable downtime reason Below is a list containing sample downtime reasons Notice the Record Downtime Planned Downtime and Operator Selectable columns If the Record Downtime option is true then downtime events with this reason will be treated as unplanned downtime This allows for downtime reasons such as outfeed backup to not be counted as unplanned downtime If the Planned Downtime option is true then downtime events with this reason will be treated as planned downtime Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 46 Filler Cell Production Item General OEE Downtime Schedule Advanced Log Downtime Details J State SQLTag Line 1 PLC Filler State gt Downtime Reasons Reason Name Reason Code Record Downtime Planned Downtime Operator Selectable
427. mat name Data Type String parameters wo Work Order co Scheduled Change Over Start Date st Scheduled Production Start Date fn Scheduled Finish Time Date pc Product Code pcd Product Code description qty Scheduled Quantity nt Note eb Entered By line feed the pipe character Example If you set Event Display Format property to Product Code pc pcd Note nt The display string would look like Product Code PC243 240z 3 pack Note Short run requested by customer Events This control has the same events as the Ignition Table Component with the addition of the following events newEvent Is fired when the New Entry menu item is selected editEvent Is fired when the Edit Entry menu item is selected deleteEvent Is fired when the Delete Entry menu item is selected Methods none Inductive Automation Example Code OEE Downtime 143 The following script can be entered into the newEvent event of this component It collects the selected time when the right click occurred and opens a new window with the collected values as parameters paraml event source parent getComponent Production Line Selector selectedLinePath param2 event source parent getComponent Schedule Week View hoveredTimeLatched system nav openWindow ScheduleNew LinePath paraml CurrentDate param2 system nav centerWindow ScheduleNew 2 4 3 8 Schedule Date Selector Ey Descr
428. mat None This is a filter to specify how to name the recipe value columns when the Format filter is set to Recipe Comparison Default When this filter is set to Recipe Name Prefix Default it is difficult to create a recipe comparison report because the column names change depending on the recipes being compared Setting this filter to Number Suffix will cause the recipe value column names to always be the same which simplifies reports Only one of the valid options are required Q Number Suffix OU Recipe Name Prefix Default Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Column Naming Number Suffix This is a filter to limit the recipe s to include in the results Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Recipe Name Recipe A Recipe Name Recipe B Recipe Value Name Value Types Compare By Recipe Changeover 496 This is a filter to limit the recipe value s to include in the results Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Recipe Value Name Line Speed Recipe Value Name Force This is a filter to specify the type of recipe values to include Only one of the valid options are required QU Equal Values Include only recipe values that match between two or more recipes Q Not Equal Values Include only recipe values that do not match between two or more recipes O All Values Default Include both values that do not match and do match between two or more recipes Example when
429. me 65 Line i Line Production Item General OEE Down Time Schedule Advanced Workday Routine Name Start Time End Time Line Workday Routine List Workday Routine Entry See the Workday Routines section for more information Other Line Schedule Settings Default Schedule This default production rate used for scheduling purposes Because the standard Rate production rate is typically not achieved a scheduling rate is used when determining the work order finish time during scheduling The actual scheduling rate used is determined from the product code and line that is being scheduled Schedule Rate The period of time used for the scheduling rate The options are Hour and Minute Period Auto Start If true the scheduled entries on the calendar will automatically start at the Schedule Entries scheduled time If false scheduled entries can be chosen out of order and started manually typically by the operator clicking the Start button Auto Start Determines the behaviour when the change over time has expired If true the Production After production run will automatically start If the line is not running then downtime will Changeover start being accumulated If false the production run must be started by some other means Typically this is done by the operator clicking the Start button but it can be accomplished by programmatically setting the Enable Run property for the line Inductive Automation OE
430. me reasons for the event It also allows the operator to split downtime events This accommodates downtime events that have multiple reasons For example if a production line goes down because of a mechanical failure and when maintenance finishes the repair it is time for break The operator can split the downtime event into two events One for mechanical failure and the other for break Downtime Reasons Reason 11 00 04 AM 11 30 03 AM Filler 00 29 59 Meal iP 10 48 03 AM 10 50 03 AM Case Packer 1 00 02 00 Case 0 54 03 ay ees 10 45 03 AM 10 47 03 AM Inspection 1 00 02 00 Setup G 10 42 03 AM 10 44 03 AM Labeler 1 00 02 00 Label Y 1 0 0 0 1 10 39 03 AM 10 41 03 AM Capper 1 00 02 00 capt sy 10 36 03 AM 10 38 02 AM Filler 1 00 01 59 Mach 10 51 03 AM 10 33 02 AM 10 35 03 AM Filler 1 00 02 01 Scale z pon _ ee ra C Cancel Split Splitting Down Time Reason When the user clicks on the icon in the right hand column the downtime event split panel appears The user can drag the time selector to the desired number of hours minutes and seconds to split the event at After the user clicks the Split button two entries in the Down Time Table will appear with the exact same downtime reasons The user can now select different downtime reasons for each entry When multiple downtime events occur for the same automatically detected downtime reason they will be combined into a single entry The Coun
431. me screen the Definition Location List will find the Definition List component and register as a listener Anytime the sample definition changes or the users selects a different sample definition the Definition Location List will be updated automatically Location Name Interval Type Enabled Manual W Manual A Sample Definition Location List The Ignition table customizer is used to change the appearance of the table To access the customizer right click on the Definition Location List component and select the Cutomizers gt Table Customizer menu item Using the customizer you can hide columns change colors and change formatting to make the Definition Location List appear as desired When the Read Only property is set to false the Move Up and Move Down menu items will appear in the popup menu This allows the user to change the order that attributes appear in the Sample Entry component Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Inductive Automation SPC Quality 285 Location ID The location ID property does not show in the Ignition Designer property list lt on only available in scripting to read the ID of the current production location that is selected when the Edit menu item is clicked Scripting name locID Data Type int Read Only When set to true prevents the popup menu from appearing when the user right clicks on the Definition Location List co
432. me the associated value has changed e getValueChangedTimeStamp Date Returns the date time the value changed e getValue Object Returns the value of the sample e isTracedStartedEvent Boolean e isTracedEndedEvent Boolean isShiftChangeEvent Boolean getCreateSample Boolean setCreateSample createSample Boolean e getScheduleStart Date e setScheduleStart Date e getScheduleFinish Date e setScheduleFinish Date e getRefresh Boolean Inductive Automation SPC Quality 388 e setRefresh refresh Boolean 3 6 1 7 Sample Overdue Event When a sample due state changes to OVERDUE any script in this event is run It is provided to allow for the performance other actions such as alerts when sample is overdue event properties e getSample Sample Returns the sample that just became due See Sample section more information e getState SampleDueStateTypes Returns the current sample due state See Sample Due State Types for more information Example 3 6 1 8 Sample Waiting Approval Event When a sample due state changes to WAITING_APPROVAL any script in this event is run It is provided to allow for the performance of other actions such as alerts when sample is awaiting approval event properties e getSample Sample Returns the sample that just became due See Sample section more information e getState SampleDueStateTypes Returns the current sample due st
433. meter Any error messages are returned otherwise an empty string is returned e clearSignals All signals contained in this sample definition are removed e getSignal String name SampleDefinitionSignal Returns the signal that has the same name as the name parameter e getAllSignals List lt SampleDefinitionSignal gt Returns all signals that have been selected for this sample definition e signalExists SampleDefinitionSignal signal boolean Returns true if the signal specified in the parameter already exists for this sample definition 3 6 2 6 Sample Definition Attribute The sample definition attribute object holds all of the information defining an attribute used in samples A sample definition attribute specifies the name data type default value and more for a single attribute that resides in a sample definition properties e getID int Returns the database created ID for this attribute e getParent SampleDefinition Returns the sample definition that this attribute is a child of e getNew SampleDefinitionAttribute Returns a new sample definition attribute instance e getName String Returns the name of this attribute e setName String name Sets the name used for this attribute It is recommended that once samples have been created using this name it should not be changed e getDescription String Returns the description of this attribute e setDescription String Sets the description of
434. mmunication parity Scripting name Data Type Values handShake Integer NONE 0 CTS DTR 1 CTS RTS 2 DSR DTR 3 XON XOFF 4 parity Integer NONE 0 EVEN 1 ODD 2 MARK 3 SPACE 4 Serial communication number of stop bits Scripting name Data Type Values If true automatically opens the port Scripting name Data Type stopBits In eger Stop Bits 1 0 Stop Bits 2 1 autoOpen Boolean Clears the receive buffer before sending data Scripting name Data Type clearBufferBeforeSend Boolean Corrects any combination of end of line characters to carriage return CR and line feed LF Scripting name Data Type correctCRLFE Boolean The default number of milliseconds to wait while reading data Scripting name Data Type defaultReadTimeout Integer Inductive Automation Enable Capture Capture File Path Encoding Unsolicited Requests Enable Polled Requests Polling Rate Instrument Interface Module 567 Write all sent and received data to the capture file path Scripting name enableCapture Data Type Boolean The file path on the local computer to create the capture file Scripting name captureFilePath Data Type SLEring Character encoding Scripting name encoding Data Type SEE LAG If true accepts unsolicited requests from the device Scripting name unsolicitedRequests Data Type Boolean If true req
435. mponent Scripting name readonly Data Type boolean Events This component has standard Ignition events with the addition of the following events add Event Properties edit Event Properties event getSampleLocName remove Event Properties event getSampleLocName event setRemoveLocation boolean event setSuppressConfirmation boolean Methods O Inductive Automation Is fired when Add menu item is selected The Add menu item will only appear if script has been added to this event none Return the currently selected sample definition location name Data Type String Return the currently selected sample definition location name Data Type String Used to tell the Definition Location List component to remove the selected sample definition location If this is not included in the remove event script with a parameter of 1 then the sample definition location will have to be removed using another method By including this in the remove event script with a parameter of 1 the confirmation message will not be shown before removing a sample definition location Including the event RemoveLocation 0 and setSuppressConfirmation 1 script lines in the remove event will prevent default handling of sample definition locations This allows for custom handling of the removal of sample definition locations SPC Quality 286 none 3 4 1 4 Definition Control Limit List Description A component that provides
436. n Add 2 Ibs of ingredient 3 Agitate 15 minutes Equipment Definition Batch System Machine Recipes Machine recipes are used for setup equipment to run a given product or to put it in a given mode If a machine can run 20 different products and each product has different settings then the need to manage recipes is essential Commonly machines have some sort of operator interface that will allow the operator to change settings and in some cases have a very basic recipe system This can work okay for a single machine but with production lines where there are several machines it becomes more of a task to go to each machine and make sure it is setup to run the next product on the schedule This requires time and is prone to mistakes during changeover between products Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 429 When a recipe product code is selected for a machine the recipe values are written to Ignition tags some or all of the Ignition tags can be mapped to memory locations in a PLC In the image below all the recipe values except for the Barcode are mapped to a PLC through OPC The Barcode recipe value is just mapped to an Ignition memory tag and can be displayed on a screen for the operator to verify the barcode number or it can be sent to a printer through serial or TCP IP If the Almonds recipe is selected the recipe value will be written to the Ignition tags If the Ignition tags are tied to PLC memory addresses they wil
437. n This is a required filter to specify the scope of what to include in the results O Date Range O Last Active Recipe This will look for the last recipe selection in the variance log and only include the associated variances in the results This can be used to monitor active runs or the last run if the recipe has been canceled Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Scope Last Active Recipe This is a required filter to specify the production item to include in the results It is the item path for the desired item path s Because analysis is independent of projects the project name is required in the item path Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Item Path RecipeDemo Enterprise Site Area 1 Line 1 Item Path RecipeDemo Enterprise Site Area 1 Line 2 This is a filter to specify if children of the production item s specified in the Item Path filter should be included Only one of the valid options are required U Include O Exclude Default Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Children Include This is a filter to limit the recipe s to include in the results Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Recipe Name Recipe A Recipe Name Recipe B This is a filter to limit the recipe value s to include in the results Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Recipe Value Name Line Speed Recipe Value Name Force This is a filter to specify the type of recipe v
438. n UUID associated with this sample See Sample Definition object for more information e getSampleUUID String Returns the UUID assigned to this sample A UUID is a universally unique identifier that once assigned to a sample will never change It is also unique in that no two samples will have the same VUID e getEnterprise String Returns the enterprise associated with this sample e setEnterprise String enterprise Sets the enterprise associated with this sample e getSite String Returns the physical production facility associated with this sample e setSite String site Sets the physical production site associated with this sample e getArea String Returns the production area associated with this sample O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 391 setArea String area Sets the production area associated with this sample e getLine String Returns the production line associated with this sample This will be blank if the location the sample is taken is in a production area and not on a production line setLine String line Sets the production line associated with this sample getLocation String Returns the location associated with this sample setLocation String location Sets the production location associated with this sample getLocationPath String Returns the full location path including enterprise site area line and location associated with this sample setLocationPath String lo
439. n can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type String itemPath The item path to a production line cell cell group or location For example Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type SEEING recipeName Name of recipe Data Type String valueNames One or more recipe value names separated by commas to revert Data Type SCELNG note Optional note to be stored in the recipe change log Data Type String returns none Inductive Automation 4 7 1 9 createRecipe Recipe Changeover 523 system recipe createRecipe projectName recipeName parentRecipeName note Create new recipe This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName recipeName parentRecipeName note returns none Inductive Automation The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type String Name of new recipe Data Type String Name of parent recipe to base this recipe Leave blank if new recipe is not based on any other recipe Data Type String Optional note to be stored in the recipe
440. n scheduling production If one item is not in unison with the rest then production line efficiencies will drop If raw material is not at the line when the line is ready to start production then ine production is waiting Even if this is just 10 minutes it negatively reduces the production line efficiency In some operations production schedules change sometimes at the last minute making if difficult and forcing employees to rely on a verbal updates involving multiple people It becomes an issue of how much effort is being consumed to do so and how many times are there hiccups By instantaneously propagating schedule changes to all departments combined with tools to track required scheduled produced and remaining production information can help make an operation run smoother 2 2 Getting Started This getting started guide will step you though OEE Downtime and Scheduling module installation demo installation the demo user interface and configuration features 2 2 1 Installation Follow the next four sections to install the complete OEE Downtime and Scheduling If you just want in install the core modules and skip the demo follow the next three sections 2 2 1 1 Installing Modules To install the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module on to an existing Ignition server follow the steps below Before installing the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module it is recommended to first setup the database connection that will be used to store O
441. n the same screen the Definition Signals List will find the Definition List component and register as a listener Anytime the sample definition changes or the users selects a different sample definition the Definition Signals List will be updated automatically Name Enable Individual Outside O Individual Outside Out of Limits Out of Limits Outside Limits Outside Limits JOO OOO Sample Definition Signal List Properties This component has standard Ignition properties none Events This component has standard Ignition events none Methods none 3 4 1 6 Location Selector Description A component that allows selection of production locations Production locations are defined in the Inductive Automation SPC Quality 288 production model using the Ignition Designer See Production Model Configuration for more information There is no need for SQL queries or scripting to display locations The selected location is reflected in Selected Location Name Path and Location ID properties Properties Select One gt a valve 1C alve 24 Location Selector This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Selected Location Name Selected Location Path Selected Path Without Project Selected Location ID Display Path The name of the currently selected location Scripting selectedLocationName name Data Type Stri
442. n the additional factor table and select the New menu item A dialog box will appear to allow entry of a new additional factor as shown below r 3g Y Add Additional Factors Factor Name Factor Description OK Additional Factor Settings Factor Name The required name of the additional factor is used to reference one additional factor from another You can have any number of additional factors but user usability will be hindered if too many are added This is because the additional factors are added to user menus and if too many are added the menus can become too long and confuse the end user Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 64 The name given to an additional factor should be meaningful to the end user Again this is because additional factors appear in menus allowing the end user to filter and group analysis and report data by them Factor Description The optional description is just for reference or to keep internal notes about the additional factor Factor SQLTag The required SQLTag is the source of the data value that will be logged It is an Ignition SQLTag and the values can come from a PLC a database query other device in the field such as a barcode reader expression user input or script This opens the door to mesh any type of outside data into the MES module analysis and reporting Any type format of data that can be stored in an SQLTag can be logged If SQLTag value is a strin
443. nality of the SPC demo project includes e Sample definitions e Scheduling samples e Sample entry e Late missing sample indication e Control charts e Analysis beyond control charts The demo is divided into two sections control charts and user screens Click on the Quality User Screens or SPC Control Charts for the section you wish to work with O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 233 Command Windows Help Puzzle Works Inc Quality User Screens Click to experience the user screens intended Click to experience the SPC control charts for sample entry monitoring due samples and which provides a view of collected sample data other quality functions and other analysis SPC Module ee Al di gt inductive automation juction enviror SPC Module Demo Project Main Screen 3 2 2 1 Quality User Screens This is the Quality User Screen Menu Here the user can click on the menu item to select the corresponding screen or click on the Back to Main to return back to the main demo menu Inductive Automation SPC Quality 234 Puzzle Works Inc Overview Test Stations Lab Sample Definition Back to Main User Screen Menu 3 2 2 1 1 Overview Below is the overview screen that is included with the SPC demo It demonstrates control charts that are updated automatically every time new sample measurement data is recorded It also demonstrates indicators of both overdue samples and processes that are out of co
444. nav closeParentWindow event 2 4 3 4 Line Schedule Selector E Description A component that provides users to select a scheduled entry from a drop down list of available schedule entries for a production line The available options include only schedule entries that were scheduled for the production line and have not already been selected All schedule entries are automatically displayed from the Schedule database table without the need for custom SQL statements or script O_PC2 03 12 02 00 AM a O_PC1A 03 01 01 30 AM Maintenance 02 28 03 30 AM WO_PC1B 02 28 05 00 AM O_PC2 03 11 03 30 AM WO_PC2 03 11 04 00 PM WO _PC2 03 12 02 00 AM Line Schedule Selector Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Inductive Automation Line Path OEE Downtime 136 The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the ine starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Scripting name Data Type Schedule ID database table Scripting name Data Type Include Closed linePath String schedulel Integer The currently selected ID of the schedule entry This is the ID for the Schedule D If true will allow selection of schedules that have not been run and are scheduled Wo against a closed work order Default is t
445. nd scheduling system It can be modified using the Ignition designer to accommodate your requirements Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 30 Ignition MES Software ine Charts Schec Product Code Work Order Operator Production Run Status Line Status Down Scheduled Entry WO_ABCD 02 07 05 00 AM Stihlman Product Code Be ied Rate 0 0 Cases Hour a Pale Ale Standard Rate 60 0 Cases Hour Quantity 5000 Scheduled Rate 58 0 Cases Minute Units Cases Run Started 02 07 11 10 AM Estimated Finish 02 14 10 58 AM Production 6 000 4 000 Operator Start Downtime Reasons 05 00 04 PM 05 15 02 PM Filler 00 14 58 Break 03 01 53PM 03 01 59PM Filler 00 00 06 Stop 01 00 02 PM_ 01 15 03 PM_ Filler 00 15 01 Break Notes de Ada Note Operator Screen The portion of the operator screen shown below allows the operator to start end and resume production runs By clicking on the down arrow of the scheduled entry drop down box a list of scheduled production runs that have not been started will be shown for the operator to select from Before a different production run can be selected the current production run must be ended Production Run Scheduled Entry O_ABCD 02 07 05 00 AM a Product Code O_127982 12 30 01 00 AM O_127980 01 13 10 00 AM Quantity O_127980 01 13 07 00 PM O_ 127980 12 08 09 30 AM Units Run Started O_WXYZ 02 03 04 00 AM O_ABCD 02 07 08 00 AM Operator s
446. neColor Data Type Color Show Horizontal Grid Lines If true show the horizontal grid lines in the charts Scripting name showHorizontalGridLines Data Type boolean Events This component has standard Ignition events none Methods showSetLimitPanel Causes the calculate and set control limit dialog to be shown parameters None returns nothing 3 4 2 5 Pareto Chart lia Inductive Automation Description SPC Quality 317 The Pareto chart is used to display which nonconforming items or nonconformities are the largest issue It does not retrieve SPC results from the SPC module so it must be used with either the SPC Selector or the SPC Controller components that do Only SPC results with Pareto SPC Data Format specified will be displayed 60 4 100 55 50 80 454 40 E 35 60 2 a 6 30 2 35 40 20 15 20 104 5 0 1t 0 Speck Scratch Hole Discoloration Incorrect Size Broken Mount Attribute Pareto Chart Through the use of the properties listed below the appearance and functionality of this component can modified as desired Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Data Properties SPC Results SPC Data Inductive Automation Bind this property to the SPC Results property of the SPC Controller or SPC Selector components Ther SPC Results contain all the informat
447. ned U Uchart data will be returned Histogram Histogram data will be returned Pareto Pareto data will be returned Scripting name spcDataFormat Data Type SPCDataFormat Numeric value used in scripting None XBarR XBarS Individua Median U Cc P NP Histogram Pareto CT a 2 OONDOABRWN OO 0 Auto Bar Count If set to true the number of histogram bars will be automatically determined Scripting name autoBarCount Data Type boolean Inductive Automation SPC Quality 306 Data Bar Count If Auto Bar Count is set to false the value of this property will determine the number of histogram bars Scripting name dataBarCount Data Type int Padding Bar Count The value of this property determines how many empty bars will be included in histogram results Scripting name paddingBarCount Data Type int Events This component has standard Ignition events Methods refreshInfo Force refresh of the SPC results parameters none returns nothing setSpcDataFormat spcDataFormat Change to format if the SPC data to return parameters spcDataFormat Format of the SPC data to return Data Type int None XBarR XBarS Individua Median U Cc P NP Histogram Pareto 2 OOAONDABRWN O returns nothing setRowLimit rowLimit Change the default number of samples to return to the value specified in the rowLimit parameter By default only 500 samples are returned in the SPC res
448. nents Ther SPC Results contain all the information so that the control charts can display the results which is not possible with the data set alone Scripting name spcResults Data Type SPCResults This property holds the SPC data and includes columns for the calculated values based on the SPC Data Format and selected attribute control limits and signals Scripting name spcData Data Type Dataset Measurement Count This property represents the number of measurements for each sample in the SPC results Scripting name measurementCount Data Type int Inductive Automation User Background Color Definition Name No Data Message No Data Foreground No Data Font Table Properties Show Table Min Visible Samples Inductive Automation SPC Quality 357 This property can optionally be set to override the current user logged in It is used when notes or assignable causes are added or modified Scripting name user Data Type String The background color Scripting name backgroundColor Data Type Color The sample definition to used when building SPC results Scripting name definitionName Data Type String Text to display if not data is available to show in the control chart Scripting name noDataMessage Data Type String The foreground color to display the no data message Scripting name noDataForeground Data Type Color The font to display the no data message Scripting name noDataFont
449. nes Horizontal Grid Line Color Show Horizontal Grid Lines Primary Chart Background Show Notes Note Image Enable Note Editing SPC Quality 360 The horizontal or x position to display the set control limit dialog box Scripting name limitDialogHorizontalOffset Data Type int The vertical or y position to display the set control limit dialog box Scripting name limitDialogVerticalOffset Data Type int The color of the chart vertical grid lines Scripting name verticalGridLineColor Data Type Color If true show the vertical grid lines in the charts Scripting name showVerticalGridLines Data Type boolean The color of the chart horizontal grid lines Scripting name horizontalGridLineColor Data Type Color If true show the horizontal grid lines in the charts Scripting name showHorizontalGridLines Data Type boolean The background color of the primary chart Scripting name primaryChartBackground Data Type Color If true show the note icon next to the chart point for any samples that have notes or assignable causes Scripting name showNotes Data Type boolean The image to display next to the chart point for any samples that have notes or assignable causes Scripting name noteImage Data Type Image If true allow the user to add and edit notes and assignable causes Scripting name enableNoteEditing Data Type boolean Inductive Automation
450. nes how samples are scheduled In the image below the pH sample definition is set to manual meaning samples are created manually be the user See the location section below for more information Inductive Automation SPC Quality 237 General Information Enabled Y Auto Approve O Measurement Count 4 Default Auto Schedule Information Interval Type Manual r Interval 0 Duration Coming Due Min Overdue Min Cancel Add Add Sample Definition Window After adding a new definition the attributes must be defined This is done by right clicking the Attributes table and selecting Add from the drop down menu This opens a window similar to the one before which allows users to define each attribute Some examples of attributes include pH temperature viscosity weight nonconformities and nonconforming items From here the name description dataype format default value minimum value and maximum value can be defined This window also allows the users to decide if the attribute will be required when entering sample data on the Lab or Test Stations screen O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 238 General Information Name Description Required Data Type Information Datatype Format Default Value Min Value Max Value General Information Name Description Enable Required Data Type Information Datatype Format Default Value Min Value Max Value Add and
451. nfeed for details on deleting product infeed entries Primary Outfeed The production line OEE waste is derived from the primary outfeed If a production line has been configured for multiple outfeeds select the outfeed that is to be used for the waste calculation Product Outfeeds For each outfeed the OEE module will start calculating production rate per minute or production rate per hour values These values can be accessed through the Production OPC Server See the section on Production OPC Values for more information See the section on Product Outfeed for more information Adding a Product Outfeed See the section on Adding a Product Outfeed for details on adding product outfeed entries Editing a Product Outfeed See the section on Editing a Product Outfeed for details on editing product outfeed entries Deleting a Product Outfeed See the section on Deleting a Product Outfeed for details on deleting product outfeed entries Product Waste For each waste entry the OEE module will start tracking true waste count values These values can be accessed through the Production OPC Server See the section on Production OPC Values for more information See the section on Product Waste for more information Adding a Product Waste Entry See the section on Adding a Product Waste Counter for details on adding product waste entries Editing a Product Outfeed See the section on Editing a Product Waste Counter for details on editing product was
452. nfiguring and control of serial port communications easier than using the script only support of the Client Serial Support Module If reading data from a serial communication port on the Ignition server is needed then the Serial Server Support Module is needed Instrument Raw Data 1 Serial Controller Component a onAfterParse Event 4 Client Raw Data 2 ParseResults Object 3 Parsing Engine Template Gateway Typical Serial Com munications Flow Some Instruments write their results to a disk file The image below shows the typical flow when reading data from a file and using the File Monitor component or parsing script functions that are available on both the client and the gateway to parse the raw data in the file O Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 549 Raw Data 1 File Monitor Controller Component Client Script or Gateway Script parseResults parseText MyTemplate fileData Raw Data 2 ParseResults Object 3 Parsing Engine Template Gateway Typical File Flow 5 2 File Monitor Settings This page configures the file monitor settings of this Instrument Interface It provides a configuration area by instrument type that use file method of handing off data lan S Weather Instrument Configuration gt Y La A O L E anatyizer Serial Settings Monitor File Settings Parse Template IS E Weather E CSV Test Column E CSV
453. ng The full location path of the currently selected location This includes the project enterprise site area and possibly a line and the location each separated by the backslash character Example QualityDemoWNew Enterprise New Site Packaging Line 1 Line 1 Quality Scripting name selectedLocationPath Data Type SEELOG The location path excluding the project name of the currently selected location This is useful when using this component with the SPCController component This includes the enterprise site area possible a line and the location each separated by the backslash character Example New Enterprise New Site Packaging Line 1 Line 1 Quality Scripting name selectedPathWithoutProject Data Type SEring The location ID of the currently selected location Scripting name selectedLocationID Data Type LAL When set to true the full location paths will be displayed in the drop down list Otherwise just the location name will be displayed Scripting name displayPath Data Type boolean Inductive Automation Events This component has standard Ignition events none Methods none 3 4 1 7 Interval Selector 3 Description SPC Quality 289 A component that allows selection of sample intervals All intervals that are configured in the project will appear in the list and can be selected by the user See the Sample Intervals section for more information on intervals There is no need for SQL
454. ng with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 The production run ID for which data will be returned This is Integer the ID for the Run database table If this parameter is left blank or set to 1 data for the current production run for the specified production line will be returned Run Sequence No The sequence number starts at O when a production run starts Itinteger is incremented by one at the start of a new shift This provides a method to limit results for a single shift or production runs that span over multiple days O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 188 Include Entire Run If this parameter value is true all shifts for the production run are Boolean returned If it is false then only the shift specified by the value in Run Sequence No parameter will be returned Interval This parameter specifies the time interval that the results are to Hour be to organized by Minute Number This parameter specifies the minimum number of minutes in Integer Minute which the results should be returned This keeps chart to Show appearance from shifting on each update Include Actual If this parameter value is true actual production counts will be Boolean Production included in the results Counts Include If this parameter value is true standard production counts will be Boolean Standard included in the results Standard production counts are based on Production the standard rate
455. ng locationPath A valid path to a location to base the new sample for String projectName Name of the Ignition SPC project Returns Sample A reference to the existing sample or the newly created sample Scope client gateway Example sampleUUID system gui getParentWindow event getComponentForPath Root Container SampleUUID locationPath system gui getParentWindow event getComponentForPath Root Container LocationPath This will return a sample for the sampleUUID If the sampleUUID is blank it will return a new sample sample system quality sample data getCreateSampleByName samp1eUUID sampleDef getDefUUID locationPath 3 6 3 2 2 4 getCreateSampleBy Name system quality sample data getCreateSampleByName Description Return a sample that matches the sampleUUID parameter If not found create and return a new sample based on the sample definition that matches the definitionName parameter The newly created sample will also be initialized for the location specified by the locationPath parameter Syntax Client system quality sample data getCreateSampleByName String sampleUUID String defName String locationPath Gateway system quality sample data getCreateSampleByName String projectName String sampleUUID String defName String locationPath Parameters String sampleUUID Sample UUID to lookup String defName Existing sample definition name to base the new sample on Strin
456. nitoring is enabled Boolean Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 534 4 7 1 20 setltemRecipe system recipe setItemRecipe projectName itemPath recipeName enableValueMonitoring Set the recipe for the production item specified by the itemPath parameter If the production item is a line then all children production items of the line will also be set to the same recipe provided they were added to the recipe This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as Current project for the client Data Type String itemPath The item path to a production line cell cell group or location For example Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type SLring recipeName The name of the recipe Data Type String enableValueMonitoring ff true turn on recipe value variance monitoring See Variance Monitoring for more information Data Type returns none Boolean Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 535 4 7 1 21 cancelltemRecipe system recipe cancelltemRecipe projectName itemPath Cancel the current recipe for the production item specified by the itemPath parameter If the production item is a line then the recipe for all children production items of the line will also be canceled
457. nn caen n nan nn anna nan rrann rare rn nan nr nana EnEn 86 Lia olola Aag elo p ca A A iamd s 86 Product Waste ccsceseeeeeeeeees 87 Adding a Product Waste Counter oooocconocccnocccoooccconccconnccnoncnnnnccnnnccnnn cn nan cn cnn n rc nan nn nn nana nr carr nn rr nr crn rra 88 Editing a Product Waste Counter ooocococcccoccccoocccoocccoonncconononnnonnn nono ncnnnn nn nn nn cnn nn naar naar n nan nr ran rn nen SEESE neern Eneee 88 Deleting a Product Waste CoUNteT ooooococnoccciocccooocccoocccconcnnnncnononononnnnnnnnnnnn nn cnn nn nan c nan rn nan nr nan r nan nn nan nr rnnnr nana rnnnnns 89 Import Edi a Aa RE i eah 89 A Component Reference a aada ann a aorin naaraan ese di id 89 Production COMPONeEN S i seceiscicccecscscnsssotescecectsecessccvevsscesvecsdazicesetetdusucevceiccsesssstesssbinacederdseassscorevsscrsdbssenbbcetenetiae 89 Production Line Selector 89 Production Cell Selector xiii antenna hunks andi aed aad ademas 91 Product Code Selecionar cede shh ested Ea e erae ren ieaiai eeri iaa 92 Produict Cod Table ssie A AAA A AAA 93 Product Code Line Table vii AAA DA a OA ns ati hie Ei 94 Product Code Properties Table iii e ios 95 Production Comments Panelini a ide ad die zo 96 ProductiCode Controla a ads 99 AnalysiS Controll a AAA AAA AAA AAA ai ae 100 Production Analysis Selec iia A OA AA e a 106 Production Stored Analysis Selector ooooocinnccinnccnincccioncconoccconccconncnnnnncnnn nc conc nono nn nnn
458. nned Downtime Operator Selectable Machine Off true false Never Not Running false false Never Machine Fault true false Never Outfeed Backup false false Never Operator Stop true false Never Excess Vibration true false Always Overload true false Always true false Always A onnewona aj Line DT Bypass Reason Code 500 Cell Downtime Settings Log Downtime Details Cell downtime logging is independent from line downtime To log all of the downtime details for a cell check the Log Downtime Details setting This will cause all downtime events for the cell to be logged to the database If this amount of detail is not used it is recommended to uncheck this setting as it saves space in the database See Downtime Reasons for more information State SQLTag This is the SQLTag used to read the current state of the cell It is an Ignition SQLTag and the values can come from a PLC a database query other device in the field such as a barcode reader an expression O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 76 user input or script The data type format of the SQLTag containing the state must be a number The SQLTag can be manually typed or pasted in to the Factor SQLTag edit box Optionally clicking on the IQ icon will display a browser where a SQLTag can be selected Downtime Reasons Adding a Downtime Reason See the section on Adding a Downtime Reason for details on adding downtime reason entries Editing a
459. nned and unplanned downtime See Product Waste for more details on how this value is calculated This value will be true if a production run is started and production line is running The current schedule rate based on the selected product code and line The period of time used for the scheduling rate The options are Hour and Minute The production run finish date and time as it appears on the schedule The total quantity to produce as it appears on the schedule The start date and time of the production run as it appears on the schedule The start date and time of the change over as it appears on the schedule A number that is O at the beginning of a production run and increments at the beginning of every shift OEE Downtime Int4 Read Only Int4 Read Only DateTime Read Only Boolean Read Only Int4 Read Only Int4 Read Only Float8 Read Only Int4 Boolean Read Only Float8 Read Only String Read Only DateTime Read Only Int4 Read Only DateTime Read Only DateTime Read Only Int4 Read Only 173 Shift Shift 1 Enabled Shift 1 Start Time Shift 2 Enabled Shift 2 Start Time Shift 3 Enabled Shift 3 Start Time The current shift based on the shift start times configured for the production line The current Shift 1 enabled state for the production line It reflects the Shift 1 Enabled property for the line in the designer The initial value of this property
460. no Binding Choose Property Y Property Binding Window Root Container Analysis Controller startDate po Window E Root Container E O Name String Background Color Colon H O Styles Dataset H El Data Quality ing gt amp Date Range B Name String B End Date 1 B Outer Range Start Date Outer Range End Date B Styles Dataset p B Data Quality int A Analysis Controller at Production Bar Chart gl Production Line Selector Property Selector O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 51 Do the same for the End Date property but select the End Date property of the Date Range component To allow the users to filter the analysis results by production line we need to bind the Analysis Controller Line filter property to the Production Line Selector component Click on the for the Line property select Property binding type navigate to the Production Line Controller component and select Selected Line Name property as shown below Click the OK button O Tag O Indirect Tag _ Property Property O Expression F Database O DB Browse O SQL Query MM Noe i m T Property Binding Window Root Container Analysis Controller Line s N Binding Types Choose Property Window E Root Container B Name String Background Color Colon HB Styles Dataset FA Data Quality fing Date Range E
461. ns nothing 3 4 2 8 Median and Range Chart ad Description The Median Moving Range MR control chart is used to display SPC results that have multiple measurements for each sample It does not retrieve SPC results from the SPC module so it must be used with either the SPC Selector or the SPC Controller components that do Only SPC results with Median and MR SPC Data Format specified will be displayed Measurement 1 Measurement 2 Measurement 3 We 14 Median Moving Range Control Chart Inductive Automation SPC Quality 333 Through the use of the properties listed below the appearance and functionality of this component can modified as desired Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Data Properties SPC Results SPC Data Measurement Count User Background Color Definition Name No Data Message O Inductive Automation Bind this property to the SPC Results property of the SPC Controller or SPC Selector components Ther SPC Results contain all the information so that the control charts can display the results which is not possible with the data set alone Scripting name spcResults Data Type SPCResults This property holds the SPC data and includes columns for the calculated values based on the SPC Data Format and selected attribute control limits and signals Scripting name spcData Data Type Dataset Th
462. ns to which the the newly calculated control limit for each sample can be saved The ds getColumnindex on lines 11 and 12 returns the column number of the XBar and Range columns This is done for speed reasons because it is faster to reference the column by number instead of finding the column by name From line 19 to 21 each sample row in the data set is cycled through This is done to total the xBar and range values The ds getValueAt function returns the value in the data set for the specified row and column O Inductive Automation SPC Quality Line 24 calculates the average of the xBar values also known as x double bar XDBar Line 25 calculates the average of the range values also known as range bar RBar 266 The event getSampleSize in line 28 returns the number of measurements per sample This will be used to determine which a2 value to use from the array in line 5 The a2 is a factor to calculate the 3 sigma or 3 times standard deviation value and changes based on the number of measurements in each sample Lines 31 through 34 lookup the a2 value that is going to used to calculate the new control limit value A quick range check is done to prevent reading a value that is outside of the array limits Line 37 calculates the new UCL value And finally the value is saved to pass back the new control limit value in line 40 Default XBar UCL control limit calculation script XBar UCL Calculation Define the A2 f
463. nt has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 280 Show DisabledWhen set to true disabled sample definitions will be shown This provides a method to re enable previously disabled sample definitions Scripting name showDisabled Data Type boolean Read Only When set to true prevents the popup menu from appearing when the user right clicks on the Definition List component Scripting name readonly Data Type boolean Activity Number of seconds to wait after user activity before automatic refresh of data There is no scripting support for this property Events This component has standard Ignition events with the addition of the following events add ls fired when Add menu item is selected The Add menu item will only appear if script has been added to this event Event Properties none edit Event Properties event getSampleDefinitionName Return the currently selected sample definition name String remove Event Properties event getSampleDefinitionName Return the currently selected sample definition name Data Type String event setRemoveDefinition Used to tell the Definition List component to remove the selected boolean sample definition If this is not included in the remove event script with a parameter of 1 then the sample definition will have to be removed using another method event selSuppressConfirmation By including this in the r
464. nt scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type String linePath The item path to a production line cell cell group or location For example Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type SEring existingSubProductCode Existing sub product code name Data Type Siew ng newSubProductCode New sub product code name Data Type String note Optional note to be stored in the recipe change log Data Type Shi ag returns none Inductive Automation 4 7 1 6 deleteSubProductCode Recipe Changeover 520 system recipe deleteSubProductCode projectName itemPath subProductCode note Delete sub product code This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName itemPath subProductCode note returns none The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type string The item path to a production line cell cell group or location For example Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type SEEING Sub product code name Data Type nm tring Optional note to be stored in the recipe change
465. ntime If the Record Downtime option is true then downtime events with this reason will be treated as unplanned downtime This allows for downtime reasons such as outfeed backup to not be counted as unplanned downtime Planned Downtime This option will make the reason Planned Downtime meaning it is scheduled and will not be used in computing the OEE Operator Selectable This option selects if or how this reason may be selected by an operator The options are Never This reason will not be available to a user to over ride any other reason It will display only if it is the original reason code detected by the state tag Always This reason can be selected by a user to over ride the original reason code detected Cannot Be Overridden Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 82 When this is the originally detected reason code it cannot be over ridden with any other code If Parent Reason Detected This reason will be available for user selection only if the originally detected reason is the parent of this sub reason see Sub Reason of below Sub Reason Of This option allows the user to to enter a new downtime reason as a child of another downtime reason The reasons are sorted by the Reason Code in numerical order but child reasons will always be sorted under their parent reason Reason Name Reason Code Record Downtime Planned Downtime Operator Selectable Stop 0 true false Never Machine Fault 3 true false Never Machine Fa
466. ntly want to delete the production cell Project Browser Oo x Lg Configuration gt ag Production 2 3 Your Enterprise gt Your Site 1 Ek Your Area gt a Line 1 E Filler Capper m Insped Rename F2 Casei fecut Ctrl X E Palletiz Copy Ctrl C aP Line 2 E Paste Bay a Line 3 a Line 4 el Line 5 4 Move Up A P set col MT a eenDOWN ga aie Deleting a Cell Cell General Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the desired cell item contained in the ine folder in the project browser and then selecting the General tab Enabled By default added cells are enabled It can be disabled by un checking the Enabled setting and saving the project This will stop the MES modules from executing the cell Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 467 Description This is an optional description and is just for your reference Sub Recipe Mask This Sub Recipe Mask is required when using the sub recipe feature If the sub recipe feature is not being used for the production item leave it blank See Sub Recipes for more information above sub recipes and Sub Recipe Mask for how to use this setting Recipe Values Recipe values can be added to cells and can represent settings that are written to a PLC or other controller associated with a machine or be used internally in Ignition See Recipe Types for more information about recipe values and Rec
467. ntrol The indicators can just as easily be alerts that appear in the alarm list or are sent as emails or text messages using the Ignition alerting functionality Inductive Automation SPC Quality 235 Line 1 d xBar USL 10015 d individual UCL 120 7 Quality Status 0O 7 Wi gt RA ax 0009 dZ 119 90 Samples Overdue El o e A AL 8080 d individual LCL 119 18 Line 2 d XBar USL 10005 A individual UCL 120 03 Quality Status lt 4z 0007 Samples Overdue A 120 d xDar LSL 9990 44 individual LCL 119 5 er 3 Dar USL 8 2 Processing 4xparuciti79 gt He Af A d xDar UCL 05 7 Quality Status 47 7 3 Van dx 00 3 Samples Overdue YA d xBar LEL 74 0 AS d Bar Ct 6 7 4 xBar LSL 6 4 Overview Screen 3 2 2 1 2 Sample Definitions Sample definitions originate from two different sources One source is the Tag Collectors that are defined in the designer and are for the sole purpose of creating samples automatically from Ignition tags no human intervention The other source is from the sample definitions created using the screens covered in this section and are for the purpose of manual or semi automatic collection of sample data human intervention The sample definition screen is made up of components from the SPC modules that work together to allow for the management of sample definitions By selecting a sample definition the attributes locations control limits and signals associated
468. o be entered The following sections detail the different events and how they are used See Adding a Recipe Value for more information 4 7 2 1 Evaluate Variance Script If the Evaluate Variance Script property see Adding a Recipe Value for more information of a production item contains a script it will be executed every time an Ignition tag associated with a recipe value changes Variance monitoring must also be active When it is executed the event object provides information about the recipe value being evaluated If event setLogVariance logVariance is not called then the log variance state determined before this event will be used See Variance Monitoring for more information Event Properties event getRecipeTag Returns RecipeTag object associated with recipe value The Inductive Automation event getScale event isLogVariance Recipe Changeover 539 RecipeTag object contains details about the recipe value and associated Ignition tag See RecipeTag object for more information Data Type RecipeTag Returns the recipe scale being used when the recipe was selected Data Type Double Returns the current log variance state for the recipe value If true a variance will be logged event setLogVariance logVariance Parameters Data Type Boolean logVariance If true a variance will be logged Data Type Boolean returns none Example upperLimit system tag read Default UpperLimit lowerLimit system
469. o date values using the pattern defined in the File Name Date Format property and then processed in chronological order If File Timestamp is selected the files are processed in chronological order of the file modified date Select from the following Alpha Numeric 0 Date 1 File Timestamp 2 This property is only applicable if the File Processing Priority property is set to Date This property defines the parsing pattern to use when converting the file name to a date value when determining the processing order of the files The patterns can contain both date and time format designators See the File Name Date Format property description of the File Monitor component for more details Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 551 After This setting defines how files are handled after processing them Select from the following Delete File 0 Move File 1 Character Character encoding of the data Encoding 5 3 Serial Settings This page configures the serial port communications settings of this Instrument Interface Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 552 Project Browser oa acon Digital GagePort NT Instrument Interface Instrument Configuration gt EJ Configurations e EE Serial Settings rg Alcolyzer Plus Port os areemolata E Digital GagePort NT General aS Production a is Enable Serial W Port Settings Baud Rate Baud 9600 Data Bits DATA BITS 7 Pa
470. ociated with this attribute are automatically set to this value when a sample is created getMinValue Object Returns the minimum value for this attribute If this optional minimum value exists the sample s measurement values associated with this attribute are required to be greater than or equal to this value setMinValue Object minValue Sets the minimum value for this attribute If this optional minimum value exists the sample s measurement values associated with this attribute are required to be greater than or equal to this value getMaxValue Object Sets the maximum value for this attribute If this optional maximum value exists the sample s measurement values associated with this attribute are required to be less than or equal to this value setMaxValue Object maxValue Sets the maximum value for this attribute If this optional maximum value exists the sample s measurement values associated with this attribute are required to be less than or equal to this value isModified Returns true if this attribute definition has been modified isNew Returns true if this attribute definition is new Inductive Automation SPC Quality 405 3 6 2 7 Sample Definition Location The sample definition location object holds all of the information defining a location that samples are taken from Asample definition location may specify the interval to schedule samples and various due time values Be sure not to confus
471. ocused field to move down to the next field when the Tab or Enter keys are pressed If it is on the last measurement it will move to the top field in the next column When set to false causes the focused field to move right to the next field when the Tab or Enter keys are presses If it is on the last column it will move to the left column of the next row Scripting name upDownTraversal Data Type boolean When set to true prevents the popup menu from appearing when the user right clicks on the Location Sample List component Scripting name readOnly Data Type boolean When set it will be used for the date and time the sample was taken If not set the current date and time will be used for the date and time the sample was taken This is useful if samples are taken but not entered until a later time Scripting name sampleTakenDateTime Data Type Date This is the color of the text within the Sample Entry component Scripting name foregroundColor Data Type Colas This is the color of the body of the Sample Entry component Scripting name backgroundColor Data Type Color This is the header text for the measurement column Scripting name measurementLabel Data Type String SPC Quality 300 Label Font Font used for the column headers Scripting name labelFont Data Type Font Title Text to show at the top of the Sample Entry component Scripting name title Data Type String Title Font Font to use for the title Scripting name
472. oduct Code Properties Table The Value column will indicate the property setting value and allow editing the of value for the specified line The default value is for reference and is not editable The values are saved in the ProductCodeLineProperty database table This component usually works in conjunction with the Product Code Table and Product Code Line Table components Refer to the OEEDemo project for a complete example Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Product Code Line ID The product ine ID This is the ID for the ProductCodeLine database table Normally this is bound to the Product Code Line Table Selected Product Code Line ID Scripting name productCodeLineID Data Type String Events This component has standard Ignition events Methods none 2 4 1 7 Production Comments Panel we Description A component that allows comments notes to be entered for the current production run This component is similar to the Ignition Comments Panel component but eliminates the need for SQL statements or scripting It ties comments to the production run that the production ine is currently running O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 97 ak Add Note adminuser Feb 23 11 11 23 AM delete funstick adminuser Filler infeed jammed up with product surge Feb 23 11 11 28 AM delete A a A YA ts AA O e tn a ee SA A Production
473. oduction line All work orders are automatically displayed from the WorkOrder database table without the need for custom SQL statements or script O_PC1B 2 O_PC1A O_PC2 Work Order Selector O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 132 Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Line Path The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the ine starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Scripting name linePath Data Type String Selected Work The currently selected work order ID This is the ID for the WorkOrder database Order ID table Scripting name selectedWorkOrderID Data Type Integer Events This component has standard Ignition events Methods none 2 4 3 2 Work Order Table Description A component that displays all the available work orders in a table and calculates the units produced scheduled and remaining for each work order All work orders are automatically displayed from the WorkOrder database table within the date range of From Date and To Date properties without the need for custom SQL statements or script Closed Hide Work Order ProductCode Description Quantity Produced Scheduled Remaining a WO_PC2 PC_002 Product Code 2 67 000 30 747 WO_PC3 PC_003 Product Code 3 623 852 0 WO_PCIA PC_001 Product
474. oduction model for this project is running Data Type Boolean O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 199 system production reset runUUID cellName shiftDate factorName Sets to O the Infeed count and the factor count for the cell or line The run must be complete for adjustment to be accurate parameters returns runUUID cellName shiftDate factorName none The unique run identifier of the run to reset This value can be accessed via the Analysis Controller datapoint called Run Identifier Data Type String Name of the cell to reset Leave blank to indicate the line Data Type String The shift date you want reset This value can be accessed via the Analysis Controller datapoint called Shift Date Data Type Date The run factor to adjust The possible values are InfeedCount ProductionCount or WasteCount Data Type SECAS system production resumeRun projectName linePath Resume the current production run for a line This is only valid if the production run has ended parameters returns O Inductive Automation projectName linePath successful The project name that contains the specified line path Data Type String The line path of the production ine that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the line starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String Returns true if the production r
475. oints add ne a oo a Production Analysis Selector A filter can be added by selecting the link to the right of Filter By A window panel will open and filter categories will be displayed Click the link by the filter category and specific filter items will be displayed When selected they will be added to the filters as shown below To minimize the number of filter options only the options for the selected date range defined by the Start Date and End Date properties will be shown Inductive Automation Selections Filter By Run Run 02 16 07 02 PM Compare By Data Points add 7 i rw ei OEE Downtime 107 Factor Operator f f Hour Of Run f Line PackageCount 4 Product Code ProductionUnits Run N Run 02 16 07 02 PM j Run 02 19 05 21 PM 4 Run 02 19 09 24 Al Shift ait rd Filter By List Compare By and Data Points work similarly to Filter By except there are no categories for these selections just items Selections Filter By Run Run 02 16 07 02 PM Compare By Hour Of Run Data Points OEE OEE Availability OEE Performance OEE Quality add Hour Of Run Line Line Infeed Count f Line Production Count Line Standard Count Line Standard Rate Line Standard Rate Period r r i Line Target Count Line Waste Count OEE OEE Availability OEE Performance OEE Quality 4 Package Count Product Code Production nits
476. olean logic resided in the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module then it may be determining the reason on partially current values Oops now we have the incorrect reason and when all of the current values do arrive what do we do Do we change the original reason add a new downtime entry or maybe put a delay in to allow for all of the current values to arrive None of these options are good solutions Automatic Detection When the value of the State SQLTag changes to a value that is other than the numeric value of one the system will look for a matching reason code in the entries in downtime reasons table If it is not found it O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 79 will replace then reason code with zero 0 Manual Override After an automatic reason has been triggered the operator can override it will a more specific reason Both are logged and can be viewed in analysis and reporting For details about how to disable manual override see the Editable property in the Down Time Table section Manual Only For production ines that do not support automatic downtime detection a completely manual implementation can be setup This is done by providing a line drop down list or other component on the operator screen that the user can use to select the current line state Line Downtime Versus Cell Downtime It is important to understand the difference between line downtime and cell downtime Line downtime which is only the downtime reasons that a
477. on Count Tracking section for more information For each outfeed the OEE module will start calculating production rates OEE etc values These values can be accessed through the Production OPC Server See the section on Production OPC Values for more information 2 3 6 1 Adding a Product Outfeed For each outfeed the OEE module will start calculating the production rate per minute or production rate per hour values These values can be accessed through the Production OPC Server See the section on Production OPC Values for more information To add a product outfeed entry right click anywhere on the product outfeed table of a production line or cell and select the New menu item A dialog box will appear to allow entry of the new information as shown below r Z Add Product Outfeed 2s Name Ps Count SQLTag Max Raw Count 132768 Default Standard Rate 0 0 Default Package Count 1 0 Standard Rate Period Minute z Production Units Waste Transit Time Seconds 0 Product Outfeed Settings Name The required outfeed name is used to reference one outfeed from another and must be unique Count SQLTag The required SQLTag is the source of the raw production counts This typically comes from a PLC but can come from other sources such as barcode readers database queries or derived by another means The data type format of the SQLTag containing the raw
478. on Number of days to retain runtime production data Analysis Datasource DEMODB v ar a The database connection to store historical analysis production data to Multiple sites can be set to the same analysis database to allow enterprise tabase reporting Stop all production runs before changing this setting Analysis OEEDBAUX Database The auxiliary or mirror database connection to store historical analysis production data to Auxiliary Stop all production runs before changing this setting Analysis Query 300 Cache Duration Number of seconds to cache analysis results Increasing this setting will reduce the load on the database but will delay the propagation of current production information to the analysis results Inductive Automation SPC Quality 252 MES Module Settings Page Runtime Database The runtime database is where production and downtime data is stored during a production run During a production run data is logged every minute or partial minute if a downtime event occurs so a larger amount of data is stored in the runtime database Data Retention Duration This setting specifies the number of days to retain the data in the runtime database after a production run has completed The default setting is 30 days This allows for viewing current and past production run information down to the minute for the past 30 days Analysis Database The analysis database is where summarized production and downtime data is saved
479. on events none Methods none 3 4 2 6 Xbar and R Chart iz Description The XBar Range control chart is used to display SPC results that have multiple measurements for each sample It does not retrieve SPC results from the SPC module so it must be used with either the SPC Selector or the SPC Controller components that do Only SPC results with XBar and Range SPC Data Format specified will be displayed 04 25 2012 07 55AM 04 25 2012 07 56 AM 04 25 2012 07 56AM 04 25 2012 09 22 AM 39995 39985 39985 39995 9999 9996 9996 9999 10 10 15 Se An 4 XBar UCL 10010 m 2 vb eo 0 E a 7 9009 Jy con terri OS 4 Bar LCL 9986 a a dr 14 pd S O XBar Range Control Chart O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 321 Through the use of the properties listed below the appearance and functionality of this component can modified as desired Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Data Properties SPC Results SPC Data Measurement Count User Background Color Definition Name No Data Message Inductive Automation Bind this property to the SPC Results property of the SPC Controller or SPC Selector components Ther SPC Results contain all the information so that the control charts can display the results which is not possible with the data set alone Scripting name spcResults Data Type
480. on of the type of change For example it can be Recipe value changed or Recipe value reverted This is the person that made the change This is the description from the recipe value configuration that was entered in the designer This is the value before the change This is additional information that further describes the change This is the item path of the production item that the change was made for This is the note that was entered by the user at the time of the change This is the name of the recipe the change was made for This is the sub product code the change was made for The date and time of the changed This is the value after the change This is the units from the associated Ignition tag This is the name from the recipe value configuration that was entered in the designer Production OPC Values This references details the production OPC values that the Recipe Changeover Module provides For each property the Ignition data type is listed and if it is read only The Ignition data types correspond to the data types that are available for SQLTags Within this reference the Read Only means that the OPC value cannot be written to through the OPC Production Server It can only be set in the designer or it is a calculated value Trying to write to a read Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 503 only property will result in an error message being shown Depending on the MES modules that are instal
481. onal description and is just for your reference Shift 1 Default Enabled If checked shift 1 will be included during scheduling If not checked shift 1 will be scheduled around To inherit the shift enabled from the from the area select the Inherit From Parent option Default Start The time of day that first shift starts The first shift ends at the start of second shift To Time inherit the time of day that first shift starts setting from the area select the Inherit From Parent option Shift 2 Default Enabled If checked shift 2 will be included during scheduling If not checked shift 2 will be scheduled around To inherit the shift enabled from the from the area select the Inherit From Parent option Default Start The time of day that second shift starts The second shift ends at the start of third Time shift To inherit the time of day that second shift starts setting from the area select the Inherit From Parent option Shift 3 Default Enabled If checked shift 3 will be included during scheduling If not checked shift 3 will be scheduled around To inherit the shift enabled from the from the area select the Inherit From Parent option Default Start The time of day that third shift starts The third shift ends at the start of first shift To Time inherit the time of day that third shift starts setting from the area select the Inherit From Parent option Additional Additional Factors are user defined data points that are lo
482. onsidered scheduled downtime can be entered This includes activities such as breaks meals safety meetings etc When production runs are scheduled they are scheduled around these activities O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 44 Your Site Site Production Item Save project to make production changes active General Down Time Schedule Advanced Workday Routine Name Start Time EndTime Graveyard shift break 1 1 00 AM 1 15 AM Graveyard shift meal 3 00 AM 3 30 AM Graveyard shift break 2 5 00 AM 5 15 AM Day shift break 1 9 00 AM 9 15 AM Day shift meal 11 00 AM 11 30 AM Day shift break 2 1 00 PM 1 15 PM Swing shift break 1 5 00 PM 5 15 PM Swing shift meal 7 00 PM 7 30 PM Swing shift break 2 9 00 PM 9 15 PM SD at tant rm A eT a T N o Workday Routine List These settings can be inherited or overridden by a production Area A production Line can in turn inherit or override the entries from the production Area OEE Settings For OEE values to be calculated production data is needed This is configured by clicking on the OEE tab and configuring the system to collect production counts True OEE calculations use product infeed counts to determine OEE Performance The production outfeed is used to determine waste which affects OEE Quality At a minimum a product outfeed for the production line must be configured but for more accurate results a product infeed should be configured as well Line 1 Line Production Ite
483. oom to discharge product to then it must shutdown In this example it is simply normal operation for the cell and it is not causing the production line from producing product A cell further down the line is the cell preventing the production line from producing product Other downtime reasons may be planned Any time that the production line is scheduled around such as breaks lunches safety meeting disable shifts etc is planned and will not count against the production line OEE Availability The OEE Downtime and Scheduling module has been designed to accommodate a variety of methods to determine reasons that a production line is down This was done because monitoring all downtime reasons automatically is the ideal solution But in the real world this be difficult costly or just not practical to detect downtime reasons automatically For this reason it is important for downtime tracking software to support both automatic reason detection and a manual override For example if an operator presses the stop button because they see a bottle laying on its side feeding into a filler then the only automatic reason that can be detected is operator pressed stop button Now the operator should be able to override the reason with more specific information In applications where the production cell is not automated and work is performed completely by manual labor all downtime information can be entered manually from a predetermined list Downtime
484. ork order units to be produced units produced units scheduled and units remaining information is shown for the selected work order The quantity entry is automatically set to the remaining units for the work order A C O duration may also by added to account for the change over duration before the production line begins Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 29 Schedule Entry Schedule Type Start Finish Work Order Work Order Product Code C O Duration Quantity Work Order Units Units Produced Units Scheduled Units Remaining Work Order Run ic 0218 2011 y 02 82011 1505 AM i i C Override Automatic Finish PC_001 Product Code 1 Y Save A cancer Schedule New Production Run After entering the desired quantity the finish time for the work order will automatically update to show the predicted production end time and date The system forecasts the finish time based on the schedule rate for the product code associated with the work order and all breaks or meals that are configured You can override the finish time by selecting the Override Automatic Finish option and manually selecting a date and time 2 2 2 4 Operator Screen The operator screen provides an interface to allow the operator to control the current production run select downtime reasons and monitor the current production run This screen is used as a demo but can reduce the amount of time needed to implement an OEE downtime a
485. ose are the most significant or when looking at a specific component of a larger problem Like the histogram chart the pareto is also useful for the communication of data 3 1 2 Scheduling Samples If you worry about samples being taken at the correct time and not being faked after the fact you are not alone It is not a matter of whether or not the person responsible for taking samples has been distracted and missed taking samples it is a matter of when The Ignition SPC module has powerful features that will schedule samples based on current realtime production conditions For example if a lab staff is required to take samples every hour a production line is running what happens when there is a break down or the production start is delayed because the lack of raw materials How does the lab technician know when production started and if it has been a hour Ina variety of ways the Ignition module can let the lab technician know that production has started and a sample is coming due is due or is overdue This can be expanded to instantly inform all parties that should know of various sample due states This can be utilized for more than taking live process samples It can also be used for other checks that have to be done around the production facility such as weekly inspections of values or rodent traps 3 1 3 Evaluating Signals Typically SPC software requires that someone opens a screen and visually checks for out of control conditions Jus
486. our Area Line 1 e setRecipeNameFilter String recipeName Set an optional recipe filter The filter can contain and wild card characters For example Recipe C will include all recipes that start with Recipe C Recipe C1 and Recipe C21 will be included but Recipe D1 will not e setSubProductCodeFilter String subProductCode Set an optional sub product code filter The filter can contain and wild card characters e setUserFilter String userName Set an optional user name filter The filter can contain and wild card characters e setValueNameFilter String recipeValueName Set an optional recipe value name filter The filter can contain and wild card characters Example Collect values we want to filter by projectName system util getProjectName itemPath event source parent getComponent Production Line Selector selectedPathWithoutProject fromDate event source parent getComponent Date Range startDate toDate event source parent getComponent Date Range endDate Build the filters object filters system recipe filter changelog createNew filters setProjectName projectName filters addCategory Recipe filters setItemPathFilter itemPath filters setFromDate fromDate filters setToDate toDate Request the change log for the given filters ds system recipe getChangelogHistory filters event source parent getComponent Table data ds Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 542 4
487. our Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type SECAS Sub product code to revert value s for or else leave blank to revert the default value s for the production item Data Type String One or more recipe value names separated by commas to revert Data Type String Optional note to be stored in the recipe change log Data Type String 4 7 1 4 createSubProductCode Recipe Changeover 518 system recipe createSubProductCode projectName itemPath subProductCode note Create a new sub product code sub recipe This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName itemPath subProductCode note returns none The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type string The item path to a production line cell cell group or location For example Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type SEEING New sub product code Data Type nm tring Optional note to be stored in the recipe change log Data Type String O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 519 4 7 1 5 renameSubProductCode system recipe renameSubProductCode projectName itemPath existingSubProductCode newSubProductCode note Adds a comment note to the current run for the selected line This script function can be used in gateway clie
488. ove the specified production item Data Type String linePath The item path to the production line cell cell group or location to remove from the recipe For example Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String note Optional note to be stored in the recipe change log Data Type String returns none Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 528 4 7 1 14 getChangelogHistory system recipe getChangelogHistory projectName changelogFilters Based on the filters set in the changelogFilters parameter return change log history for recipe See Recipe Change Log for more information This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type SEPING changelogFilters Change log filters See ChangelogFilters object for more information Data Type ChangelogFilters returns A Dataset object containing rows and columns of change log history Dataset Example Collect values we want to filter by projectName system util getProjectName itemPath event source parent getComponent Production Line Selector selectedPathWithoutProject fromDate event source parent getComponent Date Range startDate toDate event source parent getComponent Date Range endDate
489. overridden somewhere along the inheritance chain See Default Values for more information Master Recipe Descendant Recipes Eas Master Recipe When a value is changed in the master recipe it is propagated down to the descendant recipes As shown in the image below the Mix Time recipe value is changed to 21 and the Creamy Blend and Thick Blend recipes also reflect the new value Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 436 Master Recipe Descendant Recipes EE Master Recipe Value Change 4 15 Sub Recipes Sub Recipes Sub Recipes are convenient when a machine s recipe can be determined from digits within a product code When the product code is used as the recipe a portion of the product code can be extracted and used to determine the machine s recipe For example you may have a tape machine that recipe values only change based on the case size If there are only two different case sizes and there is a digit in the product code that specifies the case size then sub recipes can be used for the tape machine All other machines can use the normal recipe functionality Sub recipes are derived from the product code and the sub recipe mask The sub recipe mask specifies the digits to extract from the product code to determine the sub recipe Once the sub recipe value is determined like the 76 in the image below the recipe values are looked up in the sub recipes for the production line cell cell group or location and are w
490. ow in the table the drill down menu will appear When an item in the drill down menu is clicked on the drillDown event is fired Script in the drillDown event is responsible for updating the Data property to change the results shown in the table The drill down menu information is set through the Drill Down Options property The Drill Down Options can populated from the Analysis Controller Analysis Selector SQL Query scripting or it can be manually defined in the designer Cell Name Downtime Minutes Occurrences Laheler 44 97 18 Capper Palletizer Area 20 Filler Automatic Reason 44 Case Packer 21 Inspection 6 Line Operator Reason Package Count Product Code Production Units Run Shift Site Analysis Table Properties This component has the same properties as the Ignition Table Component with the addition of the following properties Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 115 Allow Export This controls the visibility of the Export menu option If it is set to true Export will appear at the top of the drill down options allowing the user to export the data appearing the table Scripting name allowExport Data Type Boolean Drill Down This is a Dataset that must have at least one column The first column must be a Options data type of string The values in the first column will be shown in the drill down options menu Typically this property binds to the drill down options property in a Production
491. parameter Allowed locations are permanently removed but can be added back SPC data is not lost and will appear in the control charts and analysis Any error messages are returned otherwise an empty string is returned removeAllowedLocation String locationName String Removes the allowed location defined in the locationName parameter Allowed locations are permanently removed but can be added back SPC data is not lost and will appear in the control charts and analysis Any error messages are returned otherwise an empty string is returned clearAllowedLocations All allowed locations contained in this sample definition are removed Allowed locations are permanently removed but can be added back SPC data is not lost and will appear in the control charts and analysis getAllowedLocation String name SampleDefinitionLocation Returns the allowed location with the same name as the name parameter getAllAllowedLocations boolean includeRemoved List lt SampleDefinitionLocation gt Returns a list of all allowed locations associated with this sample definition If the includeRemoved parameter is true the results will include removed allowed locations that have not been committed by saving the sample definition allowedLocationExists SampleDefinitionLocation location boolean Returns true if the allowed location specified in the parameter already exists for this sample definition True will also be returned for allowed locations that have
492. path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the line starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Scripting name linePath Data Type String Selected Product Code The currently selected product code ID Scripting name selectedStringValue Data Type String Events This component has standard Ignition events Methods none O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 93 2 4 1 4 Product Code Table UI Description A component that displays all the available product codes in a table and allows the product code to be disabled All product codes are automatically displayed from the ProductCode database table without the need for custom SQL statements or script Product Code Description Disable Product Code 1 Product Code 2 Product Code 3 Product Code LO 8 Oj Product Code Table When a product code is disabled then it cannot be selected during work order creation or product code selection This component usually works in conjunction with the Product Code Line Table and Product Code Properties Table components Refer to the OEEDemo project for a complete example Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 94 Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Selected Product Code The currently selected product code from the table Scripting nam
493. ped Scripting name lineStoppedColor Data Type Color The path of the icon to display in the line row header when the line is stopped Scripting name lineStoppedIconPath Data Type String The color of a completed event item Scripting name runCompletedColor Data Type Color The color of a running event item Scripting name runRunningColor Data Type Color The color of a scheduled event item Scripting name runScheduledColor Data Type Color Inductive Automation Run Changeover Color OEE Downtime 161 The color of the changeover portion of an event item Scripting name runChangeOverColor Data Type Color Maintenance Completed Color The color of a completed maintenance item Maintenance Running Color Scripting name maintenanceCompletedColor Data Type Color The color of a running maintenance item Scripting name maintenanceRunningColor Data Type Color Maintenance Scheduled Color The color of a scheduled maintenance item Other Completed Color Other Running Color Other Scheduled Color Break Color Disabled Shift Color Inductive Automation Scripting name maintenanceScheduledColor Data Type Color The color of other completed items Scripting name otherCompletedColor Data Type Color The color of other running items Scripting name otherRunningColor Data Type Color The color of other scheduled items Scripting name otherScheduledColor Data Type Color The color of a
494. pen that contains a file monitor component this component will actively look for files to process The files that it will process are specified by the File Path property and can contain wildcard characters This component will perform a test lock on the file prior to processing to insure that writing to the file is complete This prevents processing a file before it is ready This is a important feature If processing of a O Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 560 file starts and data is still being written to the file it will wither cause errors or incomplete data will be processed Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Instrument Interface Name The name of the Instrument Interface configuration to use The available File Path Move To Directory Path After Processing Handling configurations may be selected by clicking on the pencil icon and selecting from the list or typed in manually Scripting name instrumentInterfaceName Data Type String The file path to monitor for file s to process This can be a path to a single file or it can contain wildcard characters to include multiple files By including the or wildcard characters in the file name or even the directory name will switch from single file mode to multi file mode The wildcard character represents a single character where the wildcard character represents mul
495. period and enable another 2 hours of execution The demo period may be restarted any number of times You may install a unlicensed OEE Downtime and Scheduling module into a licensed Ignition server The Ignition server licensing will not be affected and the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module will operate in Demo mode Licensing The OEE Downtime and Scheduling license can be purchased along with or separately from the Ignition license Despite the modular licensing each Ignition server only has a single CD Key and license file That is there is a single license file that dictates which modules are current activated When module s are purchased you will receive a CD Key a six digit code that identifies your purchase You then use this CD Key to activate the software through the Ignition Gateway Activation is a process by which the CD Key and its associated parameters get locked to the machine that you are activating If you adding an additional module your account will be updated and you can re use your existing CD Key to activate the new features For this reason if you purchased the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module separately from the Ignition server the OEE Downtime and Scheduling license will have to be added to your existing CD Key It is possible to inactivate your CD Key freeing it for activation on a different machine Not all production facilities have the large number of lines and cells while others do For this reason there
496. period then the loading is 71 calculated by 5 x 24 7 x 24 OEE 2 1 OEE Availability x Performance x Quality as described in the previous section The calculation is TEEP Loading OEE Example To simplify this example we will use made up OEE result of 82 The actual OEE value used must be the OEE result for all production runs of the same calendar time period that were used to calculate the Loading value TEEP 71 82 The TEEP result is 58 3 Production Count Tracking For OEE calculations to be performed production count information is required At a minimum the outfeed production count for a production line is needed Additional production count information can be configured leading to more OEE calculations For example if the infeed production count is configured for a production then product accumulation and waste can be calculated 2 14 Down Time Tracking OEE provides a method to monitor the efficiency of your production facility and tracking downtime provides information of where to focus efforts to improve efficiency Think of it this way if your production line typically runs at 69 OEE what actions do you take to increase it OEE alone doesn t tell you what factors are preventing your efficiency from being higher than 69 In the simplest form downtime tracking will identify the production cell machine or process that is preventing you production line from producing product This can be done m
497. pes property is true Data Type Boolean Returns true if Show Item Defaults property is true Data Type Boolean Recipe Changeover 486 Methods changeLocalizationString key displayT ext Any of the text that is displayed in the recipe editor change be changed For example displaying Recipes for the root recipe node can be replaced with Products This can be done for any static text in the recipe editor including menu items parameters key The key to the string value to change Data Type String Recipe Editor component keys node recipes node default values node subrecipes node subrecipes default node descendants node subrecipes default menu recipe add menu recipe delete menu recipe rename menu value revert menu recipe revertvalues menu value read menu recipe setvalues menu value security menu recipe selectitems menu subrecipe add menu subrecipe delete menu subrecipe rename menu recipe import menu recipe export panel item select inst panel security inst panel note inst panel cancel desc panel ok desc displayText The new text to replace the existing display text Data Type String returns nothing Sample script to change the root Recipes node text to Spanish Script from internalFrameActivated event on the window system gui getParentWindow event getComponentForPath Root Container Recipe TreeView changeLocalizatioc O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 487 44 2 Recipe Changelog Viewer H
498. ple Entry component to automate populating sample measurement values from an instrument The Map can also be accessed using scripting createValueMap Map of name value pairs Returns a Map object containing name value pairs for the parsed value specified by the name parameter The Map can be sent to the SPC module s Sample Entry component to automate populating sample measurement values from an instrument The Map can also be accessed using scripting 5 6 1 2 Parse Value A ParseValue object is available from the get method of the ParseResults object Because parse values contain additional information such as units data type if it is required etc the value is contained in this object The read the true value form the parse value use the getValue function properties e isValid Boolean If true indicates that this parse values is valid e isRequiredValid Boolean If true indicates this parse value is required and is valid e isRequired Boolean If true indicates this parse value is required e getName String Returns name of this parse value e getUnits String Returns the units extracted during parsing for this parse value The Include Units option must be selected in the parse box options for the units to be extracted e getDataType DataType Returns the DataType object of this parse value Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 575 e getValue Object Returns the true value of th
499. pleDefinition Object for more information returns message Contains a description of any error encountered otherwise it will empty O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 282 Data Type Strinma refresh Refresh the currently selected sample definition This causes any associated components such as the Definition Attribute List to also be refreshed parameters none returns nothing 3 4 1 2 Definition Attribute List E Description A component that provides a list of measurement attributes associated with a sample definition There is no need for SQL queries or scripting to display sample definition attributes If the Definition List component is on the same screen the Definition Attribute List will find the Definition List component and register as a listener Anytime the sample definition changes or the users selects a different sample definition the Definition Attribute List the attributes will be updated automatically Name Description DataType Enabled Total Inspected Inspected Count m M a Speck Nonconforming Co T T Scratch Nonconforming Co T M Hole Nonconforming Co M M Discoloration Nonconforming Co M M mu imo M o Ly Sample Definition Attribute List The Ignition table customizer is used to change the appearance of the table To access the customizer right click on the Definition Attribute List component and select the Cutomizers gt Table Customizer menu item Using the c
500. ponent has standard Ignition events Methods none 2 4 3 3 Work Order Controller A Description An invisible component that provides adding editing and deleting work orders The term invisible component means that the control appears during design time but is not visible during runtime Work orders are stored in the WorkOrder database table and this control handles all SQL statements duplicate checking etc Alternatively work orders can added directly into the WorkOrder database table directly bypassing the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module This method supports integration to ERP or other software systems Properties This component has standard Ignition properties O Inductive Automation Events OEE Downtime 134 This component has standard Ignition events Methods addWorkOrderl intry workOrder Add new work order parameters returns workOrder productCode quantity message productCode quantity The work order number to add to the database Data Type String The product code to produce for work order being added Data Type Seeing The quantity of units to produce for work order being added Data Type Integer Contains a description of any error encountered otherwise it will be empty Data Type Seeing editWorkOrderEntry workOrder Edit an existing work order parameters returns workOrder productCode quantity workOrderlD message p
501. priseiSitelArea Line 1 Case 80 99 Recipe Units Per Case EnterpriseiSitelArea MLine 1 Case 24 24 Trailing Delay Enterprise Site Area MLine 1 Case 200 200 BECIA i Glue Delay EnterpriselSitelArea fl Line Case 2 2 Master C Fill Weight EnterpriselSitelArea fMLine 1 Filler 50 75 50 75 Recipe C1 6Pk Min Fill Level Enterprise Sitevarea fine PFiller 4 0 5 25 Line Speed EnterpriselSitelArea MLine 1 Filler 0 0 Hem Path Max Fill Level EnterpriselSitelArea Line VFiller 5 5 77 RecipeDemolEnterpriselSitelArea 1 Force EnterpriselSitelArea Line 1 Capper 5 4 9 9 Line Speed EnterpriseiSitelArea MLine 1 Capper 0 0 Compan By Row Height Enterprise SiteArea 1Line 1 Palleti 5 5 Data Points Pattern Code Enterprise Sitevarea 1 Line 1 Palleti 10 10 Recipe Value Spacing Delay EnterpriselSitelArea 1Line 1 Labeler 9 9 Line Speed Enterprise Site Area fine 1 Labeler 0 0 Label ID EnterpriseiSitelArea MLine t Labeler Y7ST7 Y7ST Di C Recipe Analysis Provider Below describes each of the analysis providers included in the Recipe Changeover Module 4 5 1 Recipe Analysis Provider The recipe analysis provider is used to collect recipe values for display or report purposes By adding multiple Recipe Name filter values the values will be returned for each recipe name allowing comparing of two or more recipes Filters The recipe analysis provider can accept the following filters Category This is a required filter to specify the type of recipes to ret
502. production count must be a number Max Raw Count This is the maximum raw count value before it is reset to zero See note below Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 86 Default Standard Rate The OEE calculation requires the designed rate that the production ine can produce Typically machines and processes only run at these rates theoretically This setting is the default value for the standard rate but can be overridden by product and line in the user screens Default Package Count This is the default number of infeed units which end up in an outfeed unit If package count does apply then enter 1 0 For example there may be 10 bottle infeed in a case outfeed or 10 gallons infeed ina bucket outfeed When calculating waste and production count information the package size is very important It can change based on the product being run and the default value and can be overridden by the product in the user screens Standard Rate Period This is the time period to use for the default standard rate If the default standard rate is in units per hour select Hour otherwise select Minute Production Units This can be anything you want that represents the units Examples are gallons cases bottles pounds liters etc Waste Transit Time Seconds The waste transit time specifies the amount of time it takes for one unit to travel from the infeed to the outfeed if the production line is running at standard rate It is used to calc
503. property is left blank the default icon will be used Scripting name defaultSubRecipelconPath Data Type String Set to the Ignition image path of the icon to use for production item nodes If this property is left blank the default icon will be used Scripting name prodItemIconPath Data Type String Set to the Ignition image path of the icon to use for add menu items If this property is left blank the default icon will be used Scripting name menuAddiconPath Data Type String Set to the Ignition image path of the icon to use for rename menu items If this property is left blank the default icon will be used Scripting name menuRenamelconPath Data Type String Set to the Ignition image path of the icon to use for delete menu items If this property is left blank the default icon will be used Scripting name menuDeletelconPath Data Type String Set to the Ignition image path of the icon to use for revert value menu items If this property is left blank the default icon will be used Scripting name menuRevertiIconPath Data Type See ag Set to the Ignition image path of the icon to use for security menu items If this property is left blank the default icon will be used Scripting name menuSecuritylIconPath Data Type SEFLAS Menu Select Items Icon Path Note Panel Icon Path Security Panel Icon Path Item Select Panel Icon Path Note Background Color Security Background Color Re
504. property will be set and an exception will be thrown If the delimiter character is not received within the value specified in the timeout parameter then any characters received will be returned parameters delimiter The delimiter to read until Data Type Char includeDelimiter If true the delimiter will be included in the return Data Type Boolean timeout The time in milliseconds to wait for a response from the port Data Type Integer returns The data read from the port Data Type byte clearBuffer Clear all data existing in the communication port receive buffer If an error occurs the errorMessage property will be set and an exception will be thrown parameters none returns nothing isSerialSupported Determines if the client serial module is loaded and available to be used with this component parameters none returns True if serial support is available Data Type Boolean parseText template text Parses the given text by using the template of templateName parameters templateName The template to use for parsing the text Data Type SEring Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 573 text The text to be parsed Data Type String returns A ParseResults object see ParseResults object for information about accessing parsed values contained in the parse results Data Type ParseResults Sample script for the onAfterParse event Line 4 shows how to populate measurement values of the SPC module
505. ps and locations Runtime access into configuration and current state of the production model is available through the Production OPC Server It is added automatically when any of the Ignition MES modules are installed When the production items are added removed or modified the changes will be reflected in the Production OPC Server when the project is saved and published in the designer Below are some of the values available to read and in some cases write to for the RecipeDemo project O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 452 OPC Browser lt Default sap Ignition OPC UA Server Production OPC d Production Server C Recipe 5 RecipeDemo Su Enterprise Project EJ Calculations Enterprise EJ ControlLimits Note 1 EJ Qualityintervals Signals Site Note 1 Note 1 Line RecipeValue Note 1 gt Accumulation Count gt Active Downtime Duration gt Active Downtime Is a Short Stop gt Active Downtime Starttime gt ActiveRecipeName gt Actual Changeover End Time e paas F toe Actual Finish Time a gt y a prs de 6 ee n Note 1 As defined in the produc on model Production Model OPC Values To use the production OPC values in your projects Ignition tags have to be created The easiest method to do this is drag the production OPC value to the SQLTag Browser Once the tag has been created it can be used to display status on screens
506. ption A component that displays an indication of actual versus target values It provides a visual indication to users that is easy to comprehend with a quick glance These values can be unit count OEE or any values residing in SQLTags 75 50 Target 85 Performance Indicator This is similar to a bar chart except that it only has 2 series or bars Also the values reside in SQLTags instead of having to setup values in an Ignition Dataset Properties This component has the same properties as the Ignition Bar Chart Component with the addition of the following properties Actual Value Actual Label Actual Series Color Chart Type The value that is represented by the actual indication bar Scripting name actualValue Data Type Double The text displayed to describe the actual value Scripting name actualLabel Data Type SEP The color to use for the actual indication bar Scripting name actualSeriesColor Data Type Color The type of chart to show Scripting name chartType Data Type CategoryltemRenderer Options 3D Bars 3D Stacked Bars Area Bars Layered Stacked Bars Indicator O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 126 Target Value The value represented by the target indication bar Scripting name targetValue Data Type Double Target Label The text displayed to describe the target value Scripting name targetLabel Data Type String Target Series The color to use for the target indicat
507. ption menu item Data Type String event getCategory Returns the bar chart category that was clicked on to display the drill down menu This is typically the first column of the Data property dataset Data Type Object back Event Properties none Methods none 2 4 1 13 Production Pie Chart MA y Description A component that displays a pie chart with drill down capabilities This extends from the Pie Chart Component Z that comes with Ignition Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 113 When the user clicks on a segment of the pie chart the drill down menu will appear When an item in the drill down menu is clicked on the drillDown event is fired Script in the drillDown event is responsible for updating the Data property to change the results shown in the pie chart The drill down menu information is set through the Drill Down Options property The Drill Down Options can populated from the Analysis Controller Analysis Selector SQL Query scripting or it can be manually defined in the designer Inspection 30 95 7 Case Packer 69 467 16 Properties Area Automatic Reason Enterprise Line Operator Reason Package Count Product Code Production Units Palletizer 98 583 22 Filler 173 983 39 O Labeler Capper Packer Inspection Production Pie Chart This component has the same properties as the Ignition Pie Chart Component with the add
508. quality void OEE event event getAvailability Double event getPerformance Double event getQuality Double event getOEE Double event setOEE Double oee void Example script event setAvailability 0 85 system oee addCustomScript system oee AVAILABILITY script system oee removeCustomScript system oee AVAILABILITY 2 7 3 OEE Factor Cap Created in Project gt Events Script Gateway gt Startup Allows overriding the default cap of 100 for OEE factors of Availability Performance and Quality If this script exists during a gateway save or restart then the OEE factor s will be set to the maxPercent If the script is removed and the gateway is restarted the OEE factor s will be set to 100 Format system oee setOEEFactorCap key maxPercent Key system oee AVAILABILITY system oee PERFORMANCE system oee QUALITY Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 193 Example system oee setOEEFactorCap system oee AVAILABILITY 250 system oee setOEEFactorCap system oee PERFORMANCE 150 system oee setOHEFactorCap system oee QUALITY 75 2 7 4 Gateway Scripts Methods system production addProductCode projectName productCode description Adds a new product code to the system parameters projectName A valid project name Data Type Siri fig productCode The product code For example Cola_120z_Cans Data Type String description A description of this product code Data Type StErinG returns result
509. r r F text EJ Ca Ce Es ea e oa roperty Editor og x EA MAA AO a Ta at El g a i Common 7 p Name Dropdown agl A SAA 2 f Data El Select One gt z le 2 ee AS fu Cy Data 5 Dataset 1R x 1C Ed 7 Pt Selected Value 1 WH 4 Ar Selected String Value eligi HN Selected Label Select One gt Se pl E pr 07 H a P e y A J pt p r EE mn Drop Down List Component The binding options window will appear Next click on the Functions option and select one of the binding functions from the drop down list Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 184 a Alert History Alert Status Analysis L Filter Options J irme DT Runtime Data Down Time History Production History Binding Options List The parameters that are associated with the selected binding function will appear Each of these parameters can accept a constant value bound to a property of another component or bound to a SQLTag r Y Property Binding Window Root Container Dropdown data z ST E Binding Types Binding Function Filter Options y Analysis Type Filter Hame Pre s5 s5 O Tag Start Date End Date O Indirect Tag JD D Property O Property O Expression F Database O DB Browse O SAL Query O Cell Update Functions 96 no Binding Polling Mode Polling Rate Oof O Relative O Absolute Rate Base Rate
510. r more information on propagating recipe values to child production items See Recipe Types for more information about recipe values and Recipe Values for more information about configuring recipe values O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 469 4 3 2 1 7 Location Configuration Adding a Location To add a production cell right click on a line folder in the project browser and select the New Production Item gt New Production Cell menu item A cell named New Cell will be added to the ine folder Multiple production cells can be added to a production line Renaming a Location To rename it to the name representing the production cell right click on it and select Rename then enter the new name Important Note It is extremely important to understand production OPC values have an OPC item path that matches the layout of the production model and that renaming production items can cause Ignition tags associated with a production item to stop being updated See Production OPC Server for more information Deleting a Location To remove an existing production cell right click on the cell item and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the production cell Project Browser Oo x Lg Configuration a 3 Production 1 Your Enterprise gt Your Site 1 Ek Your Area gt a Line 1 E Filler E Capper m Insped Rename F2 Casei
511. r to temporarily remove samples from chart This is used to remove samples that are known to out of control before calculating control limits The sample that have been removed are not removed from the database and can be restored by selecting the Restore Points menu item Scripting name enablePointDeletion Data Type boolean If true allow the user to calculate and set new control limit values Scripting name enableControlLimitEditing Data Type boolean SPC Quality 326 This component has standard Ignition events none Methods showSetLimitPanel chartName Causes the calculate and set control limit dialog to be shown parameters chartName Which chart to show the control limit dialog for Available c Primary or Secondary Data Type String returns nothing 3 4 2 7 Xbar and S Chart iz Description The XBar Standard Deviation S control chart is used to display SPC results that have multiple measurements for each sample It does not retrieve SPC results from the SPC module so it must be used with either the SPC Selector or the SPC Controller components that do Only SPC results with XBar and S SPC Data Format specified will be displayed 12 09 23AM 04 11 2012 09 24AM 04 16 2012 06 52 PM 04 16 2012 06 53PM 04 25 20 Measurement 2 Measurement 3 Measurement 4 d7 0008 Secondary Char iij Standard Deviation XBar Standard Deviation Control Chart O Inductive Automation SPC Qu
512. ration 00 30 00 00 47 00 Description Product Code 1 Production Start 8 12 11 7 30 AM 512 11 7 41 AM Production Finish 1 11 7 00 AM 51311 7 11 AM Shift Summary May 2011 Shih 1 Start Time 5 12 11 7 00 AM M T A T F Operator Keith Chandler 1 2 3 4 s 6 7 Efficiency 8 9 10 11 12 43 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 OEE Rato 60 Cases Hour OEE Court 480 Scheduled Count 440 Actual Count 357 Scheduled Variance 83 Downtime Fher Wet tor produ Elapsed Time 08 00 00 Unplanned Downtime 00 54 00 Planned Downtime 00 15 00 Run The 06 51 00 Case Pac Mactene Fat Case Pacher Caso tend empty Creo Cap tard empty Total Occurencos 08 Ebo Moctese Feat inapecton a 0020911 Machine Fa dt i Comments fios gt K lt _ n gt H Sample Report 2 2 3 Dashboard The executive dashboard provides a high level view of OEE downtime and production information 2 2 3 1 Area Summary The Dashboard Area Summary shows OEE Downtime and Production and Waste Count comparisons between different areas through various graphs The slide at the bottom of the page causes the date to be changed allowing the user to select a specific day or time or a broad range of dates to view These graphs may also be saved or printed by right clicking on the desired graph Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 38 Area Summary ba a Ea 7000 11500 ewo s 00 d 4000 T 1000 DAM 2AM au aiw tu aN n
513. rder by selecting one of the two check boxes to the left of the work order It is also possible to show these work orders again by selecting Show Closed Work Orders or Show Hidden Work Orders in the top right hand corner of the screen In order to show work orders in a specific date or the time range there is a slide bar at the bottom of the screen which can be dragged to the correct date The magnifying glasses allow a more specific time or a broader range of dates to be viewed The system supports adding work orders as well as editing and removing work orders For companies that have ERP Enterprise Resource Planning or other systems containing work order information work orders can be added or updated automatically To add a work order simply click Add and fill in the necessary information A product code must be entered before a work order can be added Work Order Work Order Od Product Code Work Order Quantity pool Y Save XA Cancel New Work Order Window O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 27 2 2 2 2 Product Codes Product codes or pack codes represent the products that are manufactured within your facility If you have multiple production ines this screen is where product codes are assigned to individual production lines In addition the settings for a product code may vary depending on the line it is being produced on Those settings are also set on this screen in the Properties section
514. rdinal value specified e getTypeFromName String name SignalKindTypes Returns the signal kind type object for the name value specified e getCategory SPCCategoryTypes Returns the category of chart See SPC Category Types for more information 3 6 2 13 Control Limit Calculated Value When using the calcControlLimitValue functions the new calculated control limit value and any messages are returned in this object Most control limits are a single value across all samples The p and u chart control limits can have different values for each sample In this case the results are returned in a Dataset that is also in this object properties e getCalculatedValue double Returns the new single control limit value e getData Dataset Returns multiple control limit value that vary for each sample e hasMessage boolean True is returned if a message exists e getMessage String Message of why the control limit cannot be calculated 3 6 3 Scripting Functions 3 6 3 1 sample production 3 6 3 1 1 sample production utils O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 412 3 6 3 1 1 1 cancelLocationProductCode system production utils cancelLocationProductCode Cancel Product Code Description Cancel the current product code for a production location This is provided to handle no production being run at a production location Syntax Client cancelLocationProductCode String locationPath Gateway cancelLocationProductCode Str
515. re By These are the comparisons that are available in the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module However in addition to these comparisons additional factors may be available if they are string data type All additional factors start with Factor For example Factor Operator A comparison allows one data point to be compared between all areas days etc For more information on comparisons see the Compare By paragraph in the Analysis Screen section Area Cell Name Day Enterprise Hour Of Run Line Month Package Count Product Code Production Units Run Shift Site Week Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 217 Data Points These are the data points that are available in the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module However in addition to these comparisons additional factors may be available if they are string data type All additional factors start with Factor For example Factor Operator Data points are the different values that will be presented or compared on a graph or chart For more information on data points see the Data Point paragraph in the Analysis Screen section Area Cell Down Time Cell Infeed Count Cell Name Cell Package Count Cell Production Count Cell Production Units Cell Run Time Cell Standard Count Cell Target Count Cell Waste Count Date Enterprise Hour Of Run Line Line Infeed Count Line Production Count Line Standard Count Line Standard Rate Line Standard Rate Period L
516. re are multiple methods that values of a recipe can be changed Depending on the functionality that you are looking for recipe values can be changed using the recipe editor by importing or from script Recipe Editor The recipe editor component provides a visual and interactive method to allow end users to manage recipes It handle all of the details and is as easy as adding the component to any Ignition window It also provides the ability to manage sub product codes recipe value security master recipes and add MES production items to recipes To add a new recipe right click on the root Recipes item in the recipe editor and select Add Recipe menu item The new recipe will be added and will be ready to enter the name of the new recipe Commonly the Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 439 name of the recipe will be the same as a product code but it does not have to be It can represent a mode of the machine such as Cleaning Mode f Recipes Mi Master A f MEN Master C 3 Master D 4 SPCProduct 1 we f SPCProduct 2 MEN SPCProduct 3 R Timed Test MR New Recipe TT p Maagaas ee Add Recipe Type in the name of the new recipe which for this example it is My Recipe Next right click on the new My Recipe and click on the Select Production Items menu item Please note that you must first add production items in the designer before they appear as options to be added to a menu Because not all machinery is u
517. re preventing the production line from producing product is typically used to zero in and improve OEE The cell downtime is used to look at trends and detect maintenance issues before they cause line downtime Consider a production line that has 25 cells If 5 of the cells are down all at the same time for unrelated reasons and only one of them is preventing product from being produced on the ine then there will be a lot of noise extra irrelevant data to weed through Also if a faster downstream cell stops restarts and catches up it may never affect the production of the line as a whole The OEE Downtime Module provides the best of both worlds and tracks both line downtime and cell downtime For settings controlling cell downtime see Cell Configuration under the Cell Downtime Settings section Short Downtime versus Long Downtime Short downtime are events that last a small specified time 120 seconds for instance Short events will not affect the OEE availability calculation The OEE Downtime module provides this threshold on a per line basis If set to O then all downtime events are considered long and will always affect the OEE availability calculation Detecting Line Downtime In the OEE Downtime Module there are multiple options for detecting ine downtime reasons The options have been added to accommodate the wide variety of manufacturing processes Below is a description of each method along with the situations where it can be used As
518. recipe value configuration that was entered in the designer Time Stamp The date and time the recipe value changed To Value This is the value of the Ignition tag associated with the recipe value after it changed Units This is the units from the associated Ignition tag 4 5 4 Recipe Change Log Analysis Provider The recipe change log analysis provider is used to collect the change log entries for display or report purposes All details of changes made to recipes including adding new recipes adding production items to recipes and much more can be returned using the recipe change log analysis provider Filters The recipe change log analysis provider can accept the following filters Inductive Automation Category Item Path Children Recipe Name Recipe Value Name Sub Recipe Name Compare By Recipe Changeover 501 This is a required filter to specify the type of recipes to return One or more of the valid options are required O Recipe This includes all recipe changes excluding value changes O Recipe Value This includes only recipe value changes O Sub Recipe This includes default value or sub recipe changes excluding value changes O Sub Recipe Value This includes default value or sub recipe value changes Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Category Recipe Category Recipe Value This is a required filter to specify the production item to include in the results It is the ite
519. recipe value is associated with and is within the security settings for the recipe value See Recipe Security for more information Inside a recipe a recipe value can use the default value or it can be overridden in the recipe as shown in the image below Notice the Agitator Speed and Ingredient 2 of the Thick Blend recipe have been overridden If it uses the default value it will be updated when the default value is changed Once a recipe value has been overridden in a recipe it can then be reverted back to the default value Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 434 Default Values Recipes om Recipe Default Values All of this is done in the recipe editor or by using script functions The image below shows the default values in the recipe editor where the default values can be edited Also see Sub Recipes for more details of how default values are use with sub recipes The section on Recipe Security provides more detail on changing the security for recipe values that are accessed in the default values Default Values Enterprise Site jin Default ct Area 1 Default EnterpriseiSitelArea 1 Line 1 Default EnterpriseiSite Default EnterpriseiSitelArea 1 Default Default Values in the Recipe Editor O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 435 4 1 4 Master Recipes Master Recipes Making a change to a recipe value that is used in numerous recipes is a daunting task and is prone to mista
520. red entry in the additional factor table and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you want to remove the additional factor The additional factor will no longer be logged However any production runs that occurred before the additional factor was deleted will still show in the analysis and reporting Location Quality Settings These settings can be found in the Location folder under the Quality tab The SQLTag Sample Collectors allow for the automatic collection of sample data For more information see Tag Sample Collectors Line 1 Quality Location Production Item General OEE Downtime Schedule Quality Advanced Tag Sample Collectors Enabled Name Tag Path __ Interval Type interval Control Limits Signals false Level QualitwRealistic2 Every Value Cha 0 0 Individual LCL true Line 1 Checkwe QualityPackagi Everyx Value C 100 0 Individual LCL Individual Outside false Temp QualitwRealistic2 Every Value Cha 0 0 individual LCL _ a A AAA AA E p A A A mamita ao A Location Quality Settings Screen See SQLTag Sample Collectors for more information 3 3 3 Control Limits O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 263 3 3 3 1 Overview Control limits are upper UCL and lower LCL values that are calculated from the data that is gathered from a process These limits typically shown as horizontal lines on the control charts reflect the past performance of that
521. red with the getChangelogHistory script function e addCategory String category Add a category to include in the recipe change log history results Multiple categories can be specified to be included in the results Valid values are U RECIPE to include change log entries dealing with recipe changes Recipe changes include adding new recipes renaming recipes deleting recipes adding production items to recipes etc U RECIPE_VALUE to include change log entries dealing with changes of recipe values This includes changing a value reverting a value back to be inherited etc a SUB_PRODUCT_CODE to include change log entries dealing with sub product codes This includes adding new sub product codes renaming sub product codes deleting sub product codes etc O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 541 a SUB_PRODUCT_CODE_VALUE to include change log entries dealing with changes of sub product code values or default values for a production item This includes changing a value reverting a value back to be inherited etc e removeCategory String category Remove a category for what has already been added e setFromDate Date fromDate Set the start of the date range to return change log history for e setToDate Date toDate Set the end of the date range to return change log history for e setltemPathFilter String itemPath Set the path of the production item to return change log history for For example Your Enterprise Your Site Y
522. resholds can be defined by percentage of the recipe value or a fixed offset around the recipe value or just fixed values The image below is showing the Fill Weight recipe value with an upper variance threshold of 10 The upper threshold value is calculated by starting with the recipe value of 50 2 and adding 10 The lower threshold is calculated in the same manner When the Ignition tag value changes a check is done to see if the current value is between the upper and lower threshold values and in this case as shown in the image below we see that the current value of 51 0 is between 55 22 and 47 69 As a result no variance will be logged Recipe AS Y 50 2 10 55 22 51 0 4 50 2 5 47 69 Ignition Tags Line Speed 120 Fill Weight s 51 0 s pa 23 93 SJUBLIBA ON Max Fill Level Min Fill Level y Barcode 1 l PLC y I Line Speed Fill Weight Max Fill Level Min Fill Level Recipe Value Inside Range Now lets take a look at a case where the current value is 46 0 as shown in the image below The value 46 0 is less than the lower threshold and a variance will be logged Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 447 O Y 50 2 10 55 22 3 3 Ignition Tags F 4 50 2 5 47 69 8 Line Speed 46 0 a Fill Weight Max Fill Level Min Fill Level E Barcode 1 l l Line Speed 7 Fill Weight Max Fill Level Min Fill Level Recipe Value Outside Range The example above shows
523. return Where 1 is recipe values created by the recipe module 2 is recipe values created by the OEE module and 3 is recipe values created by the SPC module Use blank to include all categories Data Type SECTAS returns A list of ItemRecipeValue objects See ltemRecipeValue object for more information Data Type List lt ItemRecipeValue gt Example itemPath event source parent getComponent Production Line Selector selectedPathWithoutProject Request the recipe values for production item and recipe combination list system recipe getRecipeValues itemPath Recipe Cl 6Pk 1 system gui messageBox str list size for rv in list system gui messageBox s s rv getName str rv getValue O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 533 4 7 1 19 isltemRecipeMonitoringEnabled system recipe isItemRecipeMonitoringEnabled projectName itemPath Return recipe value monitoring enabled state See Variance Monitoring for more information This script function can be used in gateway client scripts When called from the client omit the projectName parameter parameters projectName The project name Only include when called from the gateway When called from the client the project is the same as current project for the client Data Type String itemPath The item path to a production line cell cell group or location For example Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type SEEING returns True if recipe value mo
524. rimary Chart If true the primary chart will appear Scripting name showPrimaryChart Data Type boolean Show Secondary Chart If true the secondary chart will appear Scripting name showSecondaryChart Data Type boolean Right Axis Width The width of the right chart axis in pixels Scripting name rightAxisWidth Data Type Int Limit Dialog Horizontal Offset The horizontal or x position to display the set control limit dialog box Scripting name limitDialogHorizontalOffset Data Type int Limit Dialog Vertical Offset The vertical or y position to display the set control limit dialog box Scripting name limitDialogVerticalOffset Data Type EE Vertical Grid Line Color The color of the chart vertical grid lines Scripting name verticalGridLineColor Data Type Color Show Vertical Grid Lines If true show the vertical grid lines in the charts Scripting name showVerticalGridLines Data Type boolean Inductive Automation Horizontal Grid Line Color Show Horizontal Grid Lines Primary Chart Background Secondary Chart Background SPC Quality 331 The color of the chart horizontal grid lines Scripting name horizontalGridLineColor Data Type Color If true show the horizontal grid lines in the charts Scripting name showHorizontalGridLines Data Type boolean The background color of the primary chart Scripting name primaryChartBackground Data Type Color The background color of the
525. ring projectName Name of the Ignition SPC project Returns none Scope client gateway 3 6 3 2 2 sample quality sample data 3 6 3 2 2 1 getNew ByDefUUID system quality sample data getNewByDefUUID Description Creates and returns a new sample based on the sample definition that matches the defUUID parameter The newly created sample will also be initialized for the location specified by the locationPath parameter Syntax Client system quality sample data getNewByDefUUID String defUUID String locationPath Gateway system quality sample data getNewByDefUUID String projectName String defUUID String locationPath Parameters String defUUID Existing sample definition UUID to base this sample on Inductive Automation SPC Quality 416 String locationPath A valid path to a location String projectName Name of the Ignition SPC project Returns Sample A reference to the newly created sample Scope client gateway Example locationPath event source parent LocationPath defUUID event newValu sample system quality sample data getNewByDefUUID defUUID locationPath 3 6 3 2 2 2 getNew By Name system quality sample data getNewByName Description Creates and returns a new sample based on the sample definition that matches the definitionName parameter The newly created sample will also be initialized for the location specified by the locationPath parameter Syntax Client system quality s
526. ripting name noDataMessage Data Type String O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 328 No Data Foreground The foreground color to display the no data message No Data Font Table Properties Show Table Scripting name noDataForeground Data Type COLO The font to display the no data message Scripting name noDataFont Data Type Font If true the table containing measurement and calculated values will be shown at the top of the control chart Scripting name showTable Data Type boolean Min Visible Samples The minimum number of sample to show on the control chart If more than the minimum visible samples exist in the SPC results then a horizontal scroll bar will appear and allow the user to scroll back to earlier samples Scripting name minVisibleSamples Data Type int Min Visible Measurements The minimum number of measurements to show in the table of the Column Width Row Height Date Background Date Foreground control chart If more than the minimum visible measurements exist in the SPC results then a vertical scroll bar will appear and allow the user to through all measurements Scripting name minVisibleMeasurements Data Type Ine The width of the table column for each sample The charts will be expanded to match the column width Scripting name columnWidth Data Type E The height of the table rows Scripting name rowHeight Data Type int The background color of the sample date row Scripting name
527. rise Site Area 1 Line 1 Filler RecipeVarianceExists lf tags have been previously created and the names are changed in the production model then the OPC item path will also have to change Y Tag Editor Ea General Properties o Metadata General Properties E Permissions Name Cy History AE d aening Data 7 Access eem OPC fem path matches production opc properties model layout OPC Server Production B Deam Je Apply Cancel Tag Configuration Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 454 For example if the enterprise name is changed from Enterprise to My Big Company then the OPC item path for the tag named RecipeVarianceExists will have to change to RecipeDemo My Big Company Site Area 1 Line 1 Filler RecipeVarianceExists For this reason it is recommended to first work on laying out your production model and make sure the names of each of the production items are what you want before creating Ignition tags Important Note When writing to production OPC values that are related to production model settings the new value is not retained upon restarting This is because production model settings are saved in the Ignition project and is only written to the project when done so in the designer 4 2 Installation To install the SPC module into an existing Ignition system follow the instructions in the Existing Ignition System If you are installing Ignition at the same time use
528. ritten to tags See Sub Recipe Mask for more information on how to configure production items to use sub recipes O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 437 Product Code cies 629 2905 XA Sub Recipe Mask XXXX XXXXXXXXXX Sub Recipe Sub Recipe Mask There are two different mask characters that should be used in the Sub Recipe Mask The first is just a placeholder and any characters that exist in the corresponding digit position of the product code will be ignored The other mask character is the asterisk and any characters that exist in the corresponding digit position of the product code will be used in the sub recipe value The asterisk characters in the Sub Recipe Mask do not need to be in consecutive digit positions as shown in the image below Product Code a ESO Sub Recipe Mask XXXX XX XXXXXXXX Sub Recipe TES Sub Recipe Mask with Non Consecutive Asterisk Mask Characters The image below steps through the flow of selecting sub recipes and setting the associated tag values and is based on the determining of the sub recipe as described above The product code can be selected using various methods It can be selected using the Recipe Selector List component but is can also be selected by starting a production run for the OEE Module or by using one of the script functions In fact it can be selected using a combination of methods The Recipe Editor component is used to edit both normal recipes and sub recipe
529. rity ODD Stop Bits Stop Bits 2 LY E E EJ Ed Hand Shaking NONE Timeout 500 Character Encoding UTF 8 Clear Buffer Before Sending M Correct CRLF Y Request Handling Enable Polled Requests W Request Polling Rate 10 000 Solicited Request Script import time E Accept Unsolicited Request C Connect Disconnect Connect Script port event getSerialCon 0 Disconnect Script C 9 Serial Settings Configuration General Enable Serial If checked these port settings will be applied to the Serial Controller component when this Instrument Interface is assigned to its Instrument Interface Name property Port Settings Baud Rate Serial Communication baud rate Select from the following Baud 110 Baud 150 Baud 300 Baud 600 Baud 1200 Baud 2400 Baud 4800 Baud 9600 Baud 19200 Baud 38400 Inductive Automation Data Bits Parity Stop Bits Hand Shaking Timeout Character Encoding Clear Buffer Before Sending Correct CRLF Request Handling Enable Polled Requests Request Polling Rate Solicited Request Script Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 553 Baud 57600 Baud 115200 Baud 230400 Baud 460800 Baud 921600 Serial communication data bits Select from the following DATA BITS 5 DATA BITS 6 DATA BITS 7 DATA BITS 8 Serial communication parity Select from the following NONE EVEN ODD MARK SPACE S
530. roductCode quantity workOrderID The work order number to add to the database Data Type String The product code to produce for work order being added Data Type String The quantity of units to produce for work order being added Data Type Integer The ID of the work order to modify This is the ID for the WorkOrder database table Data Type Integer Contains a description of any error encountered otherwise it will be empty Data Type String O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 135 deleteWorkOrderEntry workOrderID Delete an existing work order parameters workOrderlD The ID of the work order to modify This is the ID for the WorkOrder database table Data Type IMteyet returns message Contains a description of any error encountered otherwise it will be empty Data Type String Example Code The following script can be entered in a button s actionPerformed event It will add the work order to the database The return message will indicate if the there are any issues adding the product code such as if the work order already exists esp event source parent shorthand workOrder esp getComponent WorkOrderField text prodCode esp getComponent ProductCodeDropdown selectedStringValue quantity esp getComponent QuantityField intValue ctrl esp getComponent Work Order Controller result ctrl addWorkOrderEntry workOrder prodCode quantity if len result system
531. roduction line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the line starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String productCode The new product code for the line to run next Data Type String returns successful Returns true if the project name line path and product code are valid and the new product code has been set Data Type Boolean Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 201 system production startRun projectName linePath Start a new production run for the current product code This is only valid if the line is not currently in a production run parameters projectName The project name that contains the specified line path Data Type Sixing linePath The line path of the production ine that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the ine starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String returns successful Returns true if the production run successfully started Data Type Boolean system production updateProductCodeLineStatus projectName productCode linePath enable Updates the line enabled status for this product code parameters projectName The project name that contains the specified line path Data Type Seeing linePath The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the
532. roduction run has been ended and a new schedule entry has not been selected It is typically used to control the enable state of a Resume button on the operator screen Scripting name canResume Data Type Boolean This will be true if the current schedule entry can be changed It is typically used to control the enable state of a Line Schedule Selector component Scripting name canChangeSchedule Data Type Boolean This will be true if the currently selected schedule entry is a work order type Scripting name isWorkOrder Data Type Boolean O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 151 Inhibit Start Can be set to true to prevent a production run from being started Scripting name inhibitStart Data Type Boolean Start Set to true to start the production run for the current Schedule ID Scripting name start Data Type Boolean End Set to true to stop the current production run Scripting name end Data Type Boolean Resume Set to true to resume the current production run Scripting name resume Data Type Boolean Events This component has standard Ignition events Methods startRun Start production run If successful returns true Data Type parameters none returns message endRun End production run parameters none returns message Inductive Automation If successful returns true Data Type String OEE Downtime 152 cancelRun Cancel production run parameters none
533. rorMessage property will be set and an exception will be thrown parameters byte The byte array to write to the port Data Type byte returns nothing readString Reads and returns string data from the communication port If an error occurs the errorMessage property will be set and an exception will be thrown If no data is received within the default timeout setting then an empty string will be returned parameters none returns The data read from the port Data Type SEEING readString timeout Reads and returns string data from the communication port If an error occurs the errorMessage property will be set and an exception will be thrown If no data is received within the value specified in the timeout parameter then an empty string will be returned parameters timeout The time in milliseconds to wait for a response from the port Data Type Integer returns The data read from the port Data Type Seeing readBytes count Reads and returns byte array data from the communication port If an error occurs the errorMessage Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 571 property will be set and an exception will be thrown If the number of characters specified by the count parameter are not received within the default timeout setting then any characters received will be returned parameters count The number of bytes to read from the port Data Type Integer returns The data read from the port Data Typ
534. rs String locationPath The full path of the location to set the control limit Optionally it can be left blank to set the default control limit value that is not tied to any location SampleDefinition definition Sample definition to the control limit for String attributeName Name of the attribute within the definition to set the control limit for String limitName Name of the control limit to set double value New control limit value String projectName Name of the Ignition SPC project Returns none Scope client gateway Example This is a sample client script to change a control limit to a fixed value system quality spc controllimit setControlLimitValue New Enterprise New Site Packaging Line 1 Line 1 Quality sampleDef Weight Individual LCL 100 0 3 6 3 2 3 2 calcControlLimitV alue system quality spc controllimit calcC ontrolLimitValue Description Control limits normally are calculated using the control charts components and when the process is determined to be stable In cases where additional flexibility is required this scripting function is provided to calculate control limits from data provided in the parameters Control limit values for a specified location sample definition test attribute and control limit can be calculated by calling this function The control limit will be calculated using the the control limit configured in the designer and the data specified in the parameters To set the actu
535. rties Product Code ID Selected Product CodeLine ID Selected Line Name Events The currently selected product code ID This is the ID for the ProductCode database table Normally this is bound to the Product Code Table Selected Product Code ID Scripting name productCodelD Data Type String Value of the currently selected product code internal ID This is the ID for the ProductCodeLine database table Scripting name selectedProductCodeLinelID Data Type String Value of the currently selected line name Scripting name selectedLineNam Data Type String This component has standard Ignition events Methods none 2 4 1 6 Product Code Properties Table ay Description This component displays and allows editing of property values for specific product code and production line combination This is where standard rates and scheduling rates are defined by product code and production line The properties that appear depend on the production model configuration done in the designer There will be properties for the production ine at the top followed by properties for each production cell Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 96 Property Value Default Value Line 1 Line Outfeed Package Count 1 0 1 0 Line Outfeed Standard Rate 3500 3600 0 schedule Rate 3400 3600 0 Filler CellEnabled T TRUE Outfeed Package Count 1 0 1 0 Qutfeed Standard Rate 3600 0 3600 0 UT O O O O br O omens Pr
536. rue rk Ord ers Scripting name Data Type Include Disabled Boo includeClosedWorkOrders can If true will allow selection of schedules that have not been run and are scheduled Prod against a disabled product code Default is true uct Cod es Scripting name Data Type Events This component has standard Ignition events Methods selectNextRun Select next available schedule run parameters none returns nothing incl udeDisabledProductCodes Boolean selectRun newSchedulel Set new schedule ID newScheduleID The ID of the schedule item to modify This is the ID for the Integer Contains a description of any error encountered otherwise it will parameters Schedule database table Data Type returns message empty Data Type Steng Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 137 2 4 3 5 Schedule Day View o Description A component that displays scheduled entries for a selected day This extends from the Day View Component that comes with Ignition to support adding editing and deleting schedule entries All schedule entries are automatically displayed from the Schedule and other database tables without the need for custom SQL statements or script When the user right clicks on a time a popup menu will appear with options to add edit or delete a schedule entry 2011 Sunday Mar 13 1AM 3 AM 4AM 5 AM 6AM 7AM 8 AM 9AM 10 AM 11 AM NOON 1PM
537. run has stopped it will return the variances as long as a new recipe has not been selected for the production item OU DATE_RANGE to return variances for the date range specified with the setFromDate and setToDate properties setFromDate Date fromDate Set the start of the date range to return variances for if setVarianceScopeTypes DATE_RANGE is called setToDate Date toDate Set the end of the date range to return variances for if setVarianceScopeTypes DATE_RANGE is called setltemPath String itemPath Set the path of the production item to return variances for For example Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 setincludeChildren Boolean includeChildren Set if children production items under the production item specified by the setltemPath property should be included in the variance results setIncludeInitialValues Boolean includelnitialValues Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 543 Set if the initial values meaning the values when the recipe was first selected should be included in the variance results setIncludeVarianceValues Boolean includeVarianceValues Set if the variance values meaning the values that changed after the recipe was first selected should be included in the variance results setRecipe String recipeName Set an optional recipe filter The filter can contain and wild card characters For example Recipe C will include all recipes that start with Recipe C Recipe C1
538. ry chart will appear Scripting name showSecondaryChart Data Type boolean Right Axis Width The width of the right chart axis in pixels Scripting name rightAxisWidth Data Type nine Limit Dialog Horizontal Offset The horizontal or x position to display the set control limit dialog box Scripting name limitDialogHorizontalOffset Data Type INE Limit Dialog Vertical Offset The vertical or y position to display the set control limit dialog box Scripting name limitDialogVerticalOffset Data Type DE Vertical Grid Line Color The color of the chart vertical grid lines Scripting name verticalGridLineColor Data Type Color Show Vertical Grid Lines If true show the vertical grid lines in the charts Scripting name showVerticalGridLines Data Type boolean Inductive Automation SPC Quality 343 Horizontal Grid Line Color The color of the chart horizontal grid lines Scripting name horizontalGridLineColor Data Type Color Show Horizontal Grid Lines If true show the horizontal grid lines in the charts Scripting name showHorizontalGridLines Data Type boolean Primary Chart Background The background color of the primary chart Scripting name primaryChartBackground Data Type Color Secondary Chart Background The background color of the secondary chart Show Notes Note Image Enable Note Editing Scripting name secondaryChartBackground Data Type Color If true show the note icon next
539. ry linePath workOrderID scheduleType start coDuration finish quantity userName note Add a new schedule entry parameters linePath The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the ine starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String workOrderID The ID of the work order to modify This is the ID for the WorkOr database table Data Type Integer scheduleType The type of schedule entry Data Type Integer Options 0 Work Order Run 1 Maintenance 2 Other Inductive Automation returns start coDuration finish quantity userName note message OEE Downtime 147 The starting date and time of the schedule entry Data Type Date The duration of the changeover in minutes Data Type Integer The ending date and time of the scheduled entry Data Type Date The quantity of units to produce for this schedule entry Data Type Integer The name of the user who is adding this scheduled entry Data Type String An optional note to be tied to this scheduled entry Data Type String Contains a description of any error encountered otherwise it will empty Data Type String editSchedule finish quan m EN try linePath ty userName Edit an existing schedule entry parameters linePath workOrderID sch
540. ry linePath workOrderl handle result if result esp getComponent WorkOrderContainer getComponent Work Order Selector selectedIndex system nav closeParentWindow event 2 4 3 10 Schedule Controller a Description An invisible component that provides selection of scheduled entries for a specified production line It also provides start end and resume control of production runs The term invisible component means that the control appears during design time but is not visible during runtime Scheduled entries are stored in the Schedule database table and this control handles all SQL statements duplicate checking etc This component has built in functionality to calculate finish date and time of work order type of schedule entries based on the start date and time product code change over time quantity and configured workday routine breaks Alternatively schedule entries can added directly into the Schedule database table directly bypassing the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module This method supports integration to ERP or other software systems The properties are provided so that after the Schedule ID property is set selection components can be bound to them to display their current values The methods are provided to perform adding editing and deleting of schedule entries Inductive Automation Properties OEE Downtime 150 This component has standard Ignition properties with the addi
541. s Examples are gallons cases bottles pounds liters etc Note The term raw count is used because it is a relative production count It just starts at zero and counts up to a rollover value typically 32767 where it becomes zero again The OEE Downtime and Scheduling module calculates the actual production count from raw count This eliminates having to reset the value in the PLC or other device at the beginning of a production run As a result the programming that is required in the PLC or other device is simplified It also eliminates problems typically associated wth reset handshaking and production runs that exceed the limits of PLC counters For an OEE tracking system to be accurate it must wthstand communication errors power outages etc By using rawcounts that rollover and let the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module handle the actual production count the system is robust Besides that is just less PLC programming that has to be done and tested 2 3 5 2 Editing a Product Infeed To edit an existing product infeed entry right click on the desired entry in the product infeed table of a product line or cell and select the Edit menu item A dialog box similar to the add dialog box will appear allowing editing of the entry 2 3 5 3 Deleting a Product Infeed To remove an existing product infeed entry right click on the desired entry in the product infeed table of a production line or cell and select the Delete menu item A window wil
542. s See sub recipes in the Editing Recipes more details In general the recipe editor is used to manage sub recipes for a line cell cell group or location New sub recipes can be created and the recipe values for each can be edited Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 438 F Default Values 2 Enterprise O site 1 H Sub Recipes o Area 1 i F Sub Recipes i 0 Line 1 0 Line 2 gt Sub Recipes Default T T Name Value Units Assigned By _Walue 1 83 RPM EnterpriselSitelArea 1 Line 2 Default alue 2 66 EnterpriselSitelArea 1 Line 2 Default EnterpriselSitelArea 1 Line 2 79 EnterpriselSitelArea 1 Line 2 79 Line 2 Line Production Item General OEE Downtime Scnediy Quality Recipe Advanced Sub Recipe Mask pocomomoccooed Recipe Valug acies Reque enable Enabl Low Var High Y Evalua Value 1 Recipe Site Area 1 Line 2 Value 1 true true SQLTags Browser oq x alue 2 RecipesSite Area 1 Line 2 Value 2 false true RSH gt vRo 3S as AA AP A Cell Group 2 Location 2A Location 28 gt ActiveRecipeName Recipe A 2 gt EnableRecipe ca gt RecipeActive Mi gt RecipeLoading J RecipeScale 1 gt RecipeVarianceExists 4 4 Ey EZ EZ gt Value 1 85 3 gt Value 2 5 gt Valle gt Value 4J 30 gt ValueMonitorEnabled a If a sub recipe is not found the default will be used 4 1 6 Editing Recipes The
543. s These settings are accessed by selecting the desired location item contained in the area or line folder in the project browser and then selecting the General tab O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 260 Enabled By default added lines are enabled It can be disabled by un checking the Enabled setting and saving the project This will stop the OEE downtime and scheduling module from executing the line and cell s that are underneath it Description This is an optional description and is just for your reference Shift 1 Default Enabled If checked shift 1 will be included during scheduling If not checked shift 1 will be scheduled around To inherit the shift enabled from the from the area select the Inherit From Parent option Default Start The time of day that first shift starts The first shift ends at the start of second shift To Time inherit the time of day that first shift starts setting from the area select the Inherit From Parent option Shift 2 Default Enabled If checked shift 2 will be included during scheduling If not checked shift 2 will be scheduled around To inherit the shift enabled from the from the area select the Inherit From Parent option Default Start The time of day that second shift starts The second shift ends at the start of third Time shift To inherit the time of day that second shift starts setting from the area select the Inherit From Parent option Shift 3 Default Enabled If checked shif
544. s the range axis or both axes to in order to see the entire graph for the date or time range selected at the bottom of the screen Can also be used with bar graphs Reset Axes Resets both axes to their original ranges Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 39 2 2 3 2 Enterprise Summary Similar to the Area Summary the Dashboard Enterprise Summary compares OEE Production Counts Downtime and Waste Counts between different enterprises in a production or a single enterprise over time The slide at the bottom of the page causes the date to be changed allowing the user to select a specific day or time or a broad range of dates to view These graphs may also be saved or printed by right clicking on the desired graph Enterprise Summary ul Wal fe CEL B COL Avetebery CEL Petrmenra E COE O Date Oct 5 7 2011 c 1114555 no 100 70 c so x 2 0 Dwu JAM 444 ew SAM AU FU yu au ow pu owu 1144 Downtime 7s 40 78 o Mm EER Units 8 o 8 8 amp 8 Enterprise Summary Screen Line Graph Settings There are many settings for lines graphs which can be adjusted by right clicking on a line graph These options can be used to improve graphs and select specific areas to save and print Mode Zoom Allows the user to click and drag over the specific area of the graph that he or she wants to enlarge Pan Allows the user to click and drag to move to a different area of t
545. s CESAR TEO soatexcoesavecsticersasceeeien 448 O Inductive Automation Production OPC Serve Wizeciscsccsctscescdey cacsee evens shed ee ds 2 Wnistallati Onsen sx NN Existing Ignition System Installing Modules us mirta A id de iaa New Ignition System iii ii Ri Selectingiinstall OPINAS A A a Configure Database ii A acid MES Module Settings ii icscicssscescsisecesessvsscioneacecceeseassasecevasceshessseasizsensiiusasencetsevessvsunssiousdceasttseiseacteevasterneceeapei seneiy 3 COMPQUPATION iii beta ccc tadacives Dacca da ental vee AE EKERN AA Er ANA SAAREN EENAA EEEE MES Module Configuration Datas OUPCE Settings e dadas sa Production Model Configuration cccsccccseccesseeeeseeeeseeeesseeeseeeeeeeensaeeesaeeeeeeessaeeesaeeeeeeensaeeesaeeeeseeeneneeeeeee 460 Production Model co A dd di 460 Siregol aeaio TLES a E E EEEE EEE T E ie saiceianeauateunusnedasacts 461 Site Configuration Asa CONFIQUIALION Is AA dd Line Configuration ii a a A a a a A es Cell Config AIOT O O ON Cell Group Configuration isse e a aaa aa ae a a ae a a eT 467 LOCATION Configuration snii nare e a aa aea aen 469 Sub Recipe Mas k ivi dai 470 Sub Recipe Mask Setting A ca daade A a e a Eae Eo aE ERE sssconeogsnanatat EAE 470 TA AAA A II suscsessucavessuvensveveevevesnersetcdusndesestuveveceusdveesensruscvensservestty 470 Adding a Recipe Mad dt 471 Editing a Recipe Val e iis eir n a a e a aaa a a e A dd dd di 475 Deleting a Recipe
546. s component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Data Properties SPC Results SPC Data Measurement Count User Background Color Definition Name No Data Message Inductive Automation Bind this property to the SPC Results property of the SPC Controller or SPC Selector components Ther SPC Results contain all the information so that the control charts can display the results which is not possible with the data set alone Scripting name spcResults Data Type SPCResults This property holds the SPC data and includes columns for the calculated values based on the SPC Data Format and selected attribute control limits and signals Scripting name spcData Data Type Dataset This property represents the number of measurements for each sample in the SPC results Scripting name measurementCount Data Type int This property can optionally be set to override the current user logged in It is used when notes or assignable causes are added or modified Scripting name user Data Type String The background color Scripting name backgroundColor Data Type Color The sample definition to used when building SPC results Scripting name definitionName Data Type String Text to display if not data is available to show in the control chart Scripting name noDataMessage Data Type String No Data Foreground No Data Font Table Properties Show Table Min Visible S
547. s for display or report purposes This provider can be used to collect variances in real time or historically for a date range Filters The recipe variance analysis provider can accept the following filters Inductive Automation Scope Item Path Children Recipe Value Name Sub Recipe Name Values Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 499 This is a required filter to specify the scope of what to include in the results O Date Range O Last Active Sub Recipe This will look for the last sub product code selection in the variance log and only include the associated variances in the results This can be used to monitor active runs or the last run if the sub recipe has been canceled Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Scope Last Active Sub Recipe This is a required filter to specify the production item to include in the results It is the item path for the desired item path s Because analysis is independent of projects the project name is required in the item path Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Item Path RecipeDemo Enterprise Site Area 1 Line 1 Item Path RecipeDemo Enterprise Site Area 1 Line 2 This is a filter to specify if children of the production item s specified in the Item Path filter should be included Only one of the valid options are required Q Include O Exclude Default Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Children Include Thi
548. s is a filter to limit the recipe value s to include in the results Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Recipe Value Name Line Speed Recipe Value Name Force This is a filter to limit the sub recipe s to include in the results Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Recipe Name 1A Recipe Name 1B This is a filter to specify the type of recipe values to include Only one of the valid options are required Q Initial Values Include only the initial recipe values when the recipe was first selected QA Changed Values Include only recipe values that changed after the initial values were set Q Both Include both initial and changed values Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Values Both Recipe Changeover 500 Compare By The sub product code variance analysis provider does not allow any comparison statements Data Points The sub product code variance analysis provider can accept the following data points Description This is the description from the recipe value configuration that was entered in the designer From Value This is the value of the Ignition tag associated with the recipe value before it changed Item Path This is the item path of the production item for the recipe value Sub Recipe Name This is the name of the sub recipe at the time when the recipe value changed Recipe Value The value that is defined in the recipe Recipe Value Name This is the name from the
549. s will stop the MES modules from executing the site and all area s line s cell s cell group s and location s that are underneath it Description This is an optional description and is just for your reference Recipe Values Recipe values can be added to sites but tags cannot be associated with them The recipe values that are added to a site are propagated down to production areas lines cells cell groups and location beneath the site This provides a quick method to add recipe values that are common to all machines beneath a site It also allows for the ability to propagate a value of a recipe value down to all production items beneath the site See Production Model for more information on propagating recipe values to child production items See Recipe Types for more information about recipe values and Recipe Values for more information about configuring recipe values 4 3 2 1 3 Area Configuration Adding an Area To add a production area right click on your site folder in the project browser and select the New Production Item gt New Production Area menu item An area named New Area will be added to the site folder Multiple production areas can be added to your production site Each area can represent a physical or logical production area within your production site Some examples of production areas are packaging cracking filtration fabrication etc Renaming an Area To rename it to the name representing the production area ri
550. sample A UUID is a universally unique identifier that once assigned to a sample will never change It is automatically generated when a sample is created and is unique in that no two samples will have the same UUID Data Type String ls fired when Unapprove menu item is selected The Unapprove menu item will only appear if script has been added to this event Return the sample UUID for the currently selected sample A UUID is a universally unique identifier that once assigned to a sample will never change It is automatically generated when a sample is created and is unique in that no two samples will have the same UUID Data Type String ls fired when Review menu item is selected The Review menu item will only appear if script has been added to this event Return the sample UUID for the currently selected sample A UUID is a universally unique identifier that once assigned to a sample will never change It is automatically generated when a sample is created and is unique in that no two samples will have the same UUID Data Type String SPC Quality 296 createByDefUUID defUUID Create a new sample based on the sample definition specified by the defUUID parameter parameters defUUID Sample definition UUID to base the new sample on A UUID is a universally unique identifier that once assigned to a sample definition will never change It is automatically generated when a sample definition is created
551. sample was scheduled secSinceLastSample event getSecSinceLastSampleScheduled Calculate the interval in seconds intervalSec event getInterval 60 9 comingDueSeconds event getComingDueMin 60 rANnA oO BF WNP 11 If a sample has not been scheduled or intervalSec has expired schedule a new sample 12 if secSinceLastSample None or secSinceLastSample gt intervalSec comingDueSeconds Inductive Automation SPC Quality 275 14 Schedule next sample to start now coming due minutes 15 cal Calendar getInstance 16 cal add Calendar SECOND int comingDueSeconds 17 event setScheduleStart cal getTime 18 19 Create new sample no values are recorded 20 event setCreateSample 1 3 3 5 4 Edit Intervals To edit a sample interval right click the Sample Intervals table and select Edit from the drop down menu A window will appear identical to the window used to add sample intervals Once the desired fields have been edited select OK 3 3 5 5 Delete Intervals To delete a sample interval select the item to be deleted After selecting right click the item and select Delete from the drop down menu A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the sample interval 3 3 5 6 Import Export To export interval entries right click anywhere on the table containing interval entries and select the Export menu item A dialog box will appear to allow selection of an existing file or the entr
552. script Scripting name selectedRecipeNam Data Type String Set to the Ignition image path of the icon to use to indicate the selected recipe If this property is left blank the default icon will be used Scripting name selectedIconPath Data Type SL O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 493 User Menu Items A dataset containing user menu item s to show in popup menus within the recipe selector list component Scripting name userMenultems Data Type Dataset The Dataset must have the following columns that are reference by column number when building the user menus 0 String Text to appear for the user menu item This is also used to identify the user menu item that was clicked in the userMenultemClicked event 1 String Ignition image path of the icon to display in the user menu item Events menu userMenultemClicked Is fired whenever a user menu item is selected Event Properties event getMenultemName Returns the name of the user menu item that triggered the event Data Type String event getSelecteditemPath Returns the item path of the production item Data Type String event getSelectedRecipe Returns the name of the currently selected recipe Data Type String Methods none 4 5 Analysis Providers Each of the MES modules depend on the core Production Module When any of the MES modules are purchased the Production Module is included at no additional cost The Production Module provides the production mo
553. se Use the userMenultemClicked event handler to provide any functionality you define for each menu item Example This script is added to the internalFrameOpened event for a window and will add the three user menu items def initMenultems event event import system lineSchedView system gui getParentWindow event getComponentForPath Root Container Line Schedule View lineSchedView addUserMenultem Display Click Data lineSchedView addUserMenultem Show Run Actual vs Scheduled lineSchedView addUserMenultem Show Run Actual vs Target Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 157 system util invokeLater initMenultems allows all bindings to complete before execution parameters returns menuName The name of the menu item It will be returned in the userMenultemClicked event as event menultemName Data Type BEXLAG nothing Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Drag Enabled When true schedules can be re scheduled with drag and drop via the mouse Time Start Date End Date Line Filter Scripting name dragEnabled Data Type Boolean Controls the time resolution in minutes when performing time operations in the component Example When set to 5 minutes then any right click on the component will be aligned wth the closest 5 minute mark or if dragging a schedule to re schedule it will fall into the closest 5 minute mark
554. se options can be used to improve graphs and select specific areas to save and print Mode Zoom Allows the user to click and drag over the specific area of the graph that he or she wants to enlarge Pan Allows the user to click and drag to move to a different area of the graph Mark Gives the domain and range values of a single line at 12 00 AM on the day selected by clicking on the graph X trace Gives the domain value of all lines on the graph at 12 00 AM on the day selected by clicking on the graph Background The background color of a line graph is white by default but may be changed to black to allow the user to see lighter colors Zoom Allows the user to zoom in or out along the domain axis the range axis or both axes Can also be used with bar graphs Auto Range Automatically selects the best range of values for the domain axis the range axis or both axes to in order to see the entire graph for the date or time range selected at the bottom of the screen Can also be used with bar graphs Reset Axes Resets both axes to their original ranges 2 2 3 6 TEEP The Dashboard TEEP screen compares the TEEP and the OEE between all lines with production data though bar graphs The slide at the bottom of the page causes the date to be changed allowing the user to select a specific day or time or a broad range of dates to view These graphs may also be saved or printed by right clicking on the desired graph For more information on
555. se of the properties listed below the appearance and functionality of this component can modified as desired Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Data Properties SPC Results SPC Data Bind this property to the SPC Results property of the SPC Controller or SPC Selector components Ther SPC Results contain all the information so that the control charts can display the results which is not possible with the data set alone Scripting name spcResults Data Type SPCResults This property holds the SPC data and includes columns for the calculated values based on the SPC Data Format and selected attribute control limits and signals Scripting name spcData Data Type Dataset Measurement Count This property represents the number of measurements for each sample in the SPC results Scripting name measurementCount Data Type int Inductive Automation User Background Color Definition Name No Data Message No Data Foreground No Data Font Table Properties Show Table Min Visible Samples SPC Quality 363 This property can optionally be set to override the current user logged in It is used when notes or assignable causes are added or modified Scripting name user Data Type String The background color Scripting name backgroundColor Data Type Color The sample definition to used when building SPC results Scripting name
556. secondary chart Scripting name secondaryChartBackground Data Type Color Show Notes If true show the note icon next to the chart point for any samples that have notes or assignable causes Scripting name showNotes Data Type Note Image Enable Note Editing Enable Point Deletion Enable Control Limit Editing Events boolean The image to display next to the chart point for any samples that have notes or assignable causes Scripting name noteImage Data Type Image If true allow the user to add and edit notes and assignable causes Scripting name enableNoteEditing Data Type boolean If true allow the user to temporarily remove samples from chart This is used to remove samples that are known to out of control before calculating control limits The sample that have been removed are not removed from the database and can be restored by selecting the Restore Points menu item Scripting name enablePointDeletion Data Type boolean If true allow the user to calculate and set new control limit values Scripting name enableControlLimitEditing Data Type boolean O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 332 This component has standard Ignition events none Methods showSetLimitPanel chartName Causes the calculate and set control limit dialog to be shown parameters chartName Which chart to show the control limit dialog for Available c Primary or Secondary Data Type String retur
557. sed in every recipe this step is used so that only the machinery that is appropriate for a recipe appears in the recipe editor and recipe selector components For this example Line 1 and all of the cells machines beneath it are added to the recipe f Recipes Ge Master A GH Master C Master D a errr Select lines machines locations to include in the currently selected recipe A Filler A Labeler Mm Palletizer Ys Sealer O Line 2 y Cancel Ok Select Production Items to Add to Recipe After clicking the Ok button expand the production item to view and edit the recipe values Notice the Assigned By column When the new recipe was first added all of the recipe values show a assigned by of Enterprise Site Area 1 Line 1 Capper Default for the capper This is because the initial values of a new recipe are inherited from the default values for the capper production item See Default Values for more information When a recipe value is changed the assigned by changes to My Recipe This is because the value is no longer that from the default values and is now from the recipe In simpler terms it tells you where the value has been changed in the inheritance tree Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 440 Master C E Master D E My Recipe Line 1 Name Value Units Assigned By jne Speed 102 CPM EnterpriselSftelArea 1 Line 1 Default 4 EnterpriselSitetArea 1 Lin
558. selected parsing box LabRemove Parsing Box The selected parsing box will be removed Toggle Character Grid A visible grid can be displayed to show the position of all characters PA X Parse and Preview Template This will display a window showing the actual output of the template text after it has been parsed Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 559 Y Preview Parse Results xs All required results valid true All results valid true Calories Calories 174 74kcal 1 20z Tm O Date Thu Oct 27 00 00 00 POT 2011 acl HT su ea 0 92 mim 5 5 Component Reference This section is a reference for all of the components that come with the Instrument Interface Module 5 5 1 File Monitor E Description An invisible component that handles detecting reading and parsing functions to provide reading data in files The term invisible component means that this component appears during design time but is not visible during runtime In design time the last raw data read from a file can be sent to the selected template defined by the Instrument Interface Name by right clicking on the component in the Ignition designer and selecting the Send to Template menu item This will also select and display the template and replace the existing textual data with the last raw data read If the Enable Monitoring property is selected and the designer is preview mode or client has the window o
559. setSampleTakenBy String sampleTakenBy Sets the person s name who was responsible for taking the sample getApprovedBy String Returns the person s name who approved this sample For automatically recorded samples this will be Auto Inductive Automation SPC Quality 393 setApprovedBy String approvedBy Sets the person s name who approved this sample e getApprovedDateTime Calendar Returns the date and time that this sample was approved For automatically approved samples this will be the same as the getEntryDateTime value e setApprovedDateTime Calendar approvedDateTime Sets the date and time that this sample was approved e getTag String Returns the optional tag value This is typically used to assign ownership of which department has the responsibility to take this sample setTag String tag Sets the tag value This is typically used to assign ownership of which department has the responsibility to take this sample getNote String Returns the note associated with this sample This is the note that may have been entered when the sample was entered Even though this note can be viewed on the control charts or in analysis it is not the same as the attribute note entered on the control charts setNote String note Sets the note associated with this sample getSampleDefinition SampleDefinition Returns the sample definition associated with this sample See Sample Definition object for mor
560. settings are accessed by selecting the enterprise item contained in the Production folder in the project browser and then selecting the General tab as shown below Your Enterprise f Enterprise Production Item Save project to make production changes active f General OEE Down Time Schedule Advanced Enabled Y E we wre Description i Pp a Enterprise General Settings Enabled By default added enterprises are enabled It can be disabled by un checking the Enabled setting and saving the project This will stop the OEE downtime and scheduling module from executing the enterprise the site and all area s line s and cell s that are underneath it Description This is an optional description and is just for your reference Recipe Values Recipe values can be added to enterprises but tags cannot be associated with them The recipe values that are added to an enterprise are propagated down to production sites areas lines cells cell groups and location beneath the enterprsie This provides a quick method to add recipe values that are common to all machines within an enterprise It also allows for the ability to propagate a value of a recipe value down to all production items beneath the enterprise See Production Model for more information on propagating recipe values to child production items See Recipe Types for more information about recipe values and Recipe Values for more information abou
561. ss In this case the first cell that stopped is the cause for all other cells to stop Key Reason This method uses the flow of the line to determine the cause for the line not being able to produce product It also assumes there is a primary cell that if down will cause the line to stop producing product This method also uses the order of the cells as they are configured in the designer If the first cell is down for a reason that is not configured as Record Downtime the next cell will be checked If it is down for a reason that is configured as Record Downtime then it will be assigned as line downtime cell and reason When the second cell that caused the line downtime restarts but the first cell has not started yet because its discharge is still backed up then the original cell and reason will still be the cause of downtime until the first cell restarts The concept behind this is that a faster downstream cell can go down restart and catch up without ever causing loss of production on the line This method should be used for packaging lines If the first cell on the line keeps accepting raw material then the line will be producing product However in some situations it could be the slowest machine because it cannot catch up for lost production Line State This method is used when the other methods are not appropriate This method allows implementing custom methods of ine downtime detection When using this method all downtime reasons mus
562. t Site Data Points These are the data points that are available in the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module However in addition to these comparisons additional factors may be available if they are string data type All additional factors start with Factor For example Factor Operator Data points are the different values that will be presented or compared on a graph or chart For more information on data points see the Data Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 215 Point paragraph in the Analysis Screen section Area Automatic Reason Cell Name Enterprise Line Occurrences Operator Reason Package Count Product Code Production Units Run Shift Site 2 8 3 OEE Description The Run Analysis Provider is used to analyze OEE and production data Provider Name Run Inductive Automation Filters OEE Downtime 216 These are the filters that are available in the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module However in addition to these filters additional factors may be available if they are string data type All additional factors start with Factor For example Factor Operator A filter will allow the user to see all of the data points in the analysis provider as it pertains to a specific area shift etc For more information on filters see the Filter By paragraph in the Analysis Screen section Area Cell Name Enterprise Hour Of Run Line Package Count Product Code Production Units Run Shift Site Compa
563. t event getRecipeValue event setRecipeValue str math log10 value except event setRecipeValue 0 4 7 3 Object Reference The Recipe Module has script functions and events that use various objects This is because some recipe information contains more data than can be represented with a single primitive data type For example a recipe value has a name description units format and more and the ItemRecipeValue is used to hold all of this information when returning back recipe value information from a script function The following sections provide documentation of the methods and properties associated with these various objects 4 7 3 1 ChangelogFilters AChangeLogFilters object is used when requesting recipe change logs with the getChangelogHistory script function to narrow down the results that are returned For example if you only want the change log history for a specific production item machine and specific date range the ChangeLogFilters object properties are set appropriately and are passed as parameters to the getChangelogHistory script function methods e createNew ChangeLogFilters Returns a new instance of a ChangeLogFilters object After setting various filter properties it is used with the getChangelogHistory script function properties e setProjectName String projectName Set the project name to read recipe change log history Recipe change log history is kept by project and the project name is requi
564. t then if its current state is not 1 it will supersede Key Reason or Initial Reason methods states It is an Ignition SQLTag and the values can come from a PLC a database query other device in the field such as a barcode reader an expression user input or script Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 70 The data type format of the SQLTag containing the state must be a number The SQLTag can be manually typed or pasted in to the Factor SQLTag edit box Optionally clicking on the IS icon will display a browser where a SQLTag can be selected Remote Operator Reason Code SQLTag This code will allow changing of the active downtime Operator reason code from a tag instead of directly in the downtime table It is up to you to determine the proper code to write to the tag If the code is not valid then the code will not be changed For instance if the current active code is from the Capper cell of the line then the remote code must be an operator selectable code from the Capper Downtime Reasons Adding a Downtime Reason See the section on Adding a Downtime Reason for details on adding downtime reason entries Editing a Downtime Reason See the section on Editing a Downtime Reason for details on editing downtime reason entries Deleting a Downtime Reason See the section on Deleting a Downtime Reason for details on deleting downtime reason entries Short Downtime Threshold Seconds Short downtime are events that last a small specifie
565. t to the minute for the current shift based Int4 Standard on the standard rate Read Only Count Shift The variance between the Shift Standard Count and the Shift Int4 Standard Production Count Read Only Variance Shift The ideal production count to the minute for the current shift based Int4 Target on the scheduling rate Read Only Count Shift The variance between the Shift Target Count and the Shift Int4 Target Production Count Read Only Variance Shift Waste The amount that the Run Waste Count increased for the current Int4 Count shift Read Only Standard Rate The current standard rate based on the selected product code and Float8 line Read Only Standard Rate The period of time used for the standard rate The options are Hour and String Period Minute Read Only State The current state for the production line The value of 0 is reserved Int4 for idle or line powered off and 1 is reserved for running All other values are defined in the downtime reasons for the production ine See Line Configuration for more details State SQL This reflects the State SQLTag setting that the production line is String Tag configured for in the designer It is the name of the SQLTag to read Read Only the current production line state from 2 5 2 7 Additional Factors Description The additional factors folder contains a folder for each additional factor within it The name of each folder is the same as the additional factor name that is configured in the
566. t 3 will be included during scheduling If not checked shift 3 will be scheduled around To inherit the shift enabled from the from the area select the Inherit From Parent option Default Start The time of day that third shift starts The third shift ends at the start of first shift To Time inherit the time of day that third shift starts setting from the area select the Inherit From Parent option Additional Factors Additional Factors are user defined data points that are logged along with the production and downtime information Once they are logged they can be shown in charts tables and reports Additionally other analysis can be done by filtering and or setting up comparisons by their values Any value that can be read from an Ignition SQLTag can be added as a additional factor This includes values from barcode readers databases calculations PLCs or values derived from scripts etc Example An additional factor named cardboard manufacturer can be added The operator can select the manufacturer that provided the cardboard or it can be obtained from some other source Now SPC results can be shown for each cardboard manufacturer This can identify problems with raw material that directly affect quality Below is an example of an operator additional factor The operators name will be logged along with the production and downtime data By doing so OEE and downtime information can be filtered and grouped by the operator name
567. t be entered into the line downtime reason table and not the cell downtime reasons table This method will only read the line downtime reason from the State SQLTag configured for the ine to determine the line downtime reason When using this method detailed cell downtime tracking can still be used but it is isolated from the line downtime reasons 2 3 4 1 Adding a Downtime Reasons To add a Downtime Reason right click anywhere in the Downtime Reasons table and select New from the menu The following window will appear Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 81 r ie Z Add Downtime Reasons na Reason Name Reason Code 2 Record Downtime Planned Downtime Operator Selectable Never Es Ed Sub Reason of None Adding a Downtime Reason Reason Name The required reason name is used to reference one reason from another an must be unique within the production line or cell The reason name should be meaningful to the end user This is because the end user can filter and group analysis and report by the reason name Reason Code The reason code is a required unique number to the cell that identifies the downtime reason PLCs and other equipment are more apt to handing numbers versus strings therefore a reason code is used for reference within the program The reason code 0 is reserved for idle The reason code 1 is reserved for running Record Dow
568. t codes For companies that have ERP Enterprise Resource Planning or other systems containing product code information product codes can be added or updated automatically from them 2 2 2 3 Production Schedule The scheduling screen is similar to Outlook calendar and is easy for new users to learn how to use It has Day Week Month month week and day views that are selected by clicking on the buttons Select the Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 28 production line to view and edit the schedule by using the drop down list as shown below Ignition MES Software Operator Line Charts Ang Schedule EE Stihlman Day Week Month Brewing and Bottling 2011 Sunday Mar 4 Line 1A Line 1 y 3A 4A Date is March 2011 A Gr M T W T F 8 h 1 2 3 4 5 Line Selection on Calendar Production runs can be scheduled for part of a shift across multiple shifts days and even months To see how editing production run entries works select the week view Next using the mouse right click on a day and time to start the production run and click New Entry Here you can also chose to edit or delete an existing scheduled production run The New Schedule Entry popup window allows for scheduling production runs maintenance and other entries By selecting the Work Order Run schedule type work order options appear Continue by selecting a work order these must be created before adding a new schedule entry Notice the total w
569. t column will indicate the number of events and the Downtime column will reflect the total downtime of the combined events The Begin column will be the start al first occurrence and the End column will be the end of the last occurrence The user can click on the icon to separate the combined downtime events This allows selecting different downtime reasons for each of the downtime events O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 117 Downtime Reasons 5 03 33 55 PM 03 34 13PM_ Filler 03 33 42 PM 03 33 48 PM Filler 00 00 11 Downtime Note 00 00 06 Called maintenance 03 33 27 PM 03 33 36 PM Filler 00 00 09 03 26 02 PM 03 32 04 PM Filler 00 06 02 03 24 18 PM 03 24 25 PM_ Filler 00 00 07 03 17 03 PM 03 19 03 PM Case Packer 00 02 00 ae 5 5 ME 00 01 00 cancel ok Commenting on Down Time Reason 03 08 02 PM 03 09 02 PM Capper When the use clicks on the a icon in the right hand column the downtime note panel appears The user can enter a note that will be associated with the downtime reason entry Editing Reasons If the Editable property is set to true then the user may change the original reason generated to a more appropriate reason This is useful if for instance the machine can only generate a general fault code and the user needs to enter in a specific fault after determining the cause The reasons that are available for selection are controlled by the configuration of t
570. t configuring recipe values 4 3 2 1 2 Site Configuration Adding a Site To add your site right click on your enterprise folder in the project browser and select the New Production Item gt New Production Site menu item A site named New Site will be added to the enterprise folder Renaming a Site To rename it to the name representing the site s physical location right click on it and select Rename then enter the new name Important Note Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 463 It is extremely important to understand production OPC values have an OPC item path that matches the layout of the production model and that renaming production items can cause Ignition tags associated with a production item to stop being updated See Production OPC Server for more information Deleting a Site To remove an existing site right click on the site item and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the production site Please note that the area s line s cell s cell group s and location s underneath the site will also be permanently removed 1 Production gt New Site General Site Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the site item contained in the enterprise folder in the project browser and then selecting the General tab Enabled By default added sites are enabled It can be disabled by un checking the Enabled setting and saving the project Thi
571. t like the scheduling of samples someone may be distracted by other pressing production issues and fail to complete the task The Ignition SPC module has powerful features that will automatically evaluate out of control signals every time new sample data is recorded This can be expanded to instantly inform all parties that should know of various out of control conditions 3 2 Getting Started This getting started guide will step you though SPC Quality module installation demo installation the demo user interface and configuration features 3 2 1 Installation To install the SPC module into an existing Ignition system follow the instructions in the Existing Ignition System If you are installing Ignition at the same time use the instructions in the New Ignition System To install the Quality Demo project follow the steps in the Demo Installation section 3 2 1 1 Existing Ignition System 3 2 1 1 1 Installing Modules To install the SPC module on to an existing Ignition server follow the steps below Before installing the SPC module it is recommended to first setup the database connection that will be used to store SPC data 1 Download the Quality Installer module modl module from the Inductive Automation download website It will be under the MES modules heading 2 Install the Quality Installer module modl module O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 228 Navigate to the Modules page of the Ignition gateway At the bottom of th
572. table in chronological order by the StartDateTime column The schedule entry must be valid with a work order and product code appropriate for the line parameters projectName The project name that contains the specified line path Data Type String linePath The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the ine starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String returns successful Returns true if the new schedule entry for the line has successfully been selected Data Type Boolean Inductive Automation 2 7 5 Client Designer Scripts Methods OEE Downtime 203 system production utils addProductCode productCode description Adds a new product code to the system parameters returns productCode description result The product code For example Cola_120z_Cans Data Type String A description of this product code Data Type String Error message if the product code could not be added blank if successful Data Type SE ring system production utils addRunComment linePath userName note isSticky Adds a comment note to the current run for the selected line parameters returns O Inductive Automation linePath userName note isSticky none The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the ine starting w
573. tag read Default LowerLimit recipeValue event getRecipeTag getCurrentValue if recipeValue gt upperLimit value or recipeValue lt lowerLimit value else 4 7 2 2 Request Value Script event setl event setl LogVariance True LogVariance False If the Request Value Script property see Adding a Recipe Value for more information of a production item contains a script it will be executed every time a recipe is selected When it is executed the event object provides information about the recipe value being read If event setRecipeValue value is not called then the value from the database will be used Event P event getltemPath event getValueName event getTagPath roperties event getScale event getRecipeValue Returns the production item path that recipe value belongs to Data Type String Returns the name of the recipe value being read Data Type String Returns the Ignition tag path associated with the recipe value Data Type String Returns the recipe scale being used while reading the current recipe Data Type Double Returns the recipe value from the database This is the value that was set in the recipe editor or from a script function Data Type String event setRecipeValue value Parameters Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 540 value Value to change the current recipe value Data Type Data Type String returns none Example import math try value floa
574. te If 1000 units enter the production cell and 900 finished products exit the production cell then it is assumed that 100 units were lost to waste A Waste Transit time other than O must be entered for the primary outfeed The Waste Transit time should be the normal amount of time a production unit takes to travel from infeed started to outfeed finished Product Waste Entries In order to calculate waste by this method one or more entries must be in the Product Waste table The waste from each entry is added together to equal the total amount of waste For example there may be two points on the cell that inspect and discard faulty products If the first point discarded 10 units and the second point discarded 5 units the total waste count would be 15 units Cell Downtime Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the ine item contained in the site folder in the project browser and then selecting the Downtime tab as shown below Once downtime reasons have be added the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module will either check the list if the line stops running or allow the operator to select the reason See the section on Downtime Reasons for more information Finisher Cell Production Item General OEE Downtime Schedule Quality Recipe Advanced Log Down Time Details V State SQL Tag Line B PLC Finisher Manual State Downtime Reasons Reason Name Reason Code Record Downtime Pla
575. te Variance Script object that allows accessing the current tag information and also allows setting the log variance flag In the script above a tag called SomeOtherTag is read and compared to the current value of the tag associated with the recipe value where this script was defined If the current value is greater than the value of the SomeOtherTag then the setLogVariance method is called with True meaning the recipe value is in a variance state Otherwise false is returned See Adding a Recipe Value section for details about configuring recipe values Variance Status As mentioned above variances are logged to the database and can be viewed in the Recipe Variance Viewer component analysis and reports But having a tag that indicates if any recipe values are in variance for a machine is useful The Ignition MES Modules exposes current status and allows some control through the Production OPC Server One of the status values provided by the Recipe Changeover Module is the RecipeVarianceExists value Each production line cell cell group and location has an associated RecipeVarianceExists value If the value is false then all live production values are within variance for the production item If the value is true then at least one recipe value of the production item is outside of its variance range See Production OPC Server and Production OPC Values sections for available values the Recipe Changeover Module provides 4 1 11 Selecting Recipes
576. te entries Deleting a Product Outfeed See the section on Deleting a Product Waste Counter for details on deleting product waste entries Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 68 Product Waste A Inspection Rejects Line LIP LA Z Waste Calculation Method Product Waste Entries x D a Y O a ye A a ceentnttot ttl Ey a _ e Waste Calculation Methods Waste Calculation Methods There are several ways to calculate the amount of waste coming from a production line None No waste calculation methods will be used to determine waste counts Run Waste Count Tag Waste will be calculated based on what is entered in the Run Waste Count tag This may be a unique formula used to calculate waste or a manual entry of the waste count Started vs Finished When this method is used outfeed will be compared to infeed to determine how many units were lost to waste f 1000 units enter the production line and 900 finished products exit the production line then it is assumed that 100 units were lost to waste A Waste Transit time other than O must be entered for the primary outfeed The Waste Transit time should be the normal amount of time a production unit takes to travel from infeed started to outfeed finished Product Waste Entries In order to calculate waste by this method one or more entries must be in the Product Waste table The waste from each entry is added together to equal the total amount of
577. tection Method setting 1 Select Initial Reason to select the initial cell that is down as the reason the line is down If there is a cell group on the line and the Minimum Cells Running Threshold has not been reached for that cell group the first cell with recordable downtime within the cell group is the reason that the line is down If the Minimum Cells Running Threshold has been reached no part of the cell group will be recorded as the cause of downtime and the next cell or cell group will be examined 2 Select Key Reason to select the first cell in the order they appear in the designer that is down as the reason the line is down The line state will be checked first overriding the cell state if the line is already down If there is a cell group on the line and the Minimum Cells Running Threshold has not been reached for that cell group the last cell within the cell group that guarantees the threshold will not be reached with recordable downtime is the reason that the line is down If the Minimum Cells Running Threshold has been reached no part of the cell group will be recorded as the cause of downtime and the next cell or cell group will be examined 3 Select Line State to ignore the cells and use the value of the State SQLTag that is configured for the line See the section on Downtime Reasons for more information on each method State SQLTag This SQLTag is to read the current state of the ine or process Note that if this tag is se
578. terRecipes Data Type Boolean Show Descendants Set to true to show recipe descendants or child recipes It determines if the Descendants tree node is show in each recipe Scripting name showDescendants Data Type Boolean Inductive Automation Show Recipe Items Show Item Children Show Values Show Item Defaults Show Sub Recipes Enable Recipe Editing Enable Security Editing Read Only Recipe Changeover 480 Set to true to show production items under the recipe node Scripting name showRecipeltems Data Type Boolean Set to true to show child production items of the main production items under the recipe node For example if Line 1 is added to a recipe and the Show Item Children is set to true then the cells cell groups and locations will be shown under Line 1 If the Show Item Children is set to false then only Line 1 will be shown Scripting name showItemChildren Data Type Boolean Set to true to show the recipe value table in the recipe editor Scripting name showValues Data Type Boolean Set to true to show the item default values and sub recipes in the recipe editor Scripting name showItemDefaults Data Type Boolean Set to true to show sub recipes in the recipe editor The default values will show up as a sub recipe Scripting name showItemDefaults Data Type Boolean Set to true to enable recipe editing Scripting name nableRecipeEditing Data
579. tes Data Type Boolean This property holds the current filter item selections that the results will be filtered by If more than one item exists they are separated by commas Scripting name filterSummary Data Type Shoring Inductive Automation SPC Quality 305 Attribute Name This property holds the currently selected attribute to include in the results For each sample definition there may be multiple attributes that are collected This property selects which one to show get the SPC Results for Scripting name attributeName Data Type String Control Limit This property holds the current control limit selections to include in the results If Summary more than one item exists they are separated by commas Scripting name controlLimitSummary Data Type String Signal This property holds the currently selected signals to include in the results If Summary more than one item exists they are separated by commas Scripting name signalSummary Data Type String SPC Data Format This property specifies the type of control chart to retrieve the SPC data for Options None No results will be returned XBarR XBar and range data will be returned XBarS XBar and standard deviation data will be returned Individual Individual and moving range data will be returned Median Median and moving range data will be returned P P chart data will be returned NP NP chart data will be returned C C chart data will be retur
580. th it Description This is an optional description and is just for your reference 2 3 2 1 2 Site Configuration Adding a Site To add your site right click on your enterprise folder in the project browser and select the New Production Item gt New Production Site menu item A site named New Site will be added to the enterprise folder Renaming a Site To rename it to the name representing the site s physical location right click on it and select Rename then enter the new name Deleting a Site To remove an existing site right click on the site item and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the production site Please note that the area s line s and cell s underneath the site will also be permanently removed L_ m2 Production gt gt Your Enterprise Eee A Your Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 58 New Site General Site Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the site item contained in the enterprise folder in the project browser and then selecting the General tab Enabled By default added sites are enabled It can be disabled by un checking the Enabled setting and saving the project This will stop the OEE downtime and scheduling module from executing the site and all area s line s and cell s that are underneath it Description This is an optional description and is just for your reference Shift 1 Default Enabl
581. th the project name Only the cells for this ine path will be shown in this component For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Scripting name linePath Data Type String Selected Cell Path The currently selected cell path This is the full path name of the cell starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Filler Scripting name selectedCellPath Data Type String Selected Cell Name The currently selected cell name This is just the cell name excluding the rest of the cell path For example Filler Scripting name selectedCellName Data Type String Events Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 92 This component has standard Ignition events Methods none 2 4 1 3 Product Code Selector Tal MJ Description A component that provides users to select a product code from a drop down list of available product code for a production line Product code information is stored in the ProductCode ProductCodeLine ProductCodeLineProperty database tables The Product Code Table Product Code Line Table and Product Code Properties Table are typically used to manage the information in these database tables eliminating the need for SQL statements and scripts to do so Product Code 1 a Product Code Drop Down List Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Line Path The ine
582. that can used to increase efficiency The slide at the bottom of the page causes the date to be changed allowing the user to select a specific day or time or a broad range of dates to view These graphs may also be saved or printed by right clicking on the desired graph Line Summary Producten Line Line 1 l i DEE CEE Avaitaiiity DEE Performance OEE Qu am o y838183838 ATT AT TT TT O NN bu oru Ose 00157 2011 gt aa noo E Pen apoi Tee EA Res Dome Y dOn Teme o ali ff REESE J t j h iii iii Line Summary Screen Line Graph Settings There are many settings for lines graphs which can be adjusted by right clicking on a line graph These options can be used to improve graphs and select specific areas to save and print Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 41 Mode Zoom Allows the user to click and drag over the specific area of the graph that he or she wants to enlarge Pan Allows the user to click and drag to move to a different area of the graph Mark Gives the domain and range values of a single line at 12 00 AM on the day selected by clicking on the graph X trace Gives the domain value of all lines on the graph at 12 00 AM on the day selected by clicking on the graph Background The background color of a line graph is white by default but may be changed to black to allow the user to see lighter colors Zoom Allows the user to zoom in or out
583. that may have occurred during the approve operation Data Type SEEING unapprove Unapprove the current sample parameters none returns String Message of any errors that may have occurred during the unapprove operation Data Type See showEditNotePopup Show the note popup to allow the user to add or edit the note tied to the currently selected sample parameters none returns String Message of any errors that may have occurred during the show note operation Data Type String 3 4 2 SPC Components Component Palette ol g x Input Buttons Display Tables Charts Calendar Misc Mb Quality SPc amp Production Reporting 4 ling q Y e ly Y aed Ud a a SPC Components O Inductive Automation 3 4 2 1 SPC Selector qa Description SPC Quality 302 A component that allows selections of SPC data As the user makes selections this component will query the server for results These results can be accessed through the SPC Results and SPC Data and can be linked with any of the SPC control charts SPC Settings Location Line 1 Quality Attribute Viscosity Control Limits XBar LOL XBar UCL Signals A e Y di p SPC Selector A filter can be added by selecting the link to the right of Filter By A window panel will open and filter categories will be displayed Click the link by the filter category and specific filter items will be displayed When selected th
584. that range will be included in the analysis Stored Analysis In the demo project there are pre configured analyses that can be selected in the store reports section As different stored analyses are selected the values in the Selections section will change The demo project has a Downtime by Line stored analysis Selecting it will make the selection to view downtime occurrences and downtime minutes values by individual lines Saved Reports menu Saved Reports Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 34 If the pie chart is selected only the downtime occurrences will be represented graphically However if the bar chart is selected then both the downtime occurrences and the downtime length in minutes will be shown graphically in separate bars Filter By Once an stored analysis has been selected you can change the selections to zero in on the data that you desire The filter section allows you to limit the data that is included in the analysis Filters can be added by clicking on the add icon on the right side of the Filter By section Within the popup filter selection window scroll down to the Factor Operator option and click the icon Notice the names of operator that can be selected Clicking on George Gonzalez will add the Factor Operator George Gonzalez causing the analysis results to included downtime data while George Gonzalez was the operator Factor Operator a Amber Wagner Andrea Rooney Chang Glenn Derrick Ray Georg
585. the Histogram LCL control limit is not defined on the Enterprise page it will not be an available option when selecting control limits on the Sample Definition page Default control limits out of control signals and sample intervals will be present and these may be edited or deleted New limits signals or intervals can also be added Adding a Control Limit Out of Control Signal or Sample Interval To add a limit signal or interval right click on the table and select New After filling in the necessary fields select OK Editing a Control Limit Out of Control Signal or Sample Interval To edit a limit signal or interval select the item to be edited right click and select Edit from the drop down menu After making the desired changes select OK Deleting a Control Limit Out of Control Signal or Sample Interval To delete a limit signal or interval select the item to be deleted right click and select Delete from the drop down menu For more information view the pages on Control Limits Out of Control Signals and Sample Intervals 3 3 2 1 2 Site Configuration Adding a Site To add your site right click on your enterprise folder in the project browser and select the New Production Item gt New Production Site menu item A site named New Site will be added to the enterprise folder O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 256 Renaming a Site To rename it to the name representing the site s physical location right c
586. the following properties Data Properties SPC Results SPC Data Background Color No Data Message No Data Foreground No Data Font Chart Properties Vertical Bind this property to the SPC Results property of the SPC Controller or SPC Selector components Ther SPC Results contain all the information so that the control charts can display the results which is not possible with the data set alone Scripting name spcResults Data Type SPCResults This property holds the SPC data and includes columns for the calculated values based on the SPC Data Format and selected attribute control limits and signals Scripting name spcData Data Type Dataset The background color Scripting name backgroundColor Data Type Color Text to display if not data is available to show in the control chart Scripting name noDataMessage Data Type String The foreground color to display the no data message Scripting name noDataForeground Data Type Color The font to display the no data message Scripting name noDataFont Data Type Pore If true the bars will be shown vertically Scripting name vertical Data Type boolean Inductive Automation Chart Background Colo r Bar Color Bar Spacing Gradient Shadows Tick Label Font Tick Label Color Value Axis Title Frequency Axis Title Inductive Automation SPC Quality 315 The background color of the chart Scripting name chartBackgro
587. the instructions in the New Ignition System To install the Quality Demo project follow the steps in the Demo Installation section 4 2 1 Existing Ignition System 4 2 1 1 Installing Modules To install the Recipe module onto an existing Ignition server follow the steps below Before installing the Recipe module it is recommended to first set up the database connection that will be used to store Recipe data 1 Download the Recipe Installer module modl module from the Inductive Automation download website It will be under the MES modules heading 2 Install the Recipe Installer module modl module Navigate to the Modules page of the Ignition gateway At the bottom of the list of already installed modules click the ms or Upgrade a Module link Next browse to the Recipe Installer module modl file and click the install button as shown below O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 455 Developer Mode Ignition by inductive automation Home Status Configure Launch Designer C7 A new version of Ignition 7 6 0 is available Logged in as admin log out System Install or Upgrade Module Y Status Licensing To install a module choose its mod1 file and press Install Console To upgrade a module install the new version on top of the existing User Manual version Modules can be downloaded from our website Configuration Projects C Temp Recipe Installer module modl owse_ Gateway Settings Red
588. the name of your enterprise right click on it and select Rename then enter the new name Project Browser do g x a Eg Configuration 2 Production gt g Transaction Groups 5 Windows VIA rt mo Enterprise Name Deleting an Enterprise To remove an existing enterprise right click on the enterprise item and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the production enterprise Please note O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 56 that the site area s line s and cell s underneath the enterprise will also be permanently removed Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 57 General Enterprise Settings For the enterprise there are only general settings These settings are accessed by selecting the enterprise item contained in the Production folder in the project browser and then selecting the General tab as shown below Your Enterprise f Enterprise Production Item Save project to make production changes active K General OEE l Down Time Schedule Advanced D Enabled Y pe py Description pr e p yor a p AA yy Enterprise General Settings Enabled By default added enterprises are enabled It can be disabled by un checking the Enabled setting and saving the project This will stop the OEE downtime and scheduling module from executing the enterprise the site and all area s line s and cell s that are undernea
589. the primary product infeed for the production run The true unit count reflects the start of production run count and raw count rollovers This reflects the name of the line that is set in the designer The current OEE value for the current shift See OEE for more details The current OEE Availability value for the current shift See OEE for more details The current OEE Performance value for the current shift See OEE for more details The current OEE Quality value for the current shift See OEE for more details This is the amount of change over time in minutes remaining before the scheduled run start time OEE Downtime 171 Boolean Read Only Int4 Read Only String String Read Only String Read Only Boolean Boolean Int4 Read Only String Read Only Float8 Read Only Float8 Read Only Float8 Read Only Float8 Read Only String Read Only Prerun Remaining Time Seconds Product Code Product Code Description Production Package Count Production Rate Hour Production Rate Minute Production Units Run Disabled Reason Code Run Down Time Minutes Run Elapsed Time Minutes Run ID Run Ideal Standard Count Run Planned Down Time Minutes Run Production Count This is the amount of change over time in seconds remaining before the scheduled run start time The current product code being run on the line Typically this is controlled by the
590. the time defined for the parent production site See Area Configuration for more details The current Shift 2 Start Time time for the production area If the associated Shift 2 Start Time property for the area in the designer is set to Inherit From Parent this will be the time defined for the parent production site See Area Configuration for more details The current Shift 3 Start Time time for the production area If the associated Shift 3 Start Time property for the area in the designer is set to Inherit From Parent this will be the time defined for the parent production site See Area Configuration for more details String Boolean String Read Only DateTime Read Only DateTime Read Only DateTime Read Only Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 169 2 5 2 5 Line Description The line folder contains some properties associated with the production line and a folder for each production cell within it The name is the same as the line name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Line 1 of the OEEDemo project Production 1 5 OEEDemo 2 5 Your Enterprise Your Site 3 Workday Routine Your Area 2 5 Line 1 Y Additional Factors O Capper 9 Case Packer 1 Filler O Inspection Labeler O Palletizer O Product Infeed 3 Product Outfeed H 9 Workday Routine gt Accumulation Count lt gt Actual Finish Time lt gt Actual Run Start T
591. this attribute e getEnabled boolean Returns true if this attribute is enabled If an attribute is disabled it will not appear during sample entry Based on the value of the included disabled attributes property on the SPC Selector component disabled attributes will not show on the control charts e setEnabled boolean enabled Inductive Automation SPC Quality 403 Sets sample definition enabled state e getRequired boolean Returns true if this attribute is required while entering samples If an attribute is required a value must be entered before the sample will be saved setRequired boolean enabled Sets this attribute required state If an attribute is required a value must be entered before the sample will be saved getDatatype AttributeDataType Returns the attribute data type for this attribute See Attribute Data Type for more information setDatatype AttributeDataT ype dataType Sets this attribute s data type See Attribute Data Type for more information getFormat String Returns the format for this attribute The format is used to verify formatting values on the control charts and that entered data is correctly formatted See Attribute Data Type for more information setFormat String format Sets this attribute s format The format is used to verify formatting values on the control charts and that entered data is correctly formatted Format strings consist of one or more of the characters shown in
592. this default setting The value represents the number of minutes required before a sample is due until the sample is considered coming due For automatically scheduled samples they are created prior to actual due time by the number of minutes of this setting setComingDueMin double comingDueMin Sets the default coming due minutes setting for this sample definition Allowed locations that belong to this sample definition are initialized with this default setting The value represents the number of minutes required before a sample is due until the sample is considered coming due For automatically scheduled samples they are created prior to actual due time by the number of minutes of this setting O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 399 e getOverdueMin double Returns the default overdue minutes setting for this sample definition Allowed locations that belong to this sample definition are initialized with this default setting The value represents the number of minutes required after a sample is due until the sample is considered overdue e setOverdueMin double overdueMinutes Sets the default overdue minutes setting for this sample definition Allowed locations that belong to this sample definition are initialized with this default setting The value represents the number of minutes required after a sample is due until the sample is considered overdue e isModified Returns true if this sample definition has been modified e isNew
593. this sample If asample has been scheduled but the measurement data has not been recorded the measurement entries will still exist In this case use the sampleDataExists property to determine if the measurement data has been entered isDataModified boolean Returns true if any measurement values have been modified isSampleDataValid boolean Returns true if all of the measurement values are valid e sampleDataExists boolean Returns true if sample data has been entered getSampleData int measNo String attrName SampleData Returns SampleData item for the specified measurement number and attribute e getSampleDataValue int measNo String attrName String Returns a measurement value as a string for the specified measurement number and attribute name e setSampleData int measNo String attrName String value boolean Sets a measurement value as a string for the specified measurement number and attribute name Returns true if successful otherwise returns false e isSampleDataValid boolean Returns true if the measurements have been entered and are valid additional factor properties e getAllAddlFactors List lt SampleAdditionalFactor gt Returns the list of additional factor values associated with this sample e getAddlFactor String factorName SampleAdditionalFactor Returns the additional factor object specified by the factorName parameter and associated with this sample Use this function to get the Sampl
594. ting the SQLTags Browser and clicking on the M icon This will cause the OPC Browser to appear Next drill down in the Production node within the OPC Browser Drag any of the Adding A New Production Line Production OPC Values over to the SQLTags Browser as depicted below SGLTags Browser ASIJ d gt Ym 3S Tag Tags EJ Line 1 f O Line 2 L Imes gt Name Your Site O Client O System O All Providers OPC Browser lt Default gt 8 de Ignition OPC UA Server dp Production 3 OEEDemo 2 5 Your Enterprise 2 5 Your Site Workday Routine Your Area gt Default Shift 1 Start Time gt Default Shift 2 Start Time gt Default Shift 3 Start Time gt Description gt Name Description z gt Enabled E Name Add Production OPC Server Values to SQLTags 2 2 5 Configuration Because the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module is built on the Ignition platform configuration is done using the Ignition Designer Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 48 2 2 5 1 Components In addition to the components that come with Ignition the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module provides additional components that make implementing an OEE downtime and scheduling system easier These components greatly reduce or in some cases eliminate the need for custom SQL statements and scripting Component Palette op x Input Buttons Display Ta
595. tion Shift 3 Default Enabled If checked shift 3 will be included during scheduling If not checked shift 3 will be scheduled around To inherit the shift enabled from the from the area select the Inherit From Parent option Default Start The time of day that third shift starts The third shift ends at the start of first shift To Time inherit the time of day that third shift starts setting from the area select the Inherit From Parent option 3 3 2 1 5 Location Configuration Adding a Location To add a production location right click on an area or line folder in the project browser and select the New Production Item gt New Production Location menu item A location named New Location will be added to the area or line folder Multiple production locations can be added to a production area or line Renaming a Location To rename it to the name representing the production location right click on it and select Rename then enter the new name Deleting a Location To remove an existing production location right click on the location item and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the production location Please note that the line s and cell s underneath the location will also be permanently removed 2 2 Production gt New Enterprise 1 HE New Site gt 2 Receiving Location A a New Line ES Location B zaw Cell New Location Location General Setting
596. tion Is fired when Add menu item is selected The Add menu item will only appear if script has been added to this event none Return the currently selected sample definition attribute name Data Type String Return the currently selected sample definition attribute name Data Type String Used to tell the Definition Attribute List component to remove the selected sample definition attribute If this is not included in the remove event script with a parameter of 1 then the sample definition attribute will have to be removed using another method By including this in the remove event script with a parameter of 1 the confirmation message will not be shown before removing a sample definition attribute Including the event RemoveAttribute 0 and setSuppressConfirmation 1 script lines in the remove event will prevent default handling of sample definition SPC Quality 284 attributes This allows for custom handling of the removal of sample definition attributes Methods none 3 4 1 3 Definition Location List y Description A component that provides a list of production locations that a sample can be taken from for the associated sample definition In other words a test is defined sample definition and it has locations that are appropriate to take the test at production location There is no need for SQL queries or scripting to display allowable locations If the Definition List component is on the sa
597. tion Scripting name unplannedDowntimeColor Data Type Color Set the text that will appear in the legend that represents the unplanned downtime section of the chart Scripting name unplannedLegend Data Type String OEE Downtime 130 Unplanned Short Downtime Bar Selects the color of the unplanned short downtime section of the Color chart Scripting name unplannedShortDowntimeColor Data Type Coles Unplanned Short Downtime Set the text that will appear in the legend that represents the Legend Text unplanned short downtime section of the chart Scripting name unplannedShortLegend Data Type String Events This component has standard Ignition events Methods none Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 131 2 4 3 Schedule Components When the Schedule Module which is part of the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module a new component tab will appear On it are components that provide functionality specific to the work orders product codes and scheduling Component Palette oa x Input Buttons Display Tables Charts Calendar Shapes Misc Schedule OEE DownTime Production Reporting 202322223293 Schedule Components 2 4 3 1 Work Order Selector al Description A component that provides users to select a work order from a drop down list of available work orders for a production line The available options include only work orders for product codes that are enabled to run on the specified pr
598. tion These database s are setup in the gateway configuration section by selecting the Databases gt Connections section from the left hand configuration menu See the Ignition documentation for more information on setting up a database connection Below shows a typical database connection that is required for the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module Database Connections Name Description JDBC Driver Translator Status ProductionDB Microsoft SQLServer JDBC Driver MSSQL VALID edit delete Note For details about a connection s status see the Database Connection Status page Sample Database Connection 2 2 1 3 MES Module Settings The OEE Downtime and Scheduling module stores data in a SQL database Because Ignition can be configured to multiple databases the MES Module Settings configuration page is used to select which databases to store OEE downtime and scheduling data If only one database has been configured in Ignition then it will be selected by default To change the MES module settings go to the configuration section in the gateway and select the MES Modules gt Settings section from the left hand side configuration menu Once a database connection is created and if only one database connection exists then it will be automatically selected to be used by the MES modules If more than one database connection exists then the desired database connection can be selected to be used by the MES modules as shown below Inductiv
599. tion line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the line starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String The new product code for the line to run next Data Type String Set to 0 to disable 1 to enable Data Type Integer Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 211 system schedule selectRun linePath schedulelID Select the schedule entry to run on the specified line The schedulelD can be obtained from the Schedule database table If the line is currently in a production run it will have to be ended before setting a new product code The schedule entry must be valid with a work order and product code appropriate for the line parameters linePath The line path of the production ine that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the ine starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String scheduleID The value from the ID column of the schedule database table Data Type Integer returns successful Returns true if the new schedule entry for the line has successfully been selected Data Type Boolean system schedule selectNextRun linePath Select the next schedule entry to run on the specified line The next schedule entry is the row in the database Schedule table in chronological order by the StartDateTime column The s
600. tion nimport math n n Get the c UCL 22 c UCL Calculation nimport math n n Get the Histogram LCL 29 Histogram UCL 28 Individual LCL 11 Individual LCL Calculation n Get t Individual UCL 10 Individual UCL Calculation n Get t Median LCL 14 XBar LCL Calculation n Define the A2 f Median UCL 13 XBar UCL Calculation n Define the A2 f MR LCL 35 Moving Range LCL Calculation n The LCL for MR UCL 34 Moving Range UCL Calculation n Get the SPC np LCL 20 np LCL Calculation nimport system nimport np UCL 19 np UCL Calculation nimport math n n Get th p LCL 17 p LCL Calculation nimport system nimport ma p UCL 16 p UCL Calculation nimport math n n Get the Range LCL 5 Range UCL Calculation n Define the D3 fa Range UCL 4 Range UCL Calculation n Define the D4 fa StdDev LCL 8 Standard Deviation LCL Calculation n De StdDev UCL 7 Standard Deviation UCL Calculation n De StdDev XBar LCL 2 Standard Deviation XBar LCL Calcul StdDev XBar UCL 1 Standard Deviation XBar UCL Calcul u LCL 26 u LCL Calculation nimport math n n Get the u UCL 25 u UCL Calculation nimport math n n Get the XBar LCL 2 XBar LCL Calculation n Define the A2 fact Sher LAB XBar UCL 1 XBar UCL Calculation n Define the A2 fact Shar USL 373 To import downtime entries right click anywhere on the control limit table and select the Import menu item A dialog box wil
601. tion of the following properties Line Path Running Production Enabled Can Start Started Can End Can Resume Can Change Schedule Is Work Order The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the line starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Scripting name linePath Data Type SLring The current running read only state of the production line The production line is considered running if a production run is started and the line state is running Scripting name running Data Type Boolean The current production enabled read only state of the production run This will be true after the changeover time has expired or the operator initiated the production run start depending on the setting of the Auto Start property that configured in the designer Scripting name productionEnabled Data Type Boolean This will be true if a production run can start It is typically used to control the enable state of a Start button on the operator screen Scripting name canStart Data Type Boolean This will be true if the production run is started Scripting name started Data Type Boolean This will be true if a production run can be ended It is typically used to control the enable state of a End button on the operator screen Scripting name canEnd Data Type Boolean This will be true if a p
602. tiple characters The sequence or is not needed and may not work correctly depending on your operating system Examples c temp import csv Will only process a single file named import csv c temp csv Will process all files with the csv file extension c temp Data csv Will process all files starting with Data and have the csv file extension c temp Data csv Will process all files starting with Data folled by a single character and have the csv file extension The file name c temp Data10 csv will not be processes but c temp Data1 csv will because the wildcard character is for a single character c temp Will process all files contained in directories below the temp directory Scripting name filePath Data Type String If the After Processing Handling property is set to Move File this is the file path location to move processed files Scripting name moveToDirectoryPath Data Type String This setting of this property defines how files are handled after processing them Scripting name afterProcessingHandling Data Type Integer Values Delete File 0 Move File 1 Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 561 File This property defines the priority to process multiple file It is inapplicable when a single file is selected in the File Path property If Alpha Numeric is selected the files are processed in alphabetical order If Date is selected the file names are converted
603. titleFont Data Type Font Measurement Number Font to use for the measurement numbers Font Scripting name numberFont Data Type Font Entry Field Font Font to use for the entry fields Scripting name fieldFont Data Type Font Column Gap Size Space in pixels between columns Scripting name gapx Data Type THE Row Gap Size Space in pixels between rows Scripting name gapy Data Type NE Events This component has standard Ignition events none Methods save Save changes made to the measurement values This method also records the current product code and reference number for the production location parameters none returns String Message of any errors that may have occurred during the save operation Data Type String save productCode refNo Save changes made to the measurements values along with a product code and reference number specified in the parameters parameters Inductive Automation SPC Quality 301 productCode Product code to record along with the measurement values Data Type String refNo Reference number to record along with the measurement values Data Type String returns String Message of any errors that may have occurred during the save operation Data Type String undo Any changed measurement values will be restored to their original values parameters none returns nothing approve Approve the current sample parameters none returns String Message of any errors
604. to improve quality Now comparing by the sample count for each person entering sample data may provide meaningful and actionable data that can be used to determine staffing requirements Additional Compare By items can be added by clicking on the a84 icon on the right side of the Compare By section Within the popup Compare By selection window click on the item that you want to compare analysis results between Inductive Automation SPC Quality 249 Compare By add Location Compare By Selections Compare By items can be removed by clicking on the located to the left of the name Data Points Data points are the individual pieces of information that will be present in the analysis For example sample count or approved count are just two of the many available data points To add a data point click on the add icon on the right side of the Data Points section Within the popup Data Point selection window click on the data point item to include in the analysis Data Points add Sample Count Approved Count Data Point Selections Data Points can be removed by clicking on the _ located to the left of the name The pie chart will only show one data point For this reason if more than one data point is selected the bar chart line chart or table must be selected to see all the selected data points Inductive Automation SPC Quality 250 Drill Down The drill down feature simplifies the compare by and filter select
605. to the chart point for any samples that have notes or assignable causes Scripting name showNotes Data Type boolean The image to display next to the chart point for any samples that have notes or assignable causes Scripting name noteImage Data Type Image If true allow the user to add and edit notes and assignable causes Scripting name enableNoteEditing Data Type boolean Enable Point Deletion If true allow the user to temporarily remove samples from chart This is used to remove samples that are known to out of control before calculating control limits The sample that have been removed are not removed from the database and can be restored by selecting the Restore Points menu item Scripting name enablePointDeletion Data Type boolean Enable Control Limit Editing If true allow the user to calculate and set new control limit values Scripting name enableControlLimitEditing Data Type boolean Events O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 344 This component has standard Ignition events none Methods showSetLimitPanel chartName Causes the calculate and set control limit dialog to be shown parameters chartName Which chart to show the control limit dialog for Available c Primary or Secondary Data Type String returns nothing 3 4 2 10 P Chart aA Description The Percentage of Nonconforming Items p control chart is used to display SPC results that have nonconforming counts for eac
606. to view all values within the site Control Limits This is the parent folder that holds all of the control limits Signals This is the parent folder that holds all of the signals Intervals This is the parent folder that holds all of the intervals Properties Inductive Automation Description Enabled Name Analysis DB Connection Name Optionally this property can be set toa description for the enterprise It is not used by the SPC Module other than for reference This reflects the enterprise Enabled property in the Designer If the enterprise Enabled is set to true then the SPC module will perform calculations for the enterprise and all sites areas lines and locations within it If this property is set to false then none of the sites areas lines or locations will have calculations performed This reflects the name of the enterprise that is set in the designer This reflects the Analysis Database setting in the MES section in the Ignition Gateway Runtime DB Connection Name This reflects the Runtime Database setting 3 5 2 2 1 Control Limits Description in the MES section in the Ignition Gateway SPC Quality 371 String Boolean String Read Only String Read Only String Read Only The control limits folder contains a folder for each control limit The name of each folder is the same as the control limit name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Histogram LCL control
607. top Indicates the start time that the current line downtime event started Indicates the time that the current run ended changeover status and began running The date and time that Enable Run property was set to false This typically happens when the operator clicks the End button The date and time that Enable Run property was set to true This typically happens when the operator clicks the Start button or a production run auto start occurred See Line Configuration Schedule Settings for more details The date and time that new product was selected to run on the line Typically this happens when the operator selects a new production run Indicates if the line is set to automatically start schedule entries and begin the run after any changeover Overrides Auto Start Run setting Indicates if the production run should start automatically after change over This will allow the line to record a downtime event if it is not running after the allotted changeover time from the schedule entry This value will increment every time OEE downtime and scheduling values are calculated for the project production model Indicates if this run can be cancelled Runs can only be cancelled while in changeover If true all conditions are good to resume a production run OEE Downtime 170 Int4 Read Only String Read Only Boolean Read Only DateTime Read Only DateTime Read Only DateTime Read Only DateTime Read Only
608. tring Read Only Boolean String Read Only Double Read Only String Read Only String Read Only 383 SPC Quality 384 3 6 Scripting 3 6 1 Production Location Events The following events are by location which allows for the changing of default handling samples and detection of out of control signals by individual location Individual handling based on the of sample or other criteria must be done in the script In situations where the default handling does not fit the production environment requirements these events are flexible enough to allow a method to implement exactly what is needed 3 6 1 1 Before Sample Updated Event Before a new sample is added or an existing sample is updated to the database any script in this event is run This includes samples that have been scheduled with no measurement data It is provided to allow for the addition of more information performing other actions or preventing the saving of the sample event properties e getSample Sample Returns the new or updated sample See Sample section more information e setCancelUpdate boolean cancelUpdate Used to prevent the sample from being added or updated The default is false meaning the sample will be added or updated It is provided to override the default adding or updating of samples and should be used with caution e isCancelUpdate boolean Returns the current state of the cancel update flag Example Add 1 to an unrelate
609. true the results will contain reference toBoolean Stop Type Return Scheduled vs Actual 2 7 Scripting any user comments entered during the actual run The Analysis Time Chart component can display the reference Determines the type of downtime stops to return Both will return Long and Short stops See the Short Downtime Threshold seconds section for more information on stop types Values Both String Short Stops Long Stops This binding function returns a Dataset with a variable Dataset number of columns based in the parameter settings The OEE Downtime modules support various scripting functions that are availably on both the client and the gateway The Line Event scripts are by line and cell and allow performing custom tasks when the line execution cycle is occurring The custom OEE calculation scripts allow changing the default OEE calculations When overriding the default scripts it will be effective for run and shift OEE calculation as well as historical analysis The Ignition gateway scripts will run on the gateway so that clients do not have to be running for them to be used And last there are many events methods and properties associated with the components These are not covered in this section See Component Reference for more Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 190 information Additional scripting help and examples can be found in the Ignition Manual 2 7 1 Line Events Due to modules included in the OEE Downt
610. ts that are specific to the OEE Downtime and scheduling module components are described here For description and usage of other properties see the Ignition reference manual 2 4 1 Production Components When the Production Module which is part of the OEE Downtime and Scheduling Module is opened a new component tab will appear On it are a number of components that provide functionality specific to the production model product codes analysis etc Component Palette o gf x Input Buttons Display Tables Charts Calendar Shapes l Misc amp Schedule OEE DownTime Production db Reporting 1459343939000 Production Components 2 4 1 1 Production Line Selector BD Description A component that provides users to select a production line from a drop down list Production lines are defined in the production model within the designer O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 90 inet Si Line Drop Down List Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties Selected Line Path The currently selected line path This is the full path name of the line starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 ScriptiselectedLinePath ng name Data String Type Selected Line Name The currently selected ine name This is just the line name excluding the rest of the line path For example Line 1
611. uble duration Sets the number of minutes needed to take a sample for this location e getTag String Returns the tag setting for this location e setTag String tag Sets the tag setting for this location The tag is used to assign ownership of who is responsible to take samples For example set to Lab if the lab is responsible or Operator if the operator is responsible O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 407 e isModified Returns true if this sample definition has been modified e isNew Returns true if this sample definition is new 3 6 2 8 Sample Definition Control Limit The sample definition control limit object holds all of the information defining a control limit that is applied to a sample definition Be sure not to confuse a control limit defined in the Ignition designer with the sample definition control limit object The sample definition control limit object connects a control limit defined in the Ignition designer with a sample definition Once a control limit is associated with a sample definition it will appear as an option in the SPC Selector and can appear on control charts It will also be included during automatic signal evaluations that require the control limit properties e getID int Returns the database created ID for this sample definition control limit e getParent SampleDefinition Returns the sample definition that this control limit is a child of e getName String Returns
612. ue A reference to the results containing the calculated control limit and any messages See Control Limit Calculated Value for more information Scope client gateway Example This is a sample client script to change a control limit to a fixed value Define the starting date to calculate the control limit from java util import Calendar fromDate Calendar getInstance fromDate add Calendar DAY OF MONTH 1 Define the endingdate to calculate the control limit toDate Calendar getInstance Get the sample definition based on its name sampleDef system quality definition getSampleDefinition SQLTag Line 1 Checkweigher Calculate the new control limit value result system quality spc controllimit calcControlLimitValue New Inductive Automation SPC Quality Enterprise New Site Packaging Line 1 Line 1 Quality Individual LCL fromDate getTime toDate getTime Check the results to make sure there are no messages if result None and result hasMessage Set the actual control limit to the new calculated value system quality spc controllimit setControlLimitValue New sampleDef Weight Enterprise New Site Packaging Line 1 Line 1 Quality sampleDef Weight Individual LCL result getCalculatedValue 3 7 Analysis Providers Analysis providers determine which information will be viewed on a graph or pie chart Based on which Analysis Pro
613. uests are made at a fixed interval of the Polling Rate property Scripting name enablePolledRequests Data Type Boolean Interval in milliseconds to issue poll requests Scripting name pollingRate Data Type Integer NOTE The following properties are not visible in the property editor They are available for binding and in scripting and expressions Serial Module Loaded Serial Port Open Inductive Automation If true the serial module has been installed and is loaded Scripting name serialModuleLoaded Data Type Boolean If true the serial port is open The following example is the expression binding on a Label component Text property if Root Container Serial Controller serialPortOpen Ready Not Ready Scripting name serialPortOpen Data Type Boolean Last Data Sent At Last Data Received At Error Message Events Instrument Interface Module 568 The date time the the latest data has been sent Scripting name lastDataSentAt Data Type DateTime The date time the latest data has been received Scripting name lastDataReceivedAt Data Type DateTime The current error message or blank if there are no errors Scripting name errorMessage Data Type SEEING parse onBeforeParse Is fired before raw data is sent to the parsing engine to be parsed This Event Properties event getData event setData data event hasData parse onAfterParse Event Properties prov
614. ulate the waste count Note The term raw count is used because it is a relative production count It just starts at zero and counts up to a rollover value typically 32767 where it become zero again The OEE Downtime and Scheduling module calculates the actual production count from raw count This eliminates having to reset the value in the PLC or other device at the beginning of a production run As a result the programming that is required in the PLC or other device is simplified It also eliminates problems typically associated wth reset handshaking and production runs that exceed the limits of PLC counters For an OEE tracking system to be accurate it must wthstand communication errors power outages etc By using rawcounts that rollover and let the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module handle the actual production count the system is robust Besides that is just less PLC programming that has to be done and tested 2 3 6 2 Editing a Product Outfeed To edit an existing product outfeed entry right click on the desired entry in the product outfeed table of a product ine or cell and select the Edit menu item A dialog box similar to the add dialog box will appear allowing editing of the entry 2 3 6 3 Deleting a Product Outfeed To remove an existing product outfeed entry right click on the desired entry in the product outfeed table of a production ine or cell and select the Delete menu item A window will appear confirming that you want to
615. ulatory compliance are in force The Recipe Changeover Module records all changes to recipes wether the changes were made from the recipe editor importing or script The only changes not automatically detected are changes made directly to the database and proper database security should be implemented if this is a risk Below are the methods that the change log history can be examined Recipe Change Log Viewer There is a component that will easily show recipe change log history on screens It has properties to narrow in on what production item and recipes to show the change log for The columns that are shown are configurable through the table customizer See Recipe Change Log Viewer component for more information The image below depicts the change log viewer Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 442 admin admin Line Speed Line Speed Line Speed admin Recipe Change Log Viewer Recipe Change Log Analysis Provider The core production module common to all MES modules has a analysis engine Each MES module provides a analysis provider to work with the data collected for the specific module In the case of the Recipe Changeover Module there are 4 different analysis providers of which one of them is the Recipe Change Log provider It is used to query change log history information based on your selections See Recipe Analysis Provider for more information Jun 19 2013 3 18 PM Jun 19 2013 3 17 PM Recipe value changed
616. ule Database Connections Name Description JDBC Driver Translator Status ProductionDB Microsoft SQLServer JDBC Driver MSSQL VALID edit delete Create new Database Connection Note For details about a connection s status see the Database Connection Status page Sam ple Database Connection To change the MES module settings go to the configuration section in the gateway and select the MES Modules gt Settings section from the left hand side configuration menu Once a database connection is created and if only one database connection exists then it will be automatically selected to be used by the MES modules If more than one database connection exists then the desired database connection can be selected to be used by the MES modules as shown below O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 54 MES Module Settings ae DEMODB Database The database connection to store runtime production data Stop all production runs before changing this setting Data Retention 30 Duration Number of days to retain runtime production data Analysis Datasource DEMODB v Analysis The database connection to store historical analysis production data to Multiple sites can be set to the same analysis database to allow enterprise Database reporting Stop all production runs before changing this setting OEEDBAUX Database The auxiliary or mirror database connection to store historical analysis production data to Auxiliary Stop
617. ult Electric 31 true false lf Parent Reason Detected Machine Fault Mecha 32 true false If Parent Reason Detected Outfeed Backup 4 false false Never Waiting For Product 6 true false Never Scale Fault 8 true false Cannot Be Overridden Over Temperature 9 true false Never Scale Maintenance 20 true false Always Example of a Sub Reason 2 3 4 2 Editing a Downtime Reasons To edit a Downtime Reason select the existing Downtime Reason you wish to edit then right click and select Edit from the menu The same window used to add downtime reasons will appear allowing the information to be edited 2 3 4 3 Deleting a Downtime Reasons To delete a Downtime Reason select the existing Downtime Reason you wish to remove then right click and select Delete from the menu A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the downtime reason 2 3 4 4 Import Export To import downtime entries right click anywhere on the downtime table and select the Import menu item A dialog box will appear to allow selection of a comma separated values csv formatted file The first line of the file must at least contain the property names separated by commas If additional names exist they will be ignored The property names can be in any order Below is a sample csv file showing multiple downtime entries Reason Name Reason Code Record Downtime Planned Downtime Operator Selectable Sub Reason Of Stop 0 true talse
618. ults This is done to unburden the database network bandwidth and memory parameters rowLimit New row limit Data Type int returns nothing getRowLimit Inductive Automation SPC Quality 307 Returns the current row limit value parameters none returns nothing Example Code This script will change the format of the SPC results event source parent getComponent SPC Selector setSpcDataFormat system quality spc format P getValue 3 4 2 2 Stored SPC Selector Description A component that allows creating recalling and saving SPC selections in the SPC Selector component This component will automatically use the available SPC Selector in the container Keep in mind that whenever a new sample definition is created a new stored SPC settings items will be created with the default values This being said additional stored SPC settings items can be created each with different filters attribute control limits and signals Stored SPC Settings amp Cr Stored SPC Selector By clicking on the link a menu with the option to create new save delete and rename SPC settings will popup To add a new saved SPC settings item click on New menu item enter a name select a sample definition and click OK This will create a default SPC Settings item Now the user can select filters attribute control limits and signals that will be saved and can easily be selected at a later time Name Definition Cance
619. un Waste Count Running Sequence No Shift Down Time Minutes Shift Elapsed Time Minutes Shift Infeed Count Shift Production Count Shift Run Time Minutes Inductive Automation OEE Downtime This is the unique identification number that was generated by the database when a row is inserted into the Run table It can be used to associate external data to a production run The ideal production count to the minute for the current production run based on the standard rate This is based on the time the line is scheduled to run The total amount of planned downtime in minutes for the current production run The total production count that has been produced for the current production run It is in the primary product outfeed units The ideal production count to the minute for the current production run based on the standard rate The variance between the Run Standard Count and the Run Production Count The ideal production count to the minute for the current production run based on the scheduling rate The variance between the Run Target Count and the Run Production Count The total minutes that the production ine has run for the current production run This value excludes planned and unplanned downtime See Product Waste for more details on how this value is calculated This value will be true if a production run is started and production line is running A number that is 0 at the beginn
620. un successfully has been resumed Data Type Boolean OEE Downtime 200 system production setLineProductCode projectName linePath productCode Set the current product code for a line If the line is currently in a production run it will have to be ended before setting a new product code The product code must exist in the production code table and the line must be enabled to run it parameters projectName The project name that contains the specified line path Data Type SECAS linePath The line path of the production line that this component is associated with This is the full path name of the line starting with the project name For example OEEDemo Your Enterprise Your Site Your Area Line 1 Data Type String productCode The new product code for the line to run next Data Type String returns successful Returns true if the project name line path and product code are valid and the new product code has been set Data Type Boolean system production startlineProductCode projectName linePath productCode Set the current product code for a line and immediately starts it running If the line is currently in a production run it will have to be ended before setting a new product code The product code must exist in the production code table and the line must be enabled to run it parameters projectName The project name that contains the specified line path Data Type String linePath The line path of the p
621. unction will return enabled and disabled attributes getEnabledAttributes List lt SampleDefinitionAttribute gt Returns a list of all attributes associated with this sample definition This function will return only enabled attributes O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 400 e attributeExists SampleDefinitionAttribute attribute boolean Returns true if the attribute specified in the parameter already exists for this sample definition True will also be returned for disabled attributes allowed location properties e addAllowedLocation SampleDefinitionLocation location String Adds a new allowed location defined in the location parameter By adding an allowed location to this sample definition this type of sample will appear as a option for the location and the real time location will be saved along with associated samples For example shift product code ref No and additional factor information is saved along with the sample data Any error messages are returned otherwise an empty string is returned removeAllowedLocation SampleDefinitionLocation location String Removes the allowed location defined in the location parameter Allowed locations are permanently removed but can be added back SPC data is not lost and will appear in the control charts and analysis Any error messages are returned otherwise an empty string is returned removeAllowedLocation int index String Removes the allowed location defined in the index
622. undColor Data Type Color Color of the bars Scripting name barColor Data Type Coler Specifies the spacing between the bars It is a fractional value from 0 0 to 1 0 and represents the percentage of the bar width to make as space between the bars Scripting name barSpacing Data Type float If true show bars with gradient fill Scripting name gradient Data Type boolean If true show bars shadows for each bar Scripting name shadows Data Type boolean The font to show values on the value and count axis Scripting name tickLabelFont Data Type Font The color to show values on the value and count axis Scripting name tickLabelColor Data Type Color The title to display on the value axis Scripting name valueAxisTitle Data Type String The title to display on the frequency axis Scripting name frequencyAxisTitle Data Type SEXTA SPC Quality 316 Axis Title Font The font to show the axis titles Scripting name axisTitleFont Data Type Font Axis Title Color The color to show the axis titles Scripting name axisTitleColor Data Type CVoler Vertical Grid Line Color The color of the chart vertical grid lines Scripting name verticalGridLineColor Data Type Color Show Vertical Grid Lines If true show the vertical grid lines in the charts Scripting name showVerticalGridLines Data Type boolean Horizontal Grid Line Color The color of the chart horizontal grid lines Scripting name horizontalGridLi
623. undancy Install Databases pest E AT a Po e thier a pr e do Install Ignition Module O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 456 The Recipe Installer module will install all required modules These are the Production and Recipe modules It is important to keep in mind not to install or update these modules individually Instead it should be done by updating the Recipe Installer module 4 2 2 New Ignition System 4 2 2 1 Selecting Install Options To install the Recipe module at the same time as Ignition add the following steps to the normal Ignition installation 1 Select Custom Configuration on the setup step during the Ignition installation The following screen will appear Scroll down to Recipe Module and select it This will cause the modules required for recipe functionality to be installed at the same time as Ignition r a l Setup Select Components q f Select the components you want to install clear the components you do not want to install Click Next when you are ready to continue 2 Click on a component to get a detailed description V Modbus Driver Module v2 Y UDP and TCP Drivers Module Y OPC COM Module Y Recipe Module E ActiveX Module E HASP Ignition Installer 4 23 Configure Database Recipe data is stored in databases external to Ignition These database s are setup in the gateway configuration section by
624. ur em Scheduled Run Selection O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 31 Once the run has started the downtime events for the selected ine will show in the downtime reason table Sometimes downtime events occurred for more than one reason When this happens downtime events can be split by clicking on the split icon as shown below Comments can also be added by clicking Al to the right of the split icon Downtime Reasons End Cell Count DownTi Reason 11 00 04 AM 10 48 03 AM 10 45 03 AM 10 42 03 AM 10 39 03 AM 10 36 03 AM 10 33 02 AM 11 30 03 AM 10 50 03 AM 10 47 03 AM 10 44 03 AM 10 41 03 AM 10 38 02 AM 10 35 03 AM Case Packer Inspection Labeler Capper Filler Filler 00 29 59 00 02 00 00 02 00 00 02 00 00 02 00 00 01 59 00 02 01 Downtime Reason Table Meal Case setup Label Cap f Mach scale 5 R 10 51 03 AM 10 53 05 AM poh hy 1 0 60 120 10 51 03 AM Cancel Split ie You will notice other information of the screen that give the operator realtime indication of how the production run is progressing The indictor shown below displays the target and actual production for the current shift At the start of every shift change new targets are calculated for the new shift This always provides the operator relevant production information on their shift to keep the entire production run on track Production 5 000 4 000 3 000 2 000 1 0
625. urn Only one of the valid options are required U Recipe O Sub Recipe This includes default values or sub recipes for production items Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Category Recipe Inductive Automation Item Path Children Format Column Naming Recipe Name Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 495 This is a required filter to specify the production item to include in the results It is the item path for the desired item path s Because analysis is independent of projects the project name is required in the item path Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Item Path RecipeDemo Enterprise Site Area 1 Line 1 Item Path RecipeDemo Enterprise Site Area 1 Line 2 This is a filter to specify if children of the production item s specified in the Item Path filter should be included Only one of the valid options are required U Include O Exclude Default Example when using it with the Analysis Controller Children Include This is a filter to specify the format of the results Only one of the valid options are required O None A row in the results will be created for each recipe included in the Recipe Name filter O Recipe Comparison Default This format creates a recipe value column for each recipe included in the Recipe Name filter and consolidates the item path value name etc columns that are common Example when using it with the Analysis Controller For
626. urns all control limits that have been selected for this sample definition getAllAllowedLocations boolean includeRemoved List lt SampleDefinitionLocation gt Returns a list of all allowed locations associated with this sample definition If the includeRemoved parameter is true the results will include removed allowed locations that have not been committed by saving the sample definition controlLimitExists SampleDefinitionControlLimit controlLimit boolean Returns true if the control limit specified in the parameter already exists for this sample definition signal properties e addSignal SampleDefinitionSignal signal String Adds a new signal defined in the signal parameter By adding a signal to this sample definition it will show as an option in the control charts and may also be automatically evaluated The signalparameter must be a valid signal that appears in the enterprise production item Any error messages are returned otherwise an empty string is returned e removeSignal SampleDefinitionSignal signal String Removes the signal defined in the signal parameter Any error messages are returned otherwise an empty string is returned e removeSignal int index String Removes the signal defined in the index parameter Any error messages are returned otherwise an empty string is returned O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 402 e removeSignal String signalName String Removes the signal defined in the signalNamepara
627. us value has been recorded for the recipe value Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 546 e getPreviousValue Object Returns the previous value of the recipe value Anytime the value of a tag associated with a recipe value changes the previous value is saved internally This is used for the changed from information in variance logging e hasCurrentValue Boolean Returns True if the recipe value has a value e getCurrentValue Object Returns the tag value of a tag associated with a recipe value e isVarianceMonitorEnabled Boolean Returns True if variance monitoring is enabled for the recipe value e getDataType Object Returns the data type of the tag associated with the recipe value e getRecipeValue Object Returns the recipe value This can be the value that was entered in recipe editor set using script or inherited from a parent e getRecipeValue Double scale Object Returns the recipe value adjusted by the scale parameter e convertValue String value Object Returns the value passed in the parameter in the correct data type for the recipe value If the recipe value is an Int4 then the string value passed in the value parameter will be converted to an Int4 data type and returned e convertAndScaleValue String value Double scaleFactor Object Returns the value passed in the parameter in the correct data type for the recipe value with scaling e scaleValue Object value Double scaleFactor
628. using it with the Analysis Controller Value Types Not Equal Values The recipe analysis provider does not allow any comparison statements Data Points The recipe analysis provider can accept the following data points Assigned By Data Type Description Format Recipe Name Units This is the recipe or production item that assigned the recipe value based on inheritance This is the data type of the recipe value This is the description from the recipe value configuration that was entered in the designer This is the numeric format from the associated Ignition tag This is the name of the recipe If the Format filter is set to Recipe Comparison Default then this data point will not be included in the results This is because columns are added for each recipe being compared For example when comparing Recipe A to Recipe B there will be Recipe A Recipe Value and Recipe _B_ Recipe Value columns This is the units from the associated Ignition tag 4 5 2 Recipe Variance Analysis Provider The recipe variance analysis provider is used to collect recipe variances for display or report purposes This provider can be used to collect variances in real time or historically for a date range Filters O Inductive Automation Recipe Changeover 497 The recipe variance analysis provider can accept the following filters Scope Item Path Children Recipe Name Recipe Value Name Values Inductive Automatio
629. ustomizer you can hide columns change colors and change formatting to make the Definition Attribute List appear as desired When the Read Only property is set to false the Move Up and Move Down menu items will appear in the popup menu This allows the user to change the order that attributes appear in the Sample Entry component Properties This component has standard Ignition properties with the addition of the following properties O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 283 Show DisabledWhen set to true disabled sample attributes will be shown This provides a method to re enable previously disabled sample attributes Scripting name Data Type showDisabled boolean Attribute Name The attribute name property does not show in the Ignition Designer property list It is only available in scripting to read the name of the current attribute that is selected when the Edit menu item is clicked Scripting name attrName Data Type SEXCIAS Read Only When set to true prevents the popup menu from appearing when the user right clicks on the Definition Attribute List component Scripting name readonly Data Type boolean Events This component has standard Ignition events with the addition of the following events add Event Properties edit Event Properties event getSampleAttrName remove Event Properties event getSampleAttrName event setRemoveAttribute boolean event setSuppressConfirmation boolean O Inductive Automa
630. utomatic collection of measurements Interval The interval to collect data and create new samples The units of this interval are defined by the interval type and can be minutes days every x value read etc Control Limits The control limits that are checked will be calculated for this Tag Sample Collector during signal evaluations Available control limit options are defined in the Control Limits list on the Enterprise quality tab It is important to include control limits that a signal depends on or the signal will not be evaluated correctly Signals The signals that are checked will be evaluated every time a new sample is recorded by the Tag Sample Collector Available signal options are defined in the Signals list on the Enterprise quality tab 3 3 6 3 Edit Sample Collectors To edit a tag sample collectors right click the Tag Sample Collector table and select Edit from the drop down menu A window will appear identical to the window used to add tag sample collector Once the desired fields have been edited select OK 3 3 6 4 Delete Sample Collectors To delete a tag sample collector select the item to be deleted After selecting right click the item and select Delete from the drop down menu A window will appear confirming that you permanently want to delete the tag sample collector 3 3 6 5 Import Export To export tag sample collector entries right click anywhere on the table containing tag sample collector entries and select t
631. utomation Show Horizontal Grid Lines Primary Chart Background Show Notes Note Image Enable Note Editing Enable Point Deletion Enable Control Limit Editing Events SPC Quality 349 If true show the horizontal grid lines in the charts Scripting name showHorizontalGridLines Data Type boolean The background color of the primary chart Scripting name primaryChartBackground Data Type Color If true show the note icon next to the chart point for any samples that have notes or assignable causes Scripting name showNotes Data Type boolean The image to display next to the chart point for any samples that have notes or assignable causes Scripting name noteImage Data Type Image If true allow the user to add and edit notes and assignable causes Scripting name enableNoteEditing Data Type boolean If true allow the user to temporarily remove samples from chart This is used to remove samples that are known to out of control before calculating control limits The sample that have been removed are not removed from the database and can be restored by selecting the Restore Points menu item Scripting name enablePointDeletion Data Type boolean If true allow the user to calculate and set new control limit values Scripting name enableControlLimitEditing Data Type boolean This component has standard Ignition events none Methods showSetLimitPanel chartName Causes the cal
632. very time a new sample is added for the selected sample definition and location Scripting name autoRefresh Data Type Boolean This bind only property holds the SPC results and includes a data set with the raw data sample definition information and calculated value information With all the information included in the SPC Results control charts can display the results which is not possible with the data set alone Scripting name spcResults Data Type SPCResults This property holds the SPC data and includes columns for the calculated values based on the SPC Data Format and selected attribute control limits and signals Scripting name spcData Data Type Dataset If true any warnings received back when requesting SPC results are not shown Instead the Message property can be bound to display any warning in a text or other component Warning include requesting SPC data with settings that do not make sense For example requesting p chart results for a sample definition that contains no attribute type of data Scripting name suppressWarnings Data Type Boolean If true any errors received back when requesting SPC results are not shown Scripting name suppressErrors Data Type Boolean lf true any attributes that have been disabled in the sample definition will appear in the attribute selection panel This provides a method to view old attribute data that has been disabled Scripting name includeDisabledAttribu
633. vider is selected some filter compare by and data point options may or may not be visible This section covers only the Quality Analysis Provider that is available with the SPC module Name Type Quality x Cancel OK Quality Analysis Provider 3 7 1 Quality Description The Quality Analysis Provider is used to query SPC information that is beyond what can be shown on control charts For example to determine the number of samples taken by user or the number of times a process was out of control over the last month cannot easily be shown in a control chart Provider Name Quality Filters These are the filters that are available in the SPC Module However in addition to these filters additional factors may be available if they are string data type All additional factors start with Factor For example Factor Operator A filter will allow the user to see all of the data points in the analysis provider as it pertains to a specific area shift etc For more information on filters see the Filter By paragraph in the Analysis Screen section Area Attribute Name Definition Name Enterprise Include Line Location Product Code Reference Number O Inductive Automation SPC Quality 424 Sample Note Shift Shift Sync Site Tag Compare By These are the comparisons that are available in the SPC Module However in addition to these comparisons additional factors may be availab
634. w state dictated by the drill down definition parameters drillDownName A drill down definition name This is typically supplied by th down event of one of the display components Data Type String item A drill down category This is typically supplied by the drill of one of the display components Data Type Object returns nothing prevDrillDown Sets all the analysis selections to the previous state before the last drill down parameters none returns nothing update Causes the results to be updated parameters none returns nothing addDatasetColumn This method is used for reporting Because the Ignition Report module does not support master slave table relationships this method is used to add new columns containing a Dataset with child rows For each row in the analysis controller results a child Dataset will be created and placed into the new column named specified by the columnName parameter The rows in the child Dataset are determined from the Dataset specified in the dataset parameter and match the column value specified by the keyColumns parameter parameters dataset Dataset containing child rows Data Type Dataset columnName Name of column to add that will contain the child dataset Data Type String keyColumns Name of columns to break the child row up by Multiple ke can be specified by separating then with a comma Data Type String returns nothing deleteRun runUUID Marks the run as deleted for analys
635. waste For example there may be two cells on the line that inspect and discard faulty products If the first cell discarded 10 units and the second cell discarded 5 units the total waste count would be 15 units Sum Product Waste From Each Cell This method will sum up each of the cell s waste values Product Waste Entries will be ignored Line Downtime Settings These settings are accessed by selecting the ine item contained in the site folder in the project browser and then selecting the Downtime tab as shown below Once downtime reasons have be added the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module will either check the list if the line stops running or allow the operator to select reason See the section on Downtime Reasons for more information Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 69 Line 1 Line Production Item Downtime Schedule Quality Advanced Downtime Detection Method key Reason y State SQL Tag Line 1 PLC Line State gt Remote Operator Reason Code SQL Tag Line 1 PLC PanelView Entered Code gt General Downtime Reasons Reason Name Reason Code Run paused 300 Changeover Overrun 301 General Line Down 1000 Short Downtime Threshold Seconds lo Run Disabled Reason Code 300 Changeover Overrun Reason Code 301 Line Downtime Settings Downtime Detection Method To determine the reason a production line or process is down set the Downtime De
636. will change to show information for only Line 1 Filler and Compare By Operator Reason as shown in Drill Down Example 3 Use t 299 owed p Drill Down Example 1 Famer 02 30 Ptas 05 010 Cone Paster 12 05 ne 7 Finer O Labeler Case Packer O Palto Capper e insperten Drill Down Example 2 intend backup 1 Seats taons 13 OREN O Stop O Machine Faut O Waiting Ke product O Scale faur Intped backup Drill Down Example 3 Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 37 2 2 2 7 Report Screen This is a very basic sample report that shows downtime information for a line during a given date range It can be expanded to include much more information It is built using the Ignition Reporting Module and presents data provided by the OEE Downtime and Scheduling module All the flexibility of how data is presented in the analysis screen is also available in reports and multiple analysis results can be included in reports In addition to viewing reports in a screen they can be printed saved to PDF HTML or image Ignition MES Software Operator Line Charts Analysis Schedule Product Code Work Order Shift Report iets ih Shift Report a For 12 11 1200 AM Stiblman bib Brewing and Bottling Run Summary Dept Your Area Line Line Line 1 Scheduled Actual Run Run 05 12 07 00 AM Changeover Sur 5 12 11 7 00 AM 51411 6 54 AM Line 1 z Product Code PC_001 Changeover Du
637. xample of a window you can create in Ignition First drag a Analysis Controller Production Line Selector Production Bar Chart and Date Range components onto the new window as shown below 100 200 300 400 50 po Chart o I 418 311111 313111 al Example of a New Window O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 50 With the Analysis Controller selected enter in the properties as shown below Property Editor d a x EHN mwg o Common Name Analysis Controller Data Table Data lt No Data Chart Data com sepasoft productio Line Chart Data com sepasoft productio Automatic Update lp M true Drill Down Options No Data Data Format a Chart Provider Name Filter Compare By Data Points Start Date End Date Dynamic Properties Area TAI IE onal al ps Downtime o as Cell Name y Downtime Minutes lt No Date lt No Date Property Editor Now we will bind the date properties of the Analysis Controller component to the Date Range date properties This will allow the user to select the date range that will affect the analysis results Do so by clicking the D for the Start Date property select Property binding type navigate to the Date Range component and select Start Date property as shown below Then click on the OK button ES Tag OTag O Indirect Tag Property O Expression E Database O DB Browse O SQL Query J
638. y Running This value will be true if a production run is started and production Boolean line is running Read Only Sequence No A number that is 0 at the beginning of a production run and Int4 increments at the beginning of every shift Read Only Shift The current shift based on the shift start times configured for the Int4 production line Read Only Shift 1 The current Shift 1 enabled state for the production line It reflects Boolean Enabled the Shift 1 Enabled property for the line in the designer The initial value of this property is determined by the Shift 1 Initial Enabled State property for the production line in the designer See Line Configuration for more details It can be changed from the initial value Shift 1 The current Shift 1 Start Time time for the production line If the DateTime Start Time associated Shift 1 Start Time property for the line in the designer is Read Only set to Inherit From Parent this be the time defined for the parent production area See Line Configuration for more details Shift 2 The current Shift 2 enabled state for the production line It reflects Boolean Enabled the Shift 2 Enabled property for the line in the designer The initial Inductive Automation value of this property is determined by the Shift 2 Initial Enabled State property for the production ine in the designer See Line Configuration for more details It can be changed from the initial value Shift 2 Start Time Shift 3 Enabled Sh
639. y 381 Boolean DateTime Boolean DateTime Boolean Read Only Boolean Read Only The additional factors folder contains a folder for each additional factor within it The name of each folder is the same as the additional factor name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Line 1 Quality additional factors of the QualityDemo project Inductive Automation Properties Factor Description Factor Name Factor SQLTag 3 5 2 6 2 Tag Collectors Description Production QualityDemo 1 5 New Enterprise ControlLimits E New Site gt 3 Packaging Line 1 Gj Line 1 Quality 3 Additional Factors 5 Lot Number gt Factor Description gt Factor Name gt Factor SQLTag Additional Factors Optionally this property can be set toa description for the additional factor It is not used by the SPC Module other than for reference This reflects the name of the additional factor that is configured in the designer This reflects the Factor SQLTag setting that the additional factor is configured for in the designer It is the name of the SQLTag to read the factor value from SPC Quality 382 String String Read Only String Read Only The SQLTag Collectors folder contains a folder for each tag collector within it The name of each folder is the same as the tag collector name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Line
640. y Routine Gj Day shift break 1 E gt End Time gt Name L Start Time Workday Routine Properties Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 182 Name This reflects the name of the workday routine entry that is configured String in the designer Read Only Start This reflects the Start Time setting that the workday routine entry is DateTime Time configured for in the designer It is the time that the workday routine Read Only starts End This reflects the End Time setting that the workday routine entry is DateTime Time configured for in the designer It is the time that the workday routine Read Only ends 2 5 2 9 Downtime Reasons Description The downtime reason folder contains a folder for each downtime reason entry within it The name of each folder is the same as the downtime reason entry name that is configured in the designer The image below represents the Filler cell downtime reason entries of the OEEDemo project See Downtime Reasons for more details i Production 5 OEEDemo gt Gj Your Enterprise Your Site EJ Workday Routine Lg Line 1 5 Additional Factors O Capper O Case Packer Uy Filler 2 5 Downtime Reasons Break 9 Clear out product jam Gj Machine Fault J ii Operator Selectable ig Planned Downtime gt Reason Code gt Reason Name Record Downtime C Meal 9 Outfeed Backup Downtime Reasons Properties Inductive Automation
641. y of a name for the new file to which the interval entries are saved If a file extension is not entered then the default csv will be used The first line of the file must at least contain the property names separated by commas If additional names exist they will be ignored The property names can be in any order Below is a sample csv file showing multiple interval entries The lines in the example shown below have been shortened QualityIntervalName QualityIntervalScript Every Value Change Record sample every time a tag value changes nif event isVal Every x Value Changes Every x value changes nif event isValueChangedEvent 1n Manual Once at Production End Once at production enb nif event isTraceEndedEvent Once at Production Start Once at production start nif event isTraceStartedEver Shift Change Once at shift change nif event isShiftChangeEvent 1 n tever Timed Interval Days Time Interval Days nfrom java util import Calendar n ni Timed Interval Hours Time Interval Hours nfrom java util import Calendarin Timed Interval Minutes Time Interval Minutes nfrom java util import Calende Timed Interval Seconds Timed Interval Seconds n Test if product is being ri 3 3 6 SQLTag Sample Collectors 3 3 6 1 Overview Tag Sample Collectors are used to automatically collect measurement data from an Ignition tag and create samples with the collected measurement data When configurin
642. ysis Controller Analysis Selector SQL Query scripting or it can be manually defined in the designer 175 4 150 125 4 Area Automatic Reason Enterprise Line 100 75 Operator Reason Package Count 257 Product Code a EN Nu Production Units 0 50 Labeler Capper Palletizer E Downtime Minutes Y O Production Bar Chart r Inspection O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 112 Properties This component has the same properties as the Ignition Bar Chart Component with the addition of the following properties Drill Down Options This is a Dataset that must have at least one column The first column must be a data type of string The values in the first column will be shown in the drill down options menu Typically this property binds to the drill down options property in a Production Analysis Selector component Scripting name drillDownOptions Data Type Dataset Previous Drill Down Enabled This controls the visibility of the Back drill down menu option f it is set to true Back will appear at the top of the drill down options Scripting name previousDrillDownEnabled Data Type Boolean Events This component has the same events as the Ignition Pie Chart Component with the addition of the following events drillDown Is fired when drill down menu item is selected Excludes the Back menu item Event Properties event getDrillDownName Returns the text of selected drill down o
643. ysis Now the user can make filter compare by and data point selections that will be saved and can easily be selected at a later time Narne Type Downtime Cancel OK New Stored Analysis To rename a new stored analysis click on Rename menu item enter anew name and click OK Name Cancel OK Rename Stored Analysis To delete a stored analysis click on Delete menu item and select Yes to the confirmation message O Inductive Automation OEE Downtime 111 If changes to an analysis setting have been made and the user selects a different stored analysis they will be prompted to save the changes Alternatively the changes can be saved by clicking on the Save menu item Properties This component has standard Ignition properties Events This component has standard Ignition events Methods none 2 4 1 12 Production Bar Chart Description A component that displays a pie chart with drill down capabilities This extends from the Bar Chart Component ul that comes with Ignition When the user clicks on a bar of the bar chart the drill down menu will appear When an item in the drill down menu is clicked on the drillDown event is fired Script in the drillDown event is responsible for updating the Data property to change the results shown in the bar chart The drill down menu information is set through the Drill Down Options property The Drill Down Options can populated from the Anal
644. ystem instrument parse parseText CSV Test Column fileStr if parseResults isValid rowCollection parseResults getRowCollection CSV Results parseRowList rowCollection getParseRows for parseRow in parseRowList parseValueList parseRow getParseValues for parseValue in parseValueList log info s s parseValue getName str parseValue getValue 5 6 1 4 Parse Row A ParseRow object is available from the getParseRows funtion of the ParseRowCollection object properties e isValid Boolean If true indicates that all parse value objects are valid e isRequiredValid Boolean If true indicates that all parse values objects that are required are valid e isRequired Boolean If true indicates that at least one parse value object is required e getParseValues List of ParseValue objects Results all of the parse values contained in the row Inductive Automation Instrument Interface Module 577 5 6 2 Gateway Scripts Methods system instrument parse parseText projectName templateName text Parses the given text by using the template of templateName parameters projectName The project name where this template is defined Data Type String templateName The template to use for parsing the text Data Type SEriag text The text to be parsed Data Type String returns result Data Type ParseResults 5 6 3 Client Designer Scripts Methods system instrument parse parseText templateName

MES User Manual - Inductive Automation

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents